Wiktenauer logo.png

Difference between revisions of "Joachim Meyer"

From Wiktenauer
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(63 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 79: Line 79:
 
Meyer probably wrote his first manuscript ([[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|MS Bibl. 2465]]) in 1561 for Georg Johann Ⅰ, Count Palatine of Veldenz,<ref name="Wittelsbach">Though as a prince of the Wittelsbach dynasty, he was addressed by the loftiest titles held by the family: Count Palatine of the Rhine and Duke of Bavaria.</ref> and his second ([[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|MS A.4º.2]]) in 1568 for Otto (later Count of Solms-Sonnewalde).<ref>[[Roger Norling|Norling, Roger]]. "[http://www.hroarr.com/the-history-of-joachim-meyers-treatise-to-von-solms/ The history of Joachim Meyer’s fencing treatise to Otto von Solms]". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 14 February 2015.</ref> Both of these manuscripts contain a series of lessons on training with [[long sword]], [[dusack]], and [[rapier]]; the 1561 also covers [[dagger]], [[polearms]], and [[armored fencing]]. His third manuscript ([[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|MS Var.82]]), written between 1563 and 1571 and containing a dedication at the end to Heinrich, Count of Eberstein, is of a decidedly different nature. Like many fencing manuscripts from the previous century, it is an anthology of treatises by a number of prominent German masters including [[Sigmund ain Ringeck]], [[pseudo-Peter von Danzig]], and [[Martin Syber]], and also includes a brief outline by Meyer himself on a system of rapier fencing based on German [[Messer]] teachings.  
 
Meyer probably wrote his first manuscript ([[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|MS Bibl. 2465]]) in 1561 for Georg Johann Ⅰ, Count Palatine of Veldenz,<ref name="Wittelsbach">Though as a prince of the Wittelsbach dynasty, he was addressed by the loftiest titles held by the family: Count Palatine of the Rhine and Duke of Bavaria.</ref> and his second ([[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|MS A.4º.2]]) in 1568 for Otto (later Count of Solms-Sonnewalde).<ref>[[Roger Norling|Norling, Roger]]. "[http://www.hroarr.com/the-history-of-joachim-meyers-treatise-to-von-solms/ The history of Joachim Meyer’s fencing treatise to Otto von Solms]". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 14 February 2015.</ref> Both of these manuscripts contain a series of lessons on training with [[long sword]], [[dusack]], and [[rapier]]; the 1561 also covers [[dagger]], [[polearms]], and [[armored fencing]]. His third manuscript ([[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|MS Var.82]]), written between 1563 and 1571 and containing a dedication at the end to Heinrich, Count of Eberstein, is of a decidedly different nature. Like many fencing manuscripts from the previous century, it is an anthology of treatises by a number of prominent German masters including [[Sigmund ain Ringeck]], [[pseudo-Peter von Danzig]], and [[Martin Syber]], and also includes a brief outline by Meyer himself on a system of rapier fencing based on German [[Messer]] teachings.  
  
Finally, on 24 February 1570, Meyer completed an enormous treatise entitled ''[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|Gründtliche Beschreibung, der freyen Ritterlichen unnd Adelichen kunst des Fechtens, in allerley gebreuchlichen Wehren, mit vil schönen und nützlichen Figuren gezieret und fürgestellet]]'' ("A Thorough Description of the Free, Chivalric, and Noble Art of Fencing, Showing Various Customary Defenses, Affected and Put Forth with Many Handsome and Useful Drawings"); it was dedicated to Johann Casimir, Count Palatine of Simmern,<ref name="Wittelsbach"/> and illustrated at the workshop of [[Tobias Stimmer]].<ref>Whose members included Christoph Maurer and Hans Christoffel Stimmer.</ref> It contains all of the weapons of the 1561 and '68 manuscripts apart from fencing in armor, and dramatically expands his teachings on each.
+
Finally, on 24 February 1570, Meyer completed an enormous treatise entitled ''[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|Gründtliche Beschreibung, der freyen Ritterlichen unnd Adelichen kunst des Fechtens, in allerley gebreuchlichen Wehren, mit vil schönen und nützlichen Figuren gezieret und fürgestellet]]'' ("A Thorough Description of the Free, Chivalric, and Noble Art of Fencing, Showing Various Customary Defenses, Affected and Put Forth with Many Handsome and Useful Drawings"); it was dedicated to Johann Casimir, Count Palatine of Simmern,<ref name="Wittelsbach"/> and illustrated at the workshop of [[Hans Christoff Stimmer]]. It contains all of the weapons of the 1561 and '68 manuscripts apart from fencing in armor, and dramatically expands his teachings on each.
  
 
Unfortunately, Meyer's writing and publication efforts incurred significant debts (about 300 crowns), which Meyer pledged to repay by Christmas of 1571.<ref name="Dupuis"/> Late in 1570, Meyer accepted the position of Fechtmeister to Duke Johann Albrecht of Mecklenburg at his court in Schwerin. There Meyer hoped to sell his book for a better price than was offered locally (30 florins). Meyer sent his books ahead to Schwerin, and left from Strasbourg on 4 January 1571 after receiving his pay. He traveled the 800 miles to Schwerin in the middle of a harsh winter, arriving at the court on 10 February 1571. Two weeks later, on 24 February, Joachim Meyer died. The cause of his death is unknown, possibly disease or pneumonia.<ref name="Van Slambrouck"/>
 
Unfortunately, Meyer's writing and publication efforts incurred significant debts (about 300 crowns), which Meyer pledged to repay by Christmas of 1571.<ref name="Dupuis"/> Late in 1570, Meyer accepted the position of Fechtmeister to Duke Johann Albrecht of Mecklenburg at his court in Schwerin. There Meyer hoped to sell his book for a better price than was offered locally (30 florins). Meyer sent his books ahead to Schwerin, and left from Strasbourg on 4 January 1571 after receiving his pay. He traveled the 800 miles to Schwerin in the middle of a harsh winter, arriving at the court on 10 February 1571. Two weeks later, on 24 February, Joachim Meyer died. The cause of his death is unknown, possibly disease or pneumonia.<ref name="Van Slambrouck"/>
Line 90: Line 90:
 
== Treatises ==
 
== Treatises ==
  
Joachim Meyer's writings are preserved in three manuscripts prepared in the 1560s: the 1561 [[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|MS Bibl. 2465]] (Munich), dedicated to Georg Johannes von Veldenz; the 1563-68 [[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|MS A.4º.2]] (Lund), dedicated to Otto von Solms; and the [[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|MS Var. 82]] (Rostock), including notes on teachings from Stephan Heinrich von Eberstein and which Meyer may have still been working at the time of his death in 1571. Dwarfing these works is the massive book he published in 1570 entitled ''[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|Gründtliche Beschreibung der ...Kunst des Fechtens]]'' ("A Thorough Description of the... Art of Fencing"), dedicated to Johann Kasimir von Pfalz-Simmern. Meyer's writings purport to teach the entire art of fencing, something that he claimed had never been done before, and encompass a wide variety of teachings from disparate sources and traditions. To achieve this goal, Meyer seems to have constructed his treatises as a series of progressive lessons, describing a process for learning to fence rather than merely outlining the underlying theory or listing the techniques. In keeping with this, he illustrates his techniques with depictions of fencers in courtyards using training weapons such as two-handed foils, wooden dusacks, and rapiers with ball tips.
+
Joachim Meyer's writings are preserved in three manuscripts prepared in the 1560s: the 1561 [[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|MS Bibl. 2465]] (Munich), dedicated to Georg Johannes von Veldenz; the 1563-68 [[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|MS A.4º.2]] (Lund), dedicated to Otto von Solms; and the [[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|MS Var. 82]] (Rostock), which includes notes on the teachings of Stephan Heinrich von Eberstein and which Meyer may have still been working at the time of his death in 1571. The former two manuscripts are substantially similar in text and organization, and it seems clear that the Munich was the basis for the much shorter Lund.
  
The first section of Meyer's treatise is devoted to the long sword (the sword in two hands), which he describes as the foundational weapon of his system, and this section devotes the most space to fundamentals like stance and footwork. His long sword system draws upon the teachings of ''Freifechter'' [[Andre Paurenfeyndt]] (via [[Der Allten Fechter gründtliche Kunst (Christian Egenolff)|Christian Egenolff's reprint]]) and Liechtenauer glossators [[Sigmund ain Ringeck]] and [[Lew]], as well as using terminology otherwise unique to the brief [[Recital]] of [[Martin Syber]]. Not content merely to compile these teachings as his contemporary [[Paulus Hector Mair]] was doing, Meyer sought to update—even reinvent—them in various ways to fit the martial climate of the late sixteenth century, including adapting many techniques to accommodate the increased momentum of a [[greatsword]] and modifying others to use beats with the flat and winding slices in place of thrusts to comply with street-fighting laws in German cities (and the rules of the ''Fechtschule'').
+
Dwarfing these works is the massive book he published in 1570 entitled ''[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|Gründtliche Beschreibung der ...Kunst des Fechtens]]'' ("A Thorough Description of the... Art of Fencing"), dedicated to Johann Kasimir von Pfalz-Simmern. Meyer's writings purport to teach the entire art of fencing, something that he claimed had never been done before, and encompass a wide variety of teachings from disparate sources and traditions. To achieve this goal, Meyer seems to have constructed his treatises as a series of progressive lessons, describing a process for learning to fence rather than merely outlining the underlying theory or listing the techniques. In keeping with this, he illustrates his techniques with depictions of fencers in courtyards using training weapons such as two-handed foils, wooden dusacks, and rapiers with ball tips.
  
The second section of Meyer's treatises is designed to address new weapons gaining traction in German lands, the dusack and the rapier, and thereby find places for them in the German tradition. His early Lund manuscript presents a more summarized syllabus of techniques for these weapons, while his printed book goes into greater depth and is structured more in the fashion of lesson plans.<ref>Roberts, James. "[http://www.hroarr.com/system-vs-syllabus-meyers-1560-and-1570-sidesword-texts/ System vs Syllabus: Meyer’s 1560 and 1570 sidesword texts]". Hroarr.com, 2014. Retrieved 14 February 2015.</ref> Meyer's dusack system, designed for the broad proto-sabers that spread into German lands from Eastern Europe in the 16th century,<ref>[[Roger Norling]]. "[http://hroarr.com/the-dussack/ The Dussack - a weapon of war]". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 6 October 2015.</ref> combines the old [[Messer]] teachings of [[Johannes Lecküchner]] and the dusack teachings of Andre Paurenfeyndt with other unknown systems (some have speculated that they might include early Polish or Hungarian saber systems). His rapier system, designed for the lighter single-hand swords spreading north from Iberian and Italian lands, seems again to be a hybrid creation, integrating both the core teachings of the 15th century Liechtenauer tradition as well as components that are characteristic of the various regional Mediterranean fencing systems (including, perhaps, teachings derived from the treatise of [[Achille Marozzo]]). Interestingly, Meyer's rapier teachings in the Rostock seem to represent an attempt to unify these two weapon system, outlining a method for rapier fencing that includes key elements of his dusack teachings; it is unclear why this method did not appear in his book, but given the dates it may be that they represent his last musings on the weapon, written in the time between the completion of his book in 1570 and his death a year later.
+
The first section of Meyer's teachings is devoted to the long sword (the sword in two hands), the traditional centerpiece of the [[Liechtenauer]] tradition which Meyer describes as the foundational weapon of his system, and this section devotes the most space to fundamentals like stance and footwork. His long sword system draws upon the teachings of ''Freifechter'' [[Andre Paurenfeyndt]] (via [[Der Allten Fechter gründtliche Kunst (Christian Egenolff)|Christian Egenolff's reprint]]) and Liechtenauer glossators [[Sigmund ain Ringeck]] and [[Lew]], as well as using terminology otherwise unique to the brief [[Recital]] of [[Martin Syber]]. Not content merely to compile these teachings as his contemporary [[Paulus Hector Mair]] was doing, Meyer sought to update—even reinvent—them in various ways to fit the martial climate of the late sixteenth century, including adapting many techniques to accommodate the increased weight and momentum of a [[greatsword]] and modifying others to use beats with the flat and winding slices in place of thrusts to comply with street-fighting laws in German cities (and the rules of the ''Fechtschule'').
  
The third section of Meyer's treatise is omitted in the Lund manuscript but present in the Munich and the 1570, and covers dagger, wrestling, and various pole weapons; to this, the Munich adds several plays of armored fencing. His dagger teachings, designed primarily for urban self-defense, seem to be based in part on the writings of Bolognese master Achille Marozzo,<ref>[[Roger Norling|Norling, Roger]]. "[http://www.hroarr.com/meyer-and-marozzo-dagger-comparison/ Meyer and Marozzo dagger comparison]". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 15 February 2015.</ref> but also include much unique content of unknown origin (perhaps the anonymous dagger teachings in his Rostock manuscript). His staff material makes up the bulk of this section, beginning with the short staff, which, like Paurenfeyndt, he uses as a training tool for various pole weapons (and possibly also the greatsword), and then moving on to the halberd before ending with the long staff (representing the [[pike]]). As with the dagger, the sources Meyer based his staff teachings on are largely unknown.
+
The second section is designed to address newer weapons gaining traction in German lands, the dusack and the rapier, and thereby find places for them in the German tradition. His early Munich and Lund manuscripts present a more summarized syllabus of techniques for these weapons, while his printed book goes into greater depth and is structured more in the fashion of lesson plans.<ref>Roberts, James. "[http://www.hroarr.com/system-vs-syllabus-meyers-1560-and-1570-sidesword-texts/ System vs Syllabus: Meyer’s 1560 and 1570 sidesword texts]". Hroarr.com, 2014. Retrieved 14 February 2015.</ref> Meyer's dusack system, designed for the broad-bladed sabers that spread into German lands from Eastern Europe in the 16th century,<ref>[[Roger Norling]]. "[http://hroarr.com/the-dussack/ The Dussack - a weapon of war]". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 6 October 2015.</ref> combines the old [[Messer]] teachings of [[Johannes Lecküchner]] and the dusack teachings of Andre Paurenfeyndt with other unknown systems (some have speculated that they might include early Polish or Hungarian saber systems). His rapier system, designed for the lighter single-hand swords spreading north from Iberian and Italian lands, seems again to be a hybrid creation, integrating both the core teachings of the 15th century thrust-centruc Liechtenauer tradition as well as components that are characteristic of the various regional Mediterranean fencing systems (including, perhaps, teachings derived from the treatise of [[Achille Marozzo]]). Interestingly, Meyer's rapier teachings in the Rostock seem to represent an attempt to unify these two weapon systems, outlining a method for rapier fencing that includes key elements of his dusack teachings; it is unclear why this method did not appear in his book, but given the dates it may be that they represent his final musings on the weapon, written in the time between the completion of his book in 1570 and his death a year later.
 +
 
 +
The third section is omitted from the Lund manuscript but present in the Munich and the 1570, and covers dagger, wrestling, and various pole weapons; to this, the Munich adds a short section on armored fencing. His dagger teachings, designed primarily for urban self-defense, seem to be based in part on the writings of Bolognese master Achille Marozzo,<ref>[[Roger Norling|Norling, Roger]]. "[http://www.hroarr.com/meyer-and-marozzo-dagger-comparison/ Meyer and Marozzo dagger comparison]". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 15 February 2015.</ref> but also include much unique content of unknown origin (perhaps the anonymous dagger teachings in his Rostock manuscript). His staff material makes up the bulk of this section, beginning with the short staff, which, like Paurenfeyndt, he uses as a training tool for various pole weapons (and possibly also the greatsword), and then moving on to the halberd before ending with the long staff (representing the [[pike]]). As with the dagger, the sources Meyer based his staff teachings on are largely unknown.
 +
 
 +
''To view the sword, dusack, and rapier teachings of the Munich and Lund manuscripts side-by-side and study the overlaps and differences, see [[Joachim Meyer/Manuscript Comparison]].''
  
 
{{master begin
 
{{master begin
Line 108: Line 112:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="3" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 IIv.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| rowspan="3" class="noline" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 IIv.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''To the Noble High-born Prince and Lord, Lord Georg Hansen Count Palatine of the Rhine Duke of Bavaria, Count at Veldenz and Lord of Lutzelstein, my gracious Prince and Lord'''</p>
 
| <p>'''To the Noble High-born Prince and Lord, Lord Georg Hansen Count Palatine of the Rhine Duke of Bavaria, Count at Veldenz and Lord of Lutzelstein, my gracious Prince and Lord'''</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 IIIr.jpg|1|lbl=IIIr.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 IIIr.jpg|1|lbl=IIIr.1}}
Line 123: Line 127:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Your Princely Grace</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>Your Princely Grace</p>
  
 
<p>&emsp;&emsp;Subservient, Obedient, Willing,</p>
 
<p>&emsp;&emsp;Subservient, Obedient, Willing,</p>
  
 
<p>&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;Joachim Meyer<br/>&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;Frey Fechter</p>
 
<p>&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;Joachim Meyer<br/>&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;Frey Fechter</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 IVv.jpg|2|lbl=IVv.2}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 IVv.jpg|2|lbl=IVv.2}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 143: Line 147:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
Line 149: Line 153:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Firstly will each one of the actions in Fencing be divided into three parts which are particularly good to note. Attacking, following after, withdrawal or ending, then to the first in the onset send your attacks through the guards and cuts like they follow afterwards here, however to the other parts and the middle work, this will be reprinted with the handworks, and a mixture of convenient cuts. And lastly to the ending, or the withdrawal, how orderly each one will hereafter be diligently written and taught.</p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> Firstly will each one of the actions in Fencing be divided into three parts which are particularly good to note. Attacking, following after, withdrawal or ending, then to the first in the onset send your attacks through the guards and cuts like they follow afterwards here, however to the other parts and the middle work, this will be reprinted with the handworks, and a mixture of convenient cuts. And lastly to the ending, or the withdrawal, how orderly each one will hereafter be diligently written and taught.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001r.jpg|1|lbl=1r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001r.jpg|1|lbl=1r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Further, you should note the Before and After, Weak and Strong. The Before is when you drive with your ''Stücken'' so that he cannot come to his senses, especially by positioning yourself as close as he is, and how he defends before your ''Stücken'' and these same wants to break and bar, with this, he runs off the Before to you. The After is, when you have been rushed upon by your opponent how it is reported above. Thus you should respond ''Indes'' quickly with convenient work, with this, you are strongest on his ''Stücken'', when you go on with your work in the Before, and in this you are crowded so that you must displace him After, thus is a constant changing with the Before and After, now you have it, then he does, but he who does not pay attention to it, he will never learn to fence.</p>
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> Further, you should note the Before and After, Weak and Strong. The Before is when you drive with your ''Stücken'' so that he cannot come to his senses, especially by positioning yourself as close as he is, and how he defends before your ''Stücken'' and these same wants to break and bar, with this, he runs off the Before to you. The After is, when you have been rushed upon by your opponent how it is reported above. Thus you should respond ''Indes'' quickly with convenient work, with this, you are strongest on his ''Stücken'', when you go on with your work in the Before, and in this you are crowded so that you must displace him After, thus is a constant changing with the Before and After, now you have it, then he does, but he who does not pay attention to it, he will never learn to fence.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001r.jpg|2|lbl=1r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|1|lbl=1v.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001r.jpg|2|lbl=1r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|1|lbl=1v.1|p=1}}
Line 160: Line 164:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Divisions of the sword to the Weak and Strong'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''Divisions of the sword to the Weak and Strong'''</p>
  
<p>The Sword is firstly divided in two parts, namely from the grip to the middle of the blade which is known as the Strong, from the middle to the most forward, is the Weak.</p>
+
<p>The sword is firstly divided in two parts, namely from the grip to the middle of the blade which is known as the Strong, from the middle to the most forward, is the Weak.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|2|lbl=1v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|2|lbl=1v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Item: The sword is further divided in four parts how the figure shows. With the inward part, that is the haft, and (with it) the work with the pommel and cross and haft will be understood, in the next part, thereafter will the work with cutting and pushing and what belongs to the Strong be understood, to the third part of the sword should be noted the alterable work of the Weak and Strong after opportunity and liking. Which alone is extremely weak for you to work properly to the Openings.</p>
+
| <p><small>[4]</small> Item: The sword is further divided in four parts how the figure shows. With the inward part, that is the haft, and (with it) the work with the pommel and cross and haft will be understood, in the next part, thereafter will the work with cutting and pushing and what belongs to the Strong be understood, to the third part of the sword should be noted the alterable work of the Weak and Strong after opportunity and liking. Which alone is extremely weak for you to work properly to the Openings.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|3|lbl=1v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|3|lbl=1v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Hard and Soft'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> '''Hard and Soft'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Thus you shall mark in the binding of the swords, as you shall feel if he has become hard or soft in the bind, with the cut.</p>
  
<p>Thus you shall mark in the binding of the swords, as you shall feel if he has become hard or soft in the bind, with the cut. Item: If he is yet again, Strong or Weak, and is usually more watchful of the Weak binding before the Strong, how hereafter in the fencing it can be seen.</p>
+
<p>Item: If he is yet again, Strong or Weak, and is usually more watchful of the Weak binding before the Strong, how hereafter in the fencing it can be seen.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|4|lbl=1v.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 001v.jpg|4|lbl=1v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>In order that the sword fencing and the following ''Stuck'' are understandable, I will explain my following ''Zedel'', how I want the words to have understanding, according to the order N (namely) beginning, middle and end.</p>
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> In order that the sword fencing and the following ''Stuck'' are understandable, I will explain my following ''Zedel'', how I want the words to have understanding, according to the order N (namely) beginning, middle and end.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|1|lbl=2r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|1|lbl=2r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''''Zedel'''''</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> '''''Zedel'''''</p>
  
 
The 4 Main Guards, namely Tag, Fool, Ox, Plow.</p>
 
The 4 Main Guards, namely Tag, Fool, Ox, Plow.</p>
Line 190: Line 196:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The 8 Secondary Guards, Long Point, Iron Door, Hanging Point, Speak Window, Key, Side Guard, Barrier Guard and Wrath Guard.</p>
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> The 8 Secondary Guards, Long Point, Iron Gate, Hanging Point, Speak Window, Key, Side Guard, Barrier Guard and Wrath Guard.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|3|lbl=2r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|3|lbl=2r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The 5 Master Cuts, Wrath Strike, Crooked Strike, Thwart Strike, Scalp Strike, Squinter Strike.</p>
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> The 5 Master Cuts, Wrath Strike, Crooked Strike, Thwart Strike, Scalp Strike, Squinter Strike.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|4|lbl=2r.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|4|lbl=2r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The 6 forbidden Cuts, Blind Cut, Rebound Cut, Short Cut, Joint Cut, Clashing Cut, Winding Cut.</p>
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> The 6 forbidden Cuts, Blind Cut, Rebound Cut, Short Cut, Joint Cut, Clashing Cut, Winding Cut.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|5|lbl=2r.5}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002r.jpg|5|lbl=2r.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Handworks'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> '''Handworks'''</p>
  
 
<p>Binding on, Remaining, Slicing, Striking around, Chasing after, Snapping around, running off, Doubling, Deceiving, Flitting, Failing, Circle, Looping, Winding, Winding through, Reversing, Changing through, Running over, Setting off, Cutting away, Pulling, Hand pushing, Sliding, Hanging, Barring, Blocking, Wrenching out, Gripping over, Weak pushing.<ref>Up to this point, the text matches the Lund manuscript, folia 6r to 7r.</ref></p>
 
<p>Binding on, Remaining, Slicing, Striking around, Chasing after, Snapping around, running off, Doubling, Deceiving, Flitting, Failing, Circle, Looping, Winding, Winding through, Reversing, Changing through, Running over, Setting off, Cutting away, Pulling, Hand pushing, Sliding, Hanging, Barring, Blocking, Wrenching out, Gripping over, Weak pushing.<ref>Up to this point, the text matches the Lund manuscript, folia 6r to 7r.</ref></p>
Line 212: Line 218:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of the 4 Guards'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> '''Of the 4 Guards'''</p>
  
 
<p>First of all, the ancients not only used the 4 guards for good in attacking, but also hid our so-called fencing summarily in them, that namely they had told and intended with all high guards the cuts from above. With the Fool, however, all cuts from below were therefore called Fool, because all things from below are to be regarded as contrary to what comes from above. They have therefore composed their whole fencing in two cuts namely from above and from below so that no cut can be thrown, for it must be from above or from below and even if one cuts a Middle or Thwart Strike, then that cut still has a common name with the High or Low Cut, then just as no Middle Cut can be made, unless it will go somewhat from below or above. So by the Ox and the Plow they intended the thrust, that is, the upper and lower thrust, which, however, in our present time is not in the fencing for several reasons, I will then save Oxen and Plow together with the thrusts until the rapier, where I will then extensively cover it.</p>
 
<p>First of all, the ancients not only used the 4 guards for good in attacking, but also hid our so-called fencing summarily in them, that namely they had told and intended with all high guards the cuts from above. With the Fool, however, all cuts from below were therefore called Fool, because all things from below are to be regarded as contrary to what comes from above. They have therefore composed their whole fencing in two cuts namely from above and from below so that no cut can be thrown, for it must be from above or from below and even if one cuts a Middle or Thwart Strike, then that cut still has a common name with the High or Low Cut, then just as no Middle Cut can be made, unless it will go somewhat from below or above. So by the Ox and the Plow they intended the thrust, that is, the upper and lower thrust, which, however, in our present time is not in the fencing for several reasons, I will then save Oxen and Plow together with the thrusts until the rapier, where I will then extensively cover it.</p>
Line 221: Line 227:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>But how each guard is to be made or understood will be recorded in figures.</p>
+
| <p><small>[13]</small> But how each guard is to be made or understood will be recorded in figures.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002v.jpg|2|lbl=2v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 002v.jpg|2|lbl=2v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Wrath Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> '''Wrath Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>Wrath Cut is done thus, when you are in ''Zufechten'', then come in the Ox or take the sword onto the right shoulder so that the left foot stands forth, step and cut with the long edge from the right diagonally to his left whether to the head or body.</p>
 
<p>Wrath Cut is done thus, when you are in ''Zufechten'', then come in the Ox or take the sword onto the right shoulder so that the left foot stands forth, step and cut with the long edge from the right diagonally to his left whether to the head or body.</p>
Line 233: Line 239:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Crooked Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> '''Crooked Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>Stand with the left foot forward, hold the sword to the right, if one cuts at your opening from above, then step with your right foot well out from his strike to his left side, and cut Crooked ''Indes'' with crossed arms between his sword and head with the long edge to his arm.</p>
 
<p>Stand with the left foot forward, hold the sword to the right, if one cuts at your opening from above, then step with your right foot well out from his strike to his left side, and cut Crooked ''Indes'' with crossed arms between his sword and head with the long edge to his arm.</p>
Line 240: Line 246:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Thwart Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[16]</small> '''Thwart Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>Stand how it is described above and hold the sword to the right like before, if one cuts at you from above then step and cut with the short edge to his strike so that the hands are high and point hangs slightly downwards and the thumb is placed under the shield.</p>
 
<p>Stand how it is described above and hold the sword to the right like before, if one cuts at you from above then step and cut with the short edge to his strike so that the hands are high and point hangs slightly downwards and the thumb is placed under the shield.</p>
Line 247: Line 253:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Scalp Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[17]</small> '''Scalp Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>The Scalp Cut is a straight cut from above to the head.</p>
 
<p>The Scalp Cut is a straight cut from above to the head.</p>
Line 254: Line 260:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Squinter Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> '''Squinter Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' come as described before and hold the sword as described before, if one cuts at you then step and cut in with crossed hands from above simultaneously with him like all things from the Crooked Cut are told.</p>
 
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' come as described before and hold the sword as described before, if one cuts at you then step and cut in with crossed hands from above simultaneously with him like all things from the Crooked Cut are told.</p>
Line 262: Line 268:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Scalper'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> '''Scalper'''</p>
  
 
<p>Is done thusly, stand in the Ox like the figure of the Ox shows and cut from below with the half edge through the scalp line so that the weapon flies upwards into the Roof Guard.</p>
 
<p>Is done thusly, stand in the Ox like the figure of the Ox shows and cut from below with the half edge through the scalp line so that the weapon flies upwards into the Roof Guard.</p>
Line 269: Line 275:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Blind Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[20]</small> '''Blind Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>In ''Zufechten'' come into the right Plow, instantly step and heave the hands upwards to the hanging on the right side, threaten him to the right with the haft, instantly flick with the flat and crossed hands to his left ear.</p>
 
<p>In ''Zufechten'' come into the right Plow, instantly step and heave the hands upwards to the hanging on the right side, threaten him to the right with the haft, instantly flick with the flat and crossed hands to his left ear.</p>
Line 276: Line 282:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Rebound Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> '''Rebound Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>So, in the ''Zufechten'' come into the right Ox, instantly pull the sword around the head step and cut with the inside flat horizontally onto his sword, allow the hands to rebound and strike in again with the flat overhand.</p>
 
<p>So, in the ''Zufechten'' come into the right Ox, instantly pull the sword around the head step and cut with the inside flat horizontally onto his sword, allow the hands to rebound and strike in again with the flat overhand.</p>
Line 283: Line 289:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Short Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> '''Short Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>So, stand with the right foot forward in Hanging Point, pull upwards and around your head and cut with the short edge from your lower left to his right ear or arm, in the strike your thumb shall face up.</p>
 
<p>So, stand with the right foot forward in Hanging Point, pull upwards and around your head and cut with the short edge from your lower left to his right ear or arm, in the strike your thumb shall face up.</p>
Line 290: Line 296:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Wrist Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> '''Wrist Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>Item: If one stands in Speak Window and the other is too, or otherwise comes high so that his blade hangs down to the lower left, then cut with a horizontal strike up from below between the pommel or behind the pommel to the hands.</p>
 
<p>Item: If one stands in Speak Window and the other is too, or otherwise comes high so that his blade hangs down to the lower left, then cut with a horizontal strike up from below between the pommel or behind the pommel to the hands.</p>
Line 297: Line 303:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Clash Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> '''Clash Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' go with your sword through the Ox, step and strike overhand with the flat to his left ear so that your half edge slides downwards to his right shoulder.<ref>Note: this translation could be interpreted to mean “so that your half edge slides downward [presumably on his blade], hitting his right shoulder”. Meyer used the words ''mit Glitschen = to slither, to slide, to glide, to move with sliding.</ref></p>
 
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' go with your sword through the Ox, step and strike overhand with the flat to his left ear so that your half edge slides downwards to his right shoulder.<ref>Note: this translation could be interpreted to mean “so that your half edge slides downward [presumably on his blade], hitting his right shoulder”. Meyer used the words ''mit Glitschen = to slither, to slide, to glide, to move with sliding.</ref></p>
Line 304: Line 310:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Winding Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> '''Winding Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>If one stands before you with outstretched arms in the Long Point, then come in the ''Zufechten'' with the right foot forward, the sword in Hanging Point. Instantly pull around the head and cut with the long edge from the left outside and over his right arm so that your sword appears to swing between his head and sword to his left shoulder, pull back around again to the horizontal cut or Long Point.</p>
 
<p>If one stands before you with outstretched arms in the Long Point, then come in the ''Zufechten'' with the right foot forward, the sword in Hanging Point. Instantly pull around the head and cut with the long edge from the left outside and over his right arm so that your sword appears to swing between his head and sword to his left shoulder, pull back around again to the horizontal cut or Long Point.</p>
Line 311: Line 317:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Middle or handworks in the following after'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[26]</small> '''Middle or handworks in the following after'''</p>
  
 
<p>Binding on may have no other explanation than that every fencer knows well when the swords come together and have bound.</p>
 
<p>Binding on may have no other explanation than that every fencer knows well when the swords come together and have bound.</p>
Line 318: Line 324:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Remaining'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[27]</small> '''Remaining'''</p>
  
<p>Is thus understood when one cuts into an opening with the long edge and at once would pull back to himself as if to cut to another opening, but does not, and instead cuts again with the short edge on the same line, that is called remaining, when one remains with cutting on one opening. Item: One remains in the binding of the swords and waits on the next action until he gets his opportunity to work further.</p>
+
<p>Is thus understood when one cuts into an opening with the long edge and at once would pull back to himself as if to cut to another opening, but does not, and instead cuts again with the short edge on the same line, that is called remaining, when one remains with cutting on one opening.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: One remains in the binding of the swords and waits on the next action until he gets his opportunity to work further.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 004v.jpg|2|lbl=4v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 004v.jpg|2|lbl=4v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Slicing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[28]</small> '''Slicing'''</p>
  
 
<p>If one has bound on to your sword’s blade, then note when he strikes around and goes away from your sword, then slice him strongly with the long edge to his arm, there are four slices; two from above, from below and to both sides.</p>
 
<p>If one has bound on to your sword’s blade, then note when he strikes around and goes away from your sword, then slice him strongly with the long edge to his arm, there are four slices; two from above, from below and to both sides.</p>
Line 332: Line 340:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Cutting around'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[29]</small> '''Cutting around'''</p>
  
 
<p>Is when one cuts around to another opening from the bind.</p>
 
<p>Is when one cuts around to another opening from the bind.</p>
Line 339: Line 347:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Chasing after'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[30]</small> '''Chasing after'''</p>
  
 
<p>Chasing after is following after his sword to the next opening, so namely of this you should know, when one cuts from above at you, and in the meantime draws up his sword for the strike then you hurry in before he fully springs his stroke, the work is rather good against those who strike around widely.</p>
 
<p>Chasing after is following after his sword to the next opening, so namely of this you should know, when one cuts from above at you, and in the meantime draws up his sword for the strike then you hurry in before he fully springs his stroke, the work is rather good against those who strike around widely.</p>
Line 347: Line 355:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Snapping around'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[31]</small> '''Snapping around'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note: When one has bound on your sword, and is hard in the bind, then let your sword fall down below you, then instantly heave your bind upwards and snap around to another opening.</p>
 
<p>Note: When one has bound on your sword, and is hard in the bind, then let your sword fall down below you, then instantly heave your bind upwards and snap around to another opening.</p>
Line 354: Line 362:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Running off'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[32]</small> '''Running off'''</p>
  
 
<p>Running off is when I allow it to run off to one side or another and is self explanatory.</p>
 
<p>Running off is when I allow it to run off to one side or another and is self explanatory.</p>
Line 361: Line 369:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Doubling'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[33]</small> '''Doubling'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Doubling is when you allow it once or twice to run off, and also to double.</p>
  
<p>Doubling is when you allow it once or twice to run off, and also to double. Item: One cut done twice or doubled, thus in the approach I cut from my right to his left ear, once it clashes I take it away again, to my right and cut once again inside and halfway through, allowing it to snap in again.</p>
+
<p>Item: One cut done twice or doubled, thus in the approach I cut from my right to his left ear, once it clashes I take it away again, to my right and cut once again inside and halfway through, allowing it to snap in again.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 005r.jpg|4|lbl=5r.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 005r.jpg|4|lbl=5r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Deceiving'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[34]</small> '''Deceiving'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>That is when you look at an opening and make as if you would cut there, but you don’t and instead cut somewhere else, this is the second Squinter with the face.</p>
  
<p>That is when you look at an opening and make as if you would cut there, but you don’t and instead cut somewhere else, this is the second Squinter with the face. Item: The fencer who will willingly parry, or slice away, so there you should work quickly with failing, flying around, circling or looping, so he does not know where to go and gets lost.</p>
+
<p>Item: The fencer who will willingly parry, or slice away, so there you should work quickly with failing, flying around, circling or looping, so he does not know where to go and gets lost.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 005r.jpg|5|lbl=5r.5}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 005r.jpg|5|lbl=5r.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Flying'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[35]</small> '''Flying'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note when you have cut in to an opening, once it touches then pull around your head in a flight in the air to the next opening, if he slips in after then do not allow it to touch but rather let it fly from one opening to another until you have an opening, or otherwise come to comparable work.</p>
 
<p>Note when you have cut in to an opening, once it touches then pull around your head in a flight in the air to the next opening, if he slips in after then do not allow it to touch but rather let it fly from one opening to another until you have an opening, or otherwise come to comparable work.</p>
Line 382: Line 394:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Failing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[36]</small> '''Failing'''</p>
  
 
<p>In the approach cut him to an opening, once you note that he will parry, then do not allow it to touch, rather allow it to fail, run off and cut instantly to another opening.</p>
 
<p>In the approach cut him to an opening, once you note that he will parry, then do not allow it to touch, rather allow it to fail, run off and cut instantly to another opening.</p>
Line 389: Line 401:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Circling'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[37]</small> '''Circling'''</p>
  
 
<p>Thus you stand before one in the Speak window, then cut from above with the half edge and crossed arms and fail (with it) beside his right ear, in the failing, cut again with the long edge to the same target, namely his right ear.</p>
 
<p>Thus you stand before one in the Speak window, then cut from above with the half edge and crossed arms and fail (with it) beside his right ear, in the failing, cut again with the long edge to the same target, namely his right ear.</p>
Line 396: Line 408:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Looping'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[38]</small> '''Looping'''</p>
  
 
<p>Looping is when one jerks back from an opening in a swing and in the air lets it run off one time, and from this running off cuts in there again to both sides with a flight above the head.</p>
 
<p>Looping is when one jerks back from an opening in a swing and in the air lets it run off one time, and from this running off cuts in there again to both sides with a flight above the head.</p>
Line 403: Line 415:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Winding'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[39]</small> '''Winding'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>When you have bound with him, then remain with the edge on his blade, turn the half edge inwards to his head.</p>
  
<p>When you have bound with him, then remain with the edge on his blade, turn the half edge inwards to his head. Item: When you have thus wound in with the half edge then turn with the pommel again out to the other side upwards and wind the half edge outwards to his head from below through the horizontal.</p>
+
</p>Item: When you have thus wound in with the half edge then turn with the pommel again out to the other side upwards and wind the half edge outwards to his head from below through the horizontal.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 005v.jpg|5|lbl=5v.5}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 005v.jpg|5|lbl=5v.5}}
  
Line 412: Line 426:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Winding through'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[40]</small> '''Winding through'''</p>
  
 
<p>When you have cut at him with a Wrath Cut, and when it clashes wind with the hilt down through, instantly reach over with the pommel above his blade or arms and wrench downwards or work further to your favor.</p>
 
<p>When you have cut at him with a Wrath Cut, and when it clashes wind with the hilt down through, instantly reach over with the pommel above his blade or arms and wrench downwards or work further to your favor.</p>
Line 419: Line 433:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Reversing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[41]</small> '''Reversing'''</p>
  
 
<p>Reversing is when two have bound together and in the bind, one thrusts his pommel through below his right arm, thus he comes with his hands crossed over both his arms, or one comes with the half edge on the other, so that you can constrain him or allow it to run through.</p>
 
<p>Reversing is when two have bound together and in the bind, one thrusts his pommel through below his right arm, thus he comes with his hands crossed over both his arms, or one comes with the half edge on the other, so that you can constrain him or allow it to run through.</p>
Line 427: Line 441:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Changing - Changing through'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[42]</small> '''Changing - Changing through'''</p>
  
<p>Change belongs to the fencers who cut to the sword and not to the body. the same, one should change through, so when you note that he wants to meet your oncoming strike, then jerk and cut to the other side, that is called Changing. Item: Act as if you would cut at him from above, but don’t do it, instead... drive down through to the other side, to the next opening.</p>
+
<p>Change belongs to the fencers who cut to the sword and not to the body. the same, one should change through, so when you note that he wants to meet your oncoming strike, then jerk and cut to the other side, that is called Changing.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: Act as if you would cut at him from above, but don’t do it, instead... drive down through to the other side, to the next opening.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 006r.jpg|4|lbl=6r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 006v.jpg|1|lbl=6v.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 006r.jpg|4|lbl=6r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 006v.jpg|1|lbl=6v.1|p=1}}
Line 435: Line 451:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Running over'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[43]</small> '''Running over'''</p>
  
 
<p>Running over works from the low cuts, when one will cut at you from below, then fall on it from above with the long edge, as soon as he drives out from you to defend, then let your cut run over and work to the next opening from which he came.</p>
 
<p>Running over works from the low cuts, when one will cut at you from below, then fall on it from above with the long edge, as soon as he drives out from you to defend, then let your cut run over and work to the next opening from which he came.</p>
Line 442: Line 458:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Setting off'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[44]</small> '''Setting off'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note when you stand in Long Point and he goes to fight you, then set him off from both sides one strike to another, work to him ''Indes'' with the half edge.</p>
 
<p>Note when you stand in Long Point and he goes to fight you, then set him off from both sides one strike to another, work to him ''Indes'' with the half edge.</p>
Line 449: Line 465:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Cutting off'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[45]</small> '''Cutting off'''</p>
  
 
<p>Cutting off is when one is hard on you with the long edge and you cut them away from you.</p>
 
<p>Cutting off is when one is hard on you with the long edge and you cut them away from you.</p>
Line 456: Line 472:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Pulling'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[46]</small> '''Pulling'''</p>
  
 
<p>Pulling is like it’s reported in the Remaining, that if one has bound on you to an opening and pulls off again, and still strikes around again there, or threatens to where he has pulled away.</p>
 
<p>Pulling is like it’s reported in the Remaining, that if one has bound on you to an opening and pulls off again, and still strikes around again there, or threatens to where he has pulled away.</p>
Line 463: Line 479:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Hand pushing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[47]</small> '''Hand pushing'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note when one pulls off from you and drives upwards, then follow after him with the long edge on his hands and push him away from you.</p>
 
<p>Note when one pulls off from you and drives upwards, then follow after him with the long edge on his hands and push him away from you.</p>
Line 470: Line 486:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Sliding'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[48]</small> '''Sliding'''</p>
  
 
<p>If you stand in Wrath Guard and one cuts at you from above then drive out with the arms and raise the blade over your head and catch the strike on the flat of your blade. That is called Sliding.</p>
 
<p>If you stand in Wrath Guard and one cuts at you from above then drive out with the arms and raise the blade over your head and catch the strike on the flat of your blade. That is called Sliding.</p>
Line 477: Line 493:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Hanging'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[49]</small> '''Hanging'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Hanging is various, namely to constrain while hanging over.</p>
  
<p>Hanging is various, namely to constrain while hanging over. Item: Stand in Plow if one strikes at you, then drive up with the arms and catch the strike on the flat of your blade on the Strong, that is Hanging.</p>
+
<p>Item: Stand in Plow if one strikes at you, then drive up with the arms and catch the strike on the flat of your blade on the Strong, that is Hanging.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007r.jpg|2|lbl=7r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007r.jpg|2|lbl=7r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Blocking'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[50]</small> '''Blocking'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note when one comes forth at you with quick running off, deceiving, or flitting in order that I may prevent him from reaching me, thus I fall on him with the slice on his sword or arms, and I block his (sword) so that he cannot work well, and I follow after with convenient work.</p>
 
<p>Note when one comes forth at you with quick running off, deceiving, or flitting in order that I may prevent him from reaching me, thus I fall on him with the slice on his sword or arms, and I block his (sword) so that he cannot work well, and I follow after with convenient work.</p>
Line 491: Line 509:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Barring'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[51]</small> '''Barring'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Then if one stands in Changer or the Fool before you, fall on him quickly thereafter with the long edge.</p>
  
<p>Then if one stands in Changer or the Fool before you, fall on him quickly thereafter with the long edge. Item: If one strikes out before you, then bar him also with setting off.</p>
+
<p>Item: If one strikes out before you, then bar him also with setting off.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007r.jpg|4|lbl=7r.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007r.jpg|4|lbl=7r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Wrenching'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[52]</small> '''Wrenching'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If someone binds you on your sword in whatever way that happens, reverse it and wrench out.</p>
  
<p>If someone binds you on your sword in whatever way that happens, reverse it and wrench out. Item: Wrench with the pommel between his two arms from below to your left side and yank out to your right side.</p>
+
<p>Item: Wrench with the pommel between his two arms from below to your left side and yank out to your right side.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007r.jpg|5|lbl=7r.5}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007r.jpg|5|lbl=7r.5}}
  
Line 507: Line 529:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Grabbing over'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[53]</small> '''Grabbing over'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note when two come close together and both have their arms up high, reverse your right hand on the sword and reach over both his arms with the blade and wrench downwards to one side. You may also reach over with the pommel.</p>
 
<p>Note when two come close together and both have their arms up high, reverse your right hand on the sword and reach over both his arms with the blade and wrench downwards to one side. You may also reach over with the pommel.</p>
Line 514: Line 536:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Weak pushing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[54]</small> '''Weak pushing'''</p>
  
 
<p>When two come close together and are once again high with the arms, then release your left hand from the sword and grab him behind his right elbow and push him away from you.</p>
 
<p>When two come close together and are once again high with the arms, then release your left hand from the sword and grab him behind his right elbow and push him away from you.</p>
Line 521: Line 543:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Therefore, I have for this reason slightly explained another, so that the following ''Stuck'' are better understood, which are not only in the sword, but rather also in other weapons to be noted and understood.</p>
+
| <p><small>[55]</small> Therefore, I have for this reason slightly explained another, so that the following ''Stuck'' are better understood, which are not only in the sword, but rather also in other weapons to be noted and understood.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007v.jpg|4|lbl=7v.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 007v.jpg|4|lbl=7v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 008r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 008r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Of the four openings and divisions of the man how one should use (them) in the Sword'''<ref>The text starts matching the Lund manuscript again here (beginning on folio 7v), continuing until the Figures.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[56]</small> '''Of the four openings and divisions of the man how one should use (them) in the Sword'''<ref>The text starts matching the Lund manuscript again here (beginning on folio 7v), continuing until the Figures.</ref></p>
  
 
<p>First, the man is divided into two parts namely left and right as shown by the (vertical) line in the above figure<ref>Note: The Lund also mentions “the figure above” yet that figure does not appear in the Lund! Here it does, and it could be a representation of Meyer himself?</ref> from above to below but then into two parts namely in the lower and upper, which the two upper parts are divided in the Ox the other two to the Plow.
 
<p>First, the man is divided into two parts namely left and right as shown by the (vertical) line in the above figure<ref>Note: The Lund also mentions “the figure above” yet that figure does not appear in the Lund! Here it does, and it could be a representation of Meyer himself?</ref> from above to below but then into two parts namely in the lower and upper, which the two upper parts are divided in the Ox the other two to the Plow.
Line 533: Line 555:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>First, notice to which opening he leads his sword, lower or upper, to the right or to the left, and when you have seen that, then attack it as soon as possible, be it to an upper opening or elsewhere, of this, take an example.</p>
+
| <p><small>[57]</small> First, notice to which opening he leads his sword, lower or upper, to the right or to the left, and when you have seen that, then attack it as soon as possible, be it to an upper opening or elsewhere, of this, take an example.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 008v.jpg|1|lbl=8v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 008v.jpg|1|lbl=8v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>In the Onset when you both come together and you see that he holds his sword to his upper right, whether it is in the Ox or Wrath Cut, then attack to his left lower opening, not with the intent to hit, but rather to incite him to meet you, as soon as it clashes or touches, then pull around your head and strike above to the opening from which he came, namely to his right ear with the half edge and crossed hands, that is the correct Squinting Cut.</p>
+
| <p><small>[58]</small> In the Onset when you both come together and you see that he holds his sword to his upper right, whether it is in the Ox or Wrath Cut, then attack to his left lower opening, not with the intent to hit, but rather to incite him to meet you, as soon as it clashes or touches, then pull around your head and strike above to the opening from which he came, namely to his right ear with the half edge and crossed hands, that is the correct Squinting Cut.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 008v.jpg|2|lbl=8v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 008v.jpg|2|lbl=8v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Another'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[59]</small> '''Another'''</p>
  
 
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' when the opponent holds his sword on the left, then go through before him from your right, and cut with strength to his right. As soon as he slips after the strike, then pull in a loop to the left opening, if he slips after it again, then let it fly back around, thus going from one opening to the other, crosswise and against each other according to opportunity. Every fighter should be accustomed to be promptly heedful in all hits, from whichever opening the cut has come, instantly to follow after there. And before I conclude I will add the teaching concerning parrying. It is written in the ancient ''Zedel'', "Who often parries is often hit".</p>
 
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' when the opponent holds his sword on the left, then go through before him from your right, and cut with strength to his right. As soon as he slips after the strike, then pull in a loop to the left opening, if he slips after it again, then let it fly back around, thus going from one opening to the other, crosswise and against each other according to opportunity. Every fighter should be accustomed to be promptly heedful in all hits, from whichever opening the cut has come, instantly to follow after there. And before I conclude I will add the teaching concerning parrying. It is written in the ancient ''Zedel'', "Who often parries is often hit".</p>
Line 550: Line 572:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: Liechtenauer says in his secret words "Guard yourself against parrying, if need befalls you it will hurt you". Therefore every fighter should be accustomed to be the first to attack and finish, then if every fighter is accustomed to watch and wait for another, this same rarely comes away without harm, or at the least does not achieve very much. A proper fighter however does not parry much unless he has a great advantage. And when the opponent strikes so he strikes too, if the opponent thrusts then he thrusts too, if the opponent steps, he steps also. For when two like strokes come together, they bring their parrying with them, and when someone cuts from above and you cut against it with a Thwart, then you parry and hit at the same time. Likewise you shall pay attention to simultaneous cutting and take good heed of your advantage in it. Therefore, every fencer should know that he should quickly consider, as mentioned above, when two good fencers come together, which I consider is the same as shown before.<ref>Note: here I have included this line for clarity from Dr. Forgeng’s 1568 Lund translation: “Therefore every fighter shall know as has been said above, for when two good fighters come together, whoever thinks quicker triumphs quicker.”</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[60]</small> Item: Liechtenauer says in his secret words "Guard yourself against parrying, if need befalls you it will hurt you". Therefore every fighter should be accustomed to be the first to attack and finish, then if every fighter is accustomed to watch and wait for another, this same rarely comes away without harm, or at the least does not achieve very much. A proper fighter however does not parry much unless he has a great advantage. And when the opponent strikes so he strikes too, if the opponent thrusts then he thrusts too, if the opponent steps, he steps also. For when two like strokes come together, they bring their parrying with them, and when someone cuts from above and you cut against it with a Thwart, then you parry and hit at the same time. Likewise you shall pay attention to simultaneous cutting and take good heed of your advantage in it. Therefore, every fencer should know that he should quickly consider, as mentioned above, when two good fencers come together, which I consider is the same as shown before.<ref>Note: here I have included this line for clarity from Dr. Forgeng’s 1568 Lund translation: “Therefore every fighter shall know as has been said above, for when two good fighters come together, whoever thinks quicker triumphs quicker.”</ref></p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 008v.jpg|4|lbl=8v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009r.jpg|1|lbl=9r.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 008v.jpg|4|lbl=8v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009r.jpg|1|lbl=9r.1|p=1}}
Line 556: Line 578:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus I have briefly summarized and presented sword fencing and all needful techniques, and also explained the somewhat obscure words in part, and thereafter integrated them into an attack combination, dividing it into three parts, namely (as I said initially) the beginning or attack, the followup or middle-work, the last withdrawal or end. So that you may understand it better I will repeat briefly, as follows: for the attack I have presented the guards, in which you should not tarry and wait, but through which you should attack to the uttermost with one or two of the described cuts according to opportunity. Now when you have attacked and the Before has run off from you, then in the second part you shall follow up with all kinds of proper handworks, so you keep the Before, these handworks are also presented above. Thirdly you should crowd and confine him with handworks so that you can come to the withdrawal without harm.</p>
+
| <p><small>[61]</small> Thus I have briefly summarized and presented sword fencing and all needful techniques, and also explained the somewhat obscure words in part, and thereafter integrated them into an attack combination, dividing it into three parts, namely (as I said initially) the beginning or attack, the followup or middle-work, the last withdrawal or end. So that you may understand it better I will repeat briefly, as follows: for the attack I have presented the guards, in which you should not tarry and wait, but through which you should attack to the uttermost with one or two of the described cuts according to opportunity. Now when you have attacked and the Before has run off from you, then in the second part you shall follow up with all kinds of proper handworks, so you keep the Before, these handworks are also presented above. Thirdly you should crowd and confine him with handworks so that you can come to the withdrawal without harm.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009r.jpg|2|lbl=9r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009v.jpg|1|lbl=9v.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009r.jpg|2|lbl=9r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009v.jpg|1|lbl=9v.1|p=1}}
Line 562: Line 584:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of this I will give an example'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[62]</small> '''Of this I will give an example'''</p>
  
 
<p>When someone fights against you from the Roof Guard, then come in the ''Zufechten'' into the Side Guard, you shall not wait there longer than until he pulls up his sword for the stroke, as soon as he brings his sword up in the air, then meet him with a Thwart Strike, once it clashes, then cut quickly again back around with a long Thwart to the other side on his sword, that is the Attack. If he strikes around, then slice after, if he parries, then deceive him, if he escapes then chase him, if he is hard then you are soft, if he strikes then counter it, if he parries then strike. Thirdly, also pay attention instantly for your opportunity to withdraw.</p>
 
<p>When someone fights against you from the Roof Guard, then come in the ''Zufechten'' into the Side Guard, you shall not wait there longer than until he pulls up his sword for the stroke, as soon as he brings his sword up in the air, then meet him with a Thwart Strike, once it clashes, then cut quickly again back around with a long Thwart to the other side on his sword, that is the Attack. If he strikes around, then slice after, if he parries, then deceive him, if he escapes then chase him, if he is hard then you are soft, if he strikes then counter it, if he parries then strike. Thirdly, also pay attention instantly for your opportunity to withdraw.</p>
Line 568: Line 590:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 010r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Follow several ''Stücke'' which one otherwise cannot understand without using figures.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[63]</small> '''Follow several ''Stücke'' which one otherwise cannot understand without using figures.'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Note when you are in the ''Zufechten'' so come in the Ox, and as soon as you can reach him, then make like you would stab him in the face, but pull and cut from below to the left Plow, so that he must parry, then instantly release your hand from the grip and use it to grab your blade in the middle, and with the pommel above over his right arm, wrench downwards, drive with the blade around his neck, step with the left behind his right, throw him over your forward most leg.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009v.jpg|3|lbl=9v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 009v.jpg|3|lbl=9v.3}}
  
|-
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|010r|jpg}}
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 010r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>Note when you are in the ''Zufechten'' so come in the Ox, and as soon as you can reach him, then make like you would stab him in the face, but pull and cut from below to the left Plow, so that he must parry, then instantly release your hand from the grip and use it to grab your blade in the middle, and with the pommel above over his right arm, wrench downwards, drive with the blade around his neck, step with the left behind his right, throw him over your forward most leg.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|010r|jpg}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 010v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 010v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Sword Taking'''<p>
+
| <p><small>[64]</small> '''Sword Taking'''<p>
  
 
<p>Note if he binds on the middle of your sword blade, then release your left hand from the pommel and grab the middle of both blades with it, then drive the grip or pommel above and over both his arms jerk with the bind to you, how it is shown here.</p.
 
<p>Note if he binds on the middle of your sword blade, then release your left hand from the pommel and grab the middle of both blades with it, then drive the grip or pommel above and over both his arms jerk with the bind to you, how it is shown here.</p.
Line 586: Line 607:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 011r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 011r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note, position yourself in the Irongate, if he cuts at you, then drive up with crossed hands and catch his strike on the Strong of your blade, and drive with the pommel over his left arm, instantly release your left hand from the hilt and grab ''Indes'' quickly with your left hand onto the middle of your blade, push it from you, thus you strike him ''Indes'' to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[65]</small> Note: Position yourself in the Iron Gate, if he cuts at you, then drive up with crossed hands and catch his strike on the Strong of your blade, and drive with the pommel over his left arm, instantly release your left hand from the hilt and grab ''Indes'' quickly with your left hand onto the middle of your blade, push it from you, thus you strike him ''Indes'' to the face.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|011r|jpg}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|011r|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 011v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 011v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>In the ''Zufechten'', come in the Hanging Point, take his blade away from the ground with the half edge from your left, ''Indes'' strike with the long (edge) horizontally over his hands to his right ear, ''Indes'' wind the half edge inwards to the head and again back out.<ref>Note: the image shows the opponent on the left in Barrier Guard with point to the ground, hence Meyer’s advice to “take his blade away from the ground”.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[66]</small> In the ''Zufechten'', come in the Hanging Point, take his blade away from the ground with the half edge from your left, ''Indes'' strike with the long (edge) horizontally over his hands to his right ear, ''Indes'' wind the half edge inwards to the head and again back {{nowrap|out.<ref>Note: the image shows the opponent on the left in Barrier Guard with point to the ground, hence Meyer’s advice to “take his blade away from the ground”.</ref>}}</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|011v|jpg}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|011v|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 012r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 012r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[67]</small> [When] you are positioned in the Barrier Guard to the left side, the right foot forward, if one cuts at you then step with your left foot well around to his right and throw the half edge<br/>??? against with the Weak to the head, wrench out to your right, allow the sword <br/>????? the half edge again under and into the head at the same left side.</p>
<p>[When] you are positioned in the Barrier Guard to the left side, the right foot forward, if one cuts at you then step with your left foot well around to his right and throw the half edge<br/>
 
??? against with the Weak to the head, wrench out to your right, allow the sword <br/>
 
????? the half edge again under and into the head at the same left side.
 
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|012r|jpg}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|012r|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 012v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 012v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Lang ort<br/>&emsp;Shieler'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[68]</small> '''Lang ort<br/>&emsp;Shieler'''</p>
  
<p>When someone does that to you, then drive with your blade against his, ''Indes'' push ???? <br/>
+
<p>When someone does that to you, then drive with your blade against his, ''Indes'' push ????<br/>through below your right arm, drive up with crossed hands, strike ????<br/>ear, and then further to the next opening with deceiving.</p>
through below your right arm, drive up with crossed hands, strike ???? <br/>
 
ear, and then further to the next opening with deceiving.</p>
 
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|012v|jpg}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|012v|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 013r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 013r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note If one binds on you from the right, then push away with the sword, if he strikes around with his sword, then grab your shield with your hand and reach over both his hands with your sword, wrench downwards to your right side, push the pommel from you.</p>
+
| <p><small>[69]</small> Note If one binds on you from the right, then push away with the sword, if he strikes around with his sword, then grab your shield with your hand and reach over both his hands with your sword, wrench downwards to your right side, push the pommel from you.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|013r|jpg}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|013r|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Because it happens at the present time that people will run in together with each other, and strike deliberately at the fists, fingers and wrists, and yet only a few will know how to guard and protect themselves, therefore, I want to give a short and good lesson on how such things are to be changed and countered.</p>
+
| <p><small>[70]</small> Because it happens at the present time that people will run in together with each other, and strike deliberately at the fists, fingers and wrists, and yet only a few will know how to guard and protect themselves, therefore, I want to give a short and good lesson on how such things are to be changed and countered.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|1|lbl=13v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|1|lbl=13v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>First of all, you should notice when someone comes near to you in such a way that you are in a bind or standing close, and you have the (sword) above the head in the speaking window or Roof, and one cuts directly at your fingers or fists, then cut against his incoming strike with a Thwart Cut, and step well out from his strike, to the side to which you have cut the Thwart, then Thwart again at once back around to the other opening. When you are well prepared for it and understand it well, then you can always hit him as often as he cuts at your fingers.</p>
+
| <p><small>[71]</small> First of all, you should notice when someone comes near to you in such a way that you are in a bind or standing close, and you have the (sword) above the head in the speaking window or Roof, and one cuts directly at your fingers or fists, then cut against his incoming strike with a Thwart Cut, and step well out from his strike, to the side to which you have cut the Thwart, then Thwart again at once back around to the other opening. When you are well prepared for it and understand it well, then you can always hit him as often as he cuts at your fingers.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|2|lbl=13v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|2|lbl=13v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: You may also strike over with the same Crown Cut when he strikes after from his right at your fingers, then strike in with the flat from your right to his left simultaneously with him so that your long edge comes onto his sword, and your cross is put horizontally, step well out from his cut to the side to which you have cut, that is call the Crown Cut.</p>
+
| <p><small>[72]</small> Item: You may also strike over with the same Crown Cut when he strikes after from his right at your fingers, then strike in with the flat from your right to his left simultaneously with him so that your long edge comes onto his sword, and your cross is put horizontally, step well out from his cut to the side to which you have cut, that is call the Crown Cut.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|3|lbl=13v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|3|lbl=13v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>But if he cuts at you from his left to your fingers, then also cut in simultaneously with the flat and crossed hands, so that the long edge of the blade clashes in on his blade, and your cross is put horizontally in the Crown, when you make this Crown Cut correctly, then always hit with the sharp edge by the half edge, however if you are too far from him and he cuts after at your hands, then cut him to the head, and with that you protect yourself in parrying, thus you have defended your fingers from damage, but if he cuts in simultaneously with a step, then spring with every cut to his parrying with closing.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[73]</small> But if he cuts at you from his left to your fingers, then also cut in simultaneously with the flat and crossed hands, so that the long edge of the blade clashes in on his blade, and your cross is put horizontally in the Crown, when you make this Crown Cut correctly, then always hit with the sharp edge by the half edge, however if you are too far from him and he cuts after at your hands, then cut him to the head, and with that you protect yourself in parrying, thus you have defended your fingers from damage, but if he cuts in simultaneously with a step, then spring with every cut to his parrying with closing.</p>
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|4|lbl=13v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 014r.jpg|1|lbl=14r.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 013v.jpg|4|lbl=13v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 014r.jpg|1|lbl=14r.1|p=1}}
  
Line 646: Line 662:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
Line 652: Line 668:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Follow the second part of the Sword Fencing in which it will be taught how to use the guards and cuts together with their associated work as taught in the first part and should also be brought into use'''<ref>To help illuminate the connections to Liechtenauer's teachings, I've added the verse numbers used in the [[Johannes Liechtenauer]] article and the various [[gloss]]es to Kevin's translation. I've also added a few footnotes, and included my initials to distinguish them from Kevin's notes. Note all the verses in this section are found in [[Christian Egenolff]]'s 1531 edition of [[Andre Paurenfeyndt]]'s treatise&mdash;except the "First Rhyme", verses 17-20. ~[[Michael Chidester]]</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Follow the second part of the Sword Fencing in which it will be taught how to use the guards and cuts together with their associated work as taught in the first part and should also be brought into use'''<ref>To help illuminate the connections to Liechtenauer's teachings, I've added the verse numbers used in the [[Johannes Liechtenauer]] article and the various [[gloss]]es to Kevin's translation. I've also added a few footnotes, and included my initials to distinguish them from Kevin's notes. Note all the verses in this section are found in [[Christian Egenolff]]'s 1531 edition of [[Andre Paurenfeyndt]]'s treatise&mdash;except the "First Rhyme", verses 17-20. ~[[Michael Chidester]]</ref></p>
  
 
<p>I will tell you much more about the Cuts and school-related things, but I will explain the rhymes that were made with hidden words by the ancients so that the art did not become too common. And about the guards, binding, shooting off, remaining, winding, chasing after, running through, and those which are subsequently described in the ''Indes''.<ref>Note: the interpretation here is a generalized summary found in the 1570 at Ⅰ.45v—46r</ref></p>
 
<p>I will tell you much more about the Cuts and school-related things, but I will explain the rhymes that were made with hidden words by the ancients so that the art did not become too common. And about the guards, binding, shooting off, remaining, winding, chasing after, running through, and those which are subsequently described in the ''Indes''.<ref>Note: the interpretation here is a generalized summary found in the 1570 at Ⅰ.45v—46r</ref></p>
Line 659: Line 675:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The First Rhyme'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> '''The First Rhyme'''</p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 679: Line 695:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''''Indes'''''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''''Indes'''''</p>
  
 
<p>In the word ''Indes'' stands all the art of fencing, then it decides all things as Liechtenauer's old ''Zedel'' and other ''Zedel'' say of it. As can be seen hereafter in the rhymes.</p>
 
<p>In the word ''Indes'' stands all the art of fencing, then it decides all things as Liechtenauer's old ''Zedel'' and other ''Zedel'' say of it. As can be seen hereafter in the rhymes.</p>
Line 686: Line 702:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>''Indes'' counters, <br/>''Indes'' stabs, <br/>''Indes'' pushes, <br/>''Indes'' pulls, <br/>''Indes'' travels after, <br/>''Indes'' is not too high, <br/>''Indes'' tests out the danger, <br/>if he is hard or soft, <ref>These two lines are a paraphrase of verse 77 of Liechtenauer's ''Zedel''. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref><br/>''Indes'' goes in, <br/>''Indes'' seeks the opponent without fear, <br/>''Indes'' wrestles, <br/>''Indes'' constraints, <br/>''Indes'' does not bind on, <br/>''Indes'' deceives the opponent, <br/>''Indes'' strikes to the openings, <br/>''Indes'' thrusts with thrusting, <br/>''Indes'' with the slice<br/> a better work one will not find, <br/>''Indes'' takes the sword, <br/>''Indes'' does what your heart desires.<ref>This rhyming section is reminiscent of the eight-line ''Indes'' poem found in several of the 15th century [[gloss]]es (despite not being part of Liechtenauer's ''Zedel''), but only the last two lines are the same. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[4]</small> ''Indes'' counters, <br/>''Indes'' stabs, <br/>''Indes'' pushes, <br/>''Indes'' pulls, <br/>''Indes'' travels after, <br/>''Indes'' is not too high, <br/>''Indes'' tests out the danger, <br/>if he is hard or soft, <ref>These two lines are a paraphrase of verse 77 of Liechtenauer's ''Zedel''. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref><br/>''Indes'' goes in, <br/>''Indes'' seeks the opponent without fear, <br/>''Indes'' wrestles, <br/>''Indes'' constraints, <br/>''Indes'' does not bind on, <br/>''Indes'' deceives the opponent, <br/>''Indes'' strikes to the openings, <br/>''Indes'' thrusts with thrusting, <br/>''Indes'' with the slice<br/> a better work one will not find, <br/>''Indes'' takes the sword, <br/>''Indes'' does what your heart desires.<ref>This rhyming section is reminiscent of the eight-line ''Indes'' poem found in several of the 15th century [[gloss]]es (despite not being part of Liechtenauer's ''Zedel''), but only the last two lines are the same. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 014v.jpg|3|lbl=14v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 014v.jpg|3|lbl=14v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''''Indes'' pay attention understand me correctly <br/>Hit him before he is in a guard'''<ref>This rhyme found in Egenolph's 1531 Frankfurt edition of Pauernfeindt, [[Page:Der Allten Fechter gründtliche Kunst (Christian Egenolff) 1531-1537.pdf/13|page 4v]].</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> '''''Indes'' pay attention understand me correctly <br/>Hit him before he is in a guard'''<ref>This rhyme found in Egenolph's 1531 Frankfurt edition of Pauernfeindt, [[Page:Der Allten Fechter gründtliche Kunst (Christian Egenolff) 1531-1537.pdf/13|page 4v]].</ref></p>
  
 
<p>'''Interpretation'''</p>
 
<p>'''Interpretation'''</p>
Line 702: Line 718:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus it is true there are many good guards, but it is better to not lay in a guard at all because you can notice how one wants to fence from the same, that in the striking it may not be seen.</p>
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> Thus it is true there are many good guards, but it is better to not lay in a guard at all because you can notice how one wants to fence from the same, that in the striking it may not be seen.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015r.jpg|2|lbl=15r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015r.jpg|2|lbl=15r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Ox, Plow, Fool, from the Roof, are the best guards, but the Side Guard from both sides is most safe but do not try to long with it. If you are to overtake one, then it is shadowed by the old ''Zedel''.</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> Ox, Plow, Fool, from the Roof, are the best guards, but the Side Guard from both sides is most safe but do not try to long with it. If you are to overtake one, then it is shadowed by the old ''Zedel''.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015r.jpg|3|lbl=15r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015r.jpg|3|lbl=15r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''No guard is worth it to you<br/>In the After you hit him from free courage<br/>With it you come quickly to the work<br/>So wait until I first bind you.'''<ref>This rhyme found in Egenolph's 1531 Frankfurt edition of Pauernfeindt, [[Page:Der Allten Fechter gründtliche Kunst (Christian Egenolff) 1531-1537.pdf/18|page 7r]].</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> '''No guard is worth it to you<br/>In the After you hit him from free courage<br/>With it you come quickly to the work<br/>So wait until I first bind you.'''<ref>This rhyme found in Egenolph's 1531 Frankfurt edition of Pauernfeindt, [[Page:Der Allten Fechter gründtliche Kunst (Christian Egenolff) 1531-1537.pdf/18|page 7r]].</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015r.jpg|4|lbl=15r.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015r.jpg|4|lbl=15r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of the Parrying'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> '''Of the Parrying'''</p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 730: Line 746:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[10]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 742: Line 758:
  
 
<p>Although I have written in the first part extensively about the 4 openings, I want to explain the contents and make them explicit. The rhyme stands in the old ''Zedel'' and the Frankfurt ''Zedel'' but there is no interpretation about what are the 4 openings, what is "taking aim", what is "to drive on against everyone", what is "how he bears". When one reads the rhymes already for so long, then one knows much about it afterwards, when he interprets the rhymes, and is showed freely with a sword, I thought a lot about it, I would like to see a master who can tell me the truth about aiming. But you should then understand the rhyme. The four openings are two above by the head and shoulders, and two by the elbows. But aiming* is when you strike to the upper openings and soon you see that the man has noticed, and does not slip after, then throw your sword in a Loop, or circle, you don’t lay on though, but rather to an opening on the arm, which you certainly have, that is called aiming. But what is; without any danger, that is when the opponent has not seen that you should strike, what is; however he acts, that is to all openings, then would the ''Zedel'' say, you hit him when his defense becomes open, he who knows well the four openings, can make wonder out of them, but the noble work can not be written in the books, one must prove it with iron.</p>
 
<p>Although I have written in the first part extensively about the 4 openings, I want to explain the contents and make them explicit. The rhyme stands in the old ''Zedel'' and the Frankfurt ''Zedel'' but there is no interpretation about what are the 4 openings, what is "taking aim", what is "to drive on against everyone", what is "how he bears". When one reads the rhymes already for so long, then one knows much about it afterwards, when he interprets the rhymes, and is showed freely with a sword, I thought a lot about it, I would like to see a master who can tell me the truth about aiming. But you should then understand the rhyme. The four openings are two above by the head and shoulders, and two by the elbows. But aiming* is when you strike to the upper openings and soon you see that the man has noticed, and does not slip after, then throw your sword in a Loop, or circle, you don’t lay on though, but rather to an opening on the arm, which you certainly have, that is called aiming. But what is; without any danger, that is when the opponent has not seen that you should strike, what is; however he acts, that is to all openings, then would the ''Zedel'' say, you hit him when his defense becomes open, he who knows well the four openings, can make wonder out of them, but the noble work can not be written in the books, one must prove it with iron.</p>
|  
+
| <p><br/></p>
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015v.jpg|2|lbl=15v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016r.jpg|1|lbl=16r.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 015v.jpg|2|lbl=15v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016r.jpg|1|lbl=16r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''More about the four openings'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> '''More about the four openings'''</p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 767: Line 783:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[12]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 774: Line 790:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>That is when someone cuts at you from the Roof Guard, thus you have gone against him and in the air turned the edge crosswise and struck at both his hands, step with both feet well to his left side, this is how the ''Stuck'' starts.</p>
 
<p>That is when someone cuts at you from the Roof Guard, thus you have gone against him and in the air turned the edge crosswise and struck at both his hands, step with both feet well to his left side, this is how the ''Stuck'' starts.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016v.jpg|1|lbl=16v.1}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016v.jpg|1|lbl=16v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[13]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 785: Line 802:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>This you must understand when one cuts at you from his upper right, then cut against him and step with your right foot well to his left side, now turn the sword crosswise with arms crossed thus you come over his sword in the Barrier Guard, now slice ''Indes'' to his jaw and neck with the long edge, hence it has noble and good works and goes with the correct ''Indes''.</p>
 
<p>This you must understand when one cuts at you from his upper right, then cut against him and step with your right foot well to his left side, now turn the sword crosswise with arms crossed thus you come over his sword in the Barrier Guard, now slice ''Indes'' to his jaw and neck with the long edge, hence it has noble and good works and goes with the correct ''Indes''.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016v.jpg|2|lbl=16v.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016v.jpg|2|lbl=16v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[14]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 796: Line 814:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>Understand this when one cuts from above at you from the Guard of the Roof, thus also cut against him from your right side but with crossed arms, thus you come with your short edge onto his flat and weaken his strike, now cut ''Indes'' the upper slice between his sword and the man, thus you come however to the previous work, and do not forget to step with the right foot to his left side, thus the higher the ''Stuck'' goes the better it is and you are parrying well.</p>
 
<p>Understand this when one cuts from above at you from the Guard of the Roof, thus also cut against him from your right side but with crossed arms, thus you come with your short edge onto his flat and weaken his strike, now cut ''Indes'' the upper slice between his sword and the man, thus you come however to the previous work, and do not forget to step with the right foot to his left side, thus the higher the ''Stuck'' goes the better it is and you are parrying well.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016v.jpg|3|lbl=16v.3}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 016v.jpg|3|lbl=16v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[15]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 807: Line 826:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>This is the best saying in the whole ''Zedel'', for he who understands it correctly, is a fencer, as soon as or as often as it clashes or flashes above, that is, when you see the strike is coming or has come on your sword, so move off, that is searching wrathfully, and once he is open, strike a Thwart to the left ear, correctly with the long edge, that is what drives all of fencing, when someone strikes on to your sword blade, that you move off, search for openings with the Thwarter, Slice, Strike around, wrench out into the snapping, slice secretly, ''Indes'' fly away or fail, and what openings he gives you should be considered, do not forget to step.</p>
 
<p>This is the best saying in the whole ''Zedel'', for he who understands it correctly, is a fencer, as soon as or as often as it clashes or flashes above, that is, when you see the strike is coming or has come on your sword, so move off, that is searching wrathfully, and once he is open, strike a Thwart to the left ear, correctly with the long edge, that is what drives all of fencing, when someone strikes on to your sword blade, that you move off, search for openings with the Thwarter, Slice, Strike around, wrench out into the snapping, slice secretly, ''Indes'' fly away or fail, and what openings he gives you should be considered, do not forget to step.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017r.jpg|1|lbl=17r.1}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017r.jpg|1|lbl=17r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[16]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 818: Line 838:
 
|}
 
|}
 
Note when someone cuts at you from his right shoulder, so do as if you would bind onto his sword with the Short Cut, that is with the half edge, but do not do it, rather cast your sword short and through in under his, it is a good and secret going through, now thrust to his right breast, so you must go well to his right, the long edge comes upwards with the thrust, now search for an opening, allowing the sword to fly low, if the opponent is close to you, then push his hands, slice ''Indes'', wrench away, if someone fails at your opening, then cut that strongly away, do not forget to step.</p>
 
Note when someone cuts at you from his right shoulder, so do as if you would bind onto his sword with the Short Cut, that is with the half edge, but do not do it, rather cast your sword short and through in under his, it is a good and secret going through, now thrust to his right breast, so you must go well to his right, the long edge comes upwards with the thrust, now search for an opening, allowing the sword to fly low, if the opponent is close to you, then push his hands, slice ''Indes'', wrench away, if someone fails at your opening, then cut that strongly away, do not forget to step.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017r.jpg|2|lbl=17r.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017r.jpg|2|lbl=17r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[17]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 832: Line 853:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>That ''stuck'' is nearly like the previous, then when you cut in at him from above or below, and he will do a Crooked Cut to your strike, but fails halfway to you above your sword, then position your sword under his with a thrust to his breast, step well to his right side, now seek to work from the previous ''stuck'', that both ''stuck'' give nearly the same understanding.</p>
 
<p>That ''stuck'' is nearly like the previous, then when you cut in at him from above or below, and he will do a Crooked Cut to your strike, but fails halfway to you above your sword, then position your sword under his with a thrust to his breast, step well to his right side, now seek to work from the previous ''stuck'', that both ''stuck'' give nearly the same understanding.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017r.jpg|3|lbl=17r.3}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017r.jpg|3|lbl=17r.3}}
  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|1|lbl=17v.1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|1|lbl=17v.1}}
Line 838: Line 860:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[18]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 845: Line 867:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>That is an epitome from a saying, then where the Thwart does not defend, so it would happen from half fencing, what comes from the Roof, that takes them freely away, but there is more to it than that, as it is written hereafter in the ancient ''Zedel''.</p>
 
<p>That is an epitome from a saying, then where the Thwart does not defend, so it would happen from half fencing, what comes from the Roof, that takes them freely away, but there is more to it than that, as it is written hereafter in the ancient ''Zedel''.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|2|lbl=17v.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|2|lbl=17v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[19]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 858: Line 881:
  
 
<p>''Indes'' takes the sword,<br/>''Indes'' does what your heart desires.</p>
 
<p>''Indes'' takes the sword,<br/>''Indes'' does what your heart desires.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|3|lbl=17v.3}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|3|lbl=17v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[20]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <small>52</small>
+
| <small>51</small>
 
| '''Thwart to the Plow<br/>To the Ox hard together'''
 
| '''Thwart to the Plow<br/>To the Ox hard together'''
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>When someone is positioned in the Plow, then Thwart at his Plow, so he must Get Up!</p>
 
<p>When someone is positioned in the Plow, then Thwart at his Plow, so he must Get Up!</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|4|lbl=17v.4}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 017v.jpg|4|lbl=17v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''To the Ox hard together'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> '''To the Ox hard together'''</p>
  
 
<p>When someone stands in the Ox, so do it [Thwart] until he must start fencing from the guard, and when he first starts to work he stays in the Ox and does not want to get out of the Side Guard, thus he must defend and attack, when he has attacked, then hold yourself to the saying, “When it clashes above, move away, That I will Praise” When coming from below strike to strike, Thwart to Thwart, step to step, slice to slice, that moves forth.</p>
 
<p>When someone stands in the Ox, so do it [Thwart] until he must start fencing from the guard, and when he first starts to work he stays in the Ox and does not want to get out of the Side Guard, thus he must defend and attack, when he has attacked, then hold yourself to the saying, “When it clashes above, move away, That I will Praise” When coming from below strike to strike, Thwart to Thwart, step to step, slice to slice, that moves forth.</p>
Line 881: Line 906:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[22]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <small>53</small>
+
| <small>52</small>
 
| '''What you will Thwart well, <br/>his mind is easily deceived by jumping'''
 
| '''What you will Thwart well, <br/>his mind is easily deceived by jumping'''
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>That is when you spring well in the Thwarter, so is your Thwart Strike to the head of the man who fights with you, nearly dangerous, for it goes deep to the Ox.</p>
 
<p>That is when you spring well in the Thwarter, so is your Thwart Strike to the head of the man who fights with you, nearly dangerous, for it goes deep to the Ox.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018r.jpg|2|lbl=18r.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018r.jpg|2|lbl=18r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[23]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <small>54</small>
+
| <small>53</small>
 
| '''The Failer deceives<br/>And hits how you desire'''
 
| '''The Failer deceives<br/>And hits how you desire'''
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>Which then the long Failer takes correctly and steps secretly in the triangle with the right foot to the opponent’s right side, allow the failure to fly well, to hit or fail according to your wishes, because it is seldom that someone will break it or parry it.</p>
 
<p>Which then the long Failer takes correctly and steps secretly in the triangle with the right foot to the opponent’s right side, allow the failure to fly well, to hit or fail according to your wishes, because it is seldom that someone will break it or parry it.</p>
 
+
| <p><br/></p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018r.jpg|3|lbl=18r.3}}
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018r.jpg|3|lbl=18r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[24]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <small>55</small>
+
| <small>54</small>
 
| '''Reverser constrains<br/>Running through so you may wrestle'''
 
| '''Reverser constrains<br/>Running through so you may wrestle'''
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>That is called Reversing when your sword is between his sword and his body, your pommel is upwards, your short edge is on his short edge, thus you constrain the opponent so that he may not work, if you will then run through, that is, after his cut or through his right arm running forth, that is after his cut, thus you may simultaneously begin to wrestle and grab at the elbow and thereafter the man is winning, then you must take to wrestling for you then you can’t always allow yourself to wrestle and fence, like it is written in the books, because much more often happens, and therefore you must be aware of it.</p>
 
<p>That is called Reversing when your sword is between his sword and his body, your pommel is upwards, your short edge is on his short edge, thus you constrain the opponent so that he may not work, if you will then run through, that is, after his cut or through his right arm running forth, that is after his cut, thus you may simultaneously begin to wrestle and grab at the elbow and thereafter the man is winning, then you must take to wrestling for you then you can’t always allow yourself to wrestle and fence, like it is written in the books, because much more often happens, and therefore you must be aware of it.</p>
|  
+
| <p><br/></p>
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018r.jpg|4|lbl=18r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018v.jpg|1|lbl=18v.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018r.jpg|4|lbl=18r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 018v.jpg|1|lbl=18v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Failer Twice'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> '''Failer Twice'''</p>
  
 
<p>In ''Zufechten'', fail in deep enough at his left ear with the long edge, if he slips after, and will parry, so cast your sword in a circle and present it at his right ear, as soon as you see that you have touched swords, or hit, then you may use the ancient Slice,<ref>This is a reference to Liechtenauer verses 56 and 79. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref> that is doing the (handwork) Remaining, you push your sword over both his arms with the long edge so that he cannot defend it. However, what is the saying: “Double Failer, Step left until not allowed”.<ref>Liechtenauer verse 57. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref> It is all in a ''stuck'', and relies on one another, that when you slice or push to the arms, then you must continue it twice, that is, you must step around well to the opponent with the left foot. That is called Stepping in Left, until not allowed, with it the rhyme means that you must go quickly, so that the opponent doesn’t also veer away, and this is called Doubling.</p>
 
<p>In ''Zufechten'', fail in deep enough at his left ear with the long edge, if he slips after, and will parry, so cast your sword in a circle and present it at his right ear, as soon as you see that you have touched swords, or hit, then you may use the ancient Slice,<ref>This is a reference to Liechtenauer verses 56 and 79. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref> that is doing the (handwork) Remaining, you push your sword over both his arms with the long edge so that he cannot defend it. However, what is the saying: “Double Failer, Step left until not allowed”.<ref>Liechtenauer verse 57. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref> It is all in a ''stuck'', and relies on one another, that when you slice or push to the arms, then you must continue it twice, that is, you must step around well to the opponent with the left foot. That is called Stepping in Left, until not allowed, with it the rhyme means that you must go quickly, so that the opponent doesn’t also veer away, and this is called Doubling.</p>
Line 923: Line 949:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[26]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 930: Line 956:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>This is when someone strikes a Buffel Strike at you, it is a long and hard peasant’s strike from the Roof Guard, you then strike around from your right shoulder against him, however you turn your sword and strike in part together to his head and sword, now you have broken the Buffel with the Squinter, and hit with it. Now further, the ''stuck'' has just begun.</p>
 
<p>This is when someone strikes a Buffel Strike at you, it is a long and hard peasant’s strike from the Roof Guard, you then strike around from your right shoulder against him, however you turn your sword and strike in part together to his head and sword, now you have broken the Buffel with the Squinter, and hit with it. Now further, the ''stuck'' has just begun.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019r.jpg|1|lbl=19r.1}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019r.jpg|1|lbl=19r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[27]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 941: Line 968:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>So understand that one who is so lively and makes as if he would Buffel, but doesn’t do it, and rather changes or goes through, that you don’t let yourself change through in error, but he trusts his changing through, and hopes to gain something, however you have in the meantime hit him with the Squinter to the head because his changing through made him completely open, that is known as The robbing from the Squinter, from those who change through before you.</p>
 
<p>So understand that one who is so lively and makes as if he would Buffel, but doesn’t do it, and rather changes or goes through, that you don’t let yourself change through in error, but he trusts his changing through, and hopes to gain something, however you have in the meantime hit him with the Squinter to the head because his changing through made him completely open, that is known as The robbing from the Squinter, from those who change through before you.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019r.jpg|2|lbl=19r.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019r.jpg|2|lbl=19r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[28]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 952: Line 980:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>The saying is made for he who wants to change through against one who will use the Squinter Cut, that is, if he extends his arms short away from himself, so he may not well reach you, then you may easily change through, thus you come to him with stepping and thrust to his right side, that is called overcoming, it is much talked about, you come to him, and bring him out of his work and take him.</p>
 
<p>The saying is made for he who wants to change through against one who will use the Squinter Cut, that is, if he extends his arms short away from himself, so he may not well reach you, then you may easily change through, thus you come to him with stepping and thrust to his right side, that is called overcoming, it is much talked about, you come to him, and bring him out of his work and take him.</p>
|  
+
| <p><br/></p>
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019r.jpg|3|lbl=19r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019v.jpg|1|lbl=19v.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019r.jpg|3|lbl=19r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019v.jpg|1|lbl=19v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[29]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 964: Line 992:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>When an opponent extends his point long out towards you, which quite a few fencers have in use, so put your point at him, and position yourself as if you would cut from there, long and from above at him. but don’t do that, instead cut short and strongly thereafter, now step at once and thrust him to the neck, this is a good old thrust which also serves you well in battle, the ancient fencers have fenced much using these things, but nowadays the thrust is not favored, because of the running in, that is.</p>
 
<p>When an opponent extends his point long out towards you, which quite a few fencers have in use, so put your point at him, and position yourself as if you would cut from there, long and from above at him. but don’t do that, instead cut short and strongly thereafter, now step at once and thrust him to the neck, this is a good old thrust which also serves you well in battle, the ancient fencers have fenced much using these things, but nowadays the thrust is not favored, because of the running in, that is.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019v.jpg|2|lbl=19v.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019v.jpg|2|lbl=19v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[30]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 977: Line 1,006:
  
 
<p>It is good for the fencers who want to use their heads and their work will quickly be brought about, if he runs too high with the Crown, then slice him with the lower slice to both fists, is still better.</p>
 
<p>It is good for the fencers who want to use their heads and their work will quickly be brought about, if he runs too high with the Crown, then slice him with the lower slice to both fists, is still better.</p>
|  
+
| <p><br/></p>
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019v.jpg|3|lbl=19v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020r.jpg|1|lbl=20r.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 019v.jpg|3|lbl=19v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020r.jpg|1|lbl=20r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[31]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 992: Line 1,021:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>Chasing after is an exceptionally good work, however very few are the fencers who do it correctly. Now note that this is the chasing after, when one will cut in at you from above, and as he draws up his sword to strike, so rush to him before he brings his strike, the work is all good against those who cut around too wide in the onset, then because they have their sword so far away, thus they are easier to reach, but the word Doubled means that you shall overtake me, when I have allowed my sword to fall or go nearly to the ground after the strike, so you must be cautious against the man who gladly allows his sword to fall nearly to the ground, then you must cut in at his head with the Head Strike, that is Doubling after shrewdly. In summation: when the opponent brings his sword in the air, then Chase after when he goes too far behind himself, ''Indes'' cut in the onset, then commit yourself to the chasing after, because the saying is made so well for the traveling after.</p>
 
<p>Chasing after is an exceptionally good work, however very few are the fencers who do it correctly. Now note that this is the chasing after, when one will cut in at you from above, and as he draws up his sword to strike, so rush to him before he brings his strike, the work is all good against those who cut around too wide in the onset, then because they have their sword so far away, thus they are easier to reach, but the word Doubled means that you shall overtake me, when I have allowed my sword to fall or go nearly to the ground after the strike, so you must be cautious against the man who gladly allows his sword to fall nearly to the ground, then you must cut in at his head with the Head Strike, that is Doubling after shrewdly. In summation: when the opponent brings his sword in the air, then Chase after when he goes too far behind himself, ''Indes'' cut in the onset, then commit yourself to the chasing after, because the saying is made so well for the traveling after.</p>
|  
+
| <p><br/></p>
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020r.jpg|2|lbl=20r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020v.jpg|1|lbl=20v.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020r.jpg|2|lbl=20r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020v.jpg|1|lbl=20v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[32]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 1,006: Line 1,035:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>So that you shall also understand the ''Zedelfechter'' who laid out the saying for me, when you are chasing after, then go henceforth with a thrust or a winding to the face, thereafter travel into a High Cut then thrust or wind to the face or chest, do the same when you chase after one who has thrust too low and cuts, those are the “two within,” then the opponent will snap after the thrust and then wants to displace, so in the meantime you stifle his sword and just work to another opening, that is a good and masterful thing, now fall on him with the cut.</p>
 
<p>So that you shall also understand the ''Zedelfechter'' who laid out the saying for me, when you are chasing after, then go henceforth with a thrust or a winding to the face, thereafter travel into a High Cut then thrust or wind to the face or chest, do the same when you chase after one who has thrust too low and cuts, those are the “two within,” then the opponent will snap after the thrust and then wants to displace, so in the meantime you stifle his sword and just work to another opening, that is a good and masterful thing, now fall on him with the cut.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020v.jpg|2|lbl=20v.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020v.jpg|2|lbl=20v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[33]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 1,017: Line 1,047:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>Feeling is nothing more than testing, binding on, or searching, so that feeling, testing and binding on is a thing, then the feeling is a simple word in all fencing, test whether the opponent fights hard or soft, if he cuts or pushes hard after, then pull your sword fine and softly, thus you will certainly find an opening, because the hard fencers reveal it themselves. But why is there a saying right after this “''Indes'' the word cuts severely”, therefore, one is a gentle and fast swordsman who cuts around at once so you are there with the slices, thus it is broken.</p>
 
<p>Feeling is nothing more than testing, binding on, or searching, so that feeling, testing and binding on is a thing, then the feeling is a simple word in all fencing, test whether the opponent fights hard or soft, if he cuts or pushes hard after, then pull your sword fine and softly, thus you will certainly find an opening, because the hard fencers reveal it themselves. But why is there a saying right after this “''Indes'' the word cuts severely”, therefore, one is a gentle and fast swordsman who cuts around at once so you are there with the slices, thus it is broken.</p>
|  
+
| <p><br/></p>
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020v.jpg|3|lbl=20v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 021r.jpg|1|lbl=21r.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 020v.jpg|3|lbl=20v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 021r.jpg|1|lbl=21r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[34]</small></p>
 
{| class="zettel"
 
{| class="zettel"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 1,029: Line 1,059:
 
|}
 
|}
 
<p>The hard ones are nothing other than Hard strikes, both attacks are nothing other than hard strikes from both sides. So when you go in against a strong strike with the slice, and if he is skillful and strikes around to the other side however strong, then slice his strike down or away from you, some people think that this is already the ''Indes'', and allow themselves to beat, and cut away the strike with slicing, however this is not the ''Indes'', it is more like long edge, but some people rely on it, so if you like to cut, you must use failing, or changing through or Crooked cutting, thus you force him to defend against other thrusts.</p>
 
<p>The hard ones are nothing other than Hard strikes, both attacks are nothing other than hard strikes from both sides. So when you go in against a strong strike with the slice, and if he is skillful and strikes around to the other side however strong, then slice his strike down or away from you, some people think that this is already the ''Indes'', and allow themselves to beat, and cut away the strike with slicing, however this is not the ''Indes'', it is more like long edge, but some people rely on it, so if you like to cut, you must use failing, or changing through or Crooked cutting, thus you force him to defend against other thrusts.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 021r.jpg|2|lbl=21r.2}}
+
| <p><br/></p>
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 021r.jpg|2|lbl=21r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>'''From the Stepping'''</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[35]</small> '''From the Stepping'''</p>
  
 
<p>Stepping breaks, what one fights, he who does not do it, it fights one to the ground as he wills it, if he does not do it correctly, he is unsuccessful, therefore the saying in the twelve rules is made and understood:</p>
 
<p>Stepping breaks, what one fights, he who does not do it, it fights one to the ground as he wills it, if he does not do it correctly, he is unsuccessful, therefore the saying in the twelve rules is made and understood:</p>
Line 1,040: Line 1,071:
  
 
<p>Every cut must have its step, they must go together, otherwise the ''stuck'' will not work, for much relies on stepping, then if you step too soon or too late, thus you (will be responsible for your own loss). The stepping makes it so that the opponent’s work cannot go on, but that yours’ can, you must attack the opponent in a stance or wide position, so he thinks he has you for sure but that you are further from him than you have presented yourself, if on the other hand the opponent thinks you want to step in at him, then do not hurry to the attack. There is great art and cunning in the stepping, and the right measure lies in it. About it, all fencers say, so notice when you are close to the man, then let yourself note with the cutting as if you were treading with great, wide steps, but remain with your feet near to each other, meanwhile, strike off the man secretly like one who wants to steal a step, once you think it is time, then step further with your feet and boldly attack.</p>
 
<p>Every cut must have its step, they must go together, otherwise the ''stuck'' will not work, for much relies on stepping, then if you step too soon or too late, thus you (will be responsible for your own loss). The stepping makes it so that the opponent’s work cannot go on, but that yours’ can, you must attack the opponent in a stance or wide position, so he thinks he has you for sure but that you are further from him than you have presented yourself, if on the other hand the opponent thinks you want to step in at him, then do not hurry to the attack. There is great art and cunning in the stepping, and the right measure lies in it. About it, all fencers say, so notice when you are close to the man, then let yourself note with the cutting as if you were treading with great, wide steps, but remain with your feet near to each other, meanwhile, strike off the man secretly like one who wants to steal a step, once you think it is time, then step further with your feet and boldly attack.</p>
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|021v|jpg|lbl=21v}}
+
| class="noline" | {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|021v|jpg|lbl=21v}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 1,056: Line 1,087:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
! <p>{{rating}}</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Fencing in Dussack and the use of all types of single hand weapons'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Fencing in Dussack and the use of all types of single hand weapons'''</p>
  
 
<p>First of all, there are the guards, of which there are six, which are not made to be waited in, as mentioned above in part, but rather for the sake of division, so that one knows how to distinguish one from the other, when one fights from Steer, he should or must use the usual cut and ''Stuck'' that are assigned to the Steer, if one wants to fence with someone, he shall take care of which or by which part he fights against him, so that he may know with which cut or ''Stuck'' he should attack him most effectively, so that he may deprive him of the Before, because the fencers who carelessly strike their blows and ''Stucke'' are soon hit and usually have to go away with damage.</p>
 
<p>First of all, there are the guards, of which there are six, which are not made to be waited in, as mentioned above in part, but rather for the sake of division, so that one knows how to distinguish one from the other, when one fights from Steer, he should or must use the usual cut and ''Stuck'' that are assigned to the Steer, if one wants to fence with someone, he shall take care of which or by which part he fights against him, so that he may know with which cut or ''Stuck'' he should attack him most effectively, so that he may deprive him of the Before, because the fencers who carelessly strike their blows and ''Stucke'' are soon hit and usually have to go away with damage.</p>
Line 1,069: Line 1,100:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Next there are the cuts, which, although I will tell you there are sixteen, you will not have more than 4 Main Cuts, from which the others have their origins, namely the first, the High Cut, the second the Wrath Cut, the third is the Middle Cut, and fourth is a Low Cut. Yet none will ever cut or deliver any so rare or crooked, but that he must bring from above or diagonally, athwart or from below. And the many names and variations of the cuts come from the diverse intentions of the one who delivers them. Of this I'll give an example, when I stand before someone in the same work, and cannot at all come to his openings, then I strike in strongly to him from above with a Knocking Cut, not so that I would hit, but so that I would attack him and provoke him to cut so that he would then open up for me, and give me room for the opening, and although it is a High Cut, the cut is still called the Knocking Cut, because my intent is only to knock onto him to see whether he will open up for me.<ref>The above text appears somewhat synonymous with pages 44-45 of the Lund Dussack section, except that in the Lund Meyer says there are 12 cuts and yet here he says there are 16.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> Next there are the cuts, which, although I will tell you there are sixteen, you will not have more than 4 Main Cuts, from which the others have their origins, namely the first, the High Cut, the second the Wrath Cut, the third is the Middle Cut, and fourth is a Low Cut. Yet none will ever cut or deliver any so rare or crooked, but that he must bring from above or diagonally, athwart or from below. And the many names and variations of the cuts come from the diverse intentions of the one who delivers them. Of this I'll give an example, when I stand before someone in the same work, and cannot at all come to his openings, then I strike in strongly to him from above with a Knocking Cut, not so that I would hit, but so that I would attack him and provoke him to cut so that he would then open up for me, and give me room for the opening, and although it is a High Cut, the cut is still called the Knocking Cut, because my intent is only to knock onto him to see whether he will open up for me.<ref>The above text appears somewhat synonymous with pages 44-45 of the Lund Dussack section, except that in the Lund Meyer says there are 12 cuts and yet here he says there are 16.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 022v.jpg|1|lbl=22v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 022v.jpg|1|lbl=22v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''From the Openings'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''From the Openings'''</p>
  
 
<p>Thirdly, you should take note of the openings and learn to recognize them by the man's arms with which he leads the weapon. So you should note if he stands too high with the arm, then he is open below.</p>
 
<p>Thirdly, you should take note of the openings and learn to recognize them by the man's arms with which he leads the weapon. So you should note if he stands too high with the arm, then he is open below.</p>
Line 1,081: Line 1,112:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>If he falls in too deep, then he is just open above, likewise, if he goes too far to the sides. Further as to the four parts of the man, the Before and After, the Weak and the Strong. Item: The Rounding and the Circle Cut, slicing and the like and all kinds of hand works have been explained at length previously in the Sword, which one should also use here.</p>
+
| <p><small>[4]</small> If he falls in too deep, then he is just open above, likewise, if he goes too far to the sides.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Further as to the four parts of the man, the Before and After, the Weak and the Strong, item: the Rounding and the Circle Cut, slicing and the like and all kinds of hand works have been explained at length previously in the Sword, which one should also use here.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 023r.jpg|1|lbl=23r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 023r.jpg|1|lbl=23r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Follow the guards'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> '''Follow the guards'''</p>
  
 
<p>First of all there are the guards, namely, the Watch, Boar, Steer, Wrath, Side Guard, Slice, Changer and Bow.</p>
 
<p>First of all there are the guards, namely, the Watch, Boar, Steer, Wrath, Side Guard, Slice, Changer and Bow.</p>
Line 1,093: Line 1,126:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''After that are the cuts'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> '''After that are the cuts'''</p>
  
<p>High Cut, Wrath Cut, Middle Cut, Low Cut, Crooked Cut, Whacker Cut, Roarer Cut, Winding Cut, Blind Cut, Knock Cut, Short Cut, Striking Over, Danger Cut, Swinger Cut, Rose Cut, Failer Cut.</p>
+
<p>High Cut, Wrath Cut, Middle Cut, Low Cut, Crooked Cut, Whacker Cut, Roarer Cut, Winding Cut, Blind Cut, Knock Cut, Short Cut, Striking Over, Danger Cut, Constrainer Cut, Rose Cut, Failer Cut.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 023r.jpg|3|lbl=23r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 023r.jpg|3|lbl=23r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Two Displacements'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> '''The Two Displacements'''</p>
  
 
<p>The first is available in the Slice which comes from the High Cuts, the other is the Bow and comes from Low Cuts.<ref>This text also appears in the Lund pg 45, yet there Meyer gave an alternate name to the Watch guard as ''Luginslandt'', here he does not mention ''Luginslandt''. Additionally, Meyer does not include the Blind Cut in the Lund, yet here he does and it also appears in 1570 Dussack. In addition, here Meyer names the Slice and the Bow as guards. Yet in the 1560 he lists them with the guards but says they are the two parrys. Here he gives a separate paragraph about these two.</ref>
 
<p>The first is available in the Slice which comes from the High Cuts, the other is the Bow and comes from Low Cuts.<ref>This text also appears in the Lund pg 45, yet there Meyer gave an alternate name to the Watch guard as ''Luginslandt'', here he does not mention ''Luginslandt''. Additionally, Meyer does not include the Blind Cut in the Lund, yet here he does and it also appears in 1570 Dussack. In addition, here Meyer names the Slice and the Bow as guards. Yet in the 1560 he lists them with the guards but says they are the two parrys. Here he gives a separate paragraph about these two.</ref>
Line 1,108: Line 1,141:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 023v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 023v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>These are the four routes through the opponent, to which or through which one cuts, the first line has three parts namely to the head, to the arm so that the opponent sweeps around with the cuts. Then also the Wrath Cut will be displaced mainly three ways, firstly through the face the next through the middle of the opponent, thereafter through the legs and it is still only one cut from he who cuts it, whether it is through the face, or through the middle of the opponent, or through the legs.</p>
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> These are the four routes through the opponent, to which or through which one cuts, the first line has three parts namely to the head, to the arm so that the opponent sweeps around with the cuts. Then also the Wrath Cut will be displaced mainly three ways, firstly through the face the next through the middle of the opponent, thereafter through the legs and it is still only one cut from he who cuts it, whether it is through the face, or through the middle of the opponent, or through the legs.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|023v|jpg|lbl=23v}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|023v|jpg|lbl=23v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>In summation, whatever goes from above, that is cut to the head or arms or feet, so it is called a High Cut. Then those from the shoulder that are cut diagonally to the opponent, be it to the face or body, high or low so it is called a Wrath Cut. You may also do the cut using the crooked or straight edge, for which reason the names of the cuts are diverse, as well as the limbs to which they are cut, they take their names, how it follows hereafter in Rapier, and still the cut remains basically a Wrath Cut or Middle Cut. And so it is created with all.</p>
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> In summation, whatever goes from above, that is cut to the head or arms or feet, so it is called a High Cut. Then those from the shoulder that are cut diagonally to the opponent, be it to the face or body, high or low so it is called a Wrath Cut. You may also do the cut using the crooked or straight edge, for which reason the names of the cuts are diverse, as well as the limbs to which they are cut, they take their names, how it follows hereafter in Rapier, and still the cut remains basically a Wrath Cut or Middle Cut. And so it is created with all.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 024r.jpg|1|lbl=24r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 024r.jpg|1|lbl=24r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Further you shall note that when you cut one of the four cuts through the relevant line, whether above or middle, then you shall always strike back up the next line to displace.</p>
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> Further you shall note that when you cut one of the four cuts through the relevant line, whether above or middle, then you shall always strike back up the next line to displace.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 024r.jpg|2|lbl=24r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 024r.jpg|2|lbl=24r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus in the ''Zufechten'' if I come in the Steer and strongly strike a Middle Cut in through his face, I at once cut from my left up through the lower line to parry against his hand.<ref>Above text also appears in Lund 47v.1.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> Thus in the ''Zufechten'' if I come in the Steer and strongly strike a Middle Cut in through his face, I at once cut from my left up through the lower line to parry against his hand.<ref>Above text also appears in Lund 47v.1.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 024r.jpg|3|lbl=24r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 024r.jpg|3|lbl=24r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 024v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 024v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Boar<br/>&emsp;Watch'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> '''Boar<br/>&emsp;Watch'''</p>
  
 
<p>Take note when you stand in the Watch Guard, and he cuts through at your face, then step with your left foot behind your right and cut him diagonally through his face and against his hand. Also, ''Indes'' step around to his left with your right foot, and cut the next also through his face from your right, quickly drive out to the displacement, or take away his cut from below and cut afterwards with a Middle Cut, also when he cuts at you from under or through the middle, from his right to your left.</p>
 
<p>Take note when you stand in the Watch Guard, and he cuts through at your face, then step with your left foot behind your right and cut him diagonally through his face and against his hand. Also, ''Indes'' step around to his left with your right foot, and cut the next also through his face from your right, quickly drive out to the displacement, or take away his cut from below and cut afterwards with a Middle Cut, also when he cuts at you from under or through the middle, from his right to your left.</p>
Line 1,133: Line 1,166:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>If he cuts at you from outside to your right, whether the flicker or with the flat, then step with your left foot in to his right side and cut him two High Strikes from outside over his right arm, if he winds this however, then cut him forward to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[13]</small> If he cuts at you from outside to your right, whether the flicker or with the flat, then step with your left foot in to his right side and cut him two High Strikes from outside over his right arm, if he winds this however, then cut him forward to the face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 025r.jpg|1|lbl=25r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 025r.jpg|1|lbl=25r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Rule'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> '''Rule'''</p>
  
 
<p>Take note that the Watch is a good one, from it you should extend over him with long cuts, so that if someone cuts at you from outside or inside, then step out from his strike and cut him with the long edge to his head and his hand. Inside with a straight Scalp Cut, outside with a Winding Cut.</p>
 
<p>Take note that the Watch is a good one, from it you should extend over him with long cuts, so that if someone cuts at you from outside or inside, then step out from his strike and cut him with the long edge to his head and his hand. Inside with a straight Scalp Cut, outside with a Winding Cut.</p>
Line 1,145: Line 1,178:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Counter to the Watch'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> '''Counter to the Watch'''</p>
  
 
<p>'''Boar'''</p>
 
<p>'''Boar'''</p>
Line 1,154: Line 1,187:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Another Counter'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[16]</small> '''Another Counter'''</p>
  
 
<p>If you stand in the Guard of the Boar, then step and cut from your right through his face but fall with your Dussack down into the left Changer Guard, ''Indes'' cut strongly from your lower left, upwards diagonally to his wrist, if he cuts simultaneously then all the more he hurts himself, then third from your right through his face.</p>
 
<p>If you stand in the Guard of the Boar, then step and cut from your right through his face but fall with your Dussack down into the left Changer Guard, ''Indes'' cut strongly from your lower left, upwards diagonally to his wrist, if he cuts simultaneously then all the more he hurts himself, then third from your right through his face.</p>
Line 1,163: Line 1,196:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A good ''Stuck'' to the After Cuts from the Watch'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[17]</small> '''A good ''Stuck'' to the After Cuts from the Watch'''</p>
  
 
<p>Item: If you stand in the Guard of the Boar, step and cut him through like it is reported above, as soon as he cuts after, then quickly drive above and capture the strike on the Strong of your Dussack, ''Indes'' grasp simultaneously with your open left hand under your Dussack onto his hilt with it you hold him off and then cut him to his forward set leg.</p>
 
<p>Item: If you stand in the Guard of the Boar, step and cut him through like it is reported above, as soon as he cuts after, then quickly drive above and capture the strike on the Strong of your Dussack, ''Indes'' grasp simultaneously with your open left hand under your Dussack onto his hilt with it you hold him off and then cut him to his forward set leg.</p>
Line 1,170: Line 1,203:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="3" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 026r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="3" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 026r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Item: If someone cuts you from above, then displace like before and drive underneath your displacement with your open left hand onto his hilt as described above, cut Crooked over to his left ear, instantly drive down through the nose and flick from the outside over his right arm to the head, allowing it to run off by his right, then with an over hand, wrench his arm to your right side and cut long after.</p>
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> Item: If someone cuts you from above, then displace like before and drive underneath your displacement with your open left hand onto his hilt as described above, cut Crooked over to his left ear, instantly drive down through the nose and flick from the outside over his right arm to the head, allowing it to run off by his right, then with an over hand, wrench his arm to your right side and cut long after.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 025v.jpg|3|lbl=25v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 025v.jpg|3|lbl=25v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Or when you have hung over or flicked over his right like before, then grasp with your left hand over your right around his Dussack again onto your blade and [...]<ref>The translation for this paragraph is incomplete. The missing part says something like "thus trap his hand as is drawn here, step behind him, and". ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref> wrench to your right, instantly release your left, thrust and cut him long to the head.</p>
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> Or when you have hung over or flicked over his right like before, then grasp with your left hand over your right around his Dussack again onto your blade and [...]<ref>The translation for this paragraph is incomplete. The missing part says something like "thus trap his hand as is drawn here, step behind him, and". ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref> wrench to your right, instantly release your left, thrust and cut him long to the head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 026r.jpg|1|lbl=26r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 026r.jpg|1|lbl=26r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''The Boar counter with the Whacker.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[20]</small> '''The Boar counter with the Whacker.'''</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 026r.jpg|2|lbl=26r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 026r.jpg|2|lbl=26r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 026v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 026v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Steer<br/>&emsp;Wrath Guard'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> '''Steer<br/>&emsp;Wrath Guard'''</p>
  
<p>Note, when you find someone in Left Wrath Guard, then come into Steer and thrust him to the face, so that he must defend himself with parrying, then cut him quickly through the face, the other is a High Strike to the head.<ref>Lund 57v.1 Zornhau.</ref></p>
+
<p>Note: When you find someone in left Wrath Guard, then come into Steer and thrust him to the face, so that he must defend himself with parrying, then cut him quickly through the face, the other is a High Strike to the head.<ref>Lund 57v.1 Zornhau.</ref></p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|026v|jpg|lbl=26v}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|026v|jpg|lbl=26v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''A good attack from the Steer'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> '''A good attack from the Steer'''</p>
  
 
<p>Take note in the ''Zufechten'' when you come in the Steer against the left Wrath or some other guard, then cut the first from your right from below Crooked through his left side with a step forward, the second also from your right from above, so that your Dussack shoots around before your left above your head into the Plunge, instantly cut strongly with your long edge from your left from below through the Scalp Line and a Middle Cut after, or step to him with parrying.</p>
 
<p>Take note in the ''Zufechten'' when you come in the Steer against the left Wrath or some other guard, then cut the first from your right from below Crooked through his left side with a step forward, the second also from your right from above, so that your Dussack shoots around before your left above your head into the Plunge, instantly cut strongly with your long edge from your left from below through the Scalp Line and a Middle Cut after, or step to him with parrying.</p>
Line 1,196: Line 1,229:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: When you stand in the Steer, then step in at him with your right foot, turn the steer from your left to your right, take out those from below from your left, how it is taught above.</p>
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> Item: When you stand in the Steer, then step in at him with your right foot, turn the steer from your left to your right, take out those from below from your left, how it is taught above.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 027r.jpg|2|lbl=27r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 027r.jpg|2|lbl=27r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>If you encounter him low in parrying, then rush in from the steer from your right with a Crooked Cut over his displacement strongly through his face, the next cut in from your right through his left to the face, be quick again to the parrying.</p>
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> If you encounter him low in parrying, then rush in from the steer from your right with a Crooked Cut over his displacement strongly through his face, the next cut in from your right through his left to the face, be quick again to the parrying.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 027r.jpg|3|lbl=27r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 027r.jpg|3|lbl=27r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A good ''Stuck'' from the Steer'''<ref>The first paragraph “A good attack from the Steer” is synonymous in the 1560 57v.2. Last two paragraphs here are not found there.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> '''A good ''Stuck'' from the Steer'''<ref>The first paragraph “A good attack from the Steer” is synonymous in the 1560 57v.2. Last two paragraphs here are not found there.</ref></p>
  
 
<p>If someone approaches you in the Slice, then step and cut through from your right Crooked and from below to his right arm, so that you can reach his knuckles with the tip of the short edge (crooked tip), the next strongly take him away with the flat above his right arm from your left, so that your weapon again flies over your head, with this, thrust over his right arm to the face, if he wards this, then hit him in the face with a swift blow.</p>
 
<p>If someone approaches you in the Slice, then step and cut through from your right Crooked and from below to his right arm, so that you can reach his knuckles with the tip of the short edge (crooked tip), the next strongly take him away with the flat above his right arm from your left, so that your weapon again flies over your head, with this, thrust over his right arm to the face, if he wards this, then hit him in the face with a swift blow.</p>
Line 1,215: Line 1,248:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Another'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[26]</small> '''Another'''</p>
  
 
<p>In the approach cut him with long edge strongly through his face, so that your Dussack shoots across over your head to the displacement by your right, step ''Indes'' quickly with your left around to his right and cut Crooked over his right arm to his head, if he wards this then cut forward to his face, or cut over to his head with crooked from the left.</p>
 
<p>In the approach cut him with long edge strongly through his face, so that your Dussack shoots across over your head to the displacement by your right, step ''Indes'' quickly with your left around to his right and cut Crooked over his right arm to his head, if he wards this then cut forward to his face, or cut over to his head with crooked from the left.</p>
Line 1,222: Line 1,255:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 028r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 028r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note: when he cuts Crooked over to your head, then set him off with the slice from your right, ''Indes'' grab with your left hand over your right to his right hand by the wrist, drive up with the hilt from under and break above you as depicted hereafter.</p>
+
| <p><small>[27]</small> Note: When he cuts Crooked over to your head, then set him off with the slice from your right, ''Indes'' grab with your left hand over your right to his right hand by the wrist, drive up with the hilt from under and break above you as depicted hereafter.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 027v.jpg|3|lbl=27v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 027v.jpg|3|lbl=27v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Or when you have caught him by the hand how it is shown above, heave upwards and go through under his right, bend yourself over and grasp with your right hand together with your Dussack behind his leg, and as quick as you can grab him, heave upwards, thus he falls on his head how it is depicted hereafter.</p>
+
| <p><small>[28]</small> Or when you have caught him by the hand how it is shown above, heave upwards and go through under his right, bend yourself over and grasp with your right hand together with your Dussack behind his leg, and as quick as you can grab him, heave upwards, thus he falls on his head how it is depicted hereafter.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|028r|jpg|lbl=28r}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|028r|jpg|lbl=28r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 028v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 028v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Follow Left Wrath Guard'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[29]</small> '''Follow left Wrath Guard'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note when you are positioned in the left Wrath Guard, then drive up through the strike line from your lower left, and then cut from your right through his middle line, with one to three strikes strongly in at the opponent, see that you have your Dussack somewhat crooked, spring ''Indes'' with the right foot well to him, and cut Crooked overhand, and over his displacement to the head, quickly snap ''Indes'' back around Crooked below to his arm or face, cut away with a strong Middle Cut, or cut from outside to the right.</p>
 
<p>Note when you are positioned in the left Wrath Guard, then drive up through the strike line from your lower left, and then cut from your right through his middle line, with one to three strikes strongly in at the opponent, see that you have your Dussack somewhat crooked, spring ''Indes'' with the right foot well to him, and cut Crooked overhand, and over his displacement to the head, quickly snap ''Indes'' back around Crooked below to his arm or face, cut away with a strong Middle Cut, or cut from outside to the right.</p>
Line 1,239: Line 1,272:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: Drive strongly over your right thigh through to the opponent's face, ''Indes'' step with the left foot to him, and take him away from your left so that your weapon shoots around your head, stab him to the right and then cut at once to his left.</p>
+
| <p><small>[30]</small> Item: Drive strongly over your right thigh through to the opponent's face, ''Indes'' step with the left foot to him, and take him away from your left so that your weapon shoots around your head, stab him to the right and then cut at once to his left.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029r.jpg|2|lbl=29r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029r.jpg|2|lbl=29r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If he cuts to your opening, then cut with a Winding Cut over his right arm simultaneously with him, follow then to the next opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[31]</small> Item: If he cuts to your opening, then cut with a Winding Cut over his right arm simultaneously with him, follow then to the next opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029r.jpg|3|lbl=29r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029r.jpg|3|lbl=29r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Follow the Correct Wrath Cuts'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[32]</small> '''Follow the Correct Wrath Cuts'''</p>
  
 
<p>'''A good ''Stuck'' with 6 cuts.'''</p>
 
<p>'''A good ''Stuck'' with 6 cuts.'''</p>
  
<p>Note: if you are positioned in the right Wrath Guard, then step and cut your first from below through his left, the second also from below through his right, with both of these use the crooked edge. The third from above through his left, the fourth from above through his right, so that your Dussack shoots back again above your head into the Plunge, the fifth is a Middle Cut through his left and the sixth is a High Cut (Scalp).</p>
+
<p>Note: If you are positioned in the right Wrath Guard, then step and cut your first from below through his left, the second also from below through his right, with both of these use the crooked edge. The third from above through his left, the fourth from above through his right, so that your Dussack shoots back again above your head into the Plunge, the fifth is a Middle Cut through his left and the sixth is a High Cut (Scalp).</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029r.jpg|4|lbl=29r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029v.jpg|1|lbl=29v.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029r.jpg|4|lbl=29r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029v.jpg|1|lbl=29v.1|p=1}}
Line 1,259: Line 1,292:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The Wrath together with the Steer are two primarily Earnest Guards to attack from, and have no differences other than the Wrath threatens the cut and the Steer threatens the thrust.</p>
+
| <p><small>[33]</small> The Wrath together with the Steer are two primarily Earnest Guards to attack from, and have no differences other than the Wrath threatens the cut and the Steer threatens the thrust.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029v.jpg|2|lbl=29v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029v.jpg|2|lbl=29v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Note firstly when you are positioned in Wrath or Steer on your right, that you ward off what he attacks or cuts, if he cuts at your left side, whether from below or above, then step and cut away his incoming strike close by his hand and cut quickly to his opening or come again thereafter into displacement outside of his right.</p>
+
| <p><small>[34]</small> Note firstly when you are positioned in Wrath or Steer on your right, that you ward off what he attacks or cuts, if he cuts at your left side, whether from below or above, then step and cut away his incoming strike close by his hand and cut quickly to his opening or come again thereafter into displacement outside of his right.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029v.jpg|3|lbl=29v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 029v.jpg|3|lbl=29v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Next, if he cuts at your right from outside to your body, whether it is from below or above, then step with your left foot to his right and cut from outside over his right arm to his head or with a Suppressing Cut from above hard to his hand, as soon as it clashes then shove the point in at his face, if he wards this thrust, then cut him to the face or pay attention to when he pulls his arm back into the air, then cut a Roarer to his arm.</p>
+
| <p><small>[35]</small> Next, if he cuts at your right from outside to your body, whether it is from below or above, then step with your left foot to his right and cut from outside over his right arm to his head or with a Suppressing Cut from above hard to his hand, as soon as it clashes then shove the point in at his face, if he wards this thrust, then cut him to the face or pay attention to when he pulls his arm back into the air, then cut a Roarer to his arm.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 030r.jpg|1|lbl=30r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 030r.jpg|1|lbl=30r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However, when he will not cut, then drive over his forward set leg with a fast Driving Cut through his face and with it, you compel him to cut or move, so that you can see your advantage.</p>
+
| <p><small>[36]</small> However, when he will not cut, then drive over his forward set leg with a fast Driving Cut through his face and with it, you compel him to cut or move, so that you can see your advantage.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 030r.jpg|2|lbl=30r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 030r.jpg|2|lbl=30r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If you are positioned in right Wrath, then shift (your Dussack) over your head to displace, ''Indes'' step in at him with your right and hurl two forceful cuts with the half edge from below and then quickly thereafter a Middle Cut, catch his right arm then with your Dussack.</p>
+
| <p><small>[37]</small> Item: If you are positioned in right Wrath, then shift (your Dussack) over your head to displace, ''Indes'' step in at him with your right and hurl two forceful cuts with the half edge from below and then quickly thereafter a Middle Cut, catch his right arm then with your Dussack.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 030r.jpg|3|lbl=30r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 030r.jpg|3|lbl=30r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 030v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 030v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note In the ''Zufechten'', when he is positioned before you in straight parrying or in Slice, then come in the Side Guard on the left, then first throw the half edge* over his right arm to the face. Then next pull through to his face from below with the long edge, the third is a Middle Cut after from your right, if he wards then throw the cut quickly to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[38]</small> Note In the ''Zufechten'', when he is positioned before you in straight parrying or in Slice, then come in the Side Guard on the left, then first throw the half edge* over his right arm to the face. Then next pull through to his face from below with the long edge, the third is a Middle Cut after from your right, if he wards then throw the cut quickly to the face.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|030v|jpg|lbl=30v}}
 
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|030v|jpg|lbl=30v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>If he cuts at you when you are in the Side Guard, then take away his strike with your flat from your left, ''Indes'' step with your left foot to his right side and thrust over his right arm to his face, then cut quickly after through his face or to the next opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[39]</small> If he cuts at you when you are in the Side Guard, then take away his strike with your flat from your left, ''Indes'' step with your left foot to his right side and thrust over his right arm to his face, then cut quickly after through his face or to the next opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 031r.jpg|1|lbl=31r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 031r.jpg|1|lbl=31r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Slicing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[40]</small> '''Slicing'''</p>
  
 
<p>Note when you are positioned in the straight parrying and he fights to you, then set him off, once he recovers, then follow after him with the Slice onto his arm, and cut him ''Indes'' through the face, then let fly to the next opening.</p>
 
<p>Note when you are positioned in the straight parrying and he fights to you, then set him off, once he recovers, then follow after him with the Slice onto his arm, and cut him ''Indes'' through the face, then let fly to the next opening.</p>
Line 1,300: Line 1,333:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: When you displace him from your right to his left, as soon as the parry happens or when he has set off, then cut with the short edge from the lower left to his arm, conversely, when you parry from your left to his right then cut with the short edge from your lower right through to his left and then fight to the next opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[41]</small> Item: When you displace him from your right to his left, as soon as the parry happens or when he has set off, then cut with the short edge from the lower left to his arm, conversely, when you parry from your left to his right then cut with the short edge from your lower right through to his left and then fight to the next opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 031r.jpg|3|lbl=31r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 031r.jpg|3|lbl=31r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 031v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 031v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Follow several good rules in fighting from the Bow'''<ref>Found in Lund 60v.1.</ref><br/><br/></p>
+
| <p><small>[42]</small> '''Follow several good rules in fighting from the Bow'''<ref>Found in Lund 60v.1.</ref><br/><br/></p>
  
 
<p>The first rule: when someone cuts onto your Bow, then step with your left foot behind your right and follow with your right to his left and instantly lift your hilt upwards, so let his stroke shoot off<ref>''Abrauschen'' = to shoot off.</ref> of your weapon and pull the weapon through his face, so that your Dussack flies over your head; step and cut from your left outside and over his right arm. From this rule many agile tricks are increased with deception.</p>
 
<p>The first rule: when someone cuts onto your Bow, then step with your left foot behind your right and follow with your right to his left and instantly lift your hilt upwards, so let his stroke shoot off<ref>''Abrauschen'' = to shoot off.</ref> of your weapon and pull the weapon through his face, so that your Dussack flies over your head; step and cut from your left outside and over his right arm. From this rule many agile tricks are increased with deception.</p>
Line 1,312: Line 1,345:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The second rule is as follows, when someone cuts at you from above, drive up with the Bow against his strike, then turn his blow away to your left side, thus lift your body well after with your Dussack to your left side, ''Indes'' step quickly back to him and cut outside over his right arm, pull the hilt quickly back upwards to you and cut him through his face.<ref>The second rule omits this sentence found in the Lund, “so that your Dussack comes onto your left shoulder”, and rather Meyer says here, “lift simultaneously your body together with the Dussack to your left side”. Then the Lund synonymously says “turn your body well after your Dussack upon your left side”.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[43]</small> The second rule is as follows, when someone cuts at you from above, drive up with the Bow against his strike, then turn his blow away to your left side, thus lift your body well after with your Dussack to your left side, ''Indes'' step quickly back to him and cut outside over his right arm, pull the hilt quickly back upwards to you and cut him through his face.<ref>The second rule omits this sentence found in the Lund, “so that your Dussack comes onto your left shoulder”, and rather Meyer says here, “lift simultaneously your body together with the Dussack to your left side”. Then the Lund synonymously says “turn your body well after your Dussack upon your left side”.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032r.jpg|2|lbl=32r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032r.jpg|2|lbl=32r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The third rule is this, if someone cuts at you, then see that he is not too close to you, so that you trust you can avoid his strikes, then pull your weapon upwards to you and yield your forward foot to the rear out from his cut, and thus take his stroke without any parrying, as soon as his stroke has failed toward the ground, then follow after to his opening with a long step toward him, thus many can be reached.<ref>These two paragraphs found in Lund 61v.1 and 62r.1; with above noted differences.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[44]</small> The third rule is this, if someone cuts at you, then see that he is not too close to you, so that you trust you can avoid his strikes, then pull your weapon upwards to you and yield your forward foot to the rear out from his cut, and thus take his stroke without any parrying, as soon as his stroke has failed toward the ground, then follow after to his opening with a long step toward him, thus many can be reached.<ref>These two paragraphs found in Lund 61v.1 and 62r.1; with above noted differences.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032r.jpg|3|lbl=32r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032r.jpg|3|lbl=32r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The fourth rule, note whenever someone strikes on the Weak of your Dussack, then drive up and cut a Roar Cut from your right to his arm.</p>
+
| <p><small>[45]</small> The fourth rule, note whenever someone strikes on the Weak of your Dussack, then drive up and cut a Roar Cut from your right to his arm.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032v.jpg|1|lbl=32v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032v.jpg|1|lbl=32v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If he cuts at you on your Strong, then turn the point upwards against his Dussack and thus turn away his Weak to your right side and cut a Roarer from your left from outside to his arm, or do the flicking. These are four especially good rules that are well to note when fighting in the Bow.<ref>The 4th rule and other paragraph synonymous with Lund 62r.2, 62r.3</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[46]</small> Item: If he cuts at you on your Strong, then turn the point upwards against his Dussack and thus turn away his Weak to your right side and cut a Roarer from your left from outside to his arm, or do the flicking. These are four especially good rules that are well to note when fighting in the Bow.<ref>The 4th rule and other paragraph synonymous with Lund 62r.2, 62r.3</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032v.jpg|2|lbl=32v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 032v.jpg|2|lbl=32v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Counter to the Bow'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[47]</small> '''Counter to the Bow'''</p>
  
 
<p>Firstly note when someone approaches you in the Bow, then position yourself in the Change on your left, with your right foot forward step and thrust up from below under his parrying to his face or chest, as soon as you find that your point is set towards him, then instantly drive your hilt up before your head and keep your point towards his body, so that he will ward off or strike this, so take heed as soon as he goes up to strike, then step to his left and strike in beside his parry to his face. This technique often works how it has been shown previously in the Bow.<ref>The Counter to the Bow is synonymous with Lund 62v.1, except that here Meyer added the target of striking besides his parry to the face, ad also changed last line to read: “This technique often works as has been shown previously in the Bow”, while in the Lund he says “This technique often works as has been shown previously in the Bow and Change.” So he omitted the word ''Wechsel'' or Changer here.</ref></p>
 
<p>Firstly note when someone approaches you in the Bow, then position yourself in the Change on your left, with your right foot forward step and thrust up from below under his parrying to his face or chest, as soon as you find that your point is set towards him, then instantly drive your hilt up before your head and keep your point towards his body, so that he will ward off or strike this, so take heed as soon as he goes up to strike, then step to his left and strike in beside his parry to his face. This technique often works how it has been shown previously in the Bow.<ref>The Counter to the Bow is synonymous with Lund 62v.1, except that here Meyer added the target of striking besides his parry to the face, ad also changed last line to read: “This technique often works as has been shown previously in the Bow”, while in the Lund he says “This technique often works as has been shown previously in the Bow and Change.” So he omitted the word ''Wechsel'' or Changer here.</ref></p>
Line 1,339: Line 1,372:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If you are a strong man, then come into the Change as before, wrench away his forward Bow up from below with the half edge, cut quickly after to his face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[48]</small> Item: If you are a strong man, then come into the Change as before, wrench away his forward Bow up from below with the half edge, cut quickly after to his face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 033r.jpg|1|lbl=33r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 033r.jpg|1|lbl=33r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Note when someone wants to wrench your Bow upwards as previously taught, then turn the wrenching away down to your left side with your hilt, instantly cut quickly at the same time as him in to his face with a back-step out from his stroke.</p>
+
| <p><small>[49]</small> Note when someone wants to wrench your Bow upwards as previously taught, then turn the wrenching away down to your left side with your hilt, instantly cut quickly at the same time as him in to his face with a back-step out from his stroke.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 033r.jpg|2|lbl=33r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 033r.jpg|2|lbl=33r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 033v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 033v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note however, when he thrusts in to your face under your parrying as has been taught above, then turn away the thrust, thus you open your face, as soon as he cuts to the opening, then drive under his stroke close by his hand between both your hands and thrust your hilt in his face, how it is depicted hereafter.<ref>Found in Lund 63r.1 63r.2 63r.3.</ref> </p>
+
| <p><small>[50]</small> Note however, when he thrusts in to your face under your parrying as has been taught above, then turn away the thrust, thus you open your face, as soon as he cuts to the opening, then drive under his stroke close by his hand between both your hands and thrust your hilt in his face, how it is depicted hereafter.<ref>Found in Lund 63r.1 63r.2 63r.3.</ref> </p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 033r.jpg|3|lbl=33r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 033r.jpg|3|lbl=33r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Or when you have captured him from below and between both your hands, then drive or wind with the point outside and over his right arm, wrench downwards to your right side, instantly release with your left hand, pull the long edge over hand through his face, or thrust him with the point away from you and cut long after.</p>
+
| <p><small>[51]</small> Or when you have captured him from below and between both your hands, then drive or wind with the point outside and over his right arm, wrench downwards to your right side, instantly release with your left hand, pull the long edge over hand through his face, or thrust him with the point away from you and cut long after.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|033v|jpg|lbl=33v}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|033v|jpg|lbl=33v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A counter to the Bow with a High Strike'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[52]</small> '''A counter to the Bow with a High Strike'''</p>
  
 
<p>If you find someone in the Bow, then first cut in with a deep High Strike from your right with the half edge over his blade and hands, so that you drive him up high, as soon as he pulls up into watch then cut a Middle Cut through to the face also from your right.</p>
 
<p>If you find someone in the Bow, then first cut in with a deep High Strike from your right with the half edge over his blade and hands, so that you drive him up high, as soon as he pulls up into watch then cut a Middle Cut through to the face also from your right.</p>
Line 1,365: Line 1,398:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Breaking in over the Bow'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[53]</small> '''Breaking in over the Bow'''</p>
  
<p>Note, in the Onset come with your left foot forward, hold your Dussack beside your right, reverse your grip so that you have your Dussack crooked, ''Indes'' step, then break in Crooked over his Bow, wrench out downwards to your left, step with your right foot around his right thigh, cut from outside over his right arm high up to the head, the next; cut Crooked under his right arm to his face so that your parrying remains high, the third; forward to the face, or to his left with a step out.<ref>Above paragraph “Breaking in over the Bow” is found in Lund 63v.1. Here Meyer added ''schenkel'' (thigh), also he added another line to the next; “zum gesicht das dein versatzung hoch pleibt” The third paragraph here is not found in the Lund.</ref></p>
+
<p>Note: In the Onset come with your left foot forward, hold your Dussack beside your right, reverse your grip so that you have your Dussack crooked, ''Indes'' step, then break in Crooked over his Bow, wrench out downwards to your left, step with your right foot around his right thigh, cut from outside over his right arm high up to the head, the next; cut Crooked under his right arm to his face so that your parrying remains high, the third; forward to the face, or to his left with a step out.<ref>Above paragraph “Breaking in over the Bow” is found in Lund 63v.1. Here Meyer added ''schenkel'' (thigh), also he added another line to the next; “zum gesicht das dein versatzung hoch pleibt” The third paragraph here is not found in the Lund.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 034r.jpg|2|lbl=34r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 034r.jpg|2|lbl=34r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: When you strike someone outside over his right arm as has been said above, and he goes high upwards, then step out quickly and cut in Crooked to his face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[54]</small> Item: When you strike someone outside over his right arm as has been said above, and he goes high upwards, then step out quickly and cut in Crooked to his face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 034v.jpg|1|lbl=34v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 034v.jpg|1|lbl=34v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A Swift ''Stuck'''''</p>
+
| <p><small>[55]</small> '''A Swift ''Stuck'''''</p>
  
 
<p>Item: Reverse your grip so that you have your Dussack crooked how it is reported above, cut then in a springing manner from your right with a High Cut overhand in over his Bow so that in this strike, your right side comes well to his left side, then cut in a flick back around below in to his face so that your haft remains high, quickly cut away short.</p>
 
<p>Item: Reverse your grip so that you have your Dussack crooked how it is reported above, cut then in a springing manner from your right with a High Cut overhand in over his Bow so that in this strike, your right side comes well to his left side, then cut in a flick back around below in to his face so that your haft remains high, quickly cut away short.</p>
Line 1,384: Line 1,417:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: When someone stands in the Bow and allows the point to sink downwards, then step and cut from your right on the Weak of his Dussack from under his arm, so that your Dussack comes out to your left side, instantly take (his Dussack) away with the flat over his arm from your left and cut long after to the opening near by his hand.<ref>First paragraph here found as last and separate para in 63v.1 Lund. Meyer changed words here on the last line of the second paragraph from
+
| <p><small>[56]</small> Item: When someone stands in the Bow and allows the point to sink downwards, then step and cut from your right on the Weak of his Dussack from under his arm, so that your Dussack comes out to your left side, instantly take (his Dussack) away with the flat over his arm from your left and cut long after to the opening near by his hand.<ref>First paragraph here found as last and separate para in 63v.1 Lund. Meyer changed words here on the last line of the second paragraph from
 
hand to haft, “so that your haft remains high”.</ref></p>
 
hand to haft, “so that your haft remains high”.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 034v.jpg|3|lbl=34v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 034v.jpg|3|lbl=34v.3}}
Line 1,390: Line 1,423:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 035r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 035r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note: when he approaches you in Bow then bind forward on his Weak with your point, ''Indes'' pull back to you and thrust him high to the face over his Bow, as soon as he goes to parry your thrust, then cut a Roar Cut down to his arm, how you see depicted here.</p>
+
| <p><small>[57]</small> Note: When he approaches you in Bow then bind forward on his Weak with your point, ''Indes'' pull back to you and thrust him high to the face over his Bow, as soon as he goes to parry your thrust, then cut a Roar Cut down to his arm, how you see depicted here.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|035r|jpg|lbl=35r}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|035r|jpg|lbl=35r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Item: If you have bound on to the first part of his Dussack, then pull the long edge through his face overhand, then cut in after with another [Thwart] horizontal from below to his face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[58]</small> Item: If you have bound on to the first part of his Dussack, then pull the long edge through his face overhand, then cut in after with another [Thwart] horizontal from below to his face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 035v.jpg|1|lbl=35v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 035v.jpg|1|lbl=35v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However, if he is high, then draw through his face from below, if he cuts quickly to your opening, then cut the Thwart overhand simultaneously with him to his face, how it is taught above.</p>
+
| <p><small>[59]</small> However, if he is high, then draw through his face from below, if he cuts quickly to your opening, then cut the Thwart overhand simultaneously with him to his face, how it is taught above.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 035v.jpg|2|lbl=35v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 035v.jpg|2|lbl=35v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However, if you have bound with someone on the Strong, near by his hilt, then drive in over his Dussack, with your hilt to his face, and ''Indes'' draw the blade over his right arm through the face with a Turkish Cut<ref>''Durcken Zug'' = this may mean Turkish Cut. A slice using a drawing motion, usually with a curved blade.</ref> drive quickly out again to the parrying.</p>
+
| <p><small>[60]</small> However, if you have bound with someone on the Strong, near by his hilt, then drive in over his Dussack, with your hilt to his face, and ''Indes'' draw the blade over his right arm through the face with a Turkish Cut<ref>''Durcken Zug'' = this may mean Turkish Cut. A slice using a drawing motion, usually with a curved blade.</ref> drive quickly out again to the parrying.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 035v.jpg|3|lbl=35v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 035v.jpg|3|lbl=35v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 036r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| class="noline" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 036r.jpg|400px|center]]
| class="noline" | <p>In ''Zufechten'' pay attention and when you note that one desires to cut in high over at you, so then drive under it with the Bogen and capture his arm then grab with your left hand quickly to the crook of his knee<ref>''Kniebugen'' = crook of knee, bend of knee.</ref> on his forward most leg, and heave upwards then push up away from you, thus he falls.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[61]</small> In ''Zufechten'' pay attention and when you note that one desires to cut in high over at you, so then drive under it with the Bow and capture his arm then grab with your left hand quickly to the crook of his knee<ref>''Kniebugen'' = crook of knee, bend of knee.</ref> on his forward most leg, and heave upwards then push up away from you, thus he falls.</p>
 
| class="noline" | {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|036r|jpg|lbl=36r}}
 
| class="noline" | {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|036r|jpg|lbl=36r}}
  
Line 1,415: Line 1,448:
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
== Temp ==
 
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
  | title = Part Two
 
  | title = Part Two
Line 1,422: Line 1,454:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
! <p>{{rating}}</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''In this second part follow the hews together with their explanation, and uses and customary ''Stucken'', and a number of running in (techniques) and wrestling.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''In this second part follow the hews together with their explanation, and uses and customary ''Stucken'', and a number of running in (techniques) and wrestling.'''</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 036v.jpg|1|lbl=36v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 036v.jpg|1|lbl=36v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''High Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> '''High Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>The High Cut is a straight cut from above to the scalp, this cut breaks all other cuts. In this way, if he cuts a Wrath Strike against you, then step ''Indes'' out from his cut and cut from above strongly on his cut close by his hand, then also suppress the Middle Cuts and Low Cuts from above close to his hand, so if you want to suppress his cuts, make sure you reach them excessively long.</p>
 
<p>The High Cut is a straight cut from above to the scalp, this cut breaks all other cuts. In this way, if he cuts a Wrath Strike against you, then step ''Indes'' out from his cut and cut from above strongly on his cut close by his hand, then also suppress the Middle Cuts and Low Cuts from above close to his hand, so if you want to suppress his cuts, make sure you reach them excessively long.</p>
Line 1,440: Line 1,472:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Wrath Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''Wrath Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>Wrath Cut is a diagonal cut from the shoulder, it is the strongest of all four cuts. For this reason, it is called a Battle Cut by the fighters.</p>
 
<p>Wrath Cut is a diagonal cut from the shoulder, it is the strongest of all four cuts. For this reason, it is called a Battle Cut by the fighters.</p>
Line 1,447: Line 1,479:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Middle Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[4]</small> '''Middle Cut'''</p>
  
 
<p>It is a horizontal cut, that is primarily used for taking out.</p>
 
<p>It is a horizontal cut, that is primarily used for taking out.</p>
Line 1,455: Line 1,487:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Low Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> '''Low Cut'''</p>
  
<p>Low Cut and Middle Cut, although they are certainly weak, are nevertheless great and artful when done at speed, they also take both the High Cuts.<ref>These descriptions differ in wording from the Lund.</ref> Firstly, when someone cuts a High Cut at you, then step out from his cut and cut it away from you. Then always break his strike with another cut in the After. Note however, a good rule to break the cuts, do not allow a cut to go too wide. The sooner you catch him in the air, or a Middle Cut in the distance, or an Low Cut down low, the less strength his cut has, but the further his hand gets with the cut, the stronger he is. Whoever can well understand this rule can easily break, bar and suppress all ''Stucken'', according to his pleasure.</p>
+
<p>Low Cut and Middle Cut, although they are certainly weak, are nevertheless great and artful when done at speed, they also take both the High Cuts.<ref>These descriptions differ in wording from the Lund.</ref></p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 036v.jpg|5|lbl=36v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 037r.jpg|1|lbl=37r.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 036v.jpg|5|lbl=36v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 037r.jpg|1|lbl=37r.1|p=1}}
Line 1,463: Line 1,495:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Secondly, every cut has three distinctions in use or in cutting, namely, a Provoker, a Taker and a Hitter, understand it like this: if he stays before you and will not strike, cut or otherwise work, and you are unable to hit him freely either, because he remains in his advantage, so then strike in with a High or Low Cut, not that you desire to hit him, but rather to Provoke him out from his advantage to counter strike at you, take this incoming strike away with another cut, that is called the Taker, and with the taking out you cause him to become open, cut at once to this opening, that is called the Hitter.</p>
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> Firstly, when someone cuts a High Cut at you, then step out from his cut and cut it away from you. Then always break his strike with another cut in the After. Note however, a good rule to break the cuts, do not allow a cut to go too wide. The sooner you catch him in the air, or a Middle Cut in the distance, or an Low Cut down low, the less strength his cut has, but the further his hand gets with the cut, the stronger he is. Whoever can well understand this rule can easily break, bar and suppress all ''Stucken'', according to his pleasure.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 037r.jpg|2|lbl=37r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 037r.jpg|2|lbl=37r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Example'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> Secondly, every cut has three distinctions in use or in cutting, namely, a Provoker, a Taker and a Hitter, understand it like this: if he stays before you and will not strike, cut or otherwise work, and you are unable to hit him freely either, because he remains in his advantage, so then strike in with a High or Low Cut, not that you desire to hit him, but rather to Provoke him out from his advantage to counter strike at you, take this incoming strike away with another cut, that is called the Taker, and with the taking out you cause him to become open, cut at once to this opening, that is called the Hitter.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 037r.jpg|3|lbl=37r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[8]</small> '''Example'''</p>
  
 
<p>If someone stands in the Bow, then cut through with a Wrath Strike on his Bow, so that you have made yourself open, as soon as he cuts in at you, then take away his strike with a Middle Cut from the left, and when he pulls up to parry, then cut in from under to the face, on this Low Cut, where it is from afar, shall one pay good attention to in all fighting.</p>
 
<p>If someone stands in the Bow, then cut through with a Wrath Strike on his Bow, so that you have made yourself open, as soon as he cuts in at you, then take away his strike with a Middle Cut from the left, and when he pulls up to parry, then cut in from under to the face, on this Low Cut, where it is from afar, shall one pay good attention to in all fighting.</p>
Line 1,475: Line 1,512:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The third you should pay attention to the changers or cuts, to change up one cut into another. As an example, cut the first from your right diagonal through his left, strike the next from above and from your left through his right middle line, the third an Apex Cut<ref>''Apicem'' id from Latin: Apex Cut or a Scalp Cut; as also used in the Lund.</ref> from above, another, cut from your left from below through his right strike line, the next through his left Middle line from your right, the third from above and from your left through his right shoulder or strike line, the fourth from your right through his left away to the head.</p>
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> The third you should pay attention to the Changers or cuts, to change up one cut into another. As an example, cut the first from your right diagonal through his left, strike the next from above and from your left through his right middle line, the third an Apex Cut<ref>''Apicem'' id from Latin: Apex Cut or a Scalp Cut; as also used in the Lund.</ref> from above, another, cut from your left from below through his right strike line, the next through his left Middle line from your right, the third from above and from your left through his right shoulder or strike line, the fourth from your right through his left away to the head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 037v.jpg|2|lbl=37v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 037v.jpg|2|lbl=37v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 038r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 038r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Crooked Cut is when you cut in with a High or Middle with the short edge, as depicted in the first part.</p>
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> Crooked Cut is when you cut in with a High or Middle with the short edge, as depicted in the first part.</p>
  
 
<p>Item: If one overruns you with High Strikes, then capture his strike in the air, ''Indes'' grab with your left hand under your blade onto his hilt and cut Crooked under and behind his shoulder to the back of his head.<ref>Possible translation of ''anckell'': “back of head”, as the image clearly shows a strike there.</ref></p>
 
<p>Item: If one overruns you with High Strikes, then capture his strike in the air, ''Indes'' grab with your left hand under your blade onto his hilt and cut Crooked under and behind his shoulder to the back of his head.<ref>Possible translation of ''anckell'': “back of head”, as the image clearly shows a strike there.</ref></p>
Line 1,486: Line 1,523:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Item: In the approach, grip the Dussack crooked and thrust the first from above to the face, pull the thrust back to you and cut Crooked through the middle line from your right through his left and let it to fade into a Double Round, then next cut a Roarer from your right, the third is a long Cross Cut from above.</p>
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> Item: In the approach, grip the Dussack crooked and thrust the first from above to the face, pull the thrust back to you and cut Crooked through the middle line from your right through his left and let it to fade into a Double Round, then next cut a Roarer from your right, the third is a long Cross Cut from above.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|1|lbl=38v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|1|lbl=38v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Then the Whacker is:'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> '''Then the Whacker is:'''</p>
  
 
<p>When you cut in at his opening and in striking you wind the cut into a thrust as the figure for the Winding Cut shows.</p>
 
<p>When you cut in at his opening and in striking you wind the cut into a thrust as the figure for the Winding Cut shows.</p>
Line 1,498: Line 1,535:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: when you cut in with a High Cut at him and when it clashes then thrust in on his weapon, as soon as he wards off your thrust, then drive with the hilt under his parry into his head.</p>
+
| <p><small>[13]</small> Item: When you cut in with a High Cut at him and when it clashes then thrust in on his weapon, as soon as he wards off your thrust, then drive with the hilt under his parry into his head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|3|lbl=38v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|3|lbl=38v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: In ''Zufechten'' allow yourself to bind on with him from below, then thrust in quickly on his bind, then immediately grab low on his Dussack together with yours and wind it from his hand out to your left side. Note: In grabbing, the open hand should be towards you.
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> Item: In ''Zufechten'' allow yourself to bind on with him from below, then thrust in quickly on his bind, then immediately grab low on his Dussack together with yours and wind it from his hand out to your left side.<p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Note: In grabbing, the open hand should be towards you.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|4|lbl=38v.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|4|lbl=38v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Roarer, this cut gets its name from the fast-rushing wind (sound) that in part, is made by the flat running through the air.</p></p>
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> Roarer, this cut gets its name from the fast-rushing wind (sound) that in part, is made by the flat running through the air.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|5|lbl=38v.5}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 038v.jpg|5|lbl=38v.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 039r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 039r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note: when one cuts at you from above, then step out to his right side and cut outside and over his arm, spring well into his right, thrust in at his face, then cut him at once to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[16]</small> Note: When one cuts at you from above, then step out to his right side and cut outside and over his arm, spring well into his right, thrust in at his face, then cut him at once to the face.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|039r|jpg|lbl=39r}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|039r|jpg|lbl=39r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 039v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 039v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note: when you both come together in the ''Zufechten'', as soon as he brings his weapon in the air to strike, then wind off or parry his strike with a Thwart Cut in front of the hand, how it is shown here. Then wind the crooked edge inwards to the face in a flick, wind through out to your left, and cut long after.</p>
+
| <p><small>[17]</small> Note: When you both come together in the ''Zufechten'', as soon as he brings his weapon in the air to strike, then wind off or parry his strike with a Thwart Cut in front of the hand, how it is shown here. Then wind the crooked edge inwards to the face in a flick, wind through out to your left, and cut long after.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|039v|jpg|lbl=39v}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|039v|jpg|lbl=39v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 040r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 040r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note: when two stand in front of each other in a bind in the bow and each one of them waits on the other's cut, then sink yourself and cut in with the long edge straight forth, hard against his Dussack, so that it bounces against his weapon, with this you provoke him to cut to your opening, as soon as he moves up then capture his hilt with your left hand and cut beside his hilt to his head as depicted.</p>
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> Note: When two stand in front of each other in a bind in the bow and each one of them waits on the other's cut, then sink yourself and cut in with the long edge straight forth, hard against his Dussack, so that it bounces against his weapon, with this you provoke him to cut to your opening, as soon as he moves up then capture his hilt with your left hand and cut beside his hilt to his head as depicted.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|040r|jpg|lbl=40r}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|040r|jpg|lbl=40r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 040v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 040v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Item: when one cuts at you from above, note instantly when he draws up, then pull your weapon to your left shoulder and cut in with the half edge from your left horizontally at the same time as him, thus you meet and take his cut away how it is shown here. Item: Short Cut, is also cutting through short.</p>
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> Item: When one cuts at you from above, note instantly when he draws up, then pull your weapon to your left shoulder and cut in with the half edge from your left horizontally at the same time as him, thus you meet and take his cut away how it is shown here.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: Short Cut, is also cutting through short.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|040v|jpg|lbl=40v}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|040v|jpg|lbl=40v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 041r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 041r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Note: when one cuts a High Strike at you, and is still close to you, so pay attention to when he draws his hand up, then strike in with him with the half edge overhand, how it is depicted here.</p>
+
| <p><small>[20]</small> Note: When one cuts a High Strike at you, and is still close to you, so pay attention to when he draws his hand up, then strike in with him with the half edge overhand, how it is depicted here.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|041r|jpg|lbl=41r}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|041r|jpg|lbl=41r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 041v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 041v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>When you have hit simultaneously with one, then wind ''Indes'' quickly with your hilt outside and over his right hand onto his wrist joint, jerk downwards towards your breast and break him like you see depicted here.</p>
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> When you have hit simultaneously with one, then wind ''Indes'' quickly with your hilt outside and over his right hand onto his wrist joint, jerk downwards towards your breast and break him like you see depicted here.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|041v|jpg|lbl=41v}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|041v|jpg|lbl=41v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 042r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 042r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Item: If one cuts in with an High Cut at the same time as you, overhand, how it is taught above, then ''Indes'' and quickly grab with your left hand onto his Dussack near by his hilt wind down from his hand over his right shoulder or arm, thrust with your dussack on his elbow, step with your left behind his right and throw him over.</p>
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> Item: If one cuts in with an High Cut at the same time as you, overhand, how it is taught above, then ''Indes'' and quickly grab with your left hand onto his Dussack near by his hilt wind down from his hand over his right shoulder or arm, thrust with your dussack on his elbow, step with your left behind his right and throw him over.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|042r|jpg|lbl=42r}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|042r|jpg|lbl=42r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 042v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 042v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Item: Bind him on his parrying, how it is shown here, if he permits then cut with the short edge beside your left up from below strongly with a rush up through the scalp line, and to the jaw, then proceed above and cut a Middle from your right through his face, cut the third from your left above and through his right, the fourth cut away through his left.</p>
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> Item: Bind him on his parrying, how it is shown here, if he permits then cut with the short edge beside your left up from below strongly with a rush up through the scalp line, and to the jaw, then proceed above and cut a Middle from your right through his face, cut the third from your left above and through his right, the fourth cut away through his left.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|042v|jpg|lbl=42v}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|042v|jpg|lbl=42v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A very good ''Stuck'' using three Middle Cuts''' by which many will be hurt</p>
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> '''A very good ''Stuck'' using three Middle Cuts''' by which many will be hurt</p>
  
 
<p>When you have bound on to him with the half edge over hand, then note whether it fairly glances or will, then snap around and do as if you would cut to his right ear with the half edge, but don't do this, rather pull your hand back around and cut the first Middle Cut from your right above his hilt through his face, the second from your left below his hand strongly through, the third from your right again in to his face.</p>
 
<p>When you have bound on to him with the half edge over hand, then note whether it fairly glances or will, then snap around and do as if you would cut to his right ear with the half edge, but don't do this, rather pull your hand back around and cut the first Middle Cut from your right above his hilt through his face, the second from your left below his hand strongly through, the third from your right again in to his face.</p>
Line 1,560: Line 1,601:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Two types of Constrainers'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> '''Two types of Constrainers'''</p>
  
 
<p>The first is a taking out from your left and a turning away with the flat. The second is a strong cut from your left through his face with the long edge with a double stroke through the Cross.</p>
 
<p>The first is a taking out from your left and a turning away with the flat. The second is a strong cut from your left through his face with the long edge with a double stroke through the Cross.</p>
Line 1,567: Line 1,608:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If you are positioned in left steer then continue stepping with the right foot, and cut strongly to his right arm, from below, with this it provokes him to cut, when he goes to cut and brings his hand into the air, then cut quickly to his face from the inside beside his hand.<ref>Note: First paragraph of Two Constrainers appears in Lund 55v.1, but it does not include second paragraph found here from left steer.</ref></p>
+
| <p><small>[26]</small> Item: If you are positioned in left steer then continue stepping with the right foot, and cut strongly to his right arm, from below, with this it provokes him to cut, when he goes to cut and brings his hand into the air, then cut quickly to his face from the inside beside his hand.<ref>Note: The first paragraph of Two Constrainers appears in Lund 55v.1, but it does not include second paragraph found here from left steer.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043r.jpg|3|lbl=43r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043r.jpg|3|lbl=43r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''An example from the Constrainer Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[27]</small> '''An example from the Constrainer Cut'''</p>
  
<p>Note: In ''Zufechten'' come into the Slice, do not let him too close to you, as soon as he cuts from above at you, then pull through under his strike to your left side giving way out from his strike, cut quickly from your left over his right arm with two High Strokes to his head, thus you constrain him.</p>
+
<p>Note: In ''Zufechten'' come into the Slice, do not let him too close to you, as soon as he cuts from above at you, then pull through under his strike to your left side giving way out from his strike, cut quickly from your left over his right arm with two High Strokes to his head, thus you constrain him.<ref>This paragraph is from Lund 56r.1, but is titled there: "a Good ''Stuck'' from the Constrainer"; here Meyer calls it an “Example”.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|1|lbl=43v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|1|lbl=43v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[28]</small> '''Rose Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: In the ''Zufechten'' cut from above to go through below outside his right arm, so that your Dussack comes back around in a circle over your head, ''Indes'' let it quickly run off beside your left; cut him from your right to his face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|2|lbl=43v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|2|lbl=43v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[29]</small> Item: If you find one in the Bow, drive him from outside over the bow back around through the rose, and flick your point under his Bow at his mouth, if he cuts ''Indes'', then cut simultaneously with him to the face.<ref>The Rose Cut's first paragraph above is found in the Lund 56r.2, but the 2nd paragraph here is not found in Lund.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|3|lbl=43v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|3|lbl=43v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 044r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 044r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[30]</small> Item: Stab him outside over his right arm and through so that your Dussack comes outside and over his arm, then with your left hand over your right arm, grab your blade close by the hilt, pull to your right side, thus you take his Dussack, how it is depicted here.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|4|lbl=43v.4|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|044r|jpg|lbl=44r|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 043v.jpg|4|lbl=43v.4|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|044r|jpg|lbl=44r|p=1}}
Line 1,595: Line 1,638:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[31]</small> '''Failer Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Note when you come near to him, and both of you are high in the parrying, then cut before his weapon falls, in a Circle, as soon as he pulls his shoulders around and means to strike, then cut beside his hilt to his head.<ref>''Feler hau'' description here is mostly synonymous with the Lund 50r.1, but here Meyer ends with “how it is reported in the ''Boch hau''”, which is not found in the Lund.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|1|lbl=44v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|1|lbl=44v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[32]</small> Item: When someone cuts at you, then evade with your parrying and let him cut and miss; step and cut through at once outside his right arm without hitting, the second through his face; be quick again with the parrying.<ref>Synonymous with Lund 56v.3.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|2|lbl=44v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|2|lbl=44v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[33]</small> '''A ''Stuck'' against a lefty'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Cut through from outside to his left arm without hitting so that your Dussack comes on your left side, ''Indes'', as soon as he cuts, then cut forth at the same time as him in at his face, step with your left well on his right.<ref>Synonymous with Lund 57r.1.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|3|lbl=44v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|3|lbl=44v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[34]</small> Item: Cut through without hitting outside under his arm as before; next take away with the flat from your left through his right so that your Dussack flies around above, step and cut instantly two Winding Cuts together from your left to his right at his face.<ref>Synonymous with Lund 57r.2.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|4|lbl=44v.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 044v.jpg|4|lbl=44v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 045r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 045r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[35]</small> Item: When each other have run in together and both of you have come in high in the parrying, then step quickly with your right foot between both his legs and instantly drive down below his right arm with your right behind and around his body, grab with your left hand the (crook of his right knee) heave upwards and throw him over your right hip.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|045r|jpg|lbl=45r}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|045r|jpg|lbl=45r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 045v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 045v.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[36]</small> '''Clasping the hands over each other'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: When one approaches you in the Bow and has both hands together as is the custom now, grasp his left with your left hand, and with your hilt drive over and above his right hand, well by the wrist joint and pull them (his arms/hands) crosswise over each other as shown here.</p>
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|045v|jpg|lbl=45v}}
 
| {{paget|page:MS Bibl. 2465|045v|jpg|lbl=45v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[37]</small> Item: If you both run in with one another with both arms high, then grasp his left with your left, it is by the hand or behind the hand, or behind the elbow, jerk him to your left side, cut long after to his left ear.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046r.jpg|1|lbl=46r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046r.jpg|1|lbl=46r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[38]</small> '''Work in the Running In'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Note: When you come near together, then work on him above over his parrying, firstly with a Crooked Cut over his parrying to the left ear.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046r.jpg|2|lbl=46r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046r.jpg|2|lbl=46r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[39]</small> Item: If he displaces that, then strike a Crooked Cut outside over his right arm to his right ear; if he parries that again, then cut Crooked under his right arm to his face. The fourth strike is a Thwart Cut to his left ear from below with the long edge so that your grip is well reversed. In these four strikes you should always be high with the hilt over your head to the displacing.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046r.jpg|3|lbl=46r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046r.jpg|3|lbl=46r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[40]</small> Item: When one will cut Crooked to your right ear, then grab with your hilt outside and over his right hand near his wrist joint, jerk downwards and then flick in with the half edge to his head.<ref>''Arbeit im einlauffen'' from Lund 60r.2; last 3 lines do not appear in Lund. Item etc.</ref></p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046r.jpg|4|lbl=46r.4}}
 +
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[41]</small> Item: If one cuts Crooked at you over your displacement to the left ear, then push him from you with your hilt inside on his right arm to his left side, then Draw the Turkish Cut to the face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|1|lbl=46v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|1|lbl=46v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[42]</small> '''The Driving'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The first driving is as follows: stand with your right foot forward and do the High Cut and the Low Cut together so that your Dussack always flies around over your head to the Plunge.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|2|lbl=46v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|2|lbl=46v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[43]</small> '''The Second'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Stand with your right forward as above, drive from your left shoulder over your right leg through the opponent’s right Stroke Line, from below and above together with strength through his face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|3|lbl=46v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|3|lbl=46v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[44]</small> '''The Third Driving'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Stand as before, drive the Middle Cut through the Middle Line from the right and left together.<ref>The Drivings also appear in Lund 64v.1 – 65r.1.</ref></p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|4|lbl=46v.4}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 046v.jpg|4|lbl=46v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[45]</small> '''The Fourth'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>is driving the Cross from above together strongly in upon the opponent.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047r.jpg|1|lbl=47r.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047r.jpg|1|lbl=47r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[46]</small> '''The Fifth Driving'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The two Low Cuts together from below with the flat through the Cross.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047r.jpg|2|lbl=47r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047r.jpg|2|lbl=47r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[47]</small> '''The Sixth Driving is the Double Changer, an excellent cut.<br/><br/>'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>Do it as follows: Stand with your right foot forward and strike the first cut from your right from above through the opponent’s left Strike Line, thus you come into the left Change, slash with the half edge back from below through the same Strike through which you have come, change in the air, and cut from above from your left through his right Strike line over your right thigh, thus the point comes to the ground beside your right; drive back upwards through the same Strike through which you have come, then change back in the air and cut back from your right through the opponent’s left Strike Line.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047r.jpg|3|lbl=47r.3}}
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047r.jpg|3|lbl=47r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|1|lbl=47v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[48]</small> Thus drive the cut one to six times one after another, always twice through one Strike, namely once from above and back from below with the half edge. With this Change one breaks all postures and cuts.<ref>Note this line is missing from 6th driving here, but found in Lund 65r.1: ''sonderlich einem starcken zum schlachtschwert'', "particularly for someone who is strong with a Battlesword".</ref></p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|2|lbl=47v.2}}
 +
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|1|lbl=47v.1}}
+
| <p><small>[49]</small> If one cuts a High Cut at you, so cut it away with a Middle Cut or a Wrath Cut, ''Indes'' quickly with another cut to the opening below or above.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|3|lbl=47v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[50]</small> If one cuts a Middle Cut or a Low Cut, then cut with a High Cut strongly through from above the next again to the opening, and as often as you have cut to his opening, then see that you are always quick to the parrying on his weapon or arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|4|lbl=47v.4}}
 +
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|2|lbl=47v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[51]</small> If one cuts low, then you cut high, if he cuts high, then cut in with him diagonally while stepping out (voiding), if he drives you high, then cut through the middle, if one fails in too deep, then follow him to the face from above, if he wishes to displace upwards, then pull the cut around your head and cut from below, if he swipes after your Low Cut, then pull away and cut from above.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|5|lbl=47v.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[52]</small> Item: If he drives too wide to his left, then cut outside over his right arm to the head so that you, if you want one to have the left opening, then deceive to the right, thus if you want to have the right opening, then deceive to the left, also if you will have him open above, then attack low with cuts and thrusts.<ref>Note: The handwriting appears closer together with less spacing between sentences and words, so that maybe the author had a lot to share and yet was bound to limit the page space used? Appears Crammed together more.</ref></p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|3|lbl=47v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|6|lbl=47v.6}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[53]</small> Item: Pay attention as soon as he brings his hand in the air to strike, then cut in by his hand to the face. If one approaches you in bow then cut him outside to the arm with this he will be provoked to cut, as soon as he pull his hand in the air then cut the next beside his hilt to the face.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|4|lbl=47v.4}}
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 047v.jpg|7|lbl=47v.7|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 048r.jpg|1|lbl=48r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" |  
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[54]</small> Item: If you get too close to him, thus you should use slicing, traveling after with the point, setting on, cutting over, winding over, pushing, grabbing and throwing.</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 048r.jpg|1|lbl=48r.1}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 048r.jpg|2|lbl=48r.2}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 1,708: Line 1,788:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
! <p>{{rating}}</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Rapier Fencing'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>First of all, there are seven cuts in the rapier. Namely the first one is a High Cut, the second is a Shoulder Cut, the third a Hip Cut, the fourth a Thigh Cut, the fifth a Foot Cut, the sixth a Joint Cut, the seventh a Forearm Cut, and yet the four remain as taught in the Dussack only the names of the limbs increase the number of the cuts.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 048r.jpg|3|lbl=48r.3}}
 +
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> '''The seven thrusts'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Namely the face thrust, the second is the heart thrust, third is the throat thrust, the fourth is the groin thrust, the fifth is the joint thrust, the sixth is a double thrust and the seventh is armpit thrust.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 048r.jpg|4|lbl=48r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''Of the Openings'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>In rapier fencing, special attention is to be paid to the four parts of the man. Namely to the left and right, lower and upper, the belt (line) and the two (openings) above the belt line known as the Ox, and the other two below the belt line are known as the Plow, whose thrusts therefore should be used. In ''Zufechten'' pay attention to which part he has his weapon, below or above, or from which opening he brings his strikes or thrusts.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Next, pay attention to which openings you may conveniently attack to, so note an example, if the opponent has his weapon in his upper right opening, then work to his lower left openings with cuts or thrusts, with this you compel him to either work or defend, so then thrust to his upper right opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 048v.jpg|1|lbl=48v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[4]</small> Item: If he has his weapon in his upper left opening, then thrust him to the right, as soon as he parries, then wind under and through to the left opening from where he has just come from, furthermore, if one holds his weapon in a guard to the upper or lower openings, then cut or thrust him straight from above to the face so that he must defend, as soon as he drives out to parry, then wind underneath and through, and thrust at once from below to his body or hip.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 048v.jpg|2|lbl=48v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> Item: If one thrusts at you, then step with the right foot well to his right and take ''Indes'' with the left then slice down from above between you and him towards your right side step out and thrust him above his weapon to the chest or cut him from below his weapon to the foot.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049r.jpg|1|lbl=49r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 049r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> When you are thus positioned in Ox, and one thrusts at you, to your left, then spring out from his thrust out to his left side, and thrust in with him at the same time, wind your long edge against his weapon upwards to your left side, as soon as he pulls back with his weapon, then cut with the short edge from below through his right and thrust him with the whole thrust.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049r.jpg|2|lbl=49r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| <p><small>[7]</small> Item: If one thrusts at your face or breast, then take him out with the half edge from your upper right between you and him to your left side so that in this parrying, the point hangs downwards to the ground..... ''Indes'' allow the hand to run up to a face thrust, then take out the thrust between you and him through the hanging like before and then thrust. ?????</p>
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049r.jpg|3|lbl=49r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049v.jpg|1|lbl=49v.1|p=1}}
|  
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> Item: If one cuts at your feet, then sink the point down towards the ground and bar him with the flat, displacing through the Bastion and then thrust him overhand to the face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049v.jpg|2|lbl=49v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> Item: Pay attention to when he thrusts low at you, and when he stretches his hand out before his face, cut him through the hand and then stab him in the face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049v.jpg|3|lbl=49v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 050r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> '''Will the opponent not attack at you'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Note when one confronts you in the left Changer and you are positioned in Ox, then cut from your lower right through his left to the face, so that your weapon runs around into left Ox ''Indes'' take out with the half edge downwards through to your right side so that your weapon runs around into the right Ox and then thrust him to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049v.jpg|4|lbl=49v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> Item: Step to him with your left foot and thrust forth, fall through from outside your left thigh, so that your weapon comes into left Ox, take out with the half edge going through to your right side, so that your weapon again comes into the right Ox and thrust to the face and cut him outside to the right thigh.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 049v.jpg|5|lbl=49v.5}}
|  
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> Item: If you stand in left Ox and one thrusts at your right, then step with your left foot well out from his thrust to his right and follow with your right foot, thrusting in at the same time as him, to his face, protect yourself further with the Iron Door or heave your hilt above you and grab with your blade over his and turn his blade from your right in a wrenching to your left, ''Indes'' step to his left and cut through to his face beside your left, and thrust him again overhand to his face.</p>
|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|050r|jpg|lbl=50r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[13]</small> Note when one thrusts low at you, then step with your left foot to his right side and take away his thrust with the Bastion from your left through to your right from above between you and him and thrust him to the face from under his weapon.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 050v.jpg|1|lbl=50v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 051r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> Additionally, if one thrusts low at you, and you are positioned in the Ox, then step with your left foot well in to his right like before, set off his thrust underneath from your left to your right, thus you stand in the right Plow, thrust him from the Plow upwards to his face, so that he must parry this, then step and thrust him with reversed hand under his arm to the hip, pull your hilt back to you and cut a Defensive Strike from your left through to his right shoulder.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 050v.jpg|2|lbl=50v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> Item: If one thrusts at your face or breast, then strongly take out the thrust from below and beside your left with the short edge through his right, so that your weapon runs around again above your head, and cut him outside to his right shoulder, if he bars this cut, then thrust him quickly overhand to the face, if he does not bar, then come through into the right changer, if he thrusts further at you then turn your hilt upwards and take out his thrust with your flat through the hanging and thrust him overhand to the face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 050v.jpg|3|lbl=50v.3}}
|  
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[16]</small> At first if one thrusts at you, then drive down through, and turn his thrust away from your left to your right and step with the right well to his right and thrust in from outside and over his weapon.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 051r.jpg|1|lbl=51r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[17]</small> Note when one thrusts above at you, turn your hilt upwards above your left shoulder and set off his thrust upwards, then as soon as it clashes, thrust him slightly to the face, ''Indes'' allow your point to sink towards the ground, your blade running through to your left, thrust overhand to the face, pull your hilt above you so that the blade runs off beside your right and cut outside from your left through his right shoulder, thus you stand in right Changer.<ref>This paragraph here is from Lund 76v.1.</ref></p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 051r.jpg|2|lbl=51r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> Item: Set off his thrust as has already been taught, remain in the bind on his blade, and turn your blade upward against his; wrench out to your left side, instantly heave your hilt upwards and cut from your right inside through his right thigh, thus you come into the left Changer, if he thrusts further at you, then spring with your left foot well to his right side and thrust in from the Changer at the same time as him, work further at him with the Iron Gate.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 051v.jpg|1|lbl=51v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> Item: Parry his thrust as before, heave your hilt upwards into the left Ox, and take out with the half edge from your lower left up through his right, so that your weapon flies above your head into the right Ox, ''Indes'' strike quickly with a Middle Cut down through his feet from your right through his left, so that your weapon shoots into the left Ox, take it with the half edge downwards from the left Ox, so that your weapon shoots through in a running off back into the right Ox, quickly let the right Ox run through with taking out beside your left, and thrust through a double taking out overhand; come into the Iron Gate.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 051v.jpg|2|lbl=51v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[20]</small> However, if he will not thrust, and you stand in the right Plow, then step to him with your left foot and thrust through outside of your left thigh, so that your weapon comes into the left Ox, step with your right well to his right, and thrust in outside his right arm, pull around your head and cut through his face, thus you come into the left Changer, from there take out with the half edge.<ref>These paragraphs found in Lund 77v.1 and 78v.1. These paragraphs found in Lund Rapier prior to this poem: ''Drei Lauffende Stich auss dem linken Pflug von einer seitten''.</ref></p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 051v.jpg|3|lbl=51v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 052r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[20]</small> '''Three good thrusts from the left Plow which flow into each other from one side'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Thus, if someone confronts you in the Iron Gate or also in the left Plow, then thrust the first straight in from the Plow outside his right arm, so that your point runs off to his right side beside your left through into the left Ox, thrust quickly through your left Ox inside to the chest, ''Indes'' allow your point to run off again downwards through beside your left, and thrust the third from your left overhand to his face, these three thrusts flow as one into each other from one side.<ref>Paragraph found in Lund 78v.2.</ref></p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|052r|jpg|lbl=52r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 052v.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> If one thrusts high at you, turn his thrust away upwards toward your right into the Ox, step and thrust in outside over his right arm at his face, and in the thrust drive with your left hand up from below, how it is depicted here.<ref>From Lund 79r.1.</ref></p>
|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|052v|jpg|lbl=52v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 053r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> Take out the strike of his blade on your left arm and simultaneously pull back up with your weapon and thrust him from below to his face, how it is depicted here, if he pulls back then protect yourself with hanging.</p>
|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|053r|jpg|lbl=53r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 053v.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> Item: When you stand in left Plow and he has his weapon in the Iron Gate or in another guard at your left, then thrust in at him or threaten the thrust in at his right shoulder overhand from above, pay attention to when he wishes to travel after this and set it off, then allow your point to sink down beside his right arm, change under through and thrust in from below his right arm to his head, if he wards this off, then heave your hilt upwards and thrust him to his right foot, and then a Defensive Strike from your left through to his right.</p>
|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|053v|jpg|lbl=53v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> Item: Displace his thrust from the left Plow with the hilt upwards to your right, and cut at once with a Middle Cut through his feet from your right so that your weapon comes into the left Ox, ''Indes'' take him out with a double running off from your left and right and thrust overhand with a step to using the left, this is a deception in Rapier.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 054r.jpg|1|lbl=54r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 054v.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> Item: If you stand in Plow and he is in the Iron Gate or rather in a guard to the left, then thrust him upwards to the face from below and outside on his weapon, if he defends this thrust, turn your blade downwards and to his right and thrust in at him with reversed hand below to his body, ''Indes'' cut from your left, a Defensive Strike to his right.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 054r.jpg|2|lbl=54r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p><small>[26]</small> Item: If you stand in left Plow, and one cuts or thrusts high at you, then displace upwards so that you come into right Ox, transform the Ox down into right Plow and thrust him from below to his grip or his hand, however if he instantly takes care of the hands to protect them, then thrust him overhand to the face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 054r.jpg|3|lbl=54r.3}}
|  
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[27]</small> Note when one thrusts at your left, then lift your point upwards to where he holds his thrust, and step with the left behind the right, cut strongly edgewise up to the strong of his blade, ''Indes'' thrust quickly forth to his face.</p>
|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|054v|jpg|lbl=54v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[28]</small> Item: However, if one thrusts at you outside to the right arm, then step with the left well to his right side and suppress from above how its previously taught, step and thrust on his blade up to his face, if he wards your thrust, and drives up high with his parrying, then thrust in below his right, if he displaces the thrust again, then pull your hilt upwards and thrust in overhand from above and over his parry then cut him to the right leg.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 055r.jpg|1|lbl=55r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[29]</small> '''Cutting Off'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Item: Suppress his incoming thrust like before, however, in suppressing allow your blade edgewise* to rush off of his beside you in a flight, thrust or cut in again from the same side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 055r.jpg|2|lbl=55r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[30]</small> Item: If you stand in the Iron Gate, and one thrusts at you from outside to your right arm, then take this out with half edge, down towards your right side, so that your blade runs off simultaneously into the right Ox, ''Indes'' take out his next cut also through a running off from your right to your left, and thrust with him at the same time quickly overhand together with a step to, this ''Stuck'' goes to both sides.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 055r.jpg|3|lbl=55r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 055v.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[31]</small> Item: If one approaches you in Iron Gate and allows you to bind on, then run in and thrust on his weapon upwards to the face, ''Indes'' allow your weapon to run over to your left and then grasp your blade in the middle with the left hand, and thrust to his belly how its shown.</p>
|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|055v|jpg|lbl=55v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[32]</small> '''Changing and transmuting the thrust'''<p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>If you stand in the Iron Gate and your opponent also, then thrust in outside over his right arm overhand, and in the thrust lift your hilt well in the air, as soon as he slips after the thrust to ward it off, allow your point to sink downwards overhand and thrust quickly under the arm to his hip, but if he wards this off again then thrust back again over the arm to his face, thus turn the high thrust into a low thrust, and the low into a high. You can change into a cut when you wish.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 056r.jpg|1|lbl=56r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[33]</small> '''Thrusting the Ox and Plow together'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Item: If one approaches you in the Iron Gate, then thrust at him from the right Plow inside his blade from below up to his face, ''Indes'' heave your hilt upwards and transmute the low into a high thrust, cut to the nearest opening while stepping back.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 056r.jpg|2|lbl=56r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[34]</small> '''A Deceiving'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Note: Allow yourself to bind onto the furthermost part of his blade from your right, then thrust up from below inside to his face, so that your Rappier runs around beside your right, like a Looping<ref>''Gleich einer Rinder'' = like a ''Rinde'' or Looping technique.</ref> make like you will thrust in to his right shoulder but don’t do it, but thrust back inside to his body.<ref>Found in Lund 81v.2, 82r.1, and 82r.2; changed Last line of first para 81v.2, added “''den undern in obern''”, the lower into the upper. 82r.1 paragraph title ox and plow different: ''den ochsen und pflug ineinander stechen'' to new ''Den ochsen und pflug zusamen stechen''. The Ox and Plow thrusting into one another, changed to Thrusting the Ox and Plow together.</ref>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 056r.jpg|3|lbl=56r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 056v.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[35]</small> '''Taking out the thrust with your hand'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Take heed when your opponent holds his point up high in the Onset, and act as if you meant to bind on him, as soon as your point touches, then step and go under his blade with your left arm, thus turn out his thrust upwards from you and thrust him to the groin, but if he pulls his blade, then protect yourself with hanging parry and work to him overhand or with taking out and cutting after.<ref>This paragraph found in Lund pg 81 but without para title as above and no image. ''Angehest'' changed to ''mogest''; several other changes with word additions. Part of paragraph titled: A Deceiving.</ref></p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|056v|jpg|lbl=56v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[36]</small> '''Simultaneous thrusting in Chasing after'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Item: When you both stand in the Iron Gate, take heed as soon as he goes out from his guard to thrust, then step out from his thrust and quickly follow after to the opening from where he has gone out, and thrust in at the same time as him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 057r.jpg|1|lbl=57r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[37]</small> '''Chasing after'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>This is a convenient and quick work in the Rappier, then as often as he has his weapon a little beside right, as soon as he moves away with his hilt, then stab him to the very opening from which he comes off.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 057r.jpg|2|lbl=57r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[38]</small> '''Cut after from below'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>If you stand in the Iron Gate and he thrusts to your left, then suppress him from above how it is taught previously, ''Indes'' heave your hilt upwards into the left Ox and cut quickly with the short edge from below to his right, thereafter thrust through with a Middle Cut overhand.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 057r.jpg|3|lbl=57r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[39]</small> Item: If one thrusts to your right, then suppress from your left to his right, thus you come into the right Plow, thrust him upwards from the Plow to his face, so that he must defend, quickly cut ''Indes'' a Low Cut from your right through his left and thrust him overhand to the face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 057r.jpg|4|lbl=57r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[40]</small> '''Side Guard'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>The Side Guard is done thusly: stand with the right foot forward, hold your weapon by your left hip so that the point appears to the rear for the strike.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 057r.jpg|5|lbl=57r.5}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 057v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[41]</small> '''Whacker in Rappier'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If one approaches you in the Iron Gate, and is positioned strongly to suppress you or set you off, then throw your short edge against his short edge, remain hard on his blade ''Indes'' turn your hilt upwards into the right Ox, then thrust in on his blade how it is depicted here, this must go quickly, if he turns your thrust and drives you up high, then change through under his arm to the right hip and set on him.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|057v|jpg|lbl=57v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[42]</small> Note: Hold the weapon in the Side Guard, if one cuts or thrusts at you, then take this out strongly with your flat from your left to the right, so that your weapon runs around over your head, cut ''Indes'' a Middle Cut through his feet from your right, thrust quickly overhand to the face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 058r.jpg|1|lbl=58r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[43]</small> Item: If one thrusts at your chest, then cut from below with the long edge [...]<ref name="missing section">Section of translation missing. ~[[Michael Chidester|MCC]]</ref> to his left side, turn your weapon up into the air and thrust a Slinger to him, by your right from below to his groin, the thrust should fly in quickly in this throwing from above to below.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 058r.jpg|2|lbl=58r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[44]</small> '''A good Driving with two cuts'''</p>
|
 
  
|}
+
<p>In the Onset position yourself in the Side Guard, once you are positioned to reach the opponent, then cut the first with a Defensive Strike from your left and above with the long edge through his weapon, second, cut a Low Cut up through his left, the third cut again like the first, the fourth is like the second, then always cut these double cuts together with each other, and once you see your opportunity, then thrust or cut him to the next opening whether below or above.<ref>Handwriting appears to change here, first use of umlauted a and also the lower case g are different here, overall may be a new penman. Definitely a different person's handwriting!</ref></p>
{{master subsection end}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 058r.jpg|3|lbl=58r.3}}
  
{{master subsection begin
 
| title = Dagger
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 058v.jpg|400px|center]]
! <p>{{rating}}</p>
+
| <p><small>[45]</small> If you stand in the Changer and one thrusts at your face or chest, then take this out with the half edge upwards from your left, pull around your head and cut outside to his right thigh, if he thrusts forth however, then take this out upwards from your right with the flat through the hanging and cut him inside to the thigh.</p>
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|058v|jpg|lbl=58v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[46]</small> Item: Take out like its taught here, upward from the left to the right ''Indes'' cut quickly from your right inside and through his thigh so that your weapon flies around your left into the left Ox, and thrust him from outside to the face with an overhand and a step to his right side, quickly pull again around your head and cut with a step out from your right to his left through to the head so that you come into the left Ox.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 059r.jpg|1|lbl=59r.1}}
 +
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[47]</small> Item: Take out from your left strongly up from below and turn your weapon in the air beside your left into the Ox, instantly step with your left foot around his right side and throw a thrust from below through the Plow to his right hip.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 059r.jpg|2|lbl=59r.2}}
 +
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p><small>[48]</small> Item: Take out his incoming thrust upwards with the half edge from the Change with strength, so that your weapon flies around in the air into the right Ox and instantly cast a thrust from below through the right Plow to his groin or forward thigh.<ref>Second and third paragraphs here are from Lund 72v.1, 72v.2 and titled there as Change.</ref></p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 059r.jpg|3|lbl=59r.3}}
  
|}
+
|-
{{master subsection end}}
+
| [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 059v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[49]</small> Item: Stand in the Change and if one thrusts or cuts at you, go up and parry with the long edge up from below with a spring forward on your left foot well under his blade, ''Indes'' grasp with your left reversed hand under your blade onto his hilt or pommel and jerk downwards on your left side, but if he holds strong, then push with your pommel on his wrist, close by the hand, thus you take his weapon out of his hand.<ref>Note: This is found in Lund 73v.3.</ref></p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|059v|jpg|lbl=59v}}
  
{{master subsection begin
 
| title = Polearms
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
|
! <p>{{rating}}</p>
+
| <p><small>[50]</small> '''A face thrust with a Spring to the opponent'''</p>
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
+
 
 +
<p>Item: Stand with your right foot forward, hold your rapier in the right Ox, ''Indes'' lift your left foot and when your foot is suspended in the air, then thrust through from above down by your right thigh, ''Indes'' step and spring in to him with the same foot [left] and in this spring thrust from your left, overhand to his face, that one shall do without the opponent knowing it.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: In the springing face thrust you may also transmute it into a Defensive Strike.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 060r.jpg|1|lbl=60r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[51]</small> '''A thrust to the groin by springing'''</p>
|  
+
 
 +
<p>Item: In ''Zufechten'', when you are three steps from him, then come with the right foot forward, have your weapon in the left Plow, ''Indes'' lift up your left foot and make a start with this from two shoe lengths before the right foot to drive, and in your momentum, transmute the Plow into Ox and while driving in at him with the left foot and while still in the air, mutate the Ox back into the right Plow and thrust while springing in, from below to his groin. So I have often reached one, from one ''Klaffter''* away, and overtook him without him knowing it.<ref>''Sprungsweise'' translates to “by leaping” “by skipping” ''drei schrit'' = 3 steps.</ref><ref>In the last ''Stuck'', Meyer actually gives units of measurement i.e., 3 ''schrit'', a ''shritt'' is an obsolete unit of measurement roughly equal to 75 cm or 29.5 inches, so that 3 ''schritt'' would equal roughly 90 inches or 7.5 feet. Meyer also uses 2 shoe lengths, and then actually uses the word ''Klaffter'' which was: “derived from the span of a man's outstretched arms and was traditionally about 1.80 meters or 5.9 feet” (Wikipedia).</ref></p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 060r.jpg|2|lbl=60r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 060v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[52]</small> '''From the Stepping'''</p>
  
|}
+
<p>Item: If you stand on the line which is lettered A, and the opponent also appears on the same, as the figure shows, and he gives you a cut from his left to your right, and then thrusts straight at your arm, then thrust in likewise with him and ''Indes'' step with your left foot on the B line to the left, thus your point meets and his fails.</p>
{{master subsection end}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 061r.jpg|1|lbl=61r.1}}
  
{{master subsection begin
+
|-
| title = Armored Fencing
+
| <p><small>[53]</small> Item: If you both stand on Line A as previously mentioned and he cuts at your right and then thrusts straight at you, then thrust in likewise with him and step with your left behind your right on the B line to the right and follow further with your right foot to the C line to the right, thus his thrust fails and yours meets. However, if he also steps like you are stepping, then both thrusts parry each other.</p>
| width = 90em
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 061r.jpg|2|lbl=61r.2}}
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
|-
 
! <p>Figures</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[User:JordanFinch|Jordan E. Finch]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|1}}
+
| <p><small>[54]</small> So it is also with the simultaneous cutting which the other transfers, the cut goes on.??? However with stepping, the experience and practice is a better teacher than one can write.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101r.jpg|1|lbl=101r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 061r.jpg|3|lbl=61r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|2}}
+
| <p><small>[55]</small> Bastion is a Low Guard for the feet the same as the hanging. So, hold your weapon before you with extended arm, so that the point hangs downwards to the ground, with this you bar his weapon so that he may not come through, how one shall use them is previously taught.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101r.jpg|2|lbl=101r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 061r.jpg|4|lbl=61r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|3}}
+
| <p><small>[56]</small> Hanging is thus, hold the weapon extended before your face so that the point hangs downwards at the ground, the Bastion and the Hanging are similar, except that the Bastion protects the lower, while the Hanging is a protection before the face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 061r.jpg|5|lbl=61r.5}}
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101r.jpg|3|lbl=101r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101v.jpg|1|lbl=101v.1|p=1}}  
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 061v.jpg|400px|center]]
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|4}}
+
| <p><small>[57]</small> Item: In the rapier and dagger is to fence namely with the dagger on whatever kinds of thrust or blow come to you, so that you can catch them and take them away from you, whether overhand or underhand.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101v.jpg|2|lbl=101v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 061v.jpg|1|lbl=61v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| <p><small>[58]</small> Next, you shall note when you take him out with the dagger then work quickly with the rapier with deception, if you take out with the rapier, then see where you can come with the dagger to an opening or capture his blade quickly with the dagger, bar him there or cut to his opening. If you stand in the Iron Gate in Rappier and dagger.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|5}}
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 061v.jpg|2|lbl=61v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 062r.jpg|1|lbl=62r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101v.jpg|3|lbl=101v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[59]</small> Firstly if one thrusts at you from the left Plow, then displace with your dagger down from you and thrust to his left shoulder, as soon as he slips after with his dagger to parry, then change through with your point by his left arm and thrust him down to the plow, if he parries further, then drive out with the rapier and thrust in from above between both his arms, with a wrench through and thrust him then overhand to the face, remain ''Indes'' with the dagger before the face, beware with this namely your left plow and ox, that is the left side below and above.</p>
{{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|6}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 062r.jpg|2|lbl=62r.2}}
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|1|lbl=102r.1|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|2|lbl=-|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|7}}
+
| <p><small>[60]</small> If one thrusts or cuts at you from the left Ox, then drive down with your dagger and thrust him below his left arm through to his right opening, cut at once from your left below your arm to his forward leg, protect your upper body with the dagger ''Indes'' thrust in from above quickly with a ripping at his face, as it’s taught.<p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|3|lbl=102r.2}}  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 062r.jpg|3|lbl=62r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[61]</small> Item: If one cuts or thrusts at you from right Ox, then set his cut or thrust off with your blade. Instantly drive quickly with your dagger under his blade and turn it out to your left side and then throw a Low Cut from your right to his left hand with which he holds his dagger. Instantly allow your blade to run off again by your right and cut in to his face between both his weapons.</p>
{{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|8}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 062r.jpg|4|lbl=62r.4}}
|
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|4|lbl=102r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|1|lbl=102v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 062v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[62]</small> Item: Position yourself in the Cross Guard how the figure shows and step around the opponent with rear steps in a triangle to both sides,, mislead him with the steps, once you see an opening whether below or above, then cut through to the same, and drive with the dagger straight forth at his face, transfer and cut quickly against to the other side, note if you come onto his blade with your rappers blade, then catch with your dagger on his Rappier’s blade and remain there as long as you can, and thrust then quickly to the next opening.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|9}}
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|062v|jpg|lbl=62v|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063r.jpg|1|lbl=63r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|2|lbl=102v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p><small>[63]</small> Item: In stepping so come with your right foot forward and cut up through his hand from below your left arm so that your weapon flies upwards in the air, cut him then quickly from your right through the feet so that you come again into the Cross Guard how you are taught previously, if he strikes at you, then cut it away from you with a Defensive Strike, and drive forth with the dagger, once you have caught his weapon with your dagger then thrust him to the next opening, and note if you thrust him to an upper opening and he will parry that with his dagger, then pull quickly back through the Rose and thrust him to the lower opening, this is done likewise if your low thrust is displaced, then pull and thrust to upper opening.</p>
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|10}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063r.jpg|2|lbl=63r.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|3|lbl=102v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p><small>[64]</small> Item: If he extends out his dagger to parry, then cut him straight down from above to the same hand, once he jerks his hand upwards to the parry, then pull back and thrust him down between both his weapons, if he parries this, then allow your rapier to run off overhand and cut him from above to the face.</p>
{{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|11}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063r.jpg|3|lbl=63r.3}}
|
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|4|lbl=102v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103r.jpg|1|lbl=103r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|12}}
+
| <p><small>[65]</small> Note a Rule, when you cut under your dagger to the foot from your right, then pull the next quickly back from your left through his foot, the same when you cut from your left under your arm to his foot, so cut quickly back from your right, when you cut through his face from your right above your left arm, or dagger, then cut quickly back from your left above your arm also through his face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103r.jpg|2|lbl=103r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063r.jpg|4|lbl=63r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|13}}
+
| <p><small>[66]</small> Item: But if you cut above your left arm or dagger through his face, then you should strike back from your right under your left arm at his forward most foot, and in all this, whenever you find an opening to stab, you should thrust nimbly and defend yourself with a Defensive Strike to hold him off.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103r.jpg|3|lbl=103r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103v.jpg|1|lbl=103v.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063r.jpg|5|lbl=63r.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063v.jpg|1|lbl=63v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|14}}
+
| <p><small>[67]</small> Item: See that when you have stepped around him in the triangle to his right, then let your left arm sink and strike over your dagger from your left to his right to his right strongly through his foot, ''Indes'' drive quickly out with your dagger and thrust from your right and down between his two arms with a ''threimer''? (Driving Thrust) or wrench upwards through. But if you do not see any opening to thrust, then cut him from your right through to the thigh under your arm, thus you stand in the Cross Guard, from there take him out with the half edge before your dagger so that your weapon runs around into the right Ox and thrust him then to the face or chest with a step to or to your opportunity.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063v.jpg|2|lbl=63v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103v.jpg|2|lbl=103v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[68]</small> In the ''Zufechten'' always come with the right foot forward, lead the dagger high before the face, cut ''Indes'' in front of the dagger over half way to his right foot, from outside, pull or draw the cut quickly back into a thrust, and thrust over hand from your left to his face, ''Indes'' pull the thrust back again and cut him to his forward most leg, to which you have first threatened, the deception goes to both sides.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 063v.jpg|3|lbl=63v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 064r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[69]</small> Note when you should defend yourself, and have taken a dagger then send yourself in the Iron Gate, if he cuts at you from above, then parry the strike up from below on your dagger’s blade and in the parry, spring well in underneath his strike and seize his right hand with your left hand reversed nearby his joint or grasp his weapon on the hilt, then jerk his weapon out to your left side upwards from and work around him with your dagger to the opening or stab him to his right arm, so he must leave the weapon.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|15}}
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|064r|jpg|lbl=64r|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 064v.jpg|1|lbl=64v.1|p=1}}
|
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103v.jpg|3|lbl=103v.1|p=3}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104r.jpg|1|lbl=104r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p><small>[70]</small> If one thrusts at you from below, parry him down from above and spring in at him, quickly grab his arm, wherein he has the weapon or seize his weapon by the crossguard and work him to the face or throat according to the opportunity.</p>
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|16}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 064v.jpg|2|lbl=64v.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104r.jpg|2|lbl=104r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|17}}
+
| <p><small>[71]</small> However, if you don't threaten him with an approach as now described, and you have to defend yourself or suffer harm, then grasp your dagger to throw and throw it into his face or where you threaten to go, and follow quickly after the throw with a spring, and see that you overtake him by his head and right hand.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 064v.jpg|3|lbl=64v.3}}
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104r.jpg|3|lbl=104r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|1|lbl=104v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|18}}
+
| <p><small>[72]</small> Note when you have thrown your dagger at his face, and afterwards have run in at him, then position both your hands crosswise to each other, the right over the left and catch his hilt between both your hands and hold firmly, while turning out to the right side and jerk to you, punch on his elbow with your left.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|2|lbl=104v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 064v.jpg|4|lbl=64v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|19}}
+
| <p><small>[73]</small> Item: If he is strong and you cannot take his weapon, then grab onto the ring, use that to your advantage so you overtake him, grab him by the throat or jab a thumb in his eye, or drive up under his nose, or punch him with your thumb under his chin.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|3|lbl=104v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 064v.jpg|5|lbl=64v.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|20}}
+
| <p><small>[74]</small> '''The First Rule'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|4|lbl=104v.4}}
+
 
 +
<p>Item: If one angrily runs over you with a High Cut, then cut his strike away from you with a diagonal Wrath Cut, close to his Strong, with it you break his grip on his weapon and hand, so that you can then easily cut to another opening before he regains the grip on his weapon, note however in this strike you must step well after once you find that you have weakened his weapon and quickly cut after, pull quickly above you to displace, so that it can't get any better and thrust from you. Then if one strikes at you with a Wrath or Middle Cut, then jump well out from his strike and cut him with a strong Suppressing Cut from above and also on his Strong, quickly jerk your hilt above you, and strike to the next opening, if he cuts at you from below then cut thereafter likewise from above, and once it clashes and he jerks his hilt back upwards to strike, then cut after instantly from below or follow him from below with a thrust to the opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065r.jpg|1|lbl=65r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|21}}
+
| <p><small>[75]</small> '''The Second Rule'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: When one will not cut at the same time as you, but waits after for your strikes, and with ease he follows after with cutting or thrusting, so do to him thus, see in which parry he waits, in the high or Low Guard he holds his weapon, if in the high then cut him diagonally from below strongly upwards, then next cut a Middle Cut from the other side through his face, the third strongly from above, so that you cut through these three cuts skillfully and strongly one after the other, if you will be displaced with his efforts, so then you go over his cut with a slice or parry, then snap with the point quickly around and thrust to the right opening or remain with your weapon on his, and once he pulls off, then thrust after or go in at him and grasp with your left to his hilt which to you can be first.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|5|lbl=104v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|1|lbl=105r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065r.jpg|2|lbl=65r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065v.jpg|1|lbl=65v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|22}}
+
| <p><small>[76]</small> Item: If one will wait on your strike, which has just been mentioned, then position yourself with comportment as if you would furiously strike from above to his left, once you note that he will slip after then pull back and cut up to his lower right opening diagonally, from this way you may pull the cuts from one opening to another and with this, thrust after to your opportunity and your pleasure.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|2|lbl=105r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065v.jpg|2|lbl=65v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|23}}
+
| <p><small>[77]</small> '''The Third Rule'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|3|lbl=105r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>If he holds his weapon too high in the parry, then cut him quickly through the foot and note as soon as he sinks after with his hand to your cut or too the opening, then quickly cut him over his weapon to the face or when he sinks with his hand after your strike, then thrust him over his arm to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065v.jpg|3|lbl=65v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|24}}
+
| <p><small>[78]</small> Item: If one holds his hand down, then cut with a Middle Cut from the right through his face, as soon as he slips upwards, then cut again from the left down through his foot, the third again diagonally to the head.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|4|lbl=105r.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065v.jpg|4|lbl=65v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|25}}
+
| <p><small>[79]</small> Item: Cut him inside from above through to the hand, the second outside to his foot or arm.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065v.jpg|5|lbl=65v.5}}
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|5|lbl=105r.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105v.jpg|1|lbl=105v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|26}}
+
| <p><small>[80]</small> Item: Cut him outside to the arm, as soon as he slips after your cut, then drive down through and thrust him to the body.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105v.jpg|2|lbl=105v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065v.jpg|6|lbl=65v.6}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|27}}
+
| <p><small>[81]</small> Item: Cut him from your right through to the feet and threaten to thrust overhand from outside and over his right arm, but pull cut him outside to the thigh, this goes to both sides.</p>
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|106r|jpg}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 065v.jpg|7|lbl=65v.7}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 106v.jpg|400x400px|center]]
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 066r.jpg|400px|center]]
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|28}}
+
| <p><small>[82]</small> Note so you must defend yourself, if one runs over you with a ''Knebelspiess'' and you only have a Rappier or other single hand weapon, then hold your weapon horizontally in front of you with the point towards the ground before your left foot, if he strikes powerfully at you, then drive above with your weapon and spring in well under his strike, bend down while springing in and keep your hand out from his strike and allow his strike to glance off on your weapon then hastily grab onto his staff with your left hand, ''Indes'' cut quickly to his hand.</p>
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|106v|jpg}}
+
|
 +
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|066r|jpg|lbl=66r|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066v.jpg|1|lbl=66v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|29}}
+
| <p><small>[83]</small> Item: If one thrusts at you and you have your weapon under his as has just been taught, so drive against and set off his thrust upwards above your head, if he instantly pulls off your parry and thrusts again, so turn his other thrust away from above the Ox towards your left side with a big jump and seize his staff like before, in this way you can defend yourself against a long pike, then in sportive use this is not such a good thing to do, but rather against those whom the pulling is reported, especially where one strikes furiously at you, such things are good and go well.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107r.jpg|1|lbl=107r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066v.jpg|2|lbl=66v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|30}}
+
| <p><small>[84]</small> Item: You may also send yourself in the Ox in a hurry, and turn them away through the hanging, note however that you shall rush nimbly to him or under his weapon the higher in the air he is in the distance from you, the less you ???? him, but if he jumps and thrusts at you, then cut away his thrust with a diagonal Wrath Cut, if he strikes then spring to him out from his strike.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107r.jpg|2|lbl=107r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066v.jpg|3|lbl=66v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|31}}
+
| <p><small>[85]</small> '''A short and good rapier lesson which I have extracted as a core from the summarized fencing I have taught here up to now.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107r.jpg|3|lbl=107r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>In this Rapier fencing there are depicted four guards, namely Ox, Iron Gate, Changer to the left together with the right Changer, which also the right Side Guard is otherwise known as.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066v.jpg|4|lbl=66v.4}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066ar.jpg|1|lbl=66ar.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|32}}
+
| <p><small>[86]</small> Item: 2 cuts namely a diagonal Wrath Cut, which is the Watch Strike and will be shifted three ways, firstly through the face, then through the middle of the opponent, the third through the feet. The second cut is the Middle Cut or athwart cut and also has three thrusts through which it is cut, namely through the face, through the middle and through the feet like the diagonal.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107v.jpg|1|lbl=107v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066ar.jpg|2|lbl=66ar.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|33}}
+
| <p><small>[87]</small> Item: It will also be reported; (there are) two thrusts, the first a face thrust, the second a breast thrust, the two guards however which are done in this Rappier fencing, are both Changers, that one should learn together the drivings with Double Changers as it is taught in the Dussack as the Changer Drivings on page 47.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107v.jpg|2|lbl=107v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066ar.jpg|3|lbl=66ar.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|34}}
+
| <p><small>[88]</small> The next Change is done thusly: stand with the right foot forward hold your weapon by your right with the point at the ground, from there cut a Defensive Strike through his right shoulder, so you come again like before by your right, instantly turn your weapon so that the half edge is facing to the rear, flick a Middle Cut through his face, thus you come again to your left, instantly turn your weapon so that the half edge faces out behind you, from there cut a Defensive Strike through his right from your left, these three cuts shall go or be driven quickly into each other, this goes to both sides. The second Change is when you are standing in left Change then take him out with the flat so that your weapon runs around your head and cut him through his right, thus you come into the right Changer, from there take out again with the flat, and cut him through his left, thus you come again into the left Changer, that is the second Change Cut.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 108r.jpg|1|lbl=108r.1}}
+
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066ar.jpg|4|lbl=66ar.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066av.jpg|1|lbl=66av.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|35}}
+
| <p><small>[89]</small> The third Change Cut is done thusly, stand in right Change and cut him from the right through his face that your weapon comes into the left Side Guard, from there cut a Middle Cut through his feet, so the weapon comes to your right side, from there quickly cut a diagonal through his face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 108r.jpg|2|lbl=108r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066av.jpg|2|lbl=66av.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 108v.jpg|400x400px|center]]
+
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|36}}
+
| <p><small>[90]</small> Item: Stand in the previously mentioned Changer and cut the first through his feet from your right, the second a Middle Cut through his face from your left and the third again from your right diagonally through his face. These Change Cuts go from both sides.</p>
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|108v|jpg}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066av.jpg|3|lbl=66av.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|37}}
+
|  
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 109r.jpg|1|lbl=109r.1}}
+
| <p><small>[91]</small> '''Changer to the right or the right Side Guard'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Note when you stand in the Changer to your right, and he thrusts or cuts from above then take out with the flat with straight arm so that your point remains before his face, thus your weapon comes into the left Ox, then allow your point to sink downwards and drive with the point under his arm from inside through to his body, instantly heave your hilt upwards and allow the point to sink downwards and with that jerk your hilt and weapon out to your left side, from there cut a Defensive Strike through his right thus you come again into the right Changer.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066av.jpg|4|lbl=66av.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|38}}
+
| <p><small>[92]</small> Item: Take out like before and cut him to the inside of his forward most leg, thus you come in the left Changer, if he thrusts then set it off with the long edge, and turn his thrust overhand to his face and quickly wind again around on his blade and thrust him to the hip, reverse and jerk out to your left side and cut a Defensive Strike through his right, thus you come again in the right Changer, from there take out further with hanging and thrust overhand to the face, cut into the Iron Gate.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 109r.jpg|2|lbl=109r.2}}
+
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066av.jpg|5|lbl=66av.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|1|lbl=66br.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 109v.jpg|400x400px|center]]
+
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|39}}
+
| <p><small>[93]</small> Item: Take out as described above and thrust overhand to his face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 109r.jpg|3|lbl=109r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|2|lbl=66br.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|40}}
+
|  
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110r.jpg|1|lbl=110r.1}}
+
| <p><small>[94]</small> Item: Take out and threaten him with an overhand thrust, but pull and cut him from outside through his right leg and then cut a Defensive Strike quickly through his left from your right.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|3|lbl=66br.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|41}}
+
| <p><small>[95]</small> '''Changer to the left'''</p>
|
+
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110r.jpg|2|lbl=110r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|1|lbl=110v.1|p=1}}
+
<p>Note when you stand in left Changer, then take out with the flat so that the weapon shoots around above your head, threaten him with a hand thrust, pull and cut from your right through his forward most leg and thrust him from the left Ox overhand to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|4|lbl=66br.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|42}}
+
| <p><small>[96]</small> Item: Take out and from your head outside to his right leg, thus you come to the right side, from there take out through the hanging and thrust him inside to his face, do not forget the step.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|2|lbl=110v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|5|lbl=66br.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|43}}
+
| <p><small>[97]</small> Item: Take out with the half edge strongly upwards and cut from above inside through to his hand, and thrust him overhand to the face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|3|lbl=110v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|6|lbl=66br.6}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|44}}
+
| <p><small>[98]</small> '''Iron Gate'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|4|lbl=110v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111r.jpg|1|lbl=111r.1|p=1}}
+
 
 +
<p>From the Iron Gate fight with the Change Cuts how they are previously taught, deliver the thrusts to your opportunity or attack with a Defensive Strike, thus you come at once in the previously written ''Stuck''.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|7|lbl=66br.7}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|45}}
+
| <p><small>[99]</small> Item: If he allows you to bind on the forward most part of his blade from the right, then wrench out to your left side, so that you come into the left Ox, thrust him at once under his arm inside to the chest, turn with the hilt to your left side and cut a Defensive Strike through his right, how all things in the ''Stuck'' with the ??? are listed.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111r.jpg|2|lbl=111r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066br.jpg|8|lbl=66br.8}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|46}}
+
| <p><small>[100]</small> '''Ox or High Guard'''</p>
|
 
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111r.jpg|3|lbl=111r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|1|lbl=111v.1|p=1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Item: If you stand in the Iron Gate then change upwards into the right Ox, if he thrusts, then take out through the hanging and thrust to his face, but if he thrusts simultaneously that you transmute in Ox, then cut him through his hand from above that you come into the left Changer, from there take out and thrust after.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066bv.jpg|1|lbl=66bv.1}}
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|47}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|2|lbl=111v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|48}}
+
| <p><small>[101]</small> Item: If you stand in Ox or Iron Gate so that your blade is to your left side, then drive under and through, thrust him outside and over his right arm an inside thrust to the face, then turn it and cut through the belly, so that your weapon comes into the left Changer, instantly thrust from below inside to his body.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|3|lbl=111v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066bv.jpg|2|lbl=66bv.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|49}}
+
| <p><small>[102]</small> Item: If you have your blade to his right side, then drive through below and thrust inside to his waist, turn with the hilt to your left and cut him from outside over his right arm so that your weapons again comes into the left Changer and thrust below and inside to his body with a step out.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|4|lbl=111v.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066bv.jpg|3|lbl=66bv.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|50}}
+
| <p><small>[103]</small> Item: If you stand in the Iron Gate, and he thrusts from his right to your left, then set off and cut a Defensive Strike inside through his face thus you come into the right Changer, from there take out with hanging.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|5|lbl=111v.5}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066bv.jpg|4|lbl=66bv.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" | {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|51}}
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[104]</small> These ''Stuck'', along with the Change Cuts, should be changed from one ''Stuck'' to another and from one cut to another, and also varied with the thrusts. The man who wants to defend himself with the rapier, should diligently study this book.</p>
| class="noline" |  
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 066bv.jpg|5|lbl=66bv.5}}
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|6|lbl=111v.6|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|112r|jpg|p=1}}
 
  
 
|}
 
|}
 
{{master subsection end}}
 
{{master subsection end}}
{{master end}}
 
  
{{master begin
+
{{master subsection begin
| title = Solms Treatise (1563-8)
+
  | title = Dagger
| width = 100%
 
}}
 
{{master subsection begin
 
  | title = Dedication
 
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
+
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 02v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''To the Well born Lord, Duke Ottbo Count of Solms, Lord of Munzenberg and Sonnewaldt my Gracious Sir'''<br/><br/></p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Dagger fencing and Wrestling ''Stuck'''''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>In dagger there are three guards, namely the High Guard and the Low Guard on both sides. The third Guard is in front of you by the forward most thigh or chest with crossed hands, or else with both hands close to each other.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067r.jpg|1|lbl=67r.1}}
  
<p>Well born Gracious Sir, Your Grace, my subservience and willing service, is as every time before. Kindly Sir, it's not without particular Reasons that the Old Writings of the Knightly Free Art of Fencing  with all diligence, in their Books are praised and reposed and the Princes and gentlemen themselves, with earnestness Ordered namely but that more portions of Knightly Fighting and forthright strikes from there have arisen from trustworthy, credible words, that what through' splendid feelings for Manhood originated, for the Praise also thereby in the Highest Command and administration of War will be attained/revealed not solely in the History of the Greeks and Romans but is especially proven also through daily experience, that the training in various Knights games and Fencing, is learned with diligence, like those same  practices that came long before, and it is masterful with all speed. Then more to our times Princes and Noblemen no less, lve it, and to the highest advancement than our Old Riders, how then also, You Grace, besides other free Arts, associates this manly Art with earnestness, and therefore I, Your grace, as an innocent Fencing Master, to this end, I must Instruct your grace which I in all Subservience and with willful courage have accepted, and while I am not alone, a particular beauty to such Art, but rather through Your Grace’s, merciful and consecrated will, you have sensed and found out about me I have no knowledge and Way but with it I, Your Grace, in such Art can subserviently serve and want to save, so this Fencing manual was put together, and all ''Stücken'' described, to Your Grace, and delivered in the subservient hope, that Your grace, would not only learn the techniques that are taught here, but through them thus they be cast in memory to be held, but rather also will swift and useful ''Stücken'' hence be learnt from not less than, thus, a similar Fencing master, that Your Grace will have had. I beg thus in subservience Your grace, wants a work such as mine, although unwary and minor a work, than that from one, Your grace, to all possible service in subservience and wholeheartedly, studiously flowed and graciously will accept. Of this will I, Your Grace, subserviently serve and wherewith I can pleasurably show, also to the Highest solicitude. May that the Almighty would confer on Your Grace, besides other prosperity, also long life in good health and Freedoms.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|03r|jpg|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|03v|jpg|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 04r.jpg|1|lbl=04r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> Item: From you there are only three thrusts, namely High, Low and Thwart thrust, however you will find seven openings, namely the back of the neck/head, the throat, armpit, hip joint, hand thrust, knee joint, and the groin how well you don't need use of all of them with the bare body, but rather in the armor with the fighting daggers.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067r.jpg|2|lbl=67r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" |  
+
|  
| class="noline" | <p>Your Grace</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''The first guard'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Stand with your right foot forward the dagger above your head, so that the tip remains pointed out at the opponent's face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067r.jpg|3|lbl=67r.3}}
  
<p>Subserviently Willing</p>
+
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[4]</small> If someone stabs at you whether from below or athwart, so thrust through from above with the ''threner''?, the next thrust in through the cross again, the third one a horizontal thrust through his left, drive with the pommel from your left again upwards, into the previously reported guard with a Driving Through.<ref>''Kelen'' = throat, ''Ancken'' = back of neck/head.</ref></p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067r.jpg|4|lbl=67r.4}}
  
<p>Joachim Meyer<br/>Fencing Master</p>
+
|-
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 04r.jpg|2|lbl=04r.2|p=1}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[5]</small> '''The Second Guard'''</p>
  
|}
+
<p>Note: Then stand with the left foot forward hold your dagger low beside the inside knee, the tip pointed upwards towards the opponent.</p>
{{master subsection end}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067v.jpg|1|lbl=67v.1}}
  
{{master subsection begin
 
| title = Sword
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
|
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> Item: If one stabs from above, then thrust from below against him with a middle thrust from your right side, so that you come back again into the described guard.</p>
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A..2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067v.jpg|2|lbl=67v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 05r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Sword Fencing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> '''The Third Guard'''</p>
  
<p>Firstly will each one of the actions in Fencing be divided into three parts which are particularly good to note. In the Sword this is namely attacking, followed by the withdrawal or other than to the first to reach it, send your attacks through the guards and cut like they follow afterwards here, however to the other parts and the middle work, this will be reprinted with the handworks, and a mixture of convenient cuts. Onwards to the last, or the withdrawal, how orderly each one will hereafter be diligently written and taught.</p>
+
<p>Hold your hands cross-wise one above the other in front of you, the right over the left, the dagger on the right arm, and if someone stabs at you from above, then drive up with the arms and capture the strike between your two hands on the dagger’s blade, ''Indes'' grab his right hand with your left hand and jerk him to you towards your left and stab him to the opening.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06r.jpg|1|lbl=6r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067v.jpg|3|lbl=67v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Secondly one should note the Before and After, Weak and Strong. The Before is when you drive with your ''Stücken'' so that he cannot come to his senses, especially by positioning yourself close, and how he defends before your ''Stücken'' and these same would like to break and bar, with this, he runs off the Before to you. The After is, when you have been rushed upon by your opponent how it is reported next and above. Thus you should respond ''Indes'' quickly with convenient work, with this, you are strongest on his ''Stücken'', when you lay on with your work in the Before, and in this you are crowded so that you must displace him after, thus is a constant changing with the Before and After, now you have it, then he does. But he who does not pay attention to it, he will nonetheless never learn to fence.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06r.jpg|2|lbl=6r.2}}
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> So these are the three guards with their short rules from the ''Zufechten'', as will be seen here further on.<p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 067v.jpg|4|lbl=67v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 068r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Divisions of the sword to the Weak and Strong'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> Item: If one thrusts with a High Strike, then capture his thrust with inverted hand (left) and wrench it around from you, and with your right hand together with the dagger thrust up from below inside to his joint (elbow), so you break his arm.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|068r|jpg|lbl=68r}}
  
<p>The Sword is firstly divided in two parts, namely from the grip to the middle of the blade which is known as the Strong, from the middle to the most forward, is the Weak.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|1|lbl=6v.1}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[10]</small> If someone thrusts high at you, then drive up from below under his arm with dagger horizontal so that your dagger lays across on your arm, while you are displacing him then simultaneously and quickly grab with your left hand to his right, drive quickly upwards with the pommel through and between both his arms and with the dagger next to your right, go up above you and stab him quickly to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 068v.jpg|1|lbl=68v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Furthermore is the sword divided in four parts how the figure below this shows. With the inward part, that is the haft, and [with it] the work with the pommel and cross and haft will be understood, in the next part, thereafter will the work with cutting and pushing and what belongs to the Strong be understood, to the third part of the sword should be noted the alterable work of the Weak and Strong after opportunity and liking. Which alone is extremely weak for you to work properly to the Openings.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|2|lbl=6v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> Item: Lay the dagger on your arm and if someone thrusts you from below then displace from above down onto the middle of the blade and drive it with the pommel to his face, so that he must defend himself, then go under his right from below and drive upwards with your left hand to take him out and stab him in the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 068v.jpg|2|lbl=68v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Hard and Soft'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> If one thrusts at you from outside to the head or such, so thrust over his right arm and catch him with your dagger and jerk that to your right breast, hit him with your left hand to the joint of his elbow and break his arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 068v.jpg|3|lbl=68v.3}}
  
<p>Thus you shall mark in the binding of the swords, as you shall feel if he has become hard or soft in the bind, with the cut.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|3|lbl=6v.3}}
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 069r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[13]</small> Item: If one thrusts at you from above, then thrust from outside and over his right arm, pull him to you, step with the left foot behind his right, and with your left hand grab his left shoulder from around and behind him, and pull him to your left side over your forward placed leg.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|069r|jpg|lbl=69r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If he is yet again, strong or weak, and is usually more watchful of the weak binding before the strong, how hereafter in the fencing it can be seen.</p>
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> Item: If one thrusts at you from above, then catch his right hand with your reversed left hand, and wrench it up and around away from you and spring in with your right foot behind his right and drive with the dagger pommel together with your open hand onto the front of his throat, throw him from you. </p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|4|lbl=6v.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 069v.jpg|1|lbl=69v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>With this however the Sword fencing and the following written ''Stuck'' is more understandable thus as I explain my ''Zedel'' according to the rules, as I want the words to have understanding so I have named the order; the Beginning, Middle and End.</p>
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> Counter: Pull your right hand towards you, and fold your left arm over your right hand, swing yourself around with this to your right side.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|5|lbl=6v.5}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 069v.jpg|2|lbl=69v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Follow the Sword ''Zedel'''''</p>
+
| <p><small>[16]</small> Item: Stand with your left foot forward, take hold of your dagger in the middle next to your right, so that the pommel stands out above your hand, if one thrusts at you, then displace the thrust with your left hand and thrust up instantly with the pommel over his arm to his face, and note as soon as he will displace your thrust, then pull yours again back to you and drive through from below upwards at him from the inside and between both his arms to his chin, stab him from above through his face with a step back.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 069v.jpg|3|lbl=69v.3}}
  
<p>'''The Four Main guards'''</p>
+
|-
 +
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 070r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[17]</small> Note: If one thrusts at you from above, then capture his right with your left hand in the air and reach with your right under and through his arm from outside and around so that your right comes back to your left side lift with both hands well above, step with your right foot behind his right and break him away from you as depicted here.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|070r|jpg|lbl=70r}}
  
<p>From the Roof, Fool, Ox, Plow</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|1|lbl=7r.1}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[18]</small> Position yourself in the Low Guard to the right, take note when he will pull up to thrust, that you immediately step through with your right foot between you and him to his right and thrust to his head from outside and over his right arm, as soon as he pulls up to displace, then jerk your thrust back to you and thrust from under to his right armpit, the third, thrust through with a wrench from your left over his arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 070v.jpg|1|lbl=70v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Eight Secondary Guards'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> Position yourself in the Low Guard to the left, then drive out with your dagger and threaten his head from outside and over his right arm, quickly pull back and thrust him upwards from under his arm to his head, ''Indes'' thrust away again from your left over his right arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 070v.jpg|2|lbl=70v.2}}
  
<p>Long-point, Iron Door, Hanging Point, Speak Window, Key, Side Guard, Barrier Guard, Wrath Guard</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|2|lbl=7r.2}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[20]</small> Item: If one thrusts at you from below then grab with your left hand on your daggers blade, and displace his thrust from above between both your hands and seize his dagger blade to yours with your left hand and drive down and through with the dagger pommel outside and over his hand, then break upwards with your right hand, that he must let go of his dagger.<ref>''Uchsen'' = armpit (grimms), ''Koll'' = Head.</ref></p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 070v.jpg|3|lbl=70v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Five Master-Cuts'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> If one thrusts at you with a high thrust and with rage, then capture him under his right arm with your hand, and grab him firmly behind the elbow, then stab him to the anterior shoulder, or the heart cavity, or to the face, then immediately thrust through at his right arm, with two Thwart thrusts from both sides, you may also throw him over your leg.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 071r.jpg|1|lbl=71r.1}}
  
<p>Wrath Cut, Crooked Cut, Thwart Cut, Squinting Cut, Scalper</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|3|lbl=7r.3}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[22]</small> Item: Run in under his high thrust with your left, how it was just taught, and grab his forward thigh, with the dagger jerk back to you, then push up and away from you, thus he falls.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 071r.jpg|2|lbl=71r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Six Covert Cuts'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> Item: If one thrusts from above at you, so hold your hands crosswise, your right hand on top so that the dagger lays long ways on your arm, then capture his arm between both your hands and in this displacement grab his dagger with your previously mentioned hand and force it around to your left side.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 071r.jpg|3|lbl=71r.3}}
<p>Blinding Cut, Bouncing Cut, Short Cut, Knuckle Cut, Clashing Cut, Wind Cut</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|4|lbl=7r.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Handworks in the Sword'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> Counter: Step with your right foot behind his left leg, grab with your left hand onto his right elbow and throw him over your right leg.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 071r.jpg|4|lbl=71r.4}}
  
<p>Bind On, Remain, Cut, Strike Around, Travel After, Snap Around, Run Off, Doubling, Leading, Flying, Feeling, Circle, Looping, Winding, Winding Through, Reverse, Change Through, Run over, Set Off, Cut Off, Pull, Hand Press, Displace, Hanging, Blocking, Barring, Travel out, Grab over, Weak pushing</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|5|lbl=7r.5}}
+
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 071v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[25]</small> If one thrusts from above, then step with your left foot well in to him and capture his thrust with crossed hands, and in the parrying drive him around from inside to the outside over his right arm and break this out to your right side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 071v.jpg|1|lbl=71v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 07v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| <p><small>[26]</small> Counter: Spring with the left foot to him, and grab his right elbow with your left hand and pull him over your right arm.</p>
| <p>'''From the Four Openings and Divisions'''</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 071v.jpg|2|lbl=71v.2}}
  
<p>Firstly will the opponent be divided in two sections, namely left and right, how the lines in the figure above is shown, thereafter in two more divisions namely under and over, the above two openings would be the Ox, to divide the under two, the Plow. Whose use one should thus firstly note, in which division he leads his sword under or above, to the right or the left/ when you have seen that, thus attack against him at once from above, it is about the location, otherwise, take a general example of this:</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07v.jpg|1|lbl=7v.1}}
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 072r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[27]</small> Item: Parry his high thrust with your dagger (laying) across on your right arm, and grab his sleeve with your left hand by his right elbow hold him strongly to your right breast and thrust him behind to the back of his neck.<ref>''Ancken'' = back of head/neck.</ref></p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|072r|jpg|lbl=72r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>In ''Zufechten'', thus both of you have come together, and you see that he leads his sword to his right in the high opening, in Ox or Wrath Guard, thus attack in to his lower left opening, if not, then it is much more important that you provoke him to meet you. As soon as this clashes, or will, thus pull around your head and strike him high to the opening from which he came. This is namely to his right ear, with the half edge and crossed hands. This is the correct Squinting Cut.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07v.jpg|2|lbl=7v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08r.jpg|1|lbl=8r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[28]</small> Item: If one thrusts from above, then drive under his right arm with crossed hands so that your left is above his and grab his right arm with your left hand and thrust him to the hip or below his right side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 072v.jpg|1|lbl=72v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Another'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[29]</small> Item: In the ''Zufechten'', take your dagger by the middle and drive down on him strongly through to your right with the dagger horizontal, then next; thrust him from your right with a middle thrust so that you come into the left Low Guard, if he thrusts after, then take this away up from your left with the pommel and thrust him up and over his right to his head or face.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 072v.jpg|2|lbl=72v.2}}
<p>Thus when one holds his Sword to the left in ''Zufechten'', then go through before him from your right and cut with strength to his right, as soon as he swipes after to the strike thus pull a looping to the left opening, if he swipes after this, however, thus allow it to fly around again, thus drive each opening to the other, crosswise and against one another after your opportunity.</p>
 
 
 
<p>It is every fencer's [desire] that he quickly knows from all strikes, to which opening the cut is coming, ''Indes'' quickly there and follow after, if I however can decide, then I want to instruct about the displacing upwards in hanging.</p>
 
 
 
<p>It is stated in the ancient Verses, who often displaces, will often be injured.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08r.jpg|2|lbl=8r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Liechtenauer said in his secret verses, that "displacing hurts you, if you wish it on yourself", therefore shall every fencer know that he is to be the first with attacking and following, then to every fencer that is known to watch and wait on another, from this he shall come to no harm, or at the least, if he does not fight much.</p>
+
| <p><small>[30]</small> Note: If you are positioned in the Guard from the Roof (High Guard), then thrust down to his arm from above, whether from outside or inside.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 072v.jpg|3|lbl=72v.3}}
  
<p>A proper fencer, who does not displace much, will have the greatest advantage. Thus, when he strikes you also strike, when he thrusts you also thrust, when he steps you also step. Where two equal strikes come together, thus they bring you to displacing, when however one will cut from above, and then next he goes against with a Thwart, thus he sets off, and steps with one another, thus simultaneously should one have a step out, with the same cut and therein with advantage also pay attention to his openings. Thus should every fencer know that he is soon attentive how it is also shown above, that where two good fencers have come together, which I have attentively married together in the illustrations.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08r.jpg|3|lbl=8r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08v.jpg|1|lbl=8v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[31]</small> Item: If you are positioned in the Low Guard, and where he would thrust from above at you, then stab him with the dagger from below against his arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 072v.jpg|4|lbl=72v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus have I put forth a short and summary knowledge of sword-fighting and all noteworthy ''Stücken'' and also the translations of which the divisions that are obscured, are clarified in measure and thereafter it enters and then next goes in three divisions, namely how it was previously reported, Onset or Attacking, Pressing After or the middle work, the last is to Withdraw or end and therefore so that one may better understand I will shortly reiterate.</p>
+
| <p><small>[32]</small> Item: In those ''Stucken'' that he wants to do to your right arm, whether with both hands or a single hand, then strike him strongly up from below with your left arm to his arm joint (elbow), or fall down onto his arm joint from outside and above with thrusting or striking or grab onto him with wrestling.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 072v.jpg|5|lbl=72v.5}}
  
<p>Thus, to the attacks have I put forth the guards in which one should not delay, or wait in them, but rather as a result must your necessary courage with whose reported cuts, go once or twice to your opportunity, so that he must then engage and that the Before has escaped Him, thus to another opening should one work after with various offensive handworks, beholding with the Before, as such handworks are stated above as a three in one handwork, thus to crowd and close so that one may come to the withdraw without shame.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08v.jpg|2|lbl=8v.2}}
+
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 073r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[33]</small> Item: Capture his right arm with your right hand and reach over his right arm in front of his chest onto his left arm by the lower thumb* and hold fast or grab him around his neck and throw him over your leg.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 073r.jpg|1|lbl=73r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| <p><small>[34]</small> Item: Displace his low thrust with the dagger and reach around from outside and over both arms and grab your dagger under his hand again, then jerk to your left side with crossed hands towards you, so that he must release the dagger.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of this, I will give an example'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 073r.jpg|2|lbl=73r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 073v.jpg|1|lbl=73v.1|p=1}}
  
<p>If one fights against you in the guard of the Roof, thus you come in ''Zufechten'' into the Side Guard, you must above all not wait in that long, then when he bears witness to the strike and as soon as he brings his sword into the air, thus lay on against him with a Thwart strike, instantly as it clashes, thus cut quickly again around with the long Thwart, to the other side of his sword, that is now attacking, if he strikes around, thus you cut after, if he displaces, then deceive him with the weak, so that you cut him in the After.</p>
+
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[35]</small> Note: If one thrusts at you from above, then displace his thrust between your two crossed hands, and wrench downwards to yourself, and let go with your left hand and thrust him to his right armpit, swinging him to your right side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 073v.jpg|2|lbl=73v.2}}
  
<p>If he is hard thus you are soft<br/>If he cuts, so you counter,<br/>If he displaces, then you cut</p>
+
|-
 
+
|
<p>Thirdly; also have instant attention for your opportunity to Withdraw.</p>
+
| <p><small>[36]</small> Item: Displace the low thrust with your left hand or arm, and bend it over from the outside and with your right hand grab his elbow back towards you and pull his hand through his back, then take off your right hand and grab his arm with it, bending his hand towards you, and he will fall.</p>
| {{paget|Page:MS A..2|09r|jpg|lbl=9r}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 073v.jpg|3|lbl=73v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''See that you are the first on the field;<br/>Before your opponent adopts a posture, lay on against him.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[37]</small> '''Wrestling and the Forbidden Attacks''' that shall not be allowed in the Open Schools<ref>''Offenern Schulen''- this word is synonymous with the ''Fechtschulen'', “''Offenen''” basically means public or Open schools. See Wassmansdorff, many original examples.</ref></p>
  
<p>Thus note that when you wish to fight with someone, then see that you are the first to be in place so that you can act in a timely manner in your intended ''Stück'', then you shall forcefully continue against him with cuts that he cannot send himself into a guard or ''Stück'' But rather you shall show that you will rush over him with sudden stepping before he realizes it. How it is then further clarified by the following Rhyme.</p>
+
<p>Namely, the murder thrust to the Temple, to the groin, arm breaking, leg breaking, knee thrusts finger severing and breaking, neck thrusts, throat thrusts and eye gouging.<ref>''Genick''=neck, ''fingerlössen''=finger severing, ''Mauss''=ball of the hand below thumb.. ''Schlöff''=may be Swiss variation of ''schläfe'' or temple.</ref></p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10r.jpg|1|lbl=10r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 073v.jpg|4|lbl=73v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Pay heed to Instantly, understand me rightly,<br/>Hit him before he adopts his posture.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[38]</small> Item: If someone grabs you by the arms with wrestling, then rush to take hold of him, with your left hand jerk his left hand to you and shoot immediately with your right arm from outside and over his left so that your elbow is forward on his chest or his chin and step at once with your right foot behind his left foot and throw him off his feet.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 073v.jpg|5|lbl=73v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 074r.jpg|1|lbl=74r.1|p=1}}
  
<p>This is when you are in the ''Zufechten'' and he is just about to you, then note when he acts as if he will adopt a posture, then do not allow him to rest or come to it, but rather always attack first, and as he is choosing a posture, lay on at once to the next opening, and position yourself as if you would to cut strongly, but do not do this, rather allow it to fail or flit to another opening, then as soon as you are at the midway part of your sword on his Sword, do not await, but rather, Thwart, Strike Around, Wrench Out, Slice, Wind, and what other types of work there may be.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10r.jpg|2|lbl=10r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10v.jpg|1|lbl=10v|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[39]</small> If he grabs you with wrestling and does not have a good hold on you, then grab his right hand with your right hand and jerk it towards you, grab his elbow with your left hand and strive with the left for his right, so swing him over it, or break his arm, then fall on his arm with your chest.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 074r.jpg|2|lbl=74r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''For you no guard will come so good<br/>In the After you strike out freely, boldly.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[40]</small> Item: With your left hand grasp his left, and jerk him toward you. and force his right arm outwards and over his left, then grab his right arm with your right hand, and step with your right foot to him and wrestle him to your left side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 074r.jpg|3|lbl=74r.3}}
  
<p>But it makes you wonder, as such, how can there be still many good guards, and hence, you yourself have seen taught here many good techniques, answer, it is true, there are many good guards and will be fought from a number of good and beautiful techniques. As I have included several in this book for you. However this rhyme teaches you that it is always better to not settle into a guard. It guards you not at all, to show someone with your guard, what you will do amid the fight, that may your cutting through not be brought so far.</p>
+
|-
 
+
|
<p>In this, learn from the rhyme, when you should do it. Namely in the After that is when you should take him, when he keeps his guard, or stays in a guard, then cut him to the opposite opening, as soon as he goes towards your strike with his displacing, and is out of his guard, and whether it connects or doesn’t connect, then pull around your head and strike, especially to the part or quarter line from where he has struck from.</p>
+
| <p><small>[41]</small> Item: If one grabs you by the arms, and you also grab his, then release your right hand and drive through from below and strike the joint of his right arm, and so break through from below, upwards and seize him by the right elbow, and with the left hand grasp under the elbow against his arm and step with your right foot between his legs, or at least against them, and push from you.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10v.jpg|2|lbl=10v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 074v.jpg|1|lbl=74v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Of this I will give to you an example:</p>
+
| <p><small>[42]</small> Note: When one grabs around your body under your arms, whether with the left or the right, then strike with the same arm from outside onto his joint and turn yourself from him.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 074v.jpg|2|lbl=74v.2}}
<p>When one stands before you in the right Wrath Guard in the ''Zufechten'', as soon as you note that he will remain in the Wrath Guard, thus cut through to him, still that you are not too close, and in cutting through, allow your sword to fly around in the air, so that you would come into the right Ox, but before you complete this, or when you have sent this gesture, then step quickly, before he will properly defend, and cut to his left, from under so that your hands remain high, with this you force him, that he must leave his guard to displace, or with a step back, cut in at the same time as you, as soon as the swords connect, pull around the head and cut with crossed hands to his right ear with a Squinting Cut, in an arc, to where his departure has made him open, how the Figure shows, it is a lofty attack or onset, in which you should take great heed to the steps, and the body should well follow the cuts.</p>
 
 
 
<p>When you threaten to cut to a place, then you can readily deceive him, therefore in such attacks you must take the ground, as it were, and in your approach act as if you would step small and tight and before he is aware step broadly forth to the attack, allow yourself at first to be seen taking large steps, in this he takes notice, and will meet you quickly in earnest, to get there before you, thus withhold your step and do it moderately, so that he is otherwise in this you take your advantage, and as soon as you see it, that you are quickly at him again with broad stepping.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS A..2|11r|jpg}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The cuts you send powerfully from your body<br/>To the four openings carry out your work.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[43]</small> Item: Beware when he holds his feet straight, then step against him. Note in all wrestling that he doesn’t kick you to the groin, so pay attention to when he will lift his foot to kick your groin, then kick out with your foot against his, follow after him then with a strike or kick to his groin.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 074v.jpg|3|lbl=74v.3}}
<p>In this rhyme two things are realized, firstly, to the cutting secondly, to the four openings of the Man, to which the cuts will be cut, and note that you cut all cuts with outstretched arms, and with this reach far to the man, also as soon as a cut from one side fails, thus you should quickly cut to the opposite side.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 11v.jpg|1|lbl=11v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If however you step up and are going strong, thus cut quickly around to the other side, also when you will cut to an opening, thus note that as soon as he goes to displace your cut, thus do not allow them to connect, (where it is useful to you) but rather pull free your sword and let it fly around again and strike to another opening, reach far from you with the cuts, and you must step correctly with this, thus fine changing and changing through on the shield comes to you, and so you won’t be harmed see that you cut to the body and not to the sword, from the Second part of this rhyme the verses teach this, also I will write further of this in 38 rhymes, and still more of the same.</p>
+
| <p><small>[44]</small> Item: If one has already grabbed or intends to grab at you with open hands, then see that you catch one of his fingers and break it upwards, thus he must release you or else lose to your advantage.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 11v.jpg|2|lbl=11v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 074v.jpg|4|lbl=74v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''When you Crooked Cut go up quickly<br/>Throw the point with crossed hands.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[45]</small> Item: If you wrestle with one who is nearly equal, see that both your arms go low and grab him around the middle, lift him off the ground while stomping on his foot with your foot, heave yourself to the other side, thus he falls.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 075r.jpg|1|lbl=75r.1}}
  
<p>Note the Crooked Cuts are many, and that all cuts that are done with hands put crosswise or crossed, will be known as Crooked Cuts.</p>
+
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[46]</small> Item: When someone grabs you around the body and will lift you up to throw you down put one knee hard between both his legs, so he may not lift you, and be careful how soon he lifts you, and to which side he lifts you, then ''hilff'' him on the other.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 075r.jpg|2|lbl=75r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[47]</small> Note: If one catches you low on your leg to throw you, then meet him with your body on his and catch him with your left hand around his neck, and force him to you, with your right hand, and keep your advantage.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 075r.jpg|3|lbl=75r.3}}
  
<p>Hence the one, Squinter is also counted among the Crooked Cuts and it applies equally to the long or short edges, thus it is a Crooked Cut when you hold your hands crosswise.</p>
+
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[48]</small> Note: When one will grab onto your shoulders or arms, then strike out with both hands from below and separate his arms, then catch him by the leg and pull to you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 075r.jpg|4|lbl=75r.4}}
  
<p>And firstly when one will cut straight to your head, from his right, thus step with your right foot well out from his strike, to his left, so that you avoid his strike with a spring to his left and likewise cut from your right with crossed hands, against his cut, thus you come with your blade between his head and sword, on his short edge, which is facing him, and when it connects, then step further around to his left side with your right foot, and displace or transfer your sword's blade from his, onto his arm, between his head and sword, in this you will have seen the opening, to which the you may cut and see that you don't wait long but rather allow your cuts to fly quickly to the openings.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 11v.jpg|3|lbl=11v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 12r.jpg|1|lbl=12r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[49]</small> Notice with what wrestling one wants to attack you, then see when he attacks you, that you close your fists hard and put them to your sides, or both sides of your chest, and push with the elbows out around you, swinging yourself free, then attack him quickly thereafter according to your advantage.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 075v.jpg|1|lbl=75v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Note when you approach him in the ''Zufechten'', then see when he shows his arm will strike, thus cross your hands while in the air yet that they remain high, and throw the point at his hand or arms, that is the weak or the furthest part of the blade, and that should happen when he goes up to strike, and before he is ready, thus be on his blade, with a Thwart Cut, for such techniques should fly and go quickly.</p>
+
| <p><small>[50]</small> Note that if you seize a man by the hand in a hurry, jerk him to you, and drive with your other hand around his neck so that your hand comes back around to your chest, and grab your clothes and force him hard towards you, thus you will have caught him for the throw.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 12r.jpg|2|lbl=12r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 075v.jpg|2|lbl=75v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 12v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>'''Allow the Circle to connect to the right<br/>Hold your hands high, you will deceive him.'''</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[51]</small> Item: Grab him by his right hand, swing it up and go through under his arm. Then step with your right foot between both his legs, grab from outside with your right hand around his leg, pull his right arm well towards you over your shoulder and heave upwards, throwing him to your liking.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 075v.jpg|3|lbl=75v.3}}
  
<p>The Circle also comes from the Crooked Cuts and is a particularly good technique for deception, compared to others, because it does not just run off, unlike other deceptive techniques, like Running Off and the like, but rather when one does it correctly and strikes the Circle very hard with the short edge in running by.</p>
+
|}
 +
{{master subsection end}}
  
<p>This ''Stück'' goes thus, (after you have come under his sword in the attack) when your stay in the bind, and drive your sword over the head, as soon as he gives a little room, so that he is not binding on the sword, but rather drives his sword then high above you, then cross your hands in the air, and cut from above with the short edge thus put crosswise, down to his right ear, so that whether your blade hits or not, it runs around in a circle by his right arm, and in this keep your hands high above your head, as soon as he slips after the Circle, then step with your left foot well on to his right side, and cut in at his head with the Long edge, over his right arm, behind his blade, take your body and head well away from his strike with a step to your left side.</p>
+
{{master subsection begin
| {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|13r|jpg}}
+
| title = Polearms
 +
| width = 100%
 +
}}
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = Staff
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A good ''Stück'' from the Circle'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Staff fencing which is a precedent''' and root of all long weapons such as halberd, ''Schefflin Knebelspieß'' and long pike</p>
  
<p>When you stand before one in this same work, how you have previously been taught, thus pay attention when your advantage will come, then step aside at once with your left foot out to your left side, and cut with a circle to his right while you are stepping but that in running past to the right, it grazes, and also with this Circle, step through with your right foot between you and him, in to his right side, with this stepping through, cut a Thwart Cut from your right to his left, forwards to the face ''Indes'' spring well out to his right and cut him long after to his head.</p>
+
<p>The staff has four parries, namely in the binding two to both sides, in setting off and slicing off and clearing away, item: one in the middle, also to both sides. Further it has eight bindings, four bindings above and below, and in front of each hand one and two in the middle of the staff.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 13v.jpg|1|lbl=13v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078r.jpg|1|lbl=78r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 14r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''With the Crooked step well if you want to displace<br/>The crossing over, does him harm.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> You should also pay attention to the four parts of the staff and what goes to each of the four parts in the work, as in the first part is to the cutting and to make flying thrusts, in the middle part is the striking, simultaneous thrusting, hanging and hanging over, and in the third and fourth part the windings and the running off.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078r.jpg|2|lbl=78r.2}}
<p>This is when you cut in Crooked at the same time as him, with your strike you should step well out from his strike, so that you have your head behind your blade, well from his strike. The second part teaches you that when you have bound on his sword with a Crooked cut, that you nimbly cross over where you have the opportunity and then snap around or wind the quick snap to his head, or wrench out, allow it to overrun.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 13v.jpg|2|lbl=13v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 15r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''A ''Stück'' from the Reversing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''Fencing in the forward most part (of the staff)'''</p>
  
<p>Note in ''Zufechten'' that you pay attention when he goes up before you, then step and cut a Crooked from your left to or above his right arm, with this Crooked Cut step well to him, and reverse your sword and wrench downwards and out to your right side If he may work further, thus drive with the pommel from inside, between both of his arms, allow your left hand to release from the grip and grab your sword blade and wrench out upwards, how this figure shows.</p>
+
<p>Item: If you bind him at his staff's furthest point with your most forward part of your staff, from your left toward his right, then yank the staff out to the right side but do not fall too far from his staff, rather thrust this yank quickly back to his face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 14v.jpg|1|lbl=14v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078v.jpg|1|lbl=78v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Counter'''</p>
+
|
 
+
| <p><small>[4]</small> Yank the staff out as before, and thrust as before, as soon as he wants to parry the thrust so change through to the other side with the thrust.</p>
<p>Let go the left hand, and allow him to wrench without avail, ''Indes'' drive after his upwards pressing, with your slice to his arms, do not allow him to come to any further work, nor to cut freely, when you see your advantage, at once, allow your sword to fly to the next opening.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078v.jpg|2|lbl=78v.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 14v.jpg|2|lbl=14v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Cut Crooked to his Flat<br/>And you will Weaken the Master.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> Item: Jerk the staff strongly out from him with your left hand as before, pull the staff in quickly to the other side, and with this strike see that you grab the staff again with your left hand, flit it again with your left hand to the displacement.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078v.jpg|3|lbl=78v.3}}
  
<p>This is a lesson how you shall weaken one's incoming strike, and goes thus. In ''Zufechten'' pay attention when he cuts in at you from his right, then step well out from his strike and cut with crossed hands and the Long edge onto the strong of his sword's blade, on the Flat, thereby you weaken him, so that he can barely recover for another strike, then before he recovers you are on his head with winding and flicking.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 14v.jpg|3|lbl=14v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|1|lbl=15v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> Item: If you have bound with him forward on the staff so quickly pull around your head and hit him with one hand straight in from above to his head, with this strike seize the staff again with a diligence to the thrust.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078v.jpg|4|lbl=78v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Counter'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> Item: In the binding so strike over hand a lock blow with a forward step, pull the staff back overhead and thrust with one hand to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078v.jpg|5|lbl=78v.5}}
  
<p>You should mark that when one meets you with a Crooked Cut, to your oncoming strike, to weaken you, then change through nimbly under his blade and work to his side from which he sent his Crooked Cut.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|2|lbl=15v.2}}
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS Bibl. 2465 079r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[8]</small> Note: If one will bind on you and urges the thrust on you, then thrust hard in with him, but be soft with the step a little out from the thrust, as the next figure will teach you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 078v.jpg|6|lbl=78v.6}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> Note when Binding, then pull the staff with both hands around the head and strike him from outside to his arm, if he thrusts after, then turn the thrust away with a step out and thrust in with him simultaneously.</p>
| <p>'''When first they connect and clash above<br/>Pull away to the openings you will confuse him.'''</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 079v.jpg|1|lbl=79v.1}}
 
 
<p>This is a very good rhyme that admonishes you earnestly to pay attention to the openings that fall before you. For it is known that you go at him correctly in the After, thus you have very often whenever the swords connect or two strike and clash together above, there is an opening below. You will not fail to note this through several ''Stück''.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|3|lbl=15v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Note in ''Zufechten'' send yourself into the Wrath Guard, as soon as you can get him, then step and cut in with him from your right a powerful High Cut, when this clashes, then strike around nimbly with a Thwart to his left ear, with a back-step of your left foot, behind your right, thus you likewise hit twice, or complete two strikes before he completes one.</p>
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> Item: When in the bind, thrust towards his feet as if you wanted to hit, but behave as if you had missed, and as soon as he thrusts in after to you, turn his thrust away with a step out and thrust in simultaneously with him.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|4|lbl=15v.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 079v.jpg|2|lbl=79v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one cuts at you from above like before, then cut from your lower left against his strike, so that you catch his High Cut up in the air, as soon as it connects then cut with the forward short edge and crossed hands in a Circle, to his right ear and that you swiftly go almost at the same time, namely that when the blades connect together, thus you shall hit down from above with the short edge.</p>
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> When you have bound with him in the middle, or the second part of the staff, then remain strong in the parry and note as soon as he opens himself, whether with changing through or however it happens then thrust in quickly being strong with the displacement.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|1|lbl=16r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 079v.jpg|3|lbl=79v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' In the Onset act as if you would cut from above; but as soon as you note that he slips upwards against your cut, at once turn your High Cut into a Low Cut before it actually connects above, this is the Simultaneous Failer.</p>
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> Item: However, if he will not thrust after to your opening, so allow the point to drop downwards, and heave the rear hand upwards, thus you stand in the hanging as soon as he then thrusts after at your opening, then turn his thrust away and thrust in simultaneously with him.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|2|lbl=16r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 079v.jpg|4|lbl=79v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If he cuts from below, thus fall on it with your long edge from above when it clashes, then pull back nimbly and strike to the next opening in one motion, or strike around from his sword with the flat in a winding flick to the next opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[13]</small> <ref name="missing section"/>...to you, through the forward hand, and thrust with a strong (transference) from your chest to his face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|3|lbl=16r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 079v.jpg|5|lbl=79v.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 16v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''When you cut Crooked at his strong<br/>Be sure to wind through and overrun with it.'''</p>
 
 
<p>This is when you cut a Crooked Cut at one, and he holds off hard so that you cannot cross over, or have other work from above, thus wind under and through with the pommel, and cast the pommel to the other side over his blade or arm from the outside, and wrench downwards and strike in with the long edge deep to his head, or cast the pommel in between both of his hands, how this figure reveals.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|4|lbl=16r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|1|lbl=17r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> Note: When you bind with one from your right, then thrust him upwards to the face but fall, and at the same time allow the point to sink downwards to his right then change through and heave your rear arm upwards and thrust from above down to his hip, pull the staff around your head and strike after or if he will thrust to your face while you are (changing through) with your forward point under his arm, so then turn away his thrust upwards and thrust after to him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 080r.jpg|1|lbl=80r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''The next is a counter to the Low Cut'''</p>
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[15]</small> '''Swing thrust'''</p>
  
<p>If one cuts a Lot Cut to you, then cut with your long edge so that you have your hands Crooked or Crosswise, above on his strong. Then when this clashes, thrust the blade right in before you, and in thrusting forth, wind the short edge to flick it around at his face or head. If he drives up and defends against your flick, then drive up also, pull around your head, and strike him to another opening.</p>
+
<p>Note, bind on to him from your right against his left, pull your staff with both arms around your head so that the staff flies around to your left like a Zwerch with this you make your face open, then take out his thrust from your left to right so that you transfer your rear hand high above your head, and your forward point hangs down to the ground, just like the hanging, wind the thrust under your hand into his face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|2|lbl=17r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 080r.jpg|2|lbl=80r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The pommel deception, you shall remember<br/>With Flicking and Quickening you will vex him.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[16]</small> Item: If one strikes at your feet, then parry his strike with the point towards the ground, thrust him quickly from below to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 080v.jpg|1|lbl=80v.1}}
  
<p>This is when you cut in with a Crooked Cut to his strong, if he opposes or displaces high, then wind through below with the pommel, and act as if you would grab over with the pommel, as I have already taught; and before he realizes it, then quickly flick the short edge back in at him, again on the same line, to whichever side you first did the Crooked Cut.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|3|lbl=17r.3}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[17]</small> Item: If one strikes at your head, then parry it between both your hands and wind your point over his staff to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 080v.jpg|2|lbl=80v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'', lay on against your opponent with a powerful horizontal Middle Cut strongly at his left ear. Quickly pull your pommel around your head, and threaten him with it as if you would thrust at his other side with the pommel, and if he wishes to slip after and displace the thrust then flick back at his left ear with the short edge, and in flicking, step with your left foot back behind your right.</p>
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> Item: If one strikes to your shoulder or to your middle, then parry between both your hands so that your point hangs to the ground, and drive him with the rear point into his face, however if you parry his strike to your right, then step and thrust him with the forward point from below to his face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 080v.jpg|3|lbl=80v.3}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|4|lbl=17r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17v.jpg|1|lbl=17v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Also you will then correctly shoot through<br/>Crooked, Short, change through on his shield.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> Item: You may also suppress the strike with a strike from above onto the Strong of his staff.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 080v.jpg|4|lbl=80v.4}}
  
<p>This is a proper master's technique, when you are in the ''Zufechten'', then send yourself into the right Wrath; as soon as he brings his sword in the air, then strike a free High Cut at him, and in the air, cross your hands so that the right hand comes crosswise over the left, and cut then through Crooked with the short edge against his cut, in this, step with a double step well out to his right, and cut with the long edge at his right ear, or use changing through to come onto his shield against his right; then work with winding, slicing, and whatever other work arises for you.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17v.jpg|2|lbl=17v.2}}
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 081r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[20]</small> '''Winding'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Note If one binds hard on your staff and rests hard there in the bind by your left side, then thrust upwards strongly to his face on his staff that he must parry, ''Indes'' spring in well under the staff with a thrust and turn with your rear point over his staff and strike him crosswise to the head.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A free running ''Stuck'' from the Shooting through'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 080v.jpg|5|lbl=80v.5|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|081r|jpg|lbl=81r|p=1}}
 
 
<p>Take heed in the ''Zufechten'' of he who pulls up his sword to strike, thus cut through quickly and freely before him how it is taught above, so that you come to his right on to his shield. And as soon as it connects, then wind again with the short edge in at his head, and in this winding, jerk your pommel well upward, so that your blade again snaps around, so that in your cut, your right hand comes back over your left, hit then with crossed hands, and thus in snapping around, wind in below to his right ear, and step at the same time, quickly with your left foot well out to his right. Then at once Thwart to his left ear with a step out, deeply wind your short edge inwards and again outwards to his left ear, and then cut away from him.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17v.jpg|3|lbl=17v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 081v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[21]</small> Item: If you bind on him from your right then thrust upwards from his left to his face, instantly run in under his staff and with the rear of your staff, catch his staff between his arm and his staff close to his hand and wrench out to your right side, come to your own aid with the Long Point or the entire staff. You may also bind in such running in with the rear point to the face.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Note when he would confuse you with the Crooked,<br/>Remain rightly on the sword; carry out the Krieg<br/>With winding, slicing, and what’s more;<br/>With flitting let yourself not go too far.'''</p>
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|081v|jpg|lbl=81v|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 082r.jpg|1|lbl=82r.1|p=1}}
 
 
<p>In these rhymes you learn how you should hold yourself against one who binds Crooked on your sword, and reports to you, as well, two techniques. Namely the remaining and the War, this is when one binds you Crooked on your sword, thus you should not pull away at once, but remain and feel what kind of work you will need, like for example, if he withdraws you chase after;</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 18r.jpg|1|lbl=18r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If he remains, then you wind. For winding, slicing, wrenching out, and reversing is called the War, through which one to the other always counters the opponent's ''Stücken''. And one counter follows one from another, for if he wards off one, then with this he gives you occasion or helps you to another technique that conveniently follows after it, thus you both make War. Also this same you should note, when an opponent lays on against you with a Crooked Cut, that you shall not fly around from one opening to another, for as soon as you go away from the Crooked Cut, then you are totally open to him, where he will correctly step.</p>
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> In all winding, be careful on which side you thrust in with the Long Point. So wind with the other rear point with a running in to the other opening under or above the arm.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 18r.jpg|2|lbl=18r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 082r.jpg|2|lbl=82r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Stuck'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> Above the arm you may take him with the rear point around the neck and with the foot step behind and throw or other wrestling on the hand taking.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 082r.jpg|3|lbl=82r.3}}
  
<p>If one strikes a Crooked Cut at you from his right, then set off his cut upward with the long edge and when it clashes, then remain with the bind on his blade, wind ''Indes'' your pommel up toward his left and the blade down toward his left, the short edge at his left ear, that all this shall occur at the same time as one step. Thus surely you hit, but if he is shrewd and turns the Crooked Cut into the Long point, then wind the short edge with a flick inward at his head, then at once wind through again underneath with the pommel on your left side, thus cast over his blade or arm with the pommel, and wrench out, or whatever the situation will be, then undertake another ''Stück''.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 18r.jpg|3|lbl=18r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19r.jpg|1|lbl=19r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> If someone wants to run in at you, pull back short with the staff with a jump and let the point sink so that your rear hand is high, then your staff will come between you and him in the hanging, push him away from you on his chest.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 082r.jpg|4|lbl=82r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 18v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>'''Quickly flick the weak to the right,<br/>Double flick, protect yourself with the shield.'''</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[25]</small> Several clarifications of good strikes with the staff: When you bind one at the forward point, jerk your hand over you and give the staff a swing with your left hand and strike him above to the head, Cross Strike is when you pull in the bind and strike with both hands to his forward arm from the other side. Round Strike I want to save for the halberd. Locker Strike is the one with an overhand. Through Strike is when you strike him through to his forward leg and back in again to the other side.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 082r.jpg|5|lbl=82r.5}}
  
<p>Note in the ''Zufechten'', come into the right Change; from there, slash up through his face, so that your sword runs around your head above in a loop. Step with your left foot well to his right and strike with the outside flat from your left against his right athwart to his ear, with this, take your head well out of the way how it is previously stated here and when it clashes, then thrust your pommel through under your right arm and wind with the inside flat, in a flick, up from below again to his right ear. In this winding around remain hard on his shield and press hard from you. If he resists then let your sword go away and pull around your head, strike with the outside flat a strong Clashing Cut over your hand Wind through with the pommel back under your arm and flick from inside behind his blade at his head. Remain hard on his shield and wind rapidly back out, thus you stand back in the Clashing Cut as before. Work further as you will to the four openings, such as the need be and is previously taught here.</p>
+
|}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19r.jpg|2|lbl=19r.2}}
+
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = Halberd
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
| <p>'''Item''' If one again cuts a High Cut at you from his right then likewise cut a High Cut in against his at the same time. When it clashes, then rapidly thrust your pommel through under your arm and flick back inward to his head, before it rightly connects pull both your arms crossed upwards to your left and wrench upward around on his blade, flick back around at his left ear from below, thus again with the outside flat, how it is presented above, this double flicking shall happen quickly because it is a particularly nimble technique I have thus properly given to you. For when you bind from one side on his sword and remain hard on it and wind at him inwards and outwards in a flick, doubly on one side to the upper and lower part of his head, then when he parries the flicks, you will surely have an opening on the other side that you may connect with a Circle or by flicking around in a single motion.</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
|
+
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19r.jpg|3|lbl=19r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19v.jpg|1|lbl=19v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Also wind forcefully against his shield,<br/>Instantly shove him away and strike swiftly.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Now I give the halberd'''. I will teach it first from the Driving Cuts which are very useful in the wrenching.</p>
  
<p>That is when an opponent would defend off your double flicks and sets you off, thus catch his shield with yours and shove out; away from you sideways, ''Indes'' let your short edge snap around deep at his other opposite opening.</p>
+
<p>Item: Firstly do this, stand with the left foot forward so that you lead with the left, hold your halberd in the right Ox and rip through with the hook from your right over the left leg, the second cut through from your left shoulder with the blade, so that again you come into the right Ox, thus drive these two cuts together, the one from the right with the hook is a rip, the second with the blade is a cut.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19v.jpg|2|lbl=19v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 082v.jpg|1|lbl=82v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 21r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>If one cuts a powerful Buffel at you, so that you may not come at him with such subtle work, then cut the first at the same time as him and mark now when he pulls his arms back toward him, then drive at him from underneath with horizontal blade on both his arms and in driving under, let go with your left hand from the pommel and grip your blade in the middle, how this figure here after shows. Wrench out besides you both his arms with your shield and cross and as you shove or wrench release your left hand and quickly cut after, either short or long.</p>
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> Item: Stand with the left foot forward, the halberd beside your right, the point at the ground, cut the first with the hook from below diagonally through the opponent, the second from your right also from below diagonally through the opponent with the blade, the third rip again through from below with the hook from your left like the first, the fourth also again from the lower right with the blade like the second and from then on however many cuts as you want through the cross from below or like the first driving from above, to your advantage and note that the rip with the hook is from the right and is the Taker, the cut from the left is the Hitter, however if you lead with the right hand forward, then the rip comes from the left and the cut from the right.</p>
 
+
|  
<p>Therefore note when a Roof Guard Buffel is coming for you, then see that you parry once or twice, until you see the opportunity; that he has driven up the furthest for a stroke. Then drive his strike away from under on his arms and step well under him, thus he strikes his own arms on your blade.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 082v.jpg|2|lbl=82v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 083r.jpg|1|lbl=83r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A..2 19v.jpg|3|lbl=19v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Squinting Cut you shall do wisely<br/>With winding you can also double him.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> Once again stand with the left forward and cut the Low Cut from your left with the blade so that you come into the right Ox, from there rip downwards over your left leg thus you may drive the rip and cut together from below and above over your left thigh until you see an advantage.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 083r.jpg|2|lbl=83r.2}}
<p>There are three Squinters, namely two Squinting Cuts; one from the right, the second from your left with crossed hands not unlike the Crooked Cut, how I have reported above concerning the Crooked Cuts. The third is a Squinter with the face, when I focus on a point and act as if I intended to strike there but I do not do this to him, rather I cut in elsewhere.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|1|lbl=21v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 083v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[4]</small> Note if you have a halberd or a partisan with a blade, and you lead the weapon high to your left, and one thrusts or cuts at you, then step out to your left side and cut his incoming strike or thrust with a High Cut to the ground, and thrust him quickly upwards to the face this goes to both sides.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The First Squinter goes thus; when you are in the ''Zufechten'', then note as soon as he goes out to strike to your left, then position yourself as if you would strike at the same time to him, do not complete this, but rather turn your Sword in the air so that your hand comes crosswise, and then cut in from above to his right with the short edge and crossed arms, at the same time as him, so that his blade comes also to his right, or falls by your right, however, step well with the left foot to his right side.</p>
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|083v|jpg|lbl=83v|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 084r.jpg|1|lbl=84r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|2|lbl=21v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 22v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>The Second is the Old Squinting Cut, that goes thus; In the ''Zufechten'' send yourself into the right Wrath Guard, if he cuts then at your head from above, thus step from your right and strike to his cut by turning the short edge over his sword in to his head with outstretched arms, how the figures hereafter show.</p>
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> Item: If you have the halberd in front of you in the Side Guard, then take his thrust or strike with the blade and thrust him to the next opening, the same as when you are positioned in the Low Guard.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|3|lbl=21v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 084r.jpg|2|lbl=84r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Note''' When one does a Squinting Cut against your long cut, thus he opens his right side, therefore do not allow him to come onto your sword but rather change through below and cut him to his right long in from your left after driving through.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|1|lbl=22r.1}}
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> Note when you are positioned in a Low Guard, then pay attention when he thrusts at you, then step out and thrust in with him simultaneously how it is taught in the staff.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 084r.jpg|3|lbl=84r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one changes through under your Squinting Cut to your right side, then remain nevertheless with the point right before his face and turn the long edge against his blade, allow ''Indes'' your pommel to go through under your right arm and step with your left foot well to his right side. Thus he has changed through in vain, for you come at his head with the first Squinting Cut and crossed hands. At once allow it to run off by his right side using the Circle and Thwart to his left.</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> Item: If you stand before one in the Low Guard, then note when thrusts at you, then drive to him with your blade with a rip on his blade and wrench to you to one side, ''Indes'' thrust quickly from below to his face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|2|lbl=22r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 084r.jpg|4|lbl=84r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 084v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Counter to the Plow'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> Note: If you stand in a Low Guard before an opponent, then pay attention when he will work at you from above or to your face, so see when you can catch his halberd with your blade, then do it with force upwards and as soon as he goes off, then thrust forth to the opening that you certainly have.</p>
 
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|084v|jpg|lbl=84v}}
<p>Note when an opponent comes before you in the guard of the Plow, then attack happily with the Squinting Cut. As soon as he drives out, then work to his lower openings and further to all four openings.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|3|lbl=22r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Counter to the Long Point'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> Note when one is almost at you, then pull upwards while instantly sinking with the point to the ground, so that your rear hand is high above your head, turn out his thrust then through the hanging between you and him, set it off into his face, or attack him with the blade also to his forward set leg, pulling to you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 085r.jpg|1|lbl=85r.1}}
  
<p>Item: If one stands before you in the Long Point, thus position yourself with the gesture that you would cut in with a long High Cut to his left ear, do not do this, but rather turn in the air and cut a strong Squinting Cut to his sword, when it clashes, then slice the point forward into his face so that he must displace. When he drives upwards then pull your sword around your head in a flight and cut with the short edge and crossed hands; athwart to his right ear, allow the left hand to go well out and thus the short edge goes deep. Pull again around your head and wrench out his blade with the flat from your right athwart to his left, so that your sword again flies around above your head and allow the short edge to shoot in deep to his left ear, at once cut two Low Cuts to his right and left, ''Indes'' cut away.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|4|lbl=22r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23r.jpg|1|lbl=23r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> If he leads his halberd too high, then remain nearly on his blade and run in under him with the rear point, work with winding over his staff or under his arm and search with the rear point for the opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 085r.jpg|2|lbl=85r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If an opponent comes before you who will gladly bind long on to you from above or sends his first stroke long at you from the Roof, then when you are near to him or have come to him, slash through before him, up and out to your left, so that your sword's blade shoots around over your head in the Plunge to his left, ''Indes'' allow your sword to snap around back over your head, the right hand over the left and strike in at his right ear with the short edge at the same time as his strike, how it is taught above, do this correctly and step well there to him thus you will hit. So then this ''Stück'' is only on going, if he displaces however and drives out how he then (when he will displace) must drive out, at once pull around your head and cut him with the Long Edge from below athwart to his left radial forearm, close to his pommel to the wrist. Of these two openings, one will be apparent to you. Pull your hilt again upwards around your head and cut long with a strong cut to his upper left head, in these three strikes, step well with both your feet, in a double, step around his left side, thus the cuts go on well, this a good and earnest ''Stück'', when you will seek to send it home.</p>
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> Note when you have caught one from below with your blade and he strikes at you from above, then step out to one side and allow the halberd to run through with winding over to his face.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 085r.jpg|3|lbl=85r.3}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23r.jpg|2|lbl=23r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23v.jpg|1|lbl=23v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Another ''Stück'' from the Squinting Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> Item: Stand with the left foot before the halberd, with the point at the ground if one thrusts at you, then turn his thrust away from your left and in the parrying step with your right foot behind your left and thrust likewise with him to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 085r.jpg|4|lbl=85r.4}}
  
<p>In ''Zufechten'', when you come close to him, then position yourself as if you would cut a long High Cut at him, when he drives out to meet you, thus turn the short edge from your right, in the air, against his left and jerk your pommel upwards, cut him with the short edge over his arm or hand, step well to his left side, allow this to run forth over in a circle and cut long after to the next opening, or fight to him with the under cuts.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23v.jpg|2|lbl=23v.2}}
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 085v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[13]</small> Be careful when someone thrusts at you, keep your halberd to your left, and when he stabs you, catch his blade with yours and pull it to you on your right side, so you take away his halberd.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|085v|jpg|lbl=85v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Double Squinter'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> Item: If you bind on his blade with yours, then drive with your blade a little above his, and wind with your blade over his staff and wrench downwards, then yank his weapon on the Weak and change through by his right and thrust him to the chest.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 086r.jpg|1|lbl=86r.1}}
<p>Item: At the Start, thus cut against his cut from your right, with a Squinter to his sword, when this clashes, then reverse your sword on his blade and slide off to your left, step out with the right, continuing towards his left side, allow your blade to drive around your head and cut the next Squinter to his head, also from your right above and in deep to his left. Then cut a Double Squinter, nimbly, one into the other, stepping to his left, this is a very swift ''Stück'' against slow fencers who fight with their arms far from themselves.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23v.jpg|3|lbl=23v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Third Squinter is a deceiving with the face'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> Item: Bind on him from your right, if he is a little hard, then change through to the other side and thrust him to the face, if he parries this thrust then turn the blade above his staff and wrench it to yourself.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 086r.jpg|2|lbl=86r.2}}
<p>In ''Zufechten'' slash up so that you come into the guard of the Roof, as soon as you can reach him, at once wind the short edge to him, while its still in the air, squint with your face as if you would cut to his left with the Squinting Cut, don't do this, but rather allow the Squinter to fall past by his left and work to his right, or work him to the right and cut quickly again to his left, take your body well after with it, for this is a fine and good work that can't be written as well as it can be shown with the living body.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24r.jpg|1|lbl=24r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Note a swift ''Stück'' from the Squinter'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[16]</small> If you bind on to him from your left, then change through and thrust to the other side, to the half part, as soon as he turns away your thrust and will quickly thrust after, then note when he thrusts that you step out from his thrust to your right side and shove the halberd off from you and over his staff, capture him with your blade around his neck and pull to you or catch him by his forward hand, and wrench that away, yank his halberd away from him and then thrust after.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 086r.jpg|3|lbl=86r.3}}
  
<p>When you come close to him, then Wing up by him, so that you come with crossed hands into the Unicorn. In this Winging up, lift your left foot somewhat upwards, after you come through the Unicorn with crossed hands, thus you stand as if you would shoot through, as soon as he extends his sword out, thus cut then with crossed hands and the short edge from above again to his right, on to the forward portion of his sword's blade and before it connects, turn your short edge around and cut with the Squinter, that is with the short edge from your right to his left side, to his arm or face, not with crossed hands and with a step of your right foot, towards his left, in hitting, allow your blade to run off from his left only slightly besides and along with this, thrust through at once with your pommel, under your right arm, then cross your hands so that your short edge snaps around again to his left, over to his head or arm thus with crossed hand from your right to your left or bar him over both of his arms, if he holds you again so that you cannot wrench out or suppress from above, then allow the pommel to run through below and grab him over his right arm, drive the wrestling to him.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24r.jpg|2|lbl=24r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|1|lbl=24v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[17]</small> Item: If he thrusts above at you then turn his thrust off from your left, catch him by his forward most leg and wrench him to you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 086r.jpg|4|lbl=86r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 25r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 086v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''From Changing Through.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> If you come to him with your left foot forward and also your left hand forward on the staff, then lift your rear point over your head and let the blade run down next to your left side. Then strike a High Blow from your left shoulder and as soon as he moves upwards to displace, so turn the strike into a thrust and stab him under his displacement to the chest.</p>
 
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|086v|jpg|lbl=86v}}
<p>Changing through is useful against those who fight with the Squinter or Crooked Cuts. Note this also, if he does not extend his hands far from him in his cuts but rather holds them close by himself in fighting, you may readily change through far from him.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|2|lbl=24v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''' If he fights with winding, reversing, Crooked Cuts, Squinting Cuts or any other ''Stück'' with it he shortens his strike or cannot fight long from himself, how it then goes in such ''Stücken'' in which you shall also (before they bring their technique to the halfway) change through against him, to the other side which he opens with this shortening, thus you force him to displace and he allows the Before to pass to you.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|3|lbl=24v.3}}
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> Note when one brings at you a Round Strike with the hook, that you must drive this strike upwards with your hook to parry, so pay attention as soon as he reverses it into a thrust, then remain with your arms high and sink the blade beside your lower left, then turn out his thrust from your left between he and you, through the hanging and thrust from below to his belly.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 087r.jpg|1|lbl=87r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one fights far and long from himself with the long edge, however more to your sword than body, then you shall change through to the next opening and allow him to fall through with his cuts. So then be diligent with how you fence, that is with the short or long edge, that you namely cut him to the opening, that is, you cut him to the body and if it does not always happen that you may cut him to the body, thus when he changes through, you quickly fall in after his Sword to the opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[20]</small> Item: Do a high Round Strike from your left and once you note that he drives out to capture the strike, then pull the strike in the air and cut him diagonally to his forward placed knee. Thus you come through to your right side, if he thrusts after again or not, then thrust him quickly to his left with a step back.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 087r.jpg|2|lbl=87r.2}}
  
<p>Also thus note this Rule in all cutting, when you connect or catch his blade with your strong, in the bind, as soon as it clashes, you shall cut at once with the weak (that is with the forward part) to the body or next opening cut at, so that then your sword cuts likewise at his blade and body, or as soon as your strong connects with his sword, then as they clash together you shall turn the weak to the nearest opening with flicking, snapping and winding.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|4|lbl=24v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|1|lbl=25v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> Item: Thrust him to his right to the face, and if he wards this thrust, then allow your halberd to run around your head into a Round Strike, cut him to the opening inside or outside or hold the wrenching with a cutting off.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 087r.jpg|3|lbl=87r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 087v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>Further you should take from these lessons, when you will execute these techniques against someone who knows how to change through against you, for example when you send your sword into the air for a Squinting Cut or Crooked Cut.</p>
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> Item: Position yourself in the Field Guard, if one thrusts at you, then take the thrust with your blade, let your halberd shoot forward and around your head ''Indes'' let go with your left hand and then grab the staff again behind the right hand, cut him to the head with power.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|2|lbl=25v.2}}
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|087v|jpg|lbl=87v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 088r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Item''' To the Crossing over, Falling, and others which are similar, as soon as you realize that he will change through, then fall from such work into the Long Slice, to the opening that he gives you by changing through. For often when he changes through he opens himself. And when you travel after to his opening, then watch for his sword with the long edge, if it would come too near to you, that you turn the strong against him and at the same time, remain on his opening with the short edge, as soon as you have connected, then remain no longer but rather let it quickly fly away from one opening to another.</p>
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> When one will make the Wrath Strike at you, then reverse your forward hand so that the thumb is pointed at you, and spring well in under his strike, capture it between both your hands, quickly let go with the right hand, grab the staff forward of the left hand, lay it on him at your pleasure.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|3|lbl=25v.3}}
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|088r|jpg|lbl=88r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Thwart you shall also consider valuable,<br/>With it your skill in the sword becomes great.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> Note when you have thrown a power strike at him or failed with it, then spring the blade quickly after, quickly pull with a rip upwards or when you spring after with the halberd from below away from you, or when you fail with the cut then pull the staff back up again around your head and cut at him a ''Wecht'' Strike (Overhanging Strike?), in the strike grab your staff again for the thrust he shall not be able to hit anyone with the halberd to his benefit.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 088v.jpg|1|lbl=88v.1}}
<p>The Thwart is one of the chief master techniques with the sword. For you should know, if the Thwart did not exist, then it would be like "half fencing", especially when you are under the opponent’s sword and therein you can no longer attack with long cuts through the Cross, and if I have already written enough about the Thwart such that if someone knows how to fight, he could have a sufficient understanding from it, but meanwhile I write not great of great Fencers or Artists, also I have not intended to write historically of fencing, as the art is drawn from memory. But rather solely, I've attempted to write an instruction book, therefore I will not only repeat the Thwart here, but also write more fully about it, for the instruction of those that love such art.</p>
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|4|lbl=25v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26r.jpg|1|lbl=26r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>In ''Zufechten'' take note if your opponent will attack at you from the Day, (that is from above) then slash up from the right Change toward your opponent's face, when he will strike or cut, then let your blade drive towards your left and around your head, so that your flat stands upward and your thumb is underneath on your shield, step with your right foot well around his left side toward him, simultaneous with the step, cut with the short edge from your right to his left ear, so that together your hilt and with the thumb underneath, stands high above your head to the displacing, so then if he strikes, you will catch his stroke on the strong of your sword and at the same time with the forward short, you cut athwart from below to his left ear, how the second figure shows, as soon as the swords connect together or clash, then strike with the long Thwart deep at his right ear, such that your thumb remains underneath, perpendicular.</p>
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> Item: In the wrenching hold fast and pay good attention, when wrenching to yourself, that you do not go (away), so that you don't open yourself, rather always wrench downwards or out to a side, or else he will follow after your wrench to your face.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26r.jpg|2|lbl=26r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 088v.jpg|2|lbl=88v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>Secondly, note when you strike in with a Thwart at the same time as him, or bind on, then from this same, at once search above and below for the openings, with reversing, snapping around again, or Thwarts, fearless Traveling after, then as soon as One will cut from above at you, thus displace him with the Thwart, so that with this, the swords clash together, then reverse, set off upwards, seek the openings and fight with the types of works that have been reported here previously. Wherein Liechtenauer speaks correctly in his cryptic verses,</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[26]</small> Item: In the winding and running in don't be too high, for generally you will not be harmed by it at all, to the winding must belong a very great speed, if you note that someone wants to run in at you with winding, then jump back a little with the halberd across your body or come in before quickly to the opening.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 088v.jpg|3|lbl=88v.3}}
  
:''The Thwart takes<br/>All that come from above,<br/>Thwart with the strong<br/>Mark your work with it.''
+
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
<p>that is; all high strikes, displace with the Thwart, or how I have here set forth with my Rhymes:</p>
+
{{master subsubsection begin
|
+
| title = Pike
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26r.jpg|3|lbl=26r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|1|lbl=26v.1|p=1}}
+
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|c}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''For everything that comes from the Roof<br/>The Thwart may displace this<br/>In the Onset drive the Thwart strongly<br/>Note also you Reverse and Fail with it.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Fencing in the long pike'''</p>
  
<p>If one cuts at you from above, thus Thwart strongly against his strike, you force him to fall so much lower with his cut, when it connects you must then thrust your pommel through under your right, reverse, press downwards, let the blade snap around again with the short edge in his face, yet such that in the reversing and snapping around you remain with the slice on his arms.</p>
+
<p>Field Guard. Learn from the Following figure, Field Guard with pike, do not allow the rear point to go forth. If one thrusts at you to the left, then step out to your right and thrust in likewise with him, in this thrust turn the long edge against his staff, if he thrusts at you to the right, then step out to your left in a triangle and thrust likewise with him like before. If one thrusts below at your body, then heave the rear hand upwards and let the forward point sink down towards the ground, strike out his thrust between you and he, towards your right and go quickly back upwards and thrust from your left to his face. If he wants to strike away your staff, then change through.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|2|lbl=26v.2|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 089r.jpg|1|lbl=89r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>This ''Stuck'' goes well when you do it quickly. However, if he escapes you upward too quickly with his arms, then allow your blade drive around your head, so that your long edge comes forward on his arms, athwart through with an under cut, how the figure here after shows, however do not let go with your left hand from the hilt, rather thrust him from you with crossed hands.</p>
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> Note when you are positioned in the Changer or the Fool, and one thrusts at your left, then step out to his right and in this stepping, take out his thrust with your half edge upwards and thrust likewise with him.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|3|lbl=26v.3|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 089r.jpg|2|lbl=89r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''To Plow and Ox you are quick<br/>Threaten the cut at once against the target.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> If he will not thrust at you, then thrust with a flying thrust to his face, quickly pull the thrust back again to yourself through the forward hand back into the Field Guard, and set him off then thrust after.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 089r.jpg|3|lbl=89r.3}}
  
<p>This verse is very clear, how the others also are, namely that you should quickly cut the Thwart to the Ox and Plow, to the lower and upper opening, to the left and right, nimbly crosswise, diagonally opposite to all four parts, how with other names, thus you will see the four openings, further reported hereafter, extensively.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|4|lbl=26v.4|p=1}}
+
| rowspan="5" | {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 089v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 090r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
 +
| <p><small>[4]</small> Item: When you are standing in the Field Guard, then come into the Fool, namely that your tip with the point comes down to the ground just out in front of you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 089v.jpg|1|lbl=89v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> Item: If one thrusts then at you, so swing the pike upwards over your shoulder and thrust after.</p>
| <p>Next you will learn from the rhyme, how with the High Cuts you shall deceive, thus you step forth, then position yourself with comportment and cut a powerful Thwart to his left, if he would go against your sword, whether from above or below, do not allow it to connect, but pull away again and Thwart Cut to his right, against his head, you may also threaten him with the Thwart to his lower left, then Thwart from above.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 089v.jpg|2|lbl=89v.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|1|lbl=27r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> Item: When he will not thrust at you, then swing the pike above your shoulder, if he thrusts, then step out and thrust in likewise with him if he does not thrust, then swing the pike downwards into the Suppressing Guard, if he thrusts then, so cut it away or suppress and thrust after, if he will not be provoked to thrust, then change in further, cut him away or wrench him out, change from this into another guard so that you provoke him from his advantage.</p>
| <p>'''Item''' Threaten to the lower right, and cut to the lower left with this Thwart, thus you can also note that then when you go at his left with the Thwart, then at once to the right threaten but strike back to the left, where you firstly intended, from this knowledge you can pull the Thwart to both sides, crosswise and diagonally opposite. Threaten, then strike after your advantage how it pleases you and in the rough ''Zufechten'' there is no cut as safe as the Thwart.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 089v.jpg|3|lbl=89v.3}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|2|lbl=27r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> When you are positioned in the Field Guard, so beware that you do not stand in front of him but rather provoke him with changing quickly through, once he thrusts, then note to which side he thrusts, if he thrusts to your left then set him off and spring in well under his thrust with offsetting.</p>
| <p>'''Note when the Thwart is executed with a spring,<br/>And you execute failing with it, it connects at your will.'''</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 090r.jpg|1|lbl=90r.1}}
  
<p>Note in the Onset when you will deliver a Thwart to the upper left opening, then spring well out with it and also let your pommel go well upward, thus the Thwart goes deep at his head, especially when you disguise the gesture, you can also when he likewise does not perceive the spring until it has happened, and the Thwart has hit, but if he sees it and defends or parries you, then you shall cut to the lower and opposite corner.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|3|lbl=27r.3}}
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> Item: If he thrusts to your right, then turn away the thrust or push upwards and thrust him to the face from outside and over his staff.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 090r.jpg|2|lbl=90r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 090v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 091r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
 +
| <p><small>[9]</small> '''Changer'''<br/>&emsp;'''Steer or High Guard'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>Note when one approaches you in the Steer, so position yourself in the Changer take him out strongly from his shoulder, thrust quickly after, you may also do this if you find him in another guard and he wants to take the staff off your shoulder with one blow, thus change through and let it fail, thrust him quickly after, when he allows his thrust to fail at you, then quickly spring after with the pike so you get your swing back to the thrust with setting off.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' When you thus strike with the Thwart high at your opponent with a spring, and however you do not let it hit, but rather fail and run off beside his left and you strike in rapidly with the Thwart at another opening, then you will hit at your will. For before he thinks to parry the Thwart, you have hit elsewhere.</p>
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|090v|jpg|lbl=90v|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|091r|jpg|lbl=91r|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|4|lbl=27r.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 091v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 092r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
| <p>'''Double shall your Failer be done<br/>Likewise double the step and slice.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> Thus when you are positioned in the Suppressing Guard and one will thrust at you, whether to the outside or inside, then fall on him with the slice onto the middle of his pike, thrust him upwards to the face.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|091v|jpg|lbl=91v}}
  
<p>The Failer is a good technique against the fencers who will gladly displace like in the previous ''Stück'' concerning the Thwart, then when you cut to an opening and note that he wishes to parry after, then allow your cut to fail and go by, and cut diagonal to another opening. Double failing is an artful technique and requires an experienced fighter as well, however I will present and describe here to you several double and single techniques from which you can learn many kinds of Failers.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|1|lbl=27v.1}}
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> Do the same whenever you have changed through and someone will bind on you, then allow it to happen, cut him to the other side with a Suppressing Cut as often as he goes through until you can seize him.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|092r|jpg|lbl=92r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 092v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 093r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
 +
| <p><small>[12]</small> Whenever you find one in Steer or the Field Guard, then thrust him with a falling thrust to his right, allow your point to fall before him to the ground, if he thrusts after then turn your rear portion upwards and clear away his thrust how it is depicted here, ''Indes'' step with the right well out to your right side heave your pike high up and thrust him to the face. Counter: Turn him out like he turned yours away from you.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'' send yourself into the Wrath Guard to the right, as soon as he brings his sword in the air, then cut from your right with the long edge to his right side, by going over your head and with outstretched arms, but fail and drive the Thwart to his left, do not allow that to connect but rather go around the head again and cut with the long edge so that you swing in with the Flat to his right ear, now reverse, snap around and allow it to fly.</p>
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|092v|jpg|lbl=92v|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|093r|jpg|lbl=93r|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|2|lbl=27v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 093v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 094r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
 +
| <p><small>[13]</small> '''Goung through'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>Item: Bind on his staff from your left, provoke in with a threatening thrust, as soon as he thrusts, then go down and through with your rear portion out to your right side so that his point goes out to your left side how it is depicted here, then change and fall under and through with the forward portion of the pike and thrust him to the left.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'' cut a long High Cut to his upper left opening when you in the ''Zufechten'', cut a long High Cut at his upper left opening, when you have almost connected with his blade above in the air with the cut, then change this High Cut into a Thwart, and strike him with the Thwart from below at his left ear or arm, that goes to both sides.</p>
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|093v|jpg|lbl=93v|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|094r|jpg|lbl=94r|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|3|lbl=27v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 094v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 095r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
| <p>'''A Failer with the False step'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[14]</small> '''Turn out (away)'''</p>
  
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' deliver a lofty High Cut and when your blade almost connects with his blade, at once change the High Cut into a Thwart and at the same time as the Thwart step through to the side with your right foot, between you and him to his right side, at once allow your sword to snap around again and strike him with the short edge to his right ear so that your hands are crosswise, or cut after with the long edge and spring well out to his right side with this strike.</p>
+
<p>Note: As often as you have been thrust at, then drive upwards with your arms and turn his thrusts away, ''Indes'' heave your pike upwards and thrust him to the face, that goes to both sides.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|4|lbl=27v.4}}
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|094v|jpg|lbl=94v}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 28r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> Item: Position yourself in the Side Guard to your right, if he thrusts at you then turn his thrust out from your left and step out* with the right to your left side and thrust likewise with him.</p>
| <p>'''Twice or Double failing'''</p>
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|095r|jpg|lbl=95r}}
  
<p>'''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'', before you correctly come to him, thus cut through besides your right, so that your weapon shoots over in plunging, step on your way, with the right foot to him, let your sword drive around the head and pull a high strike from the Roof while in the air, but cross your hands, threaten to cut with the short edge, if he whisks this from him and will set on, thus wind you hand around again and convert your Crooked edge into a Thwart, let the Thwart also not proceed, but rather fail and run past, then strike the other, to his right side, that is double failing, these two Failers will be accomplished in the air when you wind around his blade, yet you can terminate this therein when you will, to the displacing or in a winding, thus when he would reach to you, that you with your ''Stück'' would not like to come to him, but when you have deceived him, that he feels he must displace you, thus is the Double Failer very good and goes very quickly.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A..2 28v.jpg|1|lbl=28v.1}}
+
| {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 095v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 096r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
 +
| <p><small>[16]</small> '''Turn out (away)'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Item: When you have been thrust at, then drive upwards with the rear of your staff and turn the thrust away with one hand, pull the staff back to you and quickly grasp ''Indes'' with the other hand onto your pike’s staff, swing upwards with both hands into the High Guard.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' This is also called the Double Failer when you let it double or twice run off, to deceive him.</p>
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|095v|jpg|lbl=95v|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|096r|jpg|lbl=96r|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 28v.jpg|2|lbl=28v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 096v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 097r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
| <p>'''Another from the double Failer'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[17]</small> Item: When you find him in the Suppressing Guard, then pay attention when he goes upwards from this Low Guard into the High Guard, then follow him gladly with a thrust after when he goes upwards.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|096v|jpg|lbl=96v}}
  
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' bring a high strike from your right and in the air, before it connects, thus wind the short edge against him, as if you would cut the Squinting Cut, but don’t let the short edge connect either, but rather quickly fail and run off, and swing in to him with your weak, to his right ear with crossed arms, let it quickly fly around again, and fall on him with the slice to the next opening, or on his sword, from there to the body and on the arm.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 28v.jpg|3|lbl=28v.3}}
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> Note when one follows after you with a thrust how you have been taught here, then step with the right foot well out to your right side and sink instantly with the point towards the ground turn him away to your left side and thrust quickly after.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|097r|jpg|lbl=97r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 097v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 098r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
 +
| <p><small>[19]</small> Note: If you are positioned in Field Guard with the left foot forward, then allow your pike to hang a little towards the ground to your right, if he thrusts at your face, then ward off his thrust going upwards with your rear hand and out to your left side, in the parrying let go of the staff with the rear hand, (that is your right hand), and go under your staff through to the other side so that your pike comes to your left side, grasp your staff with your right in front of your left hand, push in and spring in to him and set on.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Counter to the Thwart'''
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|097v|jpg|lbl=97v|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|098r|jpg|lbl=98r|p=1}}
  
<p>Mark when you have bound with one from above, or, at the same time, cut in with him, thus see if he would with the Thwart strike around, [and] thus come before with the Thwart under his blade, on his neck.</p>
+
|-
 +
| {{double page|MS Bibl. 2465 098v.jpg|MS Bibl. 2465 099r.jpg|x140px|x140px}}
 +
| <p><small>[20]</small> If one runs in at you with a pike in earnest and you only have a halberd or a ''Knebelspiess'', then position yourself thusly, stand with the left foot forward and hold your weapon before you with the point towards the ground forward of your left foot, if he thrusts at you, then turn out his thrust above you and spring in well under it, if he pulls his thrust and will thrust again, then turn this out downwards from above between you and him from your right through the hanging, spring well under his pike.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 28v.jpg|4|lbl=28v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 29r.jpg|1|lbl=29r.1|p=1}}
+
{{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|098v|jpg|lbl=98v|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|099r|jpg|lbl=99r|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: If he Thwarts from under, so that you can't come from below thus catch his Thwart on your shield with diverting, so that your blade hangs over his.</p>
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> '''Face Thrust'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 29r.jpg|2|lbl=29r.2}}
+
 
 +
<p>Item: Grasp the pike in the middle and let the point sink a little downwards, position yourself with comportment as if you will thrust, thus he will want to come at you, then wind his thrust above you, then thrust over his right arm to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 099v.jpg|1|lbl=99v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 29v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''From Stepping'''
 
 
<p>In stepping is much concerned. Therefore, see that you give stepping to him with every one of the cuts, then when you cut to his openings and you don't step with the foot from which side you have cut, thus is the cut useless, but when you don't dare to give all to the cut, thus may you also not step fully, rather only with the gestures stand, when you do step, such you will better learn still, with practice.</p>
 
 
<p>Twice stepping is done like this, when you are stepping with your right to his left, this necessitates then that you still farther step around, thus step quickly with the left foot towards the right, behind your right foot beyond or past, before you have even set your left, you can step forth with the right, then Slice double, mark this following ''Stück'':</p>
 
 
<p>If one cuts at you from his right, thus cut also from your right simultaneously, with the short edge and crossed hands, so that in this, the sword proceeds, thus step in with a double step with the right foot, quickly around to his left, and fall with your long edge on his arm, now set above, and if he drives upwards, and will not trouble you with the slice, thus follow after with an under slice on his arm, shove him from you how the figure nearby demonstrates, that is a proper and Old Cut and cuts down a Master with it.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 29r.jpg|3|lbl=29r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30r.jpg|1|lbl=30r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> Item: Position yourself with earnest comportment like before, as soon as he thrusts then set off his thrust with the forward point from your right and thrust him inside to the face.</p>
 
+
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 099v.jpg|2|lbl=99v.2}}
|-
 
| <p>'''Item''' when you have sliced one on the arm, you may also part him through the Mouth with the slice.
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30r.jpg|2|lbl=30r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''From the sword to the body, reverse with it,<br/>Twice, or slice on the weapon.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> '''High Point'''</p>
  
<p>This is the correct gloss for the previous verses, which tells you to wind twice or slice on the weapon.</p>
+
<p>Item: Stand with the left foot forward and hold the pike in the air and to whichever side he thrusts, then step out to the other side and cut from above at the same time as he thrusts and quickly change the strike into a thrust.</p>
 
+
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 099v.jpg|3|lbl=99v.3}}
<p>Understand it thus: When you slice from the sword on to his arms, you shall at once reverse. If he then escapes you upward, then you shall pull or wind your pommel back out from under your arm; thus you reverse your sword back around. Slicing on the weapon is when the double reversing has failed you; then you shall chase after twice, and remain with the slice on his arms. If he defends this, then fall on his blade with the slice, and see that you hold him, do not let him come away without your advantage, but rather chase after always.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30v.jpg|1|lbl=30v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Chasing is extremely good,<br/>With slicing and winding protect yourself.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> '''Provoking'''</p>
  
<p>Chasing is multiple and varied, and should be done with great cautiousness against fencers who fight with long and free cuts, and have no proper art.</p>
+
<p>Item: Strike from above to his left, allow it to fail, instantly when he thrusts after to your opening, then wind it out with the rear of your staff upwards and step out to your right side and thrust in likewise underhanded.</p>
 +
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 099v.jpg|4|lbl=99v.4}}
  
<p>Do it thus: In the ''Zufechten'', when you approach him with your left foot forward and you hold your sword in the Roof Guard, if he cuts long from above at your head, then do not displace him, but rather see that you escape from him with your head and sword, so that he does not connect, but let him fail, in this he falls with his sword and cut to the ground, below you, then step quickly with the right foot close to him and cut in forcefully from above to his head before he recovers or comes up again, if he however drives up quickly and displaces, then remain hard on his sword and feel if he goes through strongly upwards, thus allow your sword quickly to be soft and go upwards, step and cut around with a Thwart to his right.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30v.jpg|2|lbl=30v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 31r.jpg|1|lbl=31r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> Item: Strike him to the face from inside and to his forward placed arm, as soon as he parries, then drive down through and thrust him to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100r.jpg|1|lbl=100r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one binds on to you from his right, thus pay attention when he strikes around, thus follow after him with the Slice on his arms to his right.</p>
+
| <p><small>[26]</small> Item: If you have struck at his face from over his arm, how its been taught, then as soon as he thrusts after then set him off from the right and thrust in likewise with him.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 31r.jpg|2|lbl=31r.2}}
+
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100r.jpg|2|lbl=100r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 31v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If you stand in the guard of the Fool, and he falls on your sword with his own before you come up, then remain below on his sword, and heft upwards; feel meanwhile whether he in the displacing, intends to execute a cut or winding against you, if so, then do not let him come away from your sword, but pursue him, and work meanwhile to the nearest opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[27]</small> '''A good ''Stuck'' in pike'''</p>
  
<p>Also note that chasing is when an opponent goes too high upward, and you chase him below either with cutting or slicing as he draws up for the stroke.</p>
+
<p>Item: Bind on him from your left to his right, the higher the better, drive with a strike from above down onto his staff through his fingers and face, and with the cut, change through and thrust to his face or hip to the left side, which you certainly have after to thrust in with a simultaneous step out.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32r.jpg|1|lbl=32r.1}}
+
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100r.jpg|3|lbl=100r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Likewise if he strays too wide to the side, and you chase his weapon to the opening from above. And in all chasing, if he escapes you, be sure to turn your long edge against his weapon; and take good heed of the slice, for with it you can force him out of all his work.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32r.jpg|2|lbl=32r.2}}
+
| <p><small>[28]</small> Item: Bind on him like before and strike to his staff from above through his face so that the point comes to the ground, and drive with the point to the other side upwards again and also through his face, as soon as he will see you hasten away, then thrust.</p>
 +
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100r.jpg|4|lbl=100r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Some twice or more<br/>Let it fly, begin with it.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[29]</small> Item: If he thrusts in after, then thrust immediately with him with a turning away.</p>
 
+
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100r.jpg|5|lbl=100r.5}}
<p>That is, you should pay attention, when you are laying on against him with the slice, that you shall not allow him free, but rather once or twice follow after with the slice and with this hinder him in his work and intentions, then when he least expects it, thus you should artfully fly away to the nearest opening before he realizes it. This is a true master’s ''Stück''; and begin with it, that is:</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32v.jpg|1|lbl=32v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Send the hits to all four targets,<br/>Learn the pullings, you will deceive them.'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[30]</small> Item: Bind on him from your right to his left and strike him from above down on his staff to his arm, and in this strike, drive under and through while threatening with the change, pull through again and thrust to the side that you first intended to strike.</p>
 +
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100v.jpg|1|lbl=100v.1}}
  
<p>You must be well versed in the four openings, if you will fight certainly, then you fight with whatever ''Stücken'' and cuts, as good as they may be, if you do not know how to cut off with each one to every quarter, and to mutate the intended ''Stück'', by transforming it into other convenient work, from what he fights against you and how he meets your ''Stücken'', then it can happen that you will take forth with one ''Stück'' to a particular opening, and yet he sends himself against you such that you can have another closer opening, this opportunity will escape you, if you execute your intended ''Stücken'' without happening to notice other opportunities, therefore be diligent where you may at once fight by flying freely to the four openings. Because you have only three ways to cut and strike, that is with the long and short edge, and with the flat, from which together, all fencing is composed of, and targeting to the four divisions of the opponent; from which are given all other fortuitous techniques, like pulling, doubling, running off. Thus take note of the following divisions and cuts, that you correctly make your cuts opposite and crosswise to each other.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32v.jpg|2|lbl=32v.2|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|33r|jpg|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[31]</small> Item: Strike him from above to the fingers, ''Indes'' change through and take him out from the other side and thrust after.</p>
 +
| {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100v.jpg|2|lbl=100v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 34r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>In the onset cut with your long edge to his left ear, as soon as this clashes or connects, pull around your head and cut the next also with the long edge, to his lower right opening, then third, to his lower left opening the fourth to his upper right opening, these 4 cuts should go quickly from one into another. And all strikes should be well to the body, also you should do these cuts with the short edge, to the four openings of the man.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[32]</small> '''A good Provoking ''Stuck'''''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 33v.jpg|1|lbl=33v.1}}
+
 
 +
<p>Item: Lay your staff on your shoulder, position yourself with the intention to thrust, but don't actually do it, rather, change with your pike into the Low Guard, so that he is incited to strike when he thinks you have violated (your original intention), so then take out his thrust with a slicing off and thrust in likewise.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|page:MS Bibl. 2465 100v.jpg|3|lbl=100v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
 +
{{master subsection end}}
 +
 
 +
{{master subsection begin
 +
| title = Armored Fencing
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[User:JordanFinch|Jordan E. Finch]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)|Munich Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fechtbuch (MS Bibl. 2465)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''', thus also with the Flat, note that you cut with close hand to his left and to the right, inside with your hand this is from under or above, you may change through or reverse on him, to your own opportunity, then you cut the first from under to his right, the second to the upper left, the third to his upper right and the fourth to his lower left, when you cut these four strikes together into one another, you can in the very beginning or onset, deftly change off and pull them how it pleases you.</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 33v.jpg|2|lbl=33v.2}}
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|1}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101r.jpg|1|lbl=101r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Similarly when you come with the Thwart Strike against one another over-handed, it is with the long, short or flat.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|2}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 34v.jpg|1|lbl=34v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101r.jpg|2|lbl=101r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>When you do these four cuts and have learned to strike also to the four openings, thus learn also pulling, threatening, failing and then know the same from these following writings; step and cut to his upper left opening, but do not let this hit, rather when you come merely on his sword with this strike, then pull off again to a flight, and strike him to his lower right opening.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|3}}
| {{section|Page:MS A..2 34v.jpg|2|lbl=34v.2}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101r.jpg|3|lbl=101r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101v.jpg|1|lbl=101v.1|p=1}}  
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>And cut or strike still to him the first confidently to his upper openings to the left, thus you may pull and fail with them to all 4 openings Crosswise and athwart above, also your benefit is to learn the Circle Cut, this is a High and Low Cut together on one side, short and long and with the flat from such is known in the first assault, cut a long High Cut to his left ear, and when this clashes thus pull both cuts upwards so that your pommel comes through under your right, and cut with the long edge from under to his left. Step ''Indes'' with your left foot behind yours and come with the hilt high above your head.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|4}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 34v.jpg|3|lbl=34v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101v.jpg|2|lbl=101v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>And still again then cut the first a Low Cut with the Long edge to his lower opening with a step to of your right foot, quickly pull upwards besides your right and cut the other from above to his left, with a back-step of your left foot behind your right, so that you stand covered behind your blade.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|5}} 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35r.jpg|1|lbl=35r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 101v.jpg|3|lbl=101v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Stück'''</p>
 
 
<p>Item: Pull from your right a high strike to his left, but in the air, cross your hands and strike with the half edge to his left ear. Pull your hands again upwards, and strike with a Thwarter again from below to his left ear, thus also still again cut the Thwart from below to his left, with a step to Quickly pull upwards besides your right and thrust rapidly your pommel through under your right arm, and wind then with crossed hands again from your upper right in to his left, for this known strike, is also with the Flat from below and above together on one side, that goes for both sides and mark when you strike to the lower right opening, this is long or short, thus your cut comes crosswise and opposite but to the upper openings you come not crosswise, but like in the Old Squinting Cut, thus step to him and shoot before through and strike with the half edge from you left to his right, not crossed, but over you right hand, pull nimbly again above you towards your left and cross your hands in the air, strike him with crossed hands to his lower openings from your left, in this, show that your head is well behind your blade, some twice or three times to his right thus you come also with the flat and long edge from under and above besides his right to his strikes, how it is taught, like when you connect above but quickly cut Low.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35r.jpg|2|lbl=35r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35v.jpg|1|lbl=35v.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|6}}
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|1|lbl=102r.1|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|2|lbl=-|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 36r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''Item''' threaten to him from above with a Quick strike, or cut in at him from above, and if he slips after, then pull up the cut and drive with your Low Cut to the same side, from this work arises the winding on the sword, namely when you have bound on his sword from your right to his left, then remain hard on his blade, thrust through with the pommel under your right arm through remain thus in advance on his sword and jerk your pommel again for the purpose of winding him again outside to his head, thus you find also three kinds, namely winding outwards and inwards short edge to both sides and you should know that I have not put them here for just any particular reason.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35v.jpg|2|lbl=35v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 36v.jpg|1|lbl=36v.1|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|7}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|3|lbl=102r.2}}  
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Also execute slicing off and slinging,<br/>Send away the hard dangers with the slice.'''</p>
 
 
<p>When you thus allow your ''Stücken'' to run to all four openings, how you are taught here with this same, then also pay attention to his course, that is to his ''Stücken'', so that you are strong on him and slice off against him according to opportunity; thus hinder and slice off his ''Stücken'', until you see opportunity for other work. The danger is the strikes from both sides; will you displace by slicing them off, then see that you overlook no opportunity, and also do not slice too wide from his body, so that he does not go through against you.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 36v.jpg|2|lbl=36v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37r.jpg|1|lbl=37r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|8}}
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102r.jpg|4|lbl=102r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|1|lbl=102v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 38r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''Do not rely too much on the Crown,<br/>You will tend to get harm and shame from it.'''</p>
 
 
<p>Note when you displace with the horizontal crossguard, high up over your head, that is called the Crown. When you see that an opponent will run under your High Cut with the Crown, then do not let your High Cut actually connect, but rather pull the cut from him, that he drives out in vain, and cut with the long edge a Middle Cut athwart to his arm or wrist, this same thing thus you mark that when one who will gladly drive out and displace high, thus conduct yourself with comportment like you would cut high, do not complete this, but rather strike nimbly around to the lower openings with the Thwart, using flat or long edge or behind his arms to the ears you have it known.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37r.jpg|2|lbl=37r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37v.jpg|1|lbl=37v.1|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|9}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|2|lbl=102v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The Crown Strike is done thus; If one cuts at you from above, thus strike with the flat likewise and together with him to his left ear, so that your long edge connects in on his blade, and your corner on your short edge travels, thus strike your cross athwart, and hold your hand high above the head nearly like with the Squinting Cut and allow this nimbly to snap around again to the lower openings.</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37v.jpg|2|lbl=37v.2}}
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|10}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|3|lbl=102v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Of the Slinging take heed as soon as he makes one of his sides open, thus rush in from under with the flat to his ear, cut nimbly again low to the opening or let it shoot up above and drive under his blade.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 38v.jpg|1|lbl=38v.1}}
 
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: Have diligence when you attack that you will sling to the High Cut or Thwart strike, where he lets you shoot, see that you don't sling it, but rather fall off again.</p>
+
{{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|11}}
| {{section|Page:MS A..2 38v.jpg|2|lbl=38v.2}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 102v.jpg|4|lbl=102v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103r.jpg|1|lbl=103r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Strike powerfully through with the Long point<br/>Therewith hold off all hard dangers.'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|12}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103r.jpg|2|lbl=103r.2}}
<p>Stand with the left foot forwards and strike him from your right through his face, that the half edge goes forth once to four times nimbly one after another, thus you drive on to him, then attack to him from under and whether it is with Thwart or Long edge, mark when you thus have slashed up to him, thus take heed when he strikes at you from above and from his right side, then wind him by slashing out your long edge against his blade so that it stays somewhat athwart, your point upwards and to his left. step at once with the left foot to his left and thrust the pommel instantly under your arm, cut in with the short edge with skidding behind his blade to his head step likewise with your right foot after and around his left and jerk the pommel again therefore, so that you stand with the sword in the Thwart or in Hanging point.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 38v.jpg|3|lbl=38v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' When one cuts a High Cut to you from his right, thus capture him in the air with an opposing cut, striking out, from your right, with the long edge in that when it connects, thus strike around with the Thwart to his left Ear, this goes also to both sides. Mark when you thus have laid on in the long-point, then you have the setting off to the 4 windings, which goes to all sides, namely if he cuts from above, thus strike from under on his sword, and if he remains bound hard search instantly with winding flicking. Note also instantly and feel when he will go away thus at once when he goes away around to strike, thus flick at him from above over his arm with wound blade, that the long edge smartly stays against his blade, cut nimbly around with the flat against the upper quadrants to the next opening, if its seen that as soon as you again are on his blade, he cuts at you from above, thus bar him from above it is with setting off or setting on, thus as often as it clashes so you are nimbly attentive to the next opening.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|13}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39r.jpg|1|lbl=39r.1}}
+
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103r.jpg|3|lbl=103r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103v.jpg|1|lbl=103v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Another ''Stuck'''''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|14}}
 
+
|
<p>Strike the opponent powerfully through his face, upwards step through the strike after to your opponent with your right foot and leave your sword slide around and set him the first in his chest, Thwart his arms defend yourself with the strong over your hands, and mark in this, then as soon as he makes his sword too wide in the Long-point, thus lay on with the point outside and over his arm.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103v.jpg|2|lbl=103v.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39r.jpg|2|lbl=39r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Strike out before him and allow your sword to fly above besides your left, step and cut from your right from under at his arm, if he displaces this, thus wind and go through with the Grip and cast with your pommel outwards over his right arm, let go with your left hand from your grip, and grab therewith your blade to help the right, cut him with the long edge on his head.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|15}}
| {{section|Page:MS A..2 39v.jpg|1|lbl=38v.1}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 103v.jpg|3|lbl=103v.1|p=3}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104r.jpg|1|lbl=104r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Blind Cut you should let rebound<br/>Cast around the Thwart, have diligence to the flicking.'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|16}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104r.jpg|2|lbl=104r.2}}
<p>Slash him with the Long-point in his face, step and pull your sword around your head and strike with the inside flat from your right to his left through the Middle Line, take your head well out and wind around nimbly again on his Sword with the outside flat also to his left ear.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39v.jpg|2|lbl=38v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 40r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Over-gripping'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|17}}
 
+
|
<p>Mark thusly when one binds on you from the right thus he presses weakly from you with the slice, with the sword, thus grab with your hand on your shield and cast with your blade over his both hands downwards and to your right, press the pommel from you.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104r.jpg|3|lbl=104r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|1|lbl=104v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39v.jpg|3|lbl=38v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" | <p>'''A Sword Taking'''</p>
+
|  
 +
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|18}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|2|lbl=104v.2}}
  
<p>Mark when one strongly binds to you on the blade, so remove your left hand from the pommel and grab there with both blades in the middle, and drive with the haft or pommel over besides his both arms. Pull to you, thus must he lose his sword.</p>
 
| class="noline" | {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|40v|jpg}}
 
 
|}
 
{{master subsection end}}
 
 
{{master subsection begin
 
| title = Dusack
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
|
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|19}}
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A..2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|3|lbl=104v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Fencing in Dussack, techniques in all Kinds of One handed Weapons Thorough Descriptions'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|20}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|4|lbl=104v.4}}
<p>Firstly are the guards, therein are namely Four which are not made so that one should wait in them how it is previously and partially reported above in the sword. But rather has more divisions there with one knows One from the other to distinguish, namely thus, when one fights from the Steer, he will generally use such Strikes and ''Stücken'', that are assigned to the Steer therefore he who will fight with them, thus should he pay attention from which or through which division he goes against in fighting, thus that he may know best, with what cuts or ''Stücken'' he should lay on against him, in that he in the Before runs off, then your fighting and your cuts to him and techniques will be correctly cut in and soon put, it must usually give way to harm.</p>
 
|
 
{{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|44r|jpg|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 44v.jpg|1|lbl=44v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>And should you know thus with the four guards that the opponent is divided into four parts, how in the above figure it is shown, the two from High are called the Ox, the other two are called the Plow take an example, when you hold the weapon high, to the right or the left thus you stand in Ox or Steer, what cuts and strikes you do from the Ox, you can also do from the other high guards. And you should yourself not mistake that more than four are known. Steer, Watch, Wrath whose names spring from their intentions and take this first as not only an example, I Hold my weapon above, prepared to strike over my head, that the point is behind me, which I call the Watch, not that he is always in Ox, but rather because my plan is to have prepared or ready strikes and pay attention and watch where he will give cuts to me, then be very ready to cut into the openings, thus I would like to say he who stays in Ox, holds good watch.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|21}}
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 44v.jpg|2|lbl=44v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45r.jpg|1|lbl=45r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 104v.jpg|5|lbl=104v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|1|lbl=105r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Thus one in Wrath Guard stays, may I say, he opposes you wrathfully in Ox, from which comes the name's use, but this is premature and will further, as much as, hereafter, needfully enough, and understandingly be given and taught.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|22}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45r.jpg|2|lbl=45r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|2|lbl=105r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Next are the cuts, which even if I would set forth and report to you, of all twelve, yet there are still not more than four main cuts, from which the others all have sprung from, namely, first the High Cut, second the Wrath Cut, third the Middel Cut, and the fourth an Low Cut, than slashing or Crooked so that no one can make cuts, or cut him usefully either from above, or diagonally, Item athwart, or bring from under, thus there are many kinds of names and alterations to the cuts, hence, so named that quite a few are carried out during the cuts, for example, thus I stand before one in the same work, and can't come at all to the openings, thus I cut strongly from above a Boch strike not that I intend to hit or strike through but rather that I crash on to him and wrench into a cut and with this he will also do this to me, and would thus give room to the openings, from which a High Cut comes nicely. This cut has the name Boch Cut, therefore that my naming this is only about the clashing on that is to be done.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|23}}
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|3|lbl=105r.3}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45r.jpg|3|lbl=45r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45v.jpg|1|lbl=45v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''From the Four Openings'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|24}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|4|lbl=105r.4}}
<p>And thirdly, should one protect the openings, and learn to recognize them on the arms of the man, therein one should be aware, of he who leads diligently the defense when each are up high, thus he is open below.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45v.jpg|2|lbl=45v.2}}
 
 
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46r.jpg|1|lbl=46r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Thus he who is low is even likewise open high, as is he who proceeds too far to the side, further but more importantly, the four divisions of the man, the Before and the After, strong and weak, Item the looping round, and the Circle, slices, and likewise, how it is previously in the long sword presented and taught and should be used here, as before.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|25}}
| {{section|Page:MS A..2 46r.jpg|2|lbl=46r.2}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105r.jpg|5|lbl=105r.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105v.jpg|1|lbl=105v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Follow the Guards and they are given these Names'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|26}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 105v.jpg|2|lbl=105v.2}}
<p>Watch or ''Luginslandt'', Steer, Wrath, Boar, Changer, Side Guard.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46r.jpg|3|lbl=46r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: The Slice, the Bow, which are the two displacings, one from under, the other from above.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|27}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46r.jpg|4|lbl=46r.4}}
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|106r|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 47r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 106v.jpg|400x400px|center]]
| <p>'''The Cuts</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|28}}
{|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|106v|jpg}}
|-
 
| High Cut&emsp; || Middle Cut&emsp; || Boch Cut
 
|-
 
| Low Cut&emsp; || Whacker&emsp; || Failer Cut
 
|-
 
| Wrath Cut&emsp; || Buzzer Cut&emsp; || Short Cut
 
|-
 
| Crooked Cut&emsp; || Wind Cut&emsp; || Swinger Cut
 
|}
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46v.jpg|1|lbl=46v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>These figures painted here are the paths through the man to which and through which one Cuts, the first line has three parts, namely on the Head, on the Arm and thus that one strikes Outright. Thus also the Wrath Guard winds, displaces, namely the three depictions, firstly through the face, to the other, through the Middle of the man, and thereafter through to the Legs and is nevertheless just a cut from one of the inward cuts, through his face or through the Middle of the man or through the Legs.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|29}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46v.jpg|2|lbl=46v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107r.jpg|1|lbl=107r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''In summation:''' What comes from above, or that which cuts to the head or arms and feet thus is called from the High Cuts, thus that which would be cut from the Shoulder diagonally to the man, whether to the face or Body, high or from under, are called the Wrath Cuts and may also be done with the crooked or straight edge from which reason the cuts are well named for the limbs that they will be cut to. In Rappier hereafter follows and remains that the cut is still basically a Wrath Cut or a Middle Cut and thus it is created with all four cuts. </p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|30}}
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107r.jpg|2|lbl=107r.2}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46v.jpg|3|lbl=46v.3|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|47r|jpg|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|1|lbl=47v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Further, one should note when one cuts one of the four cuts through the stated line, and he is High or Middle, thus should one always cut out to the next line to the displacing.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|31}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|2|lbl=47v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107r.jpg|3|lbl=107r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus in ''Zufechten'' I come into the Steer and cut a Middle Cut through his face strongly, at once I cut from my left through the under weakly on his right line, displacing against his hand.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|32}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|3|lbl=47v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107v.jpg|1|lbl=107v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Meanwhile, I have given here to you a general rule throughout the whole of Dussack fencing, thus will I now as before, set forth an example of the technique which without the togetherness of the guards and cuts, together with the Pulled cuts, namely deceiving, no defeat comes, for they are based on the cuts from the shortest explanation (which is necessary) and their counters.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|33}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|4|lbl=47v.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 107v.jpg|2|lbl=107v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''High Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|34}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 108r.jpg|1|lbl=108r.1}}
<p>The High Cut breaks all other cuts with suppressing or extra length and always goes through the Watch or from the ''Luginslandt'' and is a blissful and still artful cut to use.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|1|lbl=48r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Wrath Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|35}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 108r.jpg|2|lbl=108r.2}}
  
<p>Wrath Cut is also from above, but in those from the first it is differentiated of those from straight from above, this goes however diagonal from the shoulder and is known as the correct Father Strike, Wrath Cut or also the Battle Cut for this reason then, he who is strongest is greatest amongst all.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|2|lbl=48r.2}}
+
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 108v.jpg|400x400px|center]]
 +
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|36}}
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|108v|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|37}}
| <p>'''Middle Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 109r.jpg|1|lbl=109r.1}}
 
 
<p>Middle Cut is an athwart cut wherein one should know as common.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|3|lbl=48r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Low Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|38}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 109r.jpg|2|lbl=109r.2}}
  
<p>Low Cut is a weak cut, but where he with cleverness will use it, it is very useful.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|4|lbl=48r.4}}
+
| rowspan="2" | [[file:MS Bibl. 2465 109v.jpg|400x400px|center]]
 +
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|39}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 109r.jpg|3|lbl=109r.3}}
  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|1|lbl=48v.1}}
+
|-
 +
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|40}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110r.jpg|1|lbl=110r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Crooked Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|41}}
 
+
|
<p>Crooked is thus, grab around the grip well so that you have the Dussack crooked, thus if he cuts or not, so step immediately out and cut with the crooked edge, through the Diagonal Wrath or Middle Athwart Line.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110r.jpg|2|lbl=110r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|1|lbl=110v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|2|lbl=48v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Whacker'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|42}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|2|lbl=110v.2}}
<p>Whacker is thus, in the onset cut a strong cut onto his displacement and in that it clashes, or rests thus wind the cut into a thrust over his displacement line, that's called the Whacker.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|3|lbl=48v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 49r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Buzzer'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|43}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|3|lbl=110v.3}}
<p>The Buzzer is thus, take hold of your grip crooked as the first figure here shows, in those cuts that he would give to you from somewhat on high, then cut through in a stroke from under and athwart to his arm, so that the Dussacks are both in the wind above, and again you shoot around to the displacement. It is or is called therefore a Buzzer, because of the sound from the fast rushing wind that it makes.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|4|lbl=48v.4}}
 
 
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 49v.jpg|1|lbl=49v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Wind Cut'''</p>
+
|  
 
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|44}}
<p>Wind Cut is thus when one would cut athwart well outside his right arm over his arm line, thus quickly in a rip, wind out again. You can do the Wind Cut through a High, Middle or Low Cut.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 110v.jpg|4|lbl=110v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111r.jpg|1|lbl=111r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 49v.jpg|2|lbl=49v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''''Bock'' Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|45}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111r.jpg|2|lbl=111r.2}}
<p>''Bock'' Cut is here sufficiently clarified by examples.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 49v.jpg|3|lbl=49v.3}}
 
 
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|1|lbl=50r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Swinger Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|46}}
 
+
|
<p>Swinger is a strong taking away from your left to his right it is with the Flat or the Long, also I wind a special technique afterwards about the Swinger.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111r.jpg|3|lbl=111r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|1|lbl=111v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|2|lbl=50r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Short Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|47}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|2|lbl=111v.2}}
<p>Short Cut is a throwing in from the left against or over his right, which will also be clarified afterwards in a special ''Stück''.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|3|lbl=50r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Failer Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|48}}
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|3|lbl=111v.3}}
<p>Mark when you come near to him, and the both of you are standing high in the displacing, thus cut from his right shoulder a circle so soon as he is convinced and will strike, thus cut him beside the hilt to the head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|4|lbl=50r.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Now follow the techniques on the guards together with the cuts, and have diligence with the cuts when they again make you open, even though he doesn't seem far. While I amply teach next, but follow firstly the Quick Cut.</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|49}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50v.jpg|1|lbl=50v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|4|lbl=111v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 51r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Quick Cut'''</p>
+
| {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|50}}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|5|lbl=111v.5}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Joachim Meyer/Jordan Elliot Finch 2023 MAF|51}}
 +
| class="noline" |  
 +
{{section|Page:MS Bibl. 2465 111v.jpg|6|lbl=111v.6|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS Bibl. 2465|112r|jpg|p=1}}
  
<p>Mark thus when you stand before one in the Bow, and he will not cut so pull upwards into the Watch as if you would cut from high especially if he does nothing, wind in the air and cut with the long edge from under to his right arm quickly and jerk the Dussack again around to your left shoulder, from there cut a defense strike through his right, to the arm or above the arm through to his face, and then cut Cross or a Driving Cut.</p>
+
|}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50v.jpg|2|lbl=50v.2}}
+
{{master subsection end}}
 +
{{master end}}
  
 +
{{master begin
 +
| title = Solms Treatise (1563-8)
 +
| width = 100%
 +
}}
 +
{{master subsection begin
 +
| title = Dedication
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''' If he cuts from above in the Before, thus displace upwards towards your left and cut through quickly from your left to his right it is under or above the Dussack thus you come with your Dussack beside your right side, from there cut again athwart from under with the Long edge strongly through his arm, or if he cuts against your strike so that your Dussack comes to your left shoulder, cut away directly from the over line.</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
|
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50v.jpg|3|lbl=50v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|1|lbl=51v.1|p=1}}
+
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="3" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 52r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| rowspan="2" class="noline" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 02v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''High Cut on the Steer'''</p>
+
| <p>'''To the Well born Lord, Duke Ottbo Count of Solms, Lord of Munzenberg and Sonnewaldt my Gracious Sir'''<br/><br/></p>
  
<p>Item: Thus when you may reach him, in the on going, in the Bow thus cut a long cut through his displacement to the face and cut quickly to the displacing, upwards from outside against his weapon, right away work inside and outside to the Openings.</p>
+
<p>Well born Gracious Sir, Your Grace, my subservience and willing service, is as every time before. Kindly Sir, it's not without particular Reasons that the Old Writings of the Knightly Free Art of Fencing  with all diligence, in their Books are praised and reposed and the Princes and gentlemen themselves, with earnestness Ordered namely but that more portions of Knightly Fighting and forthright strikes from there have arisen from trustworthy, credible words, that what through' splendid feelings for Manhood originated, for the Praise also thereby in the Highest Command and administration of War will be attained/revealed not solely in the History of the Greeks and Romans but is especially proven also through daily experience, that the training in various Knights games and Fencing, is learned with diligence, like those same  practices that came long before, and it is masterful with all speed. Then more to our times Princes and Noblemen no less, lve it, and to the highest advancement than our Old Riders, how then also, You Grace, besides other free Arts, associates this manly Art with earnestness, and therefore I, Your grace, as an innocent Fencing Master, to this end, I must Instruct your grace which I in all Subservience and with willful courage have accepted, and while I am not alone, a particular beauty to such Art, but rather through Your Grace’s, merciful and consecrated will, you have sensed and found out about me I have no knowledge and Way but with it I, Your Grace, in such Art can subserviently serve and want to save, so this Fencing manual was put together, and all ''Stücken'' described, to Your Grace, and delivered in the subservient hope, that Your grace, would not only learn the techniques that are taught here, but through them thus they be cast in memory to be held, but rather also will swift and useful ''Stücken'' hence be learnt from not less than, thus, a similar Fencing master, that Your Grace will have had. I beg thus in subservience Your grace, wants a work such as mine, although unwary and minor a work, than that from one, Your grace, to all possible service in subservience and wholeheartedly, studiously flowed and graciously will accept. Of this will I, Your Grace, subserviently serve and wherewith I can pleasurably show, also to the Highest solicitude. May that the Almighty would confer on Your Grace, besides other prosperity, also long life in good health and Freedoms.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|2|lbl=51v.2}}
+
|  
 +
{{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|03r|jpg|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|03v|jpg|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 04r.jpg|1|lbl=04r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''' In every cut are three things to think about, that namely you wrench inward after cutting or striking.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>Your Grace</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|3|lbl=51v.3}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Subserviently Willing</p>
| <p>'''Example'''</p>
 
  
<p>He who stands before you in the Bow, now may you not be unmindful of striking to his advantage, thus he makes you rush while he after is not weakened, so do to him now thus, when one stands before you in the Bow, thus cut him the first through his Bow not that you would, but rather, with it you cut him where he is open, when he goes out to cut. and when he has cut, then you must suppress or ground his strike with a High Cut, as soon as you have cut the first the second is taken, then cut the third long after.</p>
+
<p>Joachim Meyer<br/>Fencing Master</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|4|lbl=51v.4}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 04r.jpg|2|lbl=04r.2|p=1}}
  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 52v.jpg|1|lbl=52v.1}}
+
|}
 +
{{master subsection end}}
  
 +
{{master subsection begin
 +
| title = Sword
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
| <p>'''Item''' Go at him with a cut and displace his strong cut with the Bow from under, the third, cut him after to the Openings, if he cuts, however without strength, then take his cut with a Suppressing strike and cut after to the next opening.</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 52v.jpg|2|lbl=52v.2}}
+
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 05r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Item''' Take note when he goes out to strike, thus cut him after besides his hilt to the face and that must happen, while he has his Dussack in the air to strike.</p>
+
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Sword Fencing'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|1|lbl=53r.1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Firstly will each one of the actions in Fencing be divided into three parts which are particularly good to note. In the Sword this is namely attacking, followed by the withdrawal or other than to the first to reach it, send your attacks through the guards and cut like they follow afterwards here, however to the other parts and the middle work, this will be reprinted with the handworks, and a mixture of convenient cuts. Onwards to the last, or the withdrawal, how orderly each one will hereafter be diligently written and taught.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06r.jpg|1|lbl=6r.1}}
| <p>'''Item''' Cut him a Buffalo Cut, as soon as he cuts after, thus displace and cut after him through to his forward limb and come quickly again in the displacing.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|2|lbl=53r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[2]</small> Secondly one should note the Before and After, Weak and Strong. The Before is when you drive with your ''Stücken'' so that he cannot come to his senses, especially by positioning yourself close, and how he defends before your ''Stücken'' and these same would like to break and bar, with this, he runs off the Before to you. The After is, when you have been rushed upon by your opponent how it is reported next and above. Thus you should respond ''Indes'' quickly with convenient work, with this, you are strongest on his ''Stücken'', when you lay on with your work in the Before, and in this you are crowded so that you must displace him after, thus is a constant changing with the Before and After, now you have it, then he does. But he who does not pay attention to it, he will nonetheless never learn to fence.</p>
| <p>'''Item''' Cut him initially a long High Cut to his head near by his hilt and allow this quickly to run off besides his right, and cut a long cut after to his face, and the two cuts should go hand in hand.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06r.jpg|2|lbl=6r.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|3|lbl=53r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 54r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''A Good ''Stuck'' from the Steer how it follows'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''Divisions of the sword to the Weak and Strong'''</p>
  
<p>If you encounter one who is in the Slice how this figure shows, thus step and cut from your right Crooked under his right arm through so that you connect near his knuckles with the crooked point, the other take him strongly away with the flat upwards through his right arm from your left, so that your weapon again flies around your head, with this thrust over his right arm to the face, if he defends this, thus cut him to the face.</p>
+
<p>The sword is firstly divided in two parts, namely from the grip to the middle of the blade which is known as the Strong, from the middle to the most forward, is the Weak.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|4|lbl=53r.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|1|lbl=6v.1}}
  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53v.jpg|1|lbl=53v.1}}
+
|-
 +
| <p><small>[4]</small> Furthermore is the sword divided in four parts how the figure below this shows. With the inward part, that is the haft, and [with it] the work with the pommel and cross and haft will be understood, in the next part, thereafter will the work with cutting and pushing and what belongs to the Strong be understood, to the third part of the sword should be noted the alterable work of the Weak and Strong after opportunity and liking. Which alone is extremely weak for you to work properly to the Openings.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|2|lbl=6v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''' In the onset cut in with Long edge strongly through his face, so that your Dussack again shoots over your head athwart to the displacement from your right, step instantly and quickly with your left around his right and cut him Crooked over his right arm to the head if he defends, thus cut him forwards to the face or cut him Crooked to the left at the head.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53v.jpg|2|lbl=53v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 54v.jpg|1|lbl=54v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[5]</small> '''Hard and Soft'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Thus you shall mark in the binding of the swords, as you shall feel if he has become hard or soft in the bind, with the cut.</p>
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 55r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|3|lbl=6v.3}}
| <p>'''Middle strike with the Throwing In'''</p>
 
 
 
<p>'''Item''' If you encounter one who is in the Slice or Straight Parrying how this figure shows. Thus send yourself in the Middle Guard to your left side and throw at him your crooked edge from outside over his right arm and Pull the Long edge to your left, through his face, if he defends this, and he drives above you thus cut before him long to the face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 54v.jpg|2|lbl=54v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''' Mark when you encounter one who is in Straight parrying or in the Slice thus come in the ''Zufechten'' into the Side Guard on your left side, throw the Half edge over his right arm to his face, the second proceeds from under with the Long edge through his face. The third a Middel Cut after from your right, if one defends these thrown strikes, thus cut nimbly to the face.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 54v.jpg|3|lbl=54v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 55v.jpg|1|lbl=55v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[6]</small> Item: If he is yet again, strong or weak, and is usually more watchful of the weak binding before the strong, how hereafter in the fencing it can be seen.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|4|lbl=6v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>But if one cuts to you when you thus stand in the Side Guard so take away the strike from your left with the Flat Instantly step with the left foot to his right side and thrust him over his right arm to the face, cut quickly after through his face or to the Next opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[7]</small> With this however the sword fencing and the following written ''Stuck'' is more understandable thus as I explain my ''Zedel'' according to the rules, as I want the words to have understanding so I have named the order; the Beginning, Middle and End.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 55v.jpg|2|lbl=55v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|5|lbl=6v.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Swinger'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[8]</small> '''Follow the Sword ''Zedel'''''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''The Four Main guards'''</p>
  
<p>The first is a taking out from your left and a winding out with the Flat, the other is a Strong cut from your left through his face with the Long edge with a twofold strike through the Cross.</p>
+
<p>From the Roof, Fool, Ox, Plow</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 55v.jpg|3|lbl=55v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|1|lbl=7r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A Good ''Stuck'' from the Swinger'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[9]</small> '''The Eight Secondary Guards'''</p>
  
<p>Mark in ''Zufechten'' you come into the Slice, allow him not too close to you as soon as he would strike to you, thus pull under his strike, through to your left side avoid his striking through and cut quickly from your left, over his right arm, two high strikes to the head with this you go twice to him.</p>
+
<p>Long Point, Iron Gate, Hanging Point, Speak Window, Key, Side Guard, Barrier Guard, Wrath Guard</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56r.jpg|1|lbl=56r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|2|lbl=7r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Rose Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[10]</small> '''The Five Master-Cuts'''</p>
  
<p>Item: In the ''Zufechten'' cut him from above outside his right arm, (go) under and through him, so that your Dussack comes around again in a Circle above your head, let it low and nimbly run out next to your left, cut him from your right to his face.</p>
+
<p>Wrath Cut, Crooked Cut, Thwart Cut, Squinting Cut, Scalper</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56r.jpg|2|lbl=56r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|3|lbl=7r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Thrust him outside from over his right arm going under and through so that your Dussack again comes outside over his Arm grab with your left hand over your right arm on your incoming blade by the hilt, Pull to you, and to your right side, thus you have taken his Dussack.</p>
+
| <p><small>[11]</small> '''The Six Covert Cuts'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56v.jpg|1|lbl=56v.1}}
+
 
 +
<p>Blinding Cut, Bouncing Cut, Short Cut, Knuckle Cut, Clashing Cut, Wind Cut</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|4|lbl=7r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Failer Strike'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[12]</small> '''Handworks in the Sword'''</p>
  
<p>Mark when you can come close to him and both of you are standing high in the displacement, thus cut from his right corner, fail with a circle, and then as soon as he witnesses this failing and will strike, then cut him beside the hilt to the head.</p>
+
<p>Bind On, Remain, Cut, Strike Around, Travel After, Snap Around, Run Off, Doubling, Leading, Flying, Feeling, Circle, Looping, Winding, Winding Through, Reverse, Change Through, Run over, Set Off, Cut Off, Pull, Hand Press, Displace, Hanging, Blocking, Barring, Travel out, Grab over, Weak pushing</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56v.jpg|2|lbl=56v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07r.jpg|5|lbl=7r.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 07v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Item''' When one cuts to you, thus yield with your displacement and allow his cut to fall, step and cut from outside as soon as his right arm falls through, then next through his face. See that you are nimble again in displacing.</p>
+
| <p><small>[13]</small> '''From the Four Openings and Divisions'''</p>
|  
+
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56v.jpg|3|lbl=56v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57r.jpg|1|lbl=57r.1|p=1}}
+
<p>Firstly will the opponent be divided in two sections, namely left and right, how the lines in the figure above is shown, thereafter in two more divisions namely under and over, the above two openings would be the Ox, to divide the under two, the Plow. Whose use one should thus firstly note, in which division he leads his sword under or above, to the right or the left/ when you have seen that, thus attack against him at once from above, it is about the location, otherwise, take a general example of this:</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07v.jpg|1|lbl=7v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| <p><small>[14]</small> In ''Zufechten'', thus both of you have come together, and you see that he leads his sword to his right in the high opening, in Ox or Wrath Guard, thus attack in to his lower left opening, if not, then it is much more important that you provoke him to meet you. As soon as this clashes, or will, thus pull around your head and strike him high to the opening from which he came. This is namely to his right ear, with the half edge and crossed hands. This is the correct Squinting Cut.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A ''Stuck'' on the Left'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 07v.jpg|2|lbl=7v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08r.jpg|1|lbl=8r.1|p=1}}
 
 
<p>Cut him outside his left arm fail through that your Dussack comes to your low left side, as soon as he cuts, then cut with him together, ahead of the line to his face, step with the left well on his right.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57r.jpg|2|lbl=57r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Cut him failing through from outside his arm like before then next take him away with the Flat from your left through his right so that your Dussack flies above, step and cut ''Indes'' two wind strikes to his face, one into the other from your left to his right.</p>
+
| <p><small>[15]</small> '''Another'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57r.jpg|3|lbl=57r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>Thus when one holds his sword to the left in ''Zufechten'', then go through before him from your right and cut with strength to his right, as soon as he swipes after to the strike thus pull a looping to the left opening, if he swipes after this, however, thus allow it to fly around again, thus drive each opening to the other, crosswise and against one another after your opportunity.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>It is every fencer's [desire] that he quickly knows from all strikes, to which opening the cut is coming, ''Indes'' quickly there and follow after, if I however can decide, then I want to instruct about the displacing upwards in hanging.</p>
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 58r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''Wrath Strike'''</p>
 
  
<p>Mark when you find someone in left Wrath Guard how this figure shows, thus come into Steer and thrust him to the face with displacing, that he must defend, thus cut him nimbly through the face the other is a High strike to the head.</p>
+
<p>It is stated in the ancient Verses, who often displaces, will often be injured.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57v.jpg|1|lbl=57v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08r.jpg|2|lbl=8r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''A Good Attack from the Steer'''</p>
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[16]</small> '''Item''' Liechtenauer said in his secret verses, that "displacing hurts you, if you wish it on yourself", therefore shall every fencer know that he is to be the first with attacking and following, then to every fencer that is known to watch and wait on another, from this he shall come to no harm, or at the least, if he does not fight much.</p>
  
<p>Mark thus in ''Zufechten'' that you come into the Steer against the left Wrath or a similar guard, thus cut the first Crooked in from your right from below with a step to, through to his left side the other also from your right from above so that your Dussack shoots around from your left, over your head, into the Plunge, instantly cut hard with the Long edge from your lower left through the Scalp Line, and then a Middle Cut after or step with displacing to him.</p>
+
<p>A proper fencer, who does not displace much, will have the greatest advantage. Thus, when he strikes you also strike, when he thrusts you also thrust, when he steps you also step. Where two equal strikes come together, thus they bring you to displacing, when however one will cut from above, and then next he goes against with a Thwart, thus he sets off, and steps with one another, thus simultaneously should one have a step out, with the same cut and therein with advantage also pay attention to his openings. Thus should every fencer know that he is soon attentive how it is also shown above, that where two good fencers have come together, which I have attentively married together in the illustrations.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57v.jpg|2|lbl=57v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 58v.jpg|1|lbl=58v.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08r.jpg|3|lbl=8r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08v.jpg|1|lbl=8v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A Good ''Stuck'' from the Steer'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[17]</small> Thus have I put forth a short and summary knowledge of sword-fighting and all noteworthy ''Stücken'' and also the translations of which the divisions that are obscured, are clarified in measure and thereafter it enters and then next goes in three divisions, namely how it was previously reported, Onset or Attacking, Pressing After or the middle work, the last is to Withdraw or end and therefore so that one may better understand I will shortly reiterate.</p>
  
<p>If you are approached by one who is in the Slice, thus step and cut Crooked from your right under and through his right arm so that you connect on his knuckles with the crooked point, the other, take him out strongly from your left with the Flat over his right arm, so that your weapon again flies around over your head and with your cut going over his right arm to his face, if he defends this, thus cut him to the face.</p>
+
<p>Thus, to the attacks have I put forth the guards in which one should not delay, or wait in them, but rather as a result must your necessary courage with whose reported cuts, go once or twice to your opportunity, so that he must then engage and that the Before has escaped Him, thus to another opening should one work after with various offensive handworks, beholding with the Before, as such handworks are stated above as a three in one handwork, thus to crowd and close so that one may come to the withdraw without shame.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 58v.jpg|2|lbl=58v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 08v.jpg|2|lbl=8v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Under Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[18]</small> '''Of this, I will give an example'''</p>
  
<p>Item: When you have warded a strike twice, thus catch his strike in the air on the Bow, ''Indes'' wrench with the short edge from below, to your right through his displacement, then at once Cut Crosswise through his face.</p>
+
<p>If one fights against you in the guard of the Roof, thus you come in ''Zufechten'' into the Side Guard, you must above all not wait in that long, then when he bears witness to the strike and as soon as he brings his sword into the air, thus lay on against him with a Thwart strike, instantly as it clashes, thus cut quickly again around with the long Thwart, to the other side of his sword, that is now attacking, if he strikes around, thus you cut after, if he displaces, then deceive him with the weak, so that you cut him in the After.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59r.jpg|1|lbl=59r.1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>If he is hard thus you are soft<br/>If he cuts, so you counter,<br/>If he displaces, then you cut</p>
|
 
| <p>'''A ''Stuck'''''</p>
 
  
<p>Mark when one strikes over, Crooked to your head, thus set him off with your slice, from your right, grab with your left hand over your right down onto his right hand by the joints and drive with your hilt from under and break upwards.</p>
+
<p>Thirdly; also have instant attention for your opportunity to Withdraw.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59r.jpg|2|lbl=59r.2}}
+
| {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|09r|jpg|lbl=9r}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Plunging to the Head'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[19]</small> '''See that you are the first on the field;<br/>Before your opponent adopts a posture, lay on against him.'''</p>
  
<p>Or when you thus have caught one's hand as described above, then heave upwards and go through under his right, stoop down to the ground and grab with your right hand and your Dussack around behind his Leg, how you may do in all Grabbing, heave upwards, thus he falls on his head.</p>
+
<p>Thus note that when you wish to fight with someone, then see that you are the first to be in place so that you can act in a timely manner in your intended ''Stück'', then you shall forcefully continue against him with cuts that he cannot send himself into a guard or ''Stück'' But rather you shall show that you will rush over him with sudden stepping before he realizes it. How it is then further clarified by the following Rhyme.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10r.jpg|1|lbl=10r.1}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59r.jpg|3|lbl=59r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59v.jpg|1|lbl=59v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Note in the ''Zufechten'', that you come with the left foot forwards hold the Dussack besides your right, grab the handle well so that you have the Dussack Crooked, ''Indes'' step cut then Crooked over his Bow Line, wrench downwards to your left side, step out with your right behind his right Strike then outside over his right arm to the face or to his left with a step out.</p>
+
| <p><small>[20]</small> '''Pay heed to Instantly, understand me rightly,<br/>Hit him before he adopts his posture.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59v.jpg|2|lbl=59v.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>This is when you are in the ''Zufechten'' and he is just about to you, then note when he acts as if he will adopt a posture, then do not allow him to rest or come to it, but rather always attack first, and as he is choosing a posture, lay on at once to the next opening, and position yourself as if you would to cut strongly, but do not do this, rather allow it to fail or flit to another opening, then as soon as you are at the midway part of your sword on his sword, do not await, but rather, Thwart, Strike Around, Wrench Out, Slice, Wind, and what other types of work there may be.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Mark thus when you stand in right Wrath Guard, thus step and cut the first from under through his left, the second also from under through his right, both Crooked, the third, from above through his left, the fourth also from above through his right so that your Dussack again stays over your head in the Plunge, the fifth a Middel Cut through his left, the sixth a High Cut.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10r.jpg|2|lbl=10r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10v.jpg|1|lbl=10v|p=1}}
|
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59v.jpg|3|lbl=59v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60r.jpg|1|lbl=60r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>In ''Zufechten'' cut from your lower left, out to his right arm, as soon as he clashes, then thrust into his face, if he parries that, thus grab his Dussack in the Middle and take him downwards to your left side.</p>
+
| <p><small>[21]</small> '''For you no guard will come so good<br/>In the After you strike out freely, boldly.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60r.jpg|2|lbl=60r.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>But it makes you wonder, as such, how can there be still many good guards, and hence, you yourself have seen taught here many good techniques, answer, it is true, there are many good guards and will be fought from a number of good and beautiful techniques. As I have included several in this book for you. However this rhyme teaches you that it is always better to not settle into a guard. It guards you not at all, to show someone with your guard, what you will do amid the fight, that may your cutting through not be brought so far.</p>
|
 
| <p>'''Work for Running in'''</p>
 
  
<p>Mark thus when you come close together, then work him high over his displacement firstly with a Crooked Cut over his displacement to the left ear.</p>
+
<p>In this, learn from the rhyme, when you should do it. Namely in the After that is when you should take him, when he keeps his guard, or stays in a guard, then cut him to the opposite opening, as soon as he goes towards your strike with his displacing, and is out of his guard, and whether it connects or doesn’t connect, then pull around your head and strike, especially to the part or quarter line from where he has struck from.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 10v.jpg|2|lbl=10v.2}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60r.jpg|3|lbl=60r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60v.jpg|1|lbl=60v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If he displaces you, thus cut a Crooked Cut outside and over his right arm to the right ear If he displaces once again, thus cut Crooked under his arm to the face. The Fourth strike is a Thwart strike to his left ear from under with the long edge so that your hilt is well gripped, in these four strikes you should always be high with the hilt, above your head to the displacing.</p>
+
| <p><small>[22]</small> Of this I will give to you an example:</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60v.jpg|2|lbl=60v.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>When one stands before you in the right Wrath Guard in the ''Zufechten'', as soon as you note that he will remain in the Wrath Guard, thus cut through to him, still that you are not too close, and in cutting through, allow your sword to fly around in the air, so that you would come into the right Ox, but before you complete this, or when you have sent this gesture, then step quickly, before he will properly defend, and cut to his left, from under so that your hands remain high, with this you force him, that he must leave his guard to displace, or with a step back, cut in at the same time as you, as soon as the swords connect, pull around the head and cut with crossed hands to his right ear with a Squinting Cut, in an arc, to where his departure has made him open, how the Figure shows, it is a lofty attack or onset, in which you should take great heed to the steps, and the body should well follow the cuts.</p>
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 61r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''Follow Several Good Rules from the Fencing in Bow'''<br/><br/></p>
 
  
<p>The first Rule is when someone strikes to you from the Bow, thus step with your left foot behind you right and follow with to his left and have instantly let your haft go above you Then when his strike clashes on your weapon Hoist the weapon(s) through his face, so that your Dussack flies above your head step and cut outside from your left over his right arm from this Rule are many nimble Lists to use with deception.</p>
+
<p>When you threaten to cut to a place, then you can readily deceive him, therefore in such attacks you must take the ground, as it were, and in your approach act as if you would step small and tight and before he is aware step broadly forth to the attack, allow yourself at first to be seen taking large steps, in this he takes notice, and will meet you quickly in earnest, to get there before you, thus withhold your step and do it moderately, so that he is otherwise in this you take your advantage, and as soon as you see it, that you are quickly at him again with broad stepping.</p>
|  
+
| {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|11r|jpg}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60v.jpg|3|lbl=60v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 61v.jpg|1|lbl=61v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The Second Rule is thus when one strikes to you from above, thus drive with the Bow upwards against his strike, wind out his strike to your left side, thus come with your Dussack on your left shoulder wind after likewise with your Body and Dussack to your left side ''Indes'' step nimbly again to him and cut him outside over his right arm, pull the hilt nimbly upward to you and strike him through the face.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A..2 61v.jpg|2|lbl=61v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|1|lbl=62r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[23]</small> '''The cuts you send powerfully from your body<br/>To the four openings carry out your work.'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>In this rhyme two things are realized, firstly, to the cutting secondly, to the four openings of the Man, to which the cuts will be cut, and note that you cut all cuts with outstretched arms, and with this reach far to the man, also as soon as a cut from one side fails, thus you should quickly cut to the opposite side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 11v.jpg|1|lbl=11v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The Third Rule is thus; When one would cut to you, thus Note however that you are not too close, and that you move out from his Cut, then Pull your weapon upwards to you and yield your forward foot back to the rear foot and out from his cut, and take then his strike with out displacing, as soon as his strike falls to the ground, so follow with a cut and with a step to him. Thus the attacker has been attacked instead.</p>
+
| <p><small>[24]</small> '''Item''' If however you step up and are going strong, thus cut quickly around to the other side, also when you will cut to an opening, thus note that as soon as he goes to displace your cut, thus do not allow them to connect, (where it is useful to you) but rather pull free your sword and let it fly around again and strike to another opening, reach far from you with the cuts, and you must step correctly with this, thus fine changing and changing through on the shield comes to you, and so you won’t be harmed see that you cut to the body and not to the sword, from the Second part of this rhyme the verses teach this, also I will write further of this in 38 rhymes, and still more of the same.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|2|lbl=62r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 11v.jpg|2|lbl=11v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The Fourth Rule, note then when one is weak to you on your Dussack thus drive out and cut a Buzzer from your right to his arm.</p>
+
| <p><small>[25]</small> '''When you Crooked Cut go up quickly<br/>Throw the point with crossed hands.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|3|lbl=62r.3}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Note the Crooked Cuts are many, and that all cuts that are done with hands put crosswise or crossed, will be known as Crooked Cuts.</p>
|
 
| <p>'''Item''' When one strikes to you on the strong, so wind the point upwards against his Dussack and wind in on his weak on your right side and cut to him a Buzzer from your left outwards to his arm or cut the Quick Cut. These are four good rules the better to mark, when you are Fighting in the Bow.</p>
 
|
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|4|lbl=62r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62v.jpg|1|lbl=62v.1|p=1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Hence the one, Squinter is also counted among the Crooked Cuts and it applies equally to the long or short edges, thus it is a Crooked Cut when you hold your hands crosswise.</p>
|
 
| <p>'''''Stück'' with the Bow'''</p>
 
  
<p>Firstly mark when you meet one who is in the Bow, so send yourself into the Changer to your left, the right foot forwards. Step and thrust from under his displacement to the face or chest as soon as you find that you are in the After, so drive instantly and nimbly out with your hilt before the head and remain with the Point at his Body so that he must defend or strike, thus have care as soon as he goes on to strike, then step to his left and strike him besides his displacement line, this ''Stück'' is often on going how it is seen here in the Bow and Changer.</p>
+
<p>And firstly when one will cut straight to your head, from his right, thus step with your right foot well out from his strike, to his left, so that you avoid his strike with a spring to his left and likewise cut from your right with crossed hands, against his cut, thus you come with your blade between his head and sword, on his short edge, which is facing him, and when it connects, then step further around to his left side with your right foot, and displace or transfer your sword's blade from his, onto his arm, between his head and sword, in this you will have seen the opening, to which the you may cut and see that you don't wait long but rather allow your cuts to fly quickly to the openings.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62v.jpg|2|lbl=62v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|1|lbl=63r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 11v.jpg|3|lbl=11v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 12r.jpg|1|lbl=12r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If you are a Strong man, so come into Changer like before, cut his forward held Bow with the Half edge from under and away from you, cut nimbly after to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[26]</small> '''Item''' Note when you approach him in the ''Zufechten'', then see when he shows his arm will strike, thus cross your hands while in the air yet that they remain high, and throw the point at his hand or arms, that is the weak or the furthest part of the blade, and that should happen when he goes up to strike, and before he is ready, thus be on his blade, with a Thwart Cut, for such techniques should fly and go quickly.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|2|lbl=63r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 12r.jpg|2|lbl=12r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 12v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Mark''' when one will wrench your Bow upwards, how it is taught next, thus wind out his wrenching to your left side with the hilt underneath, ''Indes'' cut nimbly and likewise with a line to the face, step out from his strike.</p>
+
| <p><small>[27]</small> '''Allow the Circle to connect to the right<br/>Hold your hands high, you will deceive him.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|3|lbl=63r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>The Circle also comes from the Crooked Cuts and is a particularly good technique for deception, compared to others, because it does not just run off, unlike other deceptive techniques, like Running Off and the like, but rather when one does it correctly and strikes the Circle very hard with the short edge in running by.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>This ''Stück'' goes thus, (after you have come under his sword in the attack) when your stay in the bind, and drive your sword over the head, as soon as he gives a little room, so that he is not binding on the sword, but rather drives his sword then high above you, then cross your hands in the air, and cut from above with the short edge thus put crosswise, down to his right ear, so that whether your blade hits or not, it runs around in a circle by his right arm, and in this keep your hands high above your head, as soon as he slips after the Circle, then step with your left foot well on to his right side, and cut in at his head with the long edge, over his right arm, behind his blade, take your body and head well away from his strike with a step to your left side.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|13r|jpg}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Mark''' when one however thrusts to your face, under your displacement line, how you were taught above, thus wind the thrust out, therewith you make open your face, as soon as he strikes to your opening, so drive under his strike close by his hand, between the both of your hands, and thrust him in the face with your hilt.</p>
+
| <p><small>[28]</small> '''A good ''Stück'' from the Circle'''</p>
|  
+
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|4|lbl=63r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|1|lbl=63v.1|p=1}}
+
<p>When you stand before one in this same work, how you have previously been taught, thus pay attention when your advantage will come, then step aside at once with your left foot out to your left side, and cut with a circle to his right while you are stepping but that in running past to the right, it grazes, and also with this Circle, step through with your right foot between you and him, in to his right side, with this stepping through, cut a Thwart Cut from your right to his left, forwards to the face ''Indes'' spring well out to his right and cut him long after to his head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 13v.jpg|1|lbl=13v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 14r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Breaking in above the Bow'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[29]</small> '''With the Crooked step well if you want to displace<br/>The crossing over, does him harm.'''</p>
  
<p>Mark in the ''Zufechten'' that you come with the left foot forwards, hold your Dussack beside your right, grip your handle well that you have your Dussack Crooked, instantly Step, cut Crooked over his Bow Line, wrench downwards to your left side, step out with your right around to his right. Strike then outside above his right arm high above to the head, wherein cut the next Crooked under his right arm to the face or to his left, with a step out.</p>
+
<p>This is when you cut in Crooked at the same time as him, with your strike you should step well out from his strike, so that you have your head behind your blade, well from his strike. The second part teaches you that when you have bound on his sword with a Crooked cut, that you nimbly cross over where you have the opportunity and then snap around or wind the quick snap to his head, or wrench out, allow it to overrun.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|2|lbl=63v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 13v.jpg|2|lbl=13v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 15r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Item''' When you cut outside over his right arm diagonally, how it is mentioned above, and he Drives high above you, thus step nimbly out and cut on the Crooked Line to his face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[30]</small> '''A ''Stück'' from the Reversing'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|3|lbl=63v.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>Note in ''Zufechten'' that you pay attention when he goes up before you, then step and cut a Crooked from your left to or above his right arm, with this Crooked Cut step well to him, and reverse your sword and wrench downwards and out to your right side If he may work further, thus drive with the pommel from inside, between both of his arms, allow your left hand to release from the grip and grab your sword blade and wrench out upwards, how this figure shows.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 14v.jpg|1|lbl=14v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[31]</small> '''Counter'''</p>
| <p>'''A Fast ''Stück'''''</p>
 
  
<p>'''Item''' grab around the grip so that you have the Dussack crooked, how it is reported above. Thus Cut a wide springing high strike from your right, over the hands and over his Bow Line so that your right side comes well to his left side, throw a strike at him in a Squint again from below through the Low Line to his face so that your hand remains high, cut nimbly a Short Cut.</p>
+
<p>Let go the left hand, and allow him to wrench without avail, ''Indes'' drive after his upwards pressing, with your slice to his arms, do not allow him to come to any further work, nor to cut freely, when you see your advantage, at once, allow your sword to fly to the next opening.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|4|lbl=63v.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 14v.jpg|2|lbl=14v.2}}
  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64r.jpg|1|lbl=64r.1}}
+
|-
 +
|  
 +
| <p><small>[32]</small> '''Cut Crooked to his Flat<br/>And you will Weaken the Master.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>This is a lesson how you shall weaken one's incoming strike, and goes thus. In ''Zufechten'' pay attention when he cuts in at you from his right, then step well out from his strike and cut with crossed hands and the long edge onto the strong of his sword's blade, on the Flat, thereby you weaken him, so that he can barely recover for another strike, then before he recovers you are on his head with winding and flicking.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' When one stays in the Bow and allows his Dussack to hang downwards thus step and cut through from your right to the weak of his Dussack beneath his arm so that your Dussack comes out to your left side, ''Indes'' with the flat above his arm away from your left and cut long after to the opening by his oncoming hand.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 14v.jpg|3|lbl=14v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|1|lbl=15v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64r.jpg|2|lbl=64r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The 6 Drivings'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[33]</small> '''Counter'''</p>
  
<p>The first Driving is thus, stay with the right foot forwards and then High strike and Low strike together so that the Dussack always flies around over your head to the Plunge.</p>
+
<p>You should mark that when one meets you with a Crooked Cut, to your oncoming strike, to weaken you, then change through nimbly under his blade and work to his side from which he sent his Crooked Cut.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|1|lbl=64v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|2|lbl=15v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Second'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[34]</small> '''When first they connect and clash above<br/>Pull away to the openings you will confuse him.'''</p>
  
<p>Stand with the right foot forward as in the above driving, cut from your left Shoulder over your right leg to the Opponent, through the right Strike Line from under and over together strongly through his face.</p>
+
<p>This is a very good rhyme that admonishes you earnestly to pay attention to the openings that fall before you. For it is known that you go at him correctly in the After, thus you have very often whenever the swords connect or two strike and clash together above, there is an opening below. You will not fail to note this through several ''Stück''.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|2|lbl=64v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|3|lbl=15v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Third'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[35]</small> Note in ''Zufechten'' send yourself into the Wrath Guard, as soon as you can get him, then step and cut in with him from your right a powerful High Cut, when this clashes, then strike around nimbly with a Thwart to his left ear, with a back-step of your left foot, behind your right, thus you likewise hit twice, or complete two strikes before he completes one.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 15v.jpg|4|lbl=15v.4}}
  
<p>Stand as before. Drive the Middle Cuts together through the Middle Line from the right and left.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|3|lbl=64v.3}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[36]</small> '''Item''' If one cuts at you from above like before, then cut from your lower left against his strike, so that you catch his High Cut up in the air, as soon as it connects then cut with the forward short edge and crossed hands in a Circle, to his right ear and that you swiftly go almost at the same time, namely that when the blades connect together, thus you shall hit down from above with the short edge.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|1|lbl=16r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Fourth'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[37]</small> '''Item''' In the Onset act as if you would cut from above; but as soon as you note that he slips upwards against your cut, at once turn your High Cut into a Low Cut before it actually connects above, this is the Simultaneous Failer.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|2|lbl=16r.2}}
  
<p>Is the Cross from above, together drive hard on the opponent's line.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|4|lbl=64v.4}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[38]</small> '''Item''' If he cuts from below, thus fall on it with your long edge from above when it clashes, then pull back nimbly and strike to the next opening in one motion, or strike around from his sword with the flat in a winding flick to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|3|lbl=16r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 16v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[39]</small> '''When you cut Crooked at his strong<br/>Be sure to wind through and overrun with it.'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>This is when you cut a Crooked Cut at one, and he holds off hard so that you cannot cross over, or have other work from above, thus wind under and through with the pommel, and cast the pommel to the other side over his blade or arm from the outside, and wrench downwards and strike in with the long edge deep to his head, or cast the pommel in between both of his hands, how this figure reveals.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Fifth'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 16r.jpg|4|lbl=16r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|1|lbl=17r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[40]</small> '''The next is a counter to the Low Cut'''</p>
  
<p>This is two Low Cuts through the Cross, done together from under with the flat.</p>
+
<p>If one cuts a Lot Cut to you, then cut with your long edge so that you have your hands Crooked or Crosswise, above on his strong. Then when this clashes, thrust the blade right in before you, and in thrusting forth, wind the short edge to flick it around at his face or head. If he drives up and defends against your flick, then drive up also, pull around your head, and strike him to another opening.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 65r.jpg|1|lbl=65r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|2|lbl=17r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Sixth Driving'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[41]</small> '''The pommel deception, you shall remember<br/>With Flicking and Quickening you will vex him.'''</p>
  
<p>Is the Double Changer, a choice cut, usually a hard one like from a battlesword. It is done thus:</p>
+
<p>This is when you cut in with a Crooked Cut to his strong, if he opposes or displaces high, then wind through below with the pommel, and act as if you would grab over with the pommel, as I have already taught; and before he realizes it, then quickly flick the short edge back in at him, again on the same line, to whichever side you first did the Crooked Cut.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 65r.jpg|2|lbl=65r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|3|lbl=17r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Stand with the right foot forward and strike the first cut from your upper right and through the opponent's Strong Left Line, thus you come into the left Changer, wrench (cut) with the half edge again from under through the same Line, through which you are familiar with, and in the air change and cut from above from your left through his right Strike Line over to your right strongly, thus come to defense of your lower right side, then drive upwards through the same line you were just on, and change again in the air and cut then from your right through the opponents Left Line.</p>
+
| <p><small>[42]</small> '''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'', lay on against your opponent with a powerful horizontal Middle Cut strongly at his left ear. Quickly pull your pommel around your head, and threaten him with it as if you would thrust at his other side with the pommel, and if he wishes to slip after and displace the thrust then flick back at his left ear with the short edge, and in flicking, step with your left foot back behind your right.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 65r.jpg|3|lbl=65r.3}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17r.jpg|4|lbl=17r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17v.jpg|1|lbl=17v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" |  
+
|  
| class="noline" | <p>Diligently cut the strikes once or more, one after another always through a line, twice namely once from above and again from below with the short edge, thus with this changing you can break the guards and strikes.</p>
+
| <p><small>[43]</small> '''Also you will then correctly shoot through<br/>Crooked, Short, change through on his shield.'''</p>
| class="noline" |
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 65r.jpg|4|lbl=65r.4|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|65v|jpg|p=1}}
 
  
|}
+
<p>This is a proper master's technique, when you are in the ''Zufechten'', then send yourself into the right Wrath; as soon as he brings his sword in the air, then strike a free High Cut at him, and in the air, cross your hands so that the right hand comes crosswise over the left, and cut then through Crooked with the short edge against his cut, in this, step with a double step well out to his right, and cut with the long edge at his right ear, or use changing through to come onto his shield against his right; then work with winding, slicing, and whatever other work arises for you.</p>
{{master subsection end}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17v.jpg|2|lbl=17v.2}}
  
{{master subsection begin
 
| title = Rapier
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
|
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
+
| <p><small>[44]</small> '''A free running ''Stuck'' from the Shooting through'''</p>
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A..2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
+
 
 +
<p>Take heed in the ''Zufechten'' of he who pulls up his sword to strike, thus cut through quickly and freely before him how it is taught above, so that you come to his right on to his shield. And as soon as it connects, then wind again with the short edge in at his head, and in this winding, jerk your pommel well upward, so that your blade again snaps around, so that in your cut, your right hand comes back over your left, hit then with crossed hands, and thus in snapping around, wind in below to his right ear, and step at the same time, quickly with your left foot well out to his right. Then at once Thwart to his left ear with a step out, deeply wind your short edge inwards and again outwards to his left ear, and then cut away from him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 17v.jpg|3|lbl=17v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Rappier Fencing'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[45]</small> '''Note when he would confuse you with the Crooked,<br/>Remain rightly on the sword; carry out the Krieg<br/>With winding, slicing, and what’s more;<br/>With flitting let yourself not go too far.'''</p>
  
<p>In Rappier there are 4 guards, namely the Side Guard, from which you have five displacements, the first is cutting off, the other is suppressing, the third is going through, the fourth is hanging, and the fifth is taking out with Long edge from which each one has the cut and the thrust.</p>
+
<p>In these rhymes you learn how you should hold yourself against one who binds Crooked on your sword, and reports to you, as well, two techniques. Namely the remaining and the War, this is when one binds you Crooked on your sword, thus you should not pull away at once, but remain and feel what kind of work you will need, like for example, if he withdraws you chase after;</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69r.jpg|1|lbl=69r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 18r.jpg|1|lbl=18r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' The ''Verfirsten'' cut</p>
+
| <p><small>[46]</small> '''Item''' If he remains, then you wind. For winding, slicing, wrenching out, and reversing is called the War, through which one to the other always counters the opponent's ''Stücken''. And one counter follows one from another, for if he wards off one, then with this he gives you occasion or helps you to another technique that conveniently follows after it, thus you both make War. Also this same you should note, when an opponent lays on against you with a Crooked Cut, that you shall not fly around from one opening to another, for as soon as you go away from the Crooked Cut, then you are totally open to him, where he will correctly step.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 18r.jpg|2|lbl=18r.2}}
<p>'''Item''' The Changer has 4 displacements the first is taking out with the short and long edge.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69r.jpg|2|lbl=69r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Cutting off and suppressing with the half edge from which each one has a cut and thrust, then the Low Thrust, High Thrust, outside and inside cuts, and The Straight Cut.</p>
+
| <p><small>[47]</small> '''Stuck'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69r.jpg|3|lbl=69r.3}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>If one strikes a Crooked Cut at you from his right, then set off his cut upward with the long edge and when it clashes, then remain with the bind on his blade, wind ''Indes'' your pommel up toward his left and the blade down toward his left, the short edge at his left ear, that all this shall occur at the same time as one step. Thus surely you hit, but if he is shrewd and turns the Crooked Cut into the Long point, then wind the short edge with a flick inward at his head, then at once wind through again underneath with the pommel on your left side, thus cast over his blade or arm with the pommel, and wrench out, or whatever the situation will be, then undertake another ''Stück''.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The same goes for the right Ox, which has also 4 displacements, namely, hanging, suppressing, going through cutting off, together with the inside and outside cuts and from above.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 18r.jpg|3|lbl=18r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19r.jpg|1|lbl=19r.1|p=1}}
  
<p>The left Ox has three displacements, cutting off, suppressing, and taking out from below with the half edge.</p>
+
|-
 +
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 18v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[48]</small> '''Quickly flick the weak to the right,<br/>Double flick, protect yourself with the shield.'''</p>
  
<p>Irondoor has six displacements, suppressing, cutting off, going through, setting off, hanging, taking out with half edge.</p>
+
<p>Note in the ''Zufechten'', come into the right Change; from there, slash up through his face, so that your sword runs around your head above in a loop. Step with your left foot well to his right and strike with the outside flat from your left against his right athwart to his ear, with this, take your head well out of the way how it is previously stated here and when it clashes, then thrust your pommel through under your right arm and wind with the inside flat, in a flick, up from below again to his right ear. In this winding around remain hard on his shield and press hard from you. If he resists then let your sword go away and pull around your head, strike with the outside flat a strong Clashing Cut over your hand Wind through with the pommel back under your arm and flick from inside behind his blade at his head. Remain hard on his shield and wind rapidly back out, thus you stand back in the Clashing Cut as before. Work further as you will to the four openings, such as the need be and is previously taught here.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19r.jpg|2|lbl=19r.2}}
  
<p>Longpoint has three displacements cutting off, setting off, suppressing, Plow, from the Plow may you set off, simultaneously strike, take out, opening strike, double thrust, single thrust, deceptive thrust.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69r.jpg|4|lbl=69r.4}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[49]</small> '''Item''' If one again cuts a High Cut at you from his right then likewise cut a High Cut in against his at the same time. When it clashes, then rapidly thrust your pommel through under your arm and flick back inward to his head, before it rightly connects pull both your arms crossed upwards to your left and wrench upward around on his blade, flick back around at his left ear from below, thus again with the outside flat, how it is presented above, this double flicking shall happen quickly because it is a particularly nimble technique I have thus properly given to you. For when you bind from one side on his sword and remain hard on it and wind at him inwards and outwards in a flick, doubly on one side to the upper and lower part of his head, then when he parries the flicks, you will surely have an opening on the other side that you may connect with a Circle or by flicking around in a single motion.</p>
 +
|  
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19r.jpg|3|lbl=19r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19v.jpg|1|lbl=19v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 70r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Side Guard'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[50]</small> '''Also wind forcefully against his shield,<br/>Instantly shove him away and strike swiftly.'''</p>
  
<p>In the Side Guard send yourself thus; stand with your right foot forward, hold your weapon with the hilt near your right knee, the point before you to the earth, how this figure shows.</p>
+
<p>That is when an opponent would defend off your double flicks and sets you off, thus catch his shield with yours and shove out; away from you sideways, ''Indes'' let your short edge snap around deep at his other opposite opening.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69v.jpg|1|lbl=69v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19v.jpg|2|lbl=19v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>When you are thus in the Side Guard and one strikes or thrusts to you whether from below or above, thus attack with your blade well from you with the long edge on the strong of his blade, and cut his strike or thrust away from you, to his right side, and in this cutting off, step with backsteps from his strike, thus you come with your Rappier in the left Changer. Instantly step quickly further on to his left side and thrust from below to his face, thus that you stand in Longpoint, when one thrusts or strikes to you thus cut all thrusts or strikes downwards from you with opposition.</p>
+
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 21r.jpg|400px|center]]
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69v.jpg|2|lbl=69v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[51]</small> If one cuts a powerful Buffel at you, so that you may not come at him with such subtle work, then cut the first at the same time as him and mark now when he pulls his arms back toward him, then drive at him from underneath with horizontal blade on both his arms and in driving under, let go with your left hand from the pommel and grip your blade in the middle, how this figure here after shows. Wrench out besides you both his arms with your shield and cross and as you shove or wrench release your left hand and quickly cut after, either short or long.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Therefore note when a Roof Guard Buffel is coming for you, then see that you parry once or twice, until you see the opportunity; that he has driven up the furthest for a stroke. Then drive his strike away from under on his arms and step well under him, thus he strikes his own arms on your blade.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 19v.jpg|3|lbl=19v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' When you stand in this guard, how one cuts or thrusts at you from his right, thus cut away his blade from you to your left like before, thus you come into left Changer, in the clash of the blades, thus hold your hilt above you, and cut from above a straight Apilem or Scalp Cut through his face so that in this cut you come opposite with the hilt before the blade, that gives a freely seen cut through the Irondoor, and rises from all the strikes with two Wrath Cuts from both sides through the cross with outstretched arms and far away from you.</p>
+
| <p><small>[52]</small> '''The Squinting Cut you shall do wisely<br/>With winding you can also double him.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69v.jpg|3|lbl=69v.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>There are three Squinters, namely two Squinting Cuts; one from the right, the second from your left with crossed hands not unlike the Crooked Cut, how I have reported above concerning the Crooked Cuts. The third is a Squinter with the face, when I focus on a point and act as if I intended to strike there but I do not do this to him, rather I cut in elsewhere.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|1|lbl=21v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Cut his strike or thrust out from your right to your left with the long edge like before, and allow your weapon to run over next to your left side so that the blade snaps around beside your left, into the left Ox and from there thrust over hand at his face while stepping out from your left, so that you now stand in Longpoint, from this cut also in the Side Guard or else the Changer.</p>
+
| <p><small>[53]</small> The First Squinter goes thus; when you are in the ''Zufechten'', then note as soon as he goes out to strike to your left, then position yourself as if you would strike at the same time to him, do not complete this, but rather turn your sword in the air so that your hand comes crosswise, and then cut in from above to his right with the short edge and crossed arms, at the same time as him, so that his blade comes also to his right, or falls by your right, however, step well with the left foot to his right side.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|1|lbl=70v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|2|lbl=21v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 22v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Item''' Position yourself in the Side Guard like before, thus cut his strike or thrust from your right to your left like before, and wind your weapon beside your left in which the Long edge cuts Instantly, before he can recover from your slicing off, thus cut with a defense strike over his weapon to his body, his legs, his hands or arms. And in this cut, then spring well to his left side with stepping after, thus you come into the Side Guard on the right.</p>
+
| <p><small>[54]</small> The Second is the Old Squinting Cut, that goes thus; In the ''Zufechten'' send yourself into the right Wrath Guard, if he cuts then at your head from above, thus step from your right and strike to his cut by turning the short edge over his sword in to his head with outstretched arms, how the figures hereafter show.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|3|lbl=21v.3}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|2|lbl=70v.2|p=1}}<br/>{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|3|lbl=70v.3|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p><small>[55]</small> '''Note''' When one does a Squinting Cut against your long cut, thus he opens his right side, therefore do not allow him to come onto your sword but rather change through below and cut him to his right long in from your left after driving through.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|1|lbl=22r.1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|4|lbl=70v.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The other displacement is Suppressing, which the cutting off is nearly equal, and almost like in the Iron Door.</p>
+
| <p><small>[56]</small> '''Item''' If one changes through under your Squinting Cut to your right side, then remain nevertheless with the point right before his face and turn the long edge against his blade, allow ''Indes'' your pommel to go through under your right arm and step with your left foot well to his right side. Thus he has changed through in vain, for you come at his head with the first Squinting Cut and crossed hands. At once allow it to run off by his right side using the Circle and Thwart to his left.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|1|lbl=71r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|2|lbl=22r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Going through'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[57]</small> '''Counter to the Plow'''</p>
  
<p>'''Item''' Thus when you stand then in the Side Guard, and one thrusts or cuts to you, then drive through with your blade and with his blade, that you strike out from your left to your right, so that the blade flies around again, besides your right into a High Thrust.</p>
+
<p>Note when an opponent comes before you in the guard of the Plow, then attack happily with the Squinting Cut. As soon as he drives out, then work to his lower openings and further to all four openings.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|2|lbl=71r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|3|lbl=22r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Proceed then as how it is taught and suppress his weapon to the ground with the Long edge from your upper left, thrust him upwards, to the face and set him off again.</p>
+
| <p><small>[58]</small> '''Counter to the Long Point'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|3|lbl=71r.3}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Item: If one stands before you in the Long Point, thus position yourself with the gesture that you would cut in with a long High Cut to his left ear, do not do this, but rather turn in the air and cut a strong Squinting Cut to his sword, when it clashes, then slice the point forward into his face so that he must displace. When he drives upwards then pull your sword around your head in a flight and cut with the short edge and crossed hands; athwart to his right ear, allow the left hand to go well out and thus the short edge goes deep. Pull again around your head and wrench out his blade with the flat from your right athwart to his left, so that your sword again flies around above your head and allow the short edge to shoot in deep to his left ear, at once cut two Low Cuts to his right and left, ''Indes'' cut away.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Thus if you are in the Side Guard and he thrusts or cuts to you, take out his weapon with your flat, and with your arm outstretched so that your weapon cuts around with the Point at his face and runs over shooting around into left Ox, after this, cut around your head to his right thigh.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 22r.jpg|4|lbl=22r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23r.jpg|1|lbl=23r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|4|lbl=71r.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Take out like before, and allow it to Fly around like before, and thrust him to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[59]</small> Item: If an opponent comes before you who will gladly bind long on to you from above or sends his first stroke long at you from the Roof, then when you are near to him or have come to him, slash through before him, up and out to your left, so that your sword's blade shoots around over your head in the Plunge to his left, ''Indes'' allow your sword to snap around back over your head, the right hand over the left and strike in at his right ear with the short edge at the same time as his strike, how it is taught above, do this correctly and step well there to him thus you will hit. So then this ''Stück'' is only on going, if he displaces however and drives out how he then (when he will displace) must drive out, at once pull around your head and cut him with the long edge from below athwart to his left radial forearm, close to his pommel to the wrist. Of these two openings, one will be apparent to you. Pull your hilt again upwards around your head and cut long with a strong cut to his upper left head, in these three strikes, step well with both your feet, in a double, step around his left side, thus the cuts go on well, this a good and earnest ''Stück'', when you will seek to send it home.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|5|lbl=71r.5}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23r.jpg|2|lbl=23r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23v.jpg|1|lbl=23v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Take out like before and allow your weapon to drive around your head and then cut him inside to his forward positioned thigh, thus you come again into left changer, if he cuts or thrusts further, then set him off with the long edge, slice in at him through his weapon from your left through the Cross again at his face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[60]</small> '''Another ''Stück'' from the Squinting Cut'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|1|lbl=71v.1}}
+
 
 +
<p>In ''Zufechten'', when you come close to him, then position yourself as if you would cut a long High Cut at him, when he drives out to meet you, thus turn the short edge from your right, in the air, against his left and jerk your pommel upwards, cut him with the short edge over his arm or hand, step well to his left side, allow this to run forth over in a circle and cut long after to the next opening, or fight to him with the Low Cuts.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23v.jpg|2|lbl=23v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If you are thus in the Side Guard, and he thrusts then take him out with hanging and allow it to drive around your head and cut him inside to his body from your right.</p>
+
| <p><small>[61]</small> '''The Double Squinter'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|2|lbl=71v.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Item: At the Start, thus cut against his cut from your right, with a Squinter to his sword, when this clashes, then reverse your sword on his blade and slide off to your left, step out with the right, continuing towards his left side, allow your blade to drive around your head and cut the next Squinter to his head, also from your right above and in deep to his left. Then cut a Double Squinter, nimbly, one into the other, stepping to his left, this is a very swift ''Stück'' against slow fencers who fight with their arms far from themselves.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 23v.jpg|3|lbl=23v.3}}
| <p>'''Item''' If you are in the Side Guard, thus take him out with hanging and thrust over the hand to the face.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|3|lbl=71v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Take him out with hanging and threaten to thrust him over the hand, but pull around again and cut outside to his right thigh.</p>
+
| <p><small>[62]</small> '''The Third Squinter is a deceiving with the face'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|4|lbl=71v.4}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>In ''Zufechten'' slash up so that you come into the guard of the Roof, as soon as you can reach him, at once wind the short edge to him, while its still in the air, squint with your face as if you would cut to his left with the Squinting Cut, don't do this, but rather allow the Squinter to fall past by his left and work to his right, or work him to the right and cut quickly again to his left, take your body well after with it, for this is a fine and good work that can't be written as well as it can be shown with the living body.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24r.jpg|1|lbl=24r.1}}
| <p>'''Item''' If you are in this guard, thus suppress his oncoming thrust or cut, from above onto his weapon, cut or thrust Long after.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|5|lbl=71v.5}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Slice with the long edge away from you, and cut in again through the Cross, or do the Flying thrust Long in the After.</p>
+
| <p><small>[63]</small> '''Note a swift ''Stück'' from the Squinter'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|6|lbl=71v.6}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>When you come close to him, then Wing up by him, so that you come with crossed hands into the Unicorn. In this Winging up, lift your left foot somewhat upwards, after you come through the Unicorn with crossed hands, thus you stand as if you would shoot through, as soon as he extends his sword out, thus cut then with crossed hands and the short edge from above again to his right, on to the forward portion of his sword's blade and before it connects, turn your short edge around and cut with the Squinter, that is with the short edge from your right to his left side, to his arm or face, not with crossed hands and with a step of your right foot, towards his left, in hitting, allow your blade to run off from his left only slightly besides and along with this, thrust through at once with your pommel, under your right arm, then cross your hands so that your short edge snaps around again to his left, over to his head or arm thus with crossed hand from your right to your left or bar him over both of his arms, if he holds you again so that you cannot wrench out or suppress from above, then allow the pommel to run through below and grab him over his right arm, drive the wrestling to him.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus however if one wishes to use handworks on you, then Pull the weapon around your head and cut a Defense strike, through his left, then your weapon comes again correctly into the Changer, or Side Guard, as soon as he drives after, thus meet him with the previously taught work, then with the cuts you provoke him to attack, with this he loses his advantage, and you thus have an example of the previously taught work.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24r.jpg|2|lbl=24r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|1|lbl=24v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72r.jpg|1|lbl=72r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 25r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>And it is to be Marked that out of this guard, four names or verses constitute:</p>
+
| <p><small>[64]</small> '''From Changing Through.'''</p>
  
<p>Firstly, Going through, Suppressing, Cutting off, hanging, and like techniques,</p>
+
<p>Changing through is useful against those who fight with the Squinter or Crooked Cuts. Note this also, if he does not extend his hands far from him in his cuts but rather holds them close by himself in fighting, you may readily change through far from him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|2|lbl=24v.2}}
  
<p>Second, attacking with your defense strike around every displacement,</p>
+
|-
 
+
| <p><small>[65]</small> '''Item''' If he fights with winding, reversing, Crooked Cuts, Squinting Cuts or any other ''Stück'' with it he shortens his strike or cannot fight long from himself, how it then goes in such ''Stücken'' in which you shall also (before they bring their technique to the halfway) change through against him, to the other side which he opens with this shortening, thus you force him to displace and he allows the Before to pass to you.</p>
<p>Thirdly, the work stays mostly above the hands.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|3|lbl=24v.3}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72r.jpg|2|lbl=72r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Let the thrust fly and cut to the Thigh, and cut into the Cross again.</p>
+
| <p><small>[66]</small> '''Item''' If one fights far and long from himself with the long edge, however more to your sword than body, then you shall change through to the next opening and allow him to fall through with his cuts. So then be diligent with how you fence, that is with the short or long edge, that you namely cut him to the opening, that is, you cut him to the body and if it does not always happen that you may cut him to the body, thus when he changes through, you quickly fall in after his sword to the opening.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72r.jpg|3|lbl=72r.3}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Also thus note this Rule in all cutting, when you connect or catch his blade with your strong, in the bind, as soon as it clashes, you shall cut at once with the weak (that is with the forward part) to the body or next opening cut at, so that then your sword cuts likewise at his blade and body, or as soon as your strong connects with his sword, then as they clash together you shall turn the weak to the nearest opening with flicking, snapping and winding.</p>
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 73r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Changer'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 24v.jpg|4|lbl=24v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|1|lbl=25v.1|p=1}}
 
 
<p>'''Item''' Take him out upwards, strongly from your left from under and gather your weapon in the air besides your left into Ox. Instantly step with your left foot around his right side, and throw him a thrust from under and through the Plow, to his right hip.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|1|lbl=72v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''' Take out his incoming thrust with the short edge from the changer strongly, upwards, so that your weapon flies around in the air, into the right Ox, and Instantly throw him a thrust from under through the right Plow, to his groin or forward positioned thigh.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|2|lbl=72v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[67]</small> Further you should take from these lessons, when you will execute these techniques against someone who knows how to change through against you, for example when you send your sword into the air for a Squinting Cut or Crooked Cut.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|2|lbl=25v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Mark''' If you are in left Changer, thus take him out with the Flat so that your weapon shoots around over your head, threaten him with the Heart Thrust, Pull and cut from your right through his forward positioned leg and thrust through the left Ox over hand to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[68]</small> '''Item''' To the Crossing over, Falling, and others which are similar, as soon as you realize that he will change through, then fall from such work into the Long Slice, to the opening that he gives you by changing through. For often when he changes through he opens himself. And when you travel after to his opening, then watch for his sword with the long edge, if it would come too near to you, that you turn the strong against him and at the same time, remain on his opening with the short edge, as soon as you have connected, then remain no longer but rather let it quickly fly away from one opening to another.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|3|lbl=72v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|3|lbl=25v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Take him out with the short edge, how it is previously taught, and thrust him from above once to his face, thereupon a Cross Cut in the After.</p>
+
| <p><small>[69]</small> '''The Thwart you shall also consider valuable,<br/>With it your skill in the sword becomes great.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|4|lbl=72v.4}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>The Thwart is one of the chief master techniques with the sword. For you should know, if the Thwart did not exist, then it would be like "half fencing", especially when you are under the opponent’s sword and therein you can no longer attack with long cuts through the Cross, and if I have already written enough about the Thwart such that if someone knows how to fight, he could have a sufficient understanding from it, but meanwhile I write not great of great Fencers or Artists, also I have not intended to write historically of fencing, as the art is drawn from memory. But rather solely, I've attempted to write an instruction book, therefore I will not only repeat the Thwart here, but also write more fully about it, for the instruction of those that love such art.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Take him out, upwards, strongly from you and allow it to quickly drive around the head and cut him outside to his right Thigh, then, a Suppressing Cut, long from your right, through his face and on his weapon.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 25v.jpg|4|lbl=25v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26r.jpg|1|lbl=26r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|5|lbl=72v.5}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Take him out with the short edge strongly upwards, and cut through from above inside to his hand, and thrust there after, over his hands to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[70]</small> In ''Zufechten'' take note if your opponent will attack at you from the Day, (that is from above) then slash up from the right Change toward your opponent's face, when he will strike or cut, then let your blade drive towards your left and around your head, so that your flat stands upward and your thumb is underneath on your shield, step with your right foot well around his left side toward him, simultaneous with the step, cut with the short edge from your right to his left ear, so that together your hilt and with the thumb underneath, stands high above your head to the displacing, so then if he strikes, you will catch his stroke on the strong of your sword and at the same time with the forward short, you cut athwart from below to his left ear, how the second figure shows, as soon as the swords connect together or clash, then strike with the long Thwart deep at his right ear, such that your thumb remains underneath, perpendicular.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 73v.jpg|1|lbl=73v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26r.jpg|2|lbl=26r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one Thrusts or Cuts to you, thus slice it away with long edge, from your left to your right, cut or thrust in the After to which side you will, yet long from you it is from Below or Above, and set him off quickly again.</p>
+
| <p><small>[71]</small> Secondly, note when you strike in with a Thwart at the same time as him, or bind on, then from this same, at once search above and below for the openings, with reversing, snapping around again, or Thwarts, fearless Traveling after, then as soon as One will cut from above at you, thus displace him with the Thwart, so that with this, the swords clash together, then reverse, set off upwards, seek the openings and fight with the types of works that have been reported here previously. Wherein Liechtenauer speaks correctly in his cryptic verses,</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 73v.jpg|2|lbl=73v.2}}
+
 
 +
:''The Thwart takes<br/>All that come from above,<br/>Thwart with the strong<br/>Mark your work with it.''
  
|-
+
<p>that is; all high strikes, displace with the Thwart, or how I have here set forth with my Rhymes:</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' When you stand in Changer, and one will cut or thrust to you thus drive upwards and displace with the Long edge from below and spring well in with the left foot, and ''Indes'' grab his blade with the left reversed hand, under your blade on his hilt or pommel, and then thrust him with your pommel on his Joints, thus you take his weapon from his hand.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26r.jpg|3|lbl=26r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|1|lbl=26v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 73v.jpg|3|lbl=73v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 75r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Ox'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[72]</small> '''For everything that comes from the Roof<br/>The Thwart may displace this<br/>In the Onset drive the Thwart strongly<br/>Note also you Reverse and Fail with it.'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If one cuts at you from above, thus Thwart strongly against his strike, you force him to fall so much lower with his cut, when it connects you must then thrust your pommel through under your right, reverse, press downwards, let the blade snap around again with the short edge in his face, yet such that in the reversing and snapping around you remain with the slice on his arms.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|2|lbl=26v.2|p=1}}
  
<p>When you thus stand in Ox, and one thrusts to your left, thus spring out from his thrust, to his left side, and thrust in at the same time with his, and wind the Long edge against his weapon upwards to your left side, as soon as he pulls off his weapon, then cut through with the short edge from under his defense, and thrust him with the Heart Thrust.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74r.jpg|1|lbl=74r.1}}
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[73]</small> This ''Stuck'' goes well when you do it quickly. However, if he escapes you upward too quickly with his arms, then allow your blade drive around your head, so that your long edge comes forward on his arms, athwart through with a Low Cut, how the figure here after shows, however do not let go with your left hand from the hilt, rather thrust him from you with crossed hands.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|3|lbl=26v.3|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Hanging'''</p>
+
|
 +
| <p><small>[74]</small> '''To Plow and Ox you are quick<br/>Threaten the cut at once against the target.'''</p>
  
<p>'''Item''' If one thrusts to your chest or face, so take this out from above with the short edge or Flat from your right, between you and he, out to your left side, so that your point is taken downwards to the ground. Instantly allow a thrust to run over the hand to his face take out also the cut between he and you, through the Hanging, and thrust like before.</p>
+
<p>This verse is very clear, how the others also are, namely that you should quickly cut the Thwart to the Ox and Plow, to the lower and upper opening, to the left and right, nimbly crosswise, diagonally opposite to all four parts, how with other names, thus you will see the four openings, further reported hereafter, extensively.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74r.jpg|2|lbl=74r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 26v.jpg|4|lbl=26v.4|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one cuts to your feet, then sink the point towards the ground and bar him with the Flat by setting off through the Bastion and thrust him over hand to the face, if one cuts or thrusts to your right thus wind the long edge against his weapon, and suppress his strike to the ground. Cut or thrust in the After.</p>
+
| <p><small>[75]</small> Next you will learn from the rhyme, how with the High Cuts you shall deceive, thus you step forth, then position yourself with comportment and cut a powerful Thwart to his left, if he would go against your sword, whether from above or below, do not allow it to connect, but pull away again and Thwart Cut to his right, against his head, you may also threaten him with the Thwart to his lower left, then Thwart from above.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74r.jpg|3|lbl=74r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|1|lbl=27r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Pay attention when he would thrust at you from below, where he has his hand outstretched to the thrust, then cut him through to the hand and thrust him to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[76]</small> '''Item''' Threaten to the lower right, and cut to the lower left with this Thwart, thus you can also note that then when you go at his left with the Thwart, then at once to the right threaten but strike back to the left, where you firstly intended, from this knowledge you can pull the Thwart to both sides, crosswise and diagonally opposite. Threaten, then strike after your advantage how it pleases you and in the rough ''Zufechten'' there is no cut as safe as the Thwart.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|1|lbl=74v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|2|lbl=27r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Will your opponent not Attack'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[77]</small> '''Note when the Thwart is executed with a spring,<br/>And you execute failing with it, it connects at your will.'''</p>
  
<p>Mark when one approaches you in the left Changer, and you stand in Ox, cut from your right from below, through his left to the face, so that your weapon runs around into the right Ox, and then thrust him to the face.</p>
+
<p>Note in the Onset when you will deliver a Thwart to the upper left opening, then spring well out with it and also let your pommel go well upward, thus the Thwart goes deep at his head, especially when you disguise the gesture, you can also when he likewise does not perceive the spring until it has happened, and the Thwart has hit, but if he sees it and defends or parries you, then you shall cut to the lower and opposite corner.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|2|lbl=74v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|3|lbl=27r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' Step with the left to him and thrust before him a Failer that goes through and outside to your left shoulder, that your weapon comes into left Ox, take out with the short edge to your right side, so that your Rappier next comes into right Ox and thrust him to the face, then cut him outside to the right shoulder.</p>
+
| <p><small>[78]</small> '''Item''' When you thus strike with the Thwart high at your opponent with a spring, and however you do not let it hit, but rather fail and run off beside his left and you strike in rapidly with the Thwart at another opening, then you will hit at your will. For before he thinks to parry the Thwart, you have hit elsewhere.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|3|lbl=74v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27r.jpg|4|lbl=27r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If you are standing in Ox, and one will thrust to your right thus step with the left foot out from his strike to his right and follow with the right and thrust at the same time as him to the face, shoot forwards with the Irondoor or lift your hilt above you and Grab both your blade and his blade, and wind his blade from your right to your left in a wrench Instantly step to his left and cut him through to the face besides your left and thrust him again over hand to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[79]</small> '''Double shall your Failer be done<br/>Likewise double the step and slice.'''</p>
|  
+
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|4|lbl=74v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 75v.jpg|1|lbl=75v.1|p=1}}
+
<p>The Failer is a good technique against the fencers who will gladly displace like in the previous ''Stück'' concerning the Thwart, then when you cut to an opening and note that he wishes to parry after, then allow your cut to fail and go by, and cut diagonal to another opening. Double failing is an artful technique and requires an experienced fighter as well, however I will present and describe here to you several double and single techniques from which you can learn many kinds of Failers.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|1|lbl=27v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Mark''' When one thrusts to you from below, so step with the left foot to his right side and set his thrust from your left against your right from above, between you and he, through to the Bastion, step and thrust him under his weapon into the groin.</p>
+
| <p><small>[80]</small> '''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'' send yourself into the Wrath Guard to the right, as soon as he brings his sword in the air, then cut from your right with the long edge to his right side, by going over your head and with outstretched arms, but fail and drive the Thwart to his left, do not allow that to connect but rather go around the head again and cut with the long edge so that you swing in with the Flat to his right ear, now reverse, snap around and allow it to fly.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 75v.jpg|2|lbl=75v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|2|lbl=27v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Further, when one thrusts from below at you, and you thus are standing in left Ox, then step with the left foot well onto his right like before, set off his thrust from your left downwards to your right, thus you stand in right Plow. Thrust him out from the right Plow upwards to his face, this he must defend, then step and thrust him with reversed hand under his arm to the face. Pull your hilt again to you, and cut through from your left a defense strike to his right shoulder.</p>
+
| <p><small>[81]</small> '''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'' cut a long High Cut to his upper left opening when you in the ''Zufechten'', cut a long High Cut at his upper left opening, when you have almost connected with his blade above in the air with the cut, then change this High Cut into a Thwart, and strike him with the Thwart from below at his left ear or arm, that goes to both sides.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|3|lbl=27v.3}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 75v.jpg|3|lbl=75v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76r.jpg|1|lbl=76r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one thrusts to your face or chest, then strongly take out the thrust from below, besides your left with short edge through to his right, so that your weapon runs around above your head and cut in from the outside to his right shoulder, if he bars your cut, then thrust him quickly over the hands to the face, if he doesn’t bar this thus you come through into Changer, if he thrusts further to you, then wind the hilt upwards and take out his thrust with the Flat through the Hanging, and thrust him over the hands, to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[82]</small> '''A Failer with the False step'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76r.jpg|2|lbl=76r.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' deliver a lofty High Cut and when your blade almost connects with his blade, at once change the High Cut into a Thwart and at the same time as the Thwart step through to the side with your right foot, between you and him to his right side, at once allow your sword to snap around again and strike him with the short edge to his right ear so that your hands are crosswise, or cut after with the long edge and spring well out to his right side with this strike.</p>
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 77r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 27v.jpg|4|lbl=27v.4}}
| <p>'''Mark''' When one thrusts at you from above, thus wind your hilt above you into left Ox, set off his thrust upwards, and when they connect, then thrust him inside to the face. Instantly allow your point to sink towards the ground, and allow the blade where by, to run through to your left, thrust over the hands to his face Pull your hilt upwards so that the blade runs off besides your right, and cut outside from your left through his right shoulder thus you shoot into the right Changer.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76v.jpg|1|lbl=76v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Item''' Set off his thrust how you were taught above, remain then in the Bind on his blade and Wind your blade above you against his travels, out to your left side, instantly have your hilt above you and cut from your right inside through to his right shoulder thus you come into the left Changer, if he thrusts further at you, then spring with the left foot well to his right side and thrust in from your Changer likewise with him, work further to him with the Iron Door.</p>
+
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 28r.jpg|400px|center]]
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76v.jpg|2|lbl=76v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[83]</small> '''Twice or Double failing'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>'''Item''' In the ''Zufechten'', before you correctly come to him, thus cut through besides your right, so that your weapon shoots over in plunging, step on your way, with the right foot to him, let your sword drive around the head and pull a high strike from the Roof while in the air, but cross your hands, threaten to cut with the short edge, if he whisks this from him and will set on, thus wind you hand around again and convert your Crooked edge into a Thwart, let the Thwart also not proceed, but rather fail and run past, then strike the other, to his right side, that is double failing, these two Failers will be accomplished in the air when you wind around his blade, yet you can terminate this therein when you will, to the displacing or in a winding, thus when he would reach to you, that you with your ''Stück'' would not like to come to him, but when you have deceived him, that he feels he must displace you, thus is the Double Failer very good and goes very quickly.</p>
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 78r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 28v.jpg|1|lbl=28v.1}}
| <p>'''Item''' Displace His thrusts like before, have your hilt above you in the left Ox, and take him out, with the short edge from your left through his right so that you correctly fly around your head into the right Ox cut Instantly a Third strike, downwards, through his left foot from your right, so that your weapon shoots into left Ox, take him out with the short edge, downwards from your left Ox, so that your weapon shoots through in running around again, into right Ox, allow quickly the right Ox, to run through, with this taking out besides your left, and thrust through than by a double, done over hand, come into the Iron Door.</p>
 
| {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|77v|jpg}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>If overall, he would not Thrust, then when you stand in right Plow thus step with your left foot to him and thrust through to the outside of your left shoulder, so that your weapon comes into the left Ox, step with your right well to his right, and thrust him outside of his right arm Line Pull around your head, and cut him through his face, thus you come into the left Changer from there take him out with the short edge.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 78v.jpg|1|lbl=78v.1}}
+
| <p><small>[84]</small> '''Item''' This is also called the Double Failer when you let it double or twice run off, to deceive him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 28v.jpg|2|lbl=28v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Three Ongoing Thrusts from the Left Plow from one side'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[85]</small> '''Another from the double Failer'''</p>
  
<p>Thus if one approaches you in the Iron Door or also in the left Plow, then thrust the first from the Plow outside of his right arm line so that your point on the right now runs off besides your left through into left Ox, thrust through from there quickly through your left Ox, inwards to his chest, allow instantly again the Point to run off downwards and then through besides your left, and thrust the third from your left over your hand to the face, these three thrusts happen as one runs into the next, from one thrust.</p>
+
<p>In the ''Zufechten'' bring a high strike from your right and in the air, before it connects, thus wind the short edge against him, as if you would cut the Squinting Cut, but don’t let the short edge connect either, but rather quickly fail and run off, and swing in to him with your weak, to his right ear with crossed arms, let it quickly fly around again, and fall on him with the slice to the next opening, or on his sword, from there to the body and on the arm.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 28v.jpg|3|lbl=28v.3}}
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 78v.jpg|2|lbl=78v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79r.jpg|1|lbl=79r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>If one thrusts to you from above, wind off his thrust, upwards against your right into the Ox, step and thrust him outside and over his right arm line, to the face and in this thrust, then drive with your left hand from below.</p>
+
| <p><small>[86]</small> '''Counter to the Thwart'''
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79r.jpg|2|lbl=79r.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Mark when you have bound with one from above, or, at the same time, cut in with him, thus see if he would with the Thwart strike around, [and] thus come before with the Thwart under his blade, on his neck.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 28v.jpg|4|lbl=28v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 29r.jpg|1|lbl=29r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79v.jpg|1|lbl=79v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 80r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79v.jpg|2|lbl=79v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[87]</small> Item: If he Thwarts from under, so that you can't come from below thus catch his Thwart on your shield with diverting, so that your blade hangs over his.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 29r.jpg|2|lbl=29r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p><br/><br/>...Suppress upon from above, step and thrust on his blade above it, to the face, if he defends the thrust and drives high with his displacement, then thrust him above, on the Right Line if he displaces yet again the thrust, thus jerk your hilt upwards and thrust over the hands, from above over his displacement line, and cut him to the right leg.</p>
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 29v.jpg|400px|center]]
|
+
| <p><small>[88]</small> '''From Stepping'''
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79v.jpg|3|lbl=79v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 80v.jpg|1|lbl=80v.1|p=1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>In stepping is much concerned. Therefore, see that you give stepping to him with every one of the cuts, then when you cut to his openings and you don't step with the foot from which side you have cut, thus is the cut useless, but when you don't dare to give all to the cut, thus may you also not step fully, rather only with the gestures stand, when you do step, such you will better learn still, with practice.</p>
|
 
| <p>'''Cutting off'''</p>
 
  
<p>'''Item''' Suppress his oncoming strike or thrust from above, suppress like before, but in this suppressing, thus allow your blade to rest, cross wise on his blade besides you, then in a flight, thrust or cut him again from the same side line.</p>
+
<p>Twice stepping is done like this, when you are stepping with your right to his left, this necessitates then that you still farther step around, thus step quickly with the left foot towards the right, behind your right foot beyond or past, before you have even set your left, you can step forth with the right, then Slice double, mark this following ''Stück'':</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 80v.jpg|2|lbl=80v.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>If one cuts at you from his right, thus cut also from your right simultaneously, with the short edge and crossed hands, so that in this, the sword proceeds, thus step in with a double step with the right foot, quickly around to his left, and fall with your long edge on his arm, now set above, and if he drives upwards, and will not trouble you with the slice, thus follow after with an under slice on his arm, shove him from you how the figure nearby demonstrates, that is a proper and Old Cut and cuts down a Master with it.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If you are in the Iron Door, and one will thrust outside to your right arm, thus take this with the short edge downwards and out to your right side out so that the blade runs over, besides your right at the same time, into the right Ox, ''Indes'' also takes others out through a Running off from your right to your left, and thrust this same with quickness over the hand together with a step to him.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 29r.jpg|3|lbl=29r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30r.jpg|1|lbl=30r.1|p=1}}
|
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 80v.jpg|3|lbl=80v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|1|lbl=81r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[89]</small> '''Item''' when you have sliced one on the arm, you may also part him through the Mouth with the slice.
| <p>'''Item''' If one approaches you in the Iron Door, then thrust him from the right Plow, inside his blade from under jointly, to the face. Instantly have your hilt above you and mutate the under into an Overthrust, cut in with a step to the next opening.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30r.jpg|2|lbl=30r.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|2|lbl=81r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A Deceiving'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[90]</small> '''From the sword to the body, reverse with it,<br/>Twice, or slice on the weapon.'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>This is the correct gloss for the previous verses, which tells you to wind twice or slice on the weapon.</p>
  
<p>'''Mark''' If one allows you to bind first on his blade from your right, thus thrust his face from under and to the inside, over the hands.</p>
+
<p>Understand it thus: When you slice from the sword on to his arms, you shall at once reverse. If he then escapes you upward, then you shall pull or wind your pommel back out from under your arm; thus you reverse your sword back around. Slicing on the weapon is when the double reversing has failed you; then you shall chase after twice, and remain with the slice on his arms. If he defends this, then fall on his blade with the slice, and see that you hold him, do not let him come away without your advantage, but rather chase after always.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|3|lbl=81r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30v.jpg|1|lbl=30v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one thrusts to your right, thus suppress from your left against your right, thus you have come into the right Plow. Thrust him from the Plow upwards to the face, this he must defend, cut quickly in ''Indes'', a Low Cut from your right through his left and thrust him over the hands to his face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[91]</small> '''Chasing is extremely good,<br/>With slicing and winding protect yourself.'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Chasing is multiple and varied, and should be done with great cautiousness against fencers who fight with long and free cuts, and have no proper art.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Do it thus: In the ''Zufechten'', when you approach him with your left foot forward and you hold your sword in the Roof Guard, if he cuts long from above at your head, then do not displace him, but rather see that you escape from him with your head and sword, so that he does not connect, but let him fail, in this he falls with his sword and cut to the ground, below you, then step quickly with the right foot close to him and cut in forcefully from above to his head before he recovers or comes up again, if he however drives up quickly and displaces, then remain hard on his sword and feel if he goes through strongly upwards, thus allow your sword quickly to be soft and go upwards, step and cut around with a Thwart to his right.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|4|lbl=81r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81v.jpg|1|lbl=81v.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 30v.jpg|2|lbl=30v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 31r.jpg|1|lbl=31r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one approaches you in the Iron Door and has bound on with you, then thrust in on his weapon upwards to the face with a running in. Instantly allow your weapon to run around besides your left and grab with the left hand in the middle of your blade and thrust him to the stomach.</p>
+
| <p><small>[92]</small> '''Item''' If one binds on to you from his right, thus pay attention when he strikes around, thus follow after him with the Slice on his arms to his right.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81v.jpg|2|lbl=81v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 31r.jpg|2|lbl=31r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 31v.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Changing Thrusts and Mutating'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[93]</small> '''Item''' If you stand in the guard of the Fool, and he falls on your sword with his own before you come up, then remain below on his sword, and heft upwards; feel meanwhile whether he in the displacing, intends to execute a cut or winding against you, if so, then do not let him come away from your sword, but pursue him, and work meanwhile to the nearest opening.</p>
  
<p>If you stand in the Iron Door and so does your opponent, then thrust him outside and over his right arm, above the hand line, and in this thrust, allow your hilt to be well high, as soon as he wishes to defend against your thrust, thus allow your point to sink downwards, above your hand, and thrust under your arm quickly to the sky if he however travels, then thrust in again over the arm to the face, thus reverse the high thrust into a low thrust, and you may change into a cut when you want.</p>
+
<p>Also note that chasing is when an opponent goes too high upward, and you chase him below either with cutting or slicing as he draws up for the stroke.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81v.jpg|3|lbl=81v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32r.jpg|1|lbl=32r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[94]</small> Likewise if he strays too wide to the side, and you chase his weapon to the opening from above. And in all chasing, if he escapes you, be sure to turn your long edge against his weapon; and take good heed of the slice, for with it you can force him out of all his work.</p>
| <p>'''The Ox and Plow's Merged Thrusts'''</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32r.jpg|2|lbl=32r.2}}
 
 
<p>'''Item''' If you encounter one in the Iron Door, thus thrust him from the right Plow, inside his blade from under to his face, instantly have your hilt above and Mutate the Low into a High Thrust, cut to the next opening with a step to.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82r.jpg|1|lbl=82r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A Deceiving'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[95]</small> '''Some twice or more<br/>Let it fly, begin with it.'''</p>
  
<p>'''Mark''' when you have allowed one to be first in binding on your blade from your right, then thrust him from under, inside to his face, so that the Rappier runs around besides your right, the same as a Looping, but don't do this, instead thrust him again inside to his Body.</p>
+
<p>That is, you should pay attention, when you are laying on against him with the slice, that you shall not allow him free, but rather once or twice follow after with the slice and with this hinder him in his work and intentions, then when he least expects it, thus you should artfully fly away to the nearest opening before he realizes it. This is a true master’s ''Stück''; and begin with it, that is:</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82r.jpg|2|lbl=82r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32v.jpg|1|lbl=32v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Pay attention when one drives his point high above you in ''Zufechten'', then act as if you may bind with him as soon as your point connects thus step and Low Cut his blade away with your left arm then thrust upwards and to the groin, if he pulls his blade however, thus guard yourself with hanging, and work to him over the hands or with taking out and cutting after.</p>
+
| <p><small>[96]</small> '''Send the hits to all four targets,<br/>Learn the pullings, you will deceive them.'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>You must be well versed in the four openings, if you will fight certainly, then you fight with whatever ''Stücken'' and cuts, as good as they may be, if you do not know how to cut off with each one to every quarter, and to mutate the intended ''Stück'', by transforming it into other convenient work, from what he fights against you and how he meets your ''Stücken'', then it can happen that you will take forth with one ''Stück'' to a particular opening, and yet he sends himself against you such that you can have another closer opening, this opportunity will escape you, if you execute your intended ''Stücken'' without happening to notice other opportunities, therefore be diligent where you may at once fight by flying freely to the four openings. Because you have only three ways to cut and strike, that is with the long and short edge, and with the flat, from which together, all fencing is composed of, and targeting to the four divisions of the opponent; from which are given all other fortuitous techniques, like pulling, doubling, running off. Thus take note of the following divisions and cuts, that you correctly make your cuts opposite and crosswise to each other.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82r.jpg|3|lbl=82r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|1|lbl=82v.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 32v.jpg|2|lbl=32v.2|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|33r|jpg|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 34r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''Identical Thrusting in traveling after'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[97]</small> In the onset cut with your long edge to his left ear, as soon as this clashes or connects, pull around your head and cut the next also with the long edge, to his lower right opening, then third, to his lower left opening the fourth to his upper right opening, these 4 cuts should go quickly from one into another. And all strikes should be well to the body, also you should do these cuts with the short edge, to the four openings of the man.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 33v.jpg|1|lbl=33v.1}}
  
<p>'''Item''' Thus the both of your stand in the Iron Door, then pay attention as soon as he will go away from his guard, thus step out from his Thrust and follow quickly with the Point to the body from where he has gone, and thrust on the same line as him.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|2|lbl=82v.2}}
+
| <p><small>[98]</small> '''Item''', thus also with the Flat, note that you cut with close hand to his left and to the right, inside with your hand this is from under or above, you may change through or reverse on him, to your own opportunity, then you cut the first from under to his right, the second to the upper left, the third to his upper right and the fourth to his lower left, when you cut these four strikes together into one another, you can in the very beginning or onset, deftly change off and pull them how it pleases you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 33v.jpg|2|lbl=33v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Traveling After'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[99]</small> Similarly when you come with the Thwart Strike against one another over-handed, it is with the long, short or flat.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 34v.jpg|1|lbl=34v.1}}
<p>This is a jolly and quick work in Rappier, by as much as he drives his defenses, and holds it somewhat besides his right, as soon as he goes away with the hilt, thus Thrust him quickly there on the same line from which he went.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|3|lbl=82v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''After-cut from below'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[100]</small> When you do these four cuts and have learned to strike also to the four openings, thus learn also pulling, threatening, failing and then know the same from these following writings; step and cut to his upper left opening, but do not let this hit, rather when you come merely on his sword with this strike, then pull off again to a flight, and strike him to his lower right opening.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 34v.jpg|2|lbl=34v.2}}
<p>If you are in the Iron door, and one thrusts to your left, thus suppress him from above. Instantly have the hilt above you into the left Ox and cut quickly with the short edge from below through his face or R. There after thrust through, to a Middle Cut above the hands.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|4|lbl=82v.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one thrusts at you, to you right, thus suppress from you to your right, thus you come into the right Plow, thrust him from the Plow upwards to the face, this he must defend, cut instantly and quickly a Low Cut from you right through his left and thrust him above the hands to the face.</p>
+
| <p><small>[101]</small> And cut or strike still to him the first confidently to his upper openings to the left, thus you may pull and fail with them to all 4 openings Crosswise and athwart above, also your benefit is to learn the Circle Cut, this is a High and Low Cut together on one side, short and long and with the flat from such is known in the first assault, cut a long High Cut to his left ear, and when this clashes thus pull both cuts upwards so that your pommel comes through under your right, and cut with the long edge from under to his left. Step ''Indes'' with your left foot behind yours and come with the hilt high above your head.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83r.jpg|1|lbl=83r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 34v.jpg|3|lbl=34v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''''Balgen'' in Rappier'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[102]</small> And still again then cut the first a Low Cut with the long edge to his lower opening with a step to of your right foot, quickly pull upwards besides your right and cut the other from above to his left, with a back-step of your left foot behind your right, so that you stand covered behind your blade.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35r.jpg|1|lbl=35r.1}}
  
<p>''Balgen'' is an abridgement and the proper Core of both weapons: the Dussack and the Rappier put together, which is so understandable and properly divided and placed, that every one of the four cuts can only be cut long from you. May you well understand and usefully learn from it, whether he even taught a bad school rule, and firstly therein is taught the cuts are orderly placed, to and through the man, how the drawn lines reveal. Next then however; as such cuts are cut at you, and how you shall meet these with displacing and breaking, to the third, when he now also uses such displacing and how you should take up in that, the fourth and last part teaches, of those who run in or under.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83r.jpg|2|lbl=83r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83v.jpg|1|lbl=83v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p><small>[103]</small> '''Stück'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: Pull from your right a high strike to his left, but in the air, cross your hands and strike with the half edge to his left ear. Pull your hands again upwards, and strike with a Thwarter again from below to his left ear, thus also still again cut the Thwart from below to his left, with a step to Quickly pull upwards besides your right and thrust rapidly your pommel through under your right arm, and wind then with crossed hands again from your upper right in to his left, for this known strike, is also with the Flat from below and above together on one side, that goes for both sides and mark when you strike to the lower right opening, this is long or short, thus your cut comes crosswise and opposite but to the upper openings you come not crosswise, but like in the Old Squinting Cut, thus step to him and shoot before through and strike with the half edge from you left to his right, not crossed, but over you right hand, pull nimbly again above you towards your left and cross your hands in the air, strike him with crossed hands to his lower openings from your left, in this, show that your head is well behind your blade, some twice or three times to his right thus you come also with the flat and long edge from under and above besides his right to his strikes, how it is taught, like when you connect above but quickly cut Low.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35r.jpg|2|lbl=35r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35v.jpg|1|lbl=35v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 36r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[104]</small> '''Item''' threaten to him from above with a Quick strike, or cut in at him from above, and if he slips after, then pull up the cut and drive with your Low Cut to the same side, from this work arises the winding on the sword, namely when you have bound on his sword from your right to his left, then remain hard on his blade, thrust through with the pommel under your right arm through remain thus in advance on his sword and jerk your pommel again for the purpose of winding him again outside to his head, thus you find also three kinds, namely winding outwards and inwards short edge to both sides and you should know that I have not put them here for just any particular reason.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' From the dissimilar weapons that when thus he has a Knebel Pike and you only a Dagger or Rappier, and how you should run under with cuts and many secret moves therewith you engage your enemy and then you can take his weapon.</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 35v.jpg|2|lbl=35v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 36v.jpg|1|lbl=36v.1|p=1}}
|
 
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83v.jpg|2|lbl=83v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The First ''Balg'' Cut'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[105]</small> '''Also execute slicing off and slinging,<br/>Send away the hard dangers with the slice.'''</p>
  
<p>Is done thus: stand with the right foot forward and cut from above and below with outstretched arm together and forth, always with the Long edge through the opponent's left Wrath Line how the figure shows and mark when you will cut from above, thus distort the cut around again, into a strong Low Cut, upwards through the Forward Line with a full swing, wind then your hand in the air so that the short edge faces to the rear, and the sharp edge against the opponent, thus make a cut after your opportunity.</p>
+
<p>When you thus allow your ''Stücken'' to run to all four openings, how you are taught here with this same, then also pay attention to his course, that is to his ''Stücken'', so that you are strong on him and slice off against him according to opportunity; thus hinder and slice off his ''Stücken'', until you see opportunity for other work. The danger is the strikes from both sides; will you displace by slicing them off, then see that you overlook no opportunity, and also do not slice too wide from his body, so that he does not go through against you.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83v.jpg|3|lbl=83v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84r.jpg|1|lbl=84r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 36v.jpg|2|lbl=36v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37r.jpg|1|lbl=37r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 38r.jpg|400px|center]]
| <p>'''The Second'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[106]</small> '''Do not rely too much on the Crown,<br/>You will tend to get harm and shame from it.'''</p>
  
<p>'''Item''' Cut powerfully from your right from above like before, through the left Wrath Line, with outstretched arm so that your weapon comes to the left in the Middle Guard, from there a powerful Middle Cut through his face Thus you should make High or Low Cuts once or up to six times to his cuts.</p>
+
<p>Note when you displace with the horizontal crossguard, high up over your head, that is called the Crown. When you see that an opponent will run under your High Cut with the Crown, then do not let your High Cut actually connect, but rather pull the cut from him, that he drives out in vain, and cut with the long edge a Middle Cut athwart to his arm or wrist, this same thing thus you mark that when one who will gladly drive out and displace high, thus conduct yourself with comportment like you would cut high, do not complete this, but rather strike nimbly around to the lower openings with the Thwart, using flat or long edge or behind his arms to the ears you have it known.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84r.jpg|2|lbl=84r.2}}
 
 
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The Third ''Balg'' Cut'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37r.jpg|2|lbl=37r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37v.jpg|1|lbl=37v.1|p=1}}
 
 
<p>The third is called the Cross through both Wrath Lines, cut then powerfully with outstretched arm from you, and such cuts you should always stand with the right foot forwards, and always a ''Balg'' Cut, that is a High or Low Cut of the Cross with powerful Middle Cuts made after.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84r.jpg|3|lbl=84r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p><small>[107]</small> The Crown Strike is done thus; If one cuts at you from above, thus strike with the flat likewise and together with him to his left ear, so that your long edge connects in on his blade, and your corner on your short edge travels, thus strike your cross athwart, and hold your hand high above the head nearly like with the Squinting Cut and allow this nimbly to snap around again to the lower openings.</p>
| <p>'''Item''' Send yourself into the Longpoint to the displacing, if he cuts against your left to the head, thus catch his strike with the long edge and pull then around your head and cut him through to his right arm and thrust him above from your right to his face, if he cuts to your right thus displace and cut his face or through his body.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 37v.jpg|2|lbl=37v.2}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84v.jpg|1|lbl=84v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>If he cuts quickly from both sides through the Cross or thrusts from both sides, then displace long from you and when he has done One, two, three four strikes, thus cut then with the ''radt'' powerfully always after strike for strike through the Cross and ''Balg'' Cuts how here follows:</p>
+
| <p><small>[108]</small> Of the Slinging take heed as soon as he makes one of his sides open, thus rush in from under with the flat to his ear, cut nimbly again low to the opening or let it shoot up above and drive under his blade.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84v.jpg|2|lbl=84v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 38v.jpg|1|lbl=38v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Mark''' If one cuts on you from his right against your left thus cut with a strong High Cut from your right thereon and cut nimbly again after from your right through his left where he is, under or above where you can work to him and you are soon again in the displacing.</p>
+
| <p><small>[109]</small> Item: Have diligence when you attack that you will sling to the High Cut or Thwart strike, where he lets you shoot, see that you don't sling it, but rather fall off again.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84v.jpg|3|lbl=84v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 38v.jpg|2|lbl=38v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one cuts on you the Crosscuts, strike after strike, thus displace him with outstretched arms, one strike, four or five, and pay attention where he looks further to strike, thus cut in between his head and weapon on his strong and suppress in with a strike twice, cut then with the ''Radt'' Strike and Crosscuts after.</p>
+
| <p><small>[110]</small> '''Strike powerfully through with the Long point<br/>Therewith hold off all hard dangers.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85r.jpg|1|lbl=85r.1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Stand with the left foot forwards and strike him from your right through his face, that the half edge goes forth once to four times nimbly one after another, thus you drive on to him, then attack to him from under and whether it is with Thwart or long edge, mark when you thus have slashed up to him, thus take heed when he strikes at you from above and from his right side, then wind him by slashing out your long edge against his blade so that it stays somewhat athwart, your point upwards and to his left. step at once with the left foot to his left and thrust the pommel instantly under your arm, cut in with the short edge with skidding behind his blade to his head step likewise with your right foot after and around his left and jerk the pommel again therefore, so that you stand with the sword in the Thwart or in Hanging point.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 38v.jpg|3|lbl=38v.3}}
| <p>'''Item''' If he cuts from below, the Middle or from above, thus you come to suppress them all and cut immediately after with the Cross or ''Balg'' Cuts.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85r.jpg|2|lbl=85r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>If one displaces you and will not cut but wait on your cuts, then cut away his displacement from your left, he is from under or athwart, with that he is drawn away to cut immediately after he does this, thus suppress his strike from you with a strong Roof Strike on the strong of his blade the third cuts quickly after to the opening.</p>
+
| <p><small>[111]</small> '''Item''' When one cuts a High Cut to you from his right, thus capture him in the air with an opposing cut, striking out, from your right, with the long edge in that when it connects, thus strike around with the Thwart to his left Ear, this goes also to both sides. Mark when you thus have laid on in the Long Point, then you have the setting off to the 4 windings, which goes to all sides, namely if he cuts from above, thus strike from under on his sword, and if he remains bound hard search instantly with winding flicking. Note also instantly and feel when he will go away thus at once when he goes away around to strike, thus flick at him from above over his arm with wound blade, that the long edge smartly stays against his blade, cut nimbly around with the flat against the upper quadrants to the next opening, if its seen that as soon as you again are on his blade, he cuts at you from above, thus bar him from above it is with setting off or setting on, thus as often as it clashes so you are nimbly attentive to the next opening.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85r.jpg|3|lbl=85r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39r.jpg|1|lbl=39r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Rule'''</p>
+
| <p><small>[112]</small> '''Another ''Stuck'''''</p>
  
<p>Note when he does not want to cut at you, then you should also not meet him with the first strike, but rather show as if you intended to strike to him, then when he misjudges, thus translate with this same cut, it is from above or below, suppressing or cutting out. The same displacement, should one quickly cut after.</p>
+
<p>Strike the opponent powerfully through his face, upwards step through the strike after to your opponent with your right foot and leave your sword slide around and set him the first in his chest, Thwart his arms defend yourself with the strong over your hands, and mark in this, then as soon as he makes his sword too wide in the Long Point, thus lay on with the point outside and over his arm.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85v.jpg|1|lbl=85v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39r.jpg|2|lbl=39r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However where he is not provoked with a strike to counter, thus cut a Cross through his displacement or two Middle cuts against one another so that his blade is cut away, then must he cut, as soon as he cuts, thus takeout and away his cut with a counter cut, more to his strong thus as soon as you feel that he is soft, thus cut quickly to his body before he recovers, that is under or over.</p>
+
| <p><small>[113]</small> '''Item''' Strike out before him and allow your sword to fly above besides your left, step and cut from your right from under at his arm, if he displaces this, thus wind and go through with the grip and cast with your pommel outwards over his right arm, let go with your left hand from your grip, and grab therewith your blade to help the right, cut him with the long edge on his head.</p>
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85v.jpg|2|lbl=85v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39v.jpg|1|lbl=38v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 86r.jpg|400px|center]]
 
 
|  
 
|  
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|86r|jpg|blk=1}}
+
| <p><small>[114]</small> '''The Blind Cut you should let rebound<br/>Cast around the Thwart, have diligence to the flicking.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Slash him with the Long Point in his face, step and pull your sword around your head and strike with the inside flat from your right to his left through the Middle Line, take your head well out and wind around nimbly again on his sword with the outside flat also to his left ear.</p>
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 86v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39v.jpg|2|lbl=38v.2}}
|
 
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|86v|jpg|blk=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 87r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| class="noline" rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 40r.jpg|400px|center]]
|  
+
| <p><small>[115]</small> '''Over-gripping'''</p>
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|87r|jpg|blk=1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Mark thusly when one binds on you from the right thus he presses weakly from you with the slice, with the sword, thus grab with your hand on your shield and cast with your blade over his both hands downwards and to your right, press the pommel from you.</p>
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 87v.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 39v.jpg|3|lbl=38v.3}}
|
 
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|87v|jpg|blk=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 88r.jpg|400px|center]]
+
| class="noline" | <p><small>[116]</small> '''A Sword Taking'''</p>
|
 
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|88r|jpg|blk=1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Mark when one strongly binds to you on the blade, so remove your left hand from the pommel and grab there with both blades in the middle, and drive with the haft or pommel over besides his both arms. Pull to you, thus must he lose his sword.</p>
|
+
| class="noline" | {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|40v|jpg}}
| <p>'''A Good ''Stuck'''''</p>
 
  
<p>'''Mark''' Thus when you must defend in the After, thus to you one comes with a Knebel pike in the air, over you, and you only have a Rappier or other similar single handed weapon, then hold the weapon athwart of your left foot on the earth, if he strikes a powerful diagonal, thus drive upwards with your weapon and spring to him under his strike, guard yourself in the spring with the head out from his strike and allow his strike to clash and stay on your weapon and grab quickly with the left hand on his staff, instantly cut nimble to his hands.</p>
+
|}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 88v.jpg|1|lbl=88v.1}}
+
{{master subsection end}}
 +
 
 +
{{master subsection begin
 +
| title = Dusack
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Fencing in Dussack, techniques in all Kinds of One handed Weapons Thorough Descriptions'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Firstly are the guards, therein are namely Four which are not made so that one should wait in them how it is previously and partially reported above in the sword. But rather has more divisions there with one knows One from the other to distinguish, namely thus, when one fights from the Steer, he will generally use such Strikes and ''Stücken'', that are assigned to the Steer therefore he who will fight with them, thus should he pay attention from which or through which division he goes against in fighting, thus that he may know best, with what cuts or ''Stücken'' he should lay on against him, in that he in the Before runs off, then your fighting and your cuts to him and techniques will be correctly cut in and soon put, it must usually give way to harm.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|44r|jpg|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 44v.jpg|1|lbl=44v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[2]</small> And should you know thus with the four guards that the opponent is divided into four parts, how in the above figure it is shown, the two from High are called the Ox, the other two are called the Plow take an example, when you hold the weapon high, to the right or the left thus you stand in Ox or Steer, what cuts and strikes you do from the Ox, you can also do from the other high guards. And you should yourself not mistake that more than four are known. Steer, Watch, Wrath whose names spring from their intentions and take this first as not only an example, I Hold my weapon above, prepared to strike over my head, that the point is behind me, which I call the Watch, not that he is always in Ox, but rather because my plan is to have prepared or ready strikes and pay attention and watch where he will give cuts to me, then be very ready to cut into the openings, thus I would like to say he who stays in Ox, holds good watch.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 44v.jpg|2|lbl=44v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45r.jpg|1|lbl=45r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[3]</small> '''Item''' Thus one in Wrath Guard stays, may I say, he opposes you wrathfully in Ox, from which comes the name's use, but this is premature and will further, as much as, hereafter, needfully enough, and understandingly be given and taught.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45r.jpg|2|lbl=45r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[4]</small> Next are the cuts, which even if I would set forth and report to you, of all twelve, yet there are still not more than four main cuts, from which the others all have sprung from, namely, first the High Cut, second the Wrath Cut, third the Middel Cut, and the fourth an Low Cut, than slashing or Crooked so that no one can make cuts, or cut him usefully either from above, or diagonally, Item athwart, or bring from under, thus there are many kinds of names and alterations to the cuts, hence, so named that quite a few are carried out during the cuts, for example, thus I stand before one in the same work, and can't come at all to the openings, thus I cut strongly from above a Knock Strike not that I intend to hit or strike through but rather that I crash on to him and wrench into a cut and with this he will also do this to me, and would thus give room to the openings, from which a High Cut comes nicely. This cut has the name Knock Cut, therefore that my naming this is only about the clashing on that is to be done.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45r.jpg|3|lbl=45r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45v.jpg|1|lbl=45v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[5]</small> '''From the Four Openings'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>And thirdly, should one protect the openings, and learn to recognize them on the arms of the man, therein one should be aware, of he who leads diligently the defense when each are up high, thus he is open below.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 45v.jpg|2|lbl=45v.2}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46r.jpg|1|lbl=46r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[6]</small> '''Item''' Thus he who is low is even likewise open high, as is he who proceeds too far to the side, further but more importantly, the four divisions of the man, the Before and the After, strong and weak, Item the looping round, and the Circle, slices, and likewise, how it is previously presented and taught in the Sword and should be used here, as before.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46r.jpg|2|lbl=46r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[7]</small> '''Follow the Guards and they are given these Names'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Watch or ''Luginslandt'', Steer, Wrath, Boar, Changer, Side Guard.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46r.jpg|3|lbl=46r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[8]</small> Item: The Slice, the Bow, which are the two displacings, one from under, the other from above.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46r.jpg|4|lbl=46r.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 47r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[9]</small> '''The Cuts</p>
 +
{|
 +
|-
 +
| High Cut&emsp; || Middle Cut&emsp; || Knock Cut
 +
|-
 +
| Low Cut&emsp; || Whacker&emsp; || Failer Cut
 +
|-
 +
| Wrath Cut&emsp; || Buzzer Cut&emsp; || Short Cut
 +
|-
 +
| Crooked Cut&emsp; || Wind Cut&emsp; || Constrainer Cut
 +
|}
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46v.jpg|1|lbl=46v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[10]</small> These figures painted here are the paths through the man to which and through which one Cuts, the first line has three parts, namely on the Head, on the Arm and thus that one strikes Outright. Thus also the Wrath Guard winds, displaces, namely the three depictions, firstly through the face, to the other, through the Middle of the man, and thereafter through to the Legs and is nevertheless just a cut from one of the inward cuts, through his face or through the Middle of the man or through the Legs.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46v.jpg|2|lbl=46v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[11]</small> '''In summation:''' What comes from above, or that which cuts to the head or arms and feet thus is called from the High Cuts, thus that which would be cut from the Shoulder diagonally to the man, whether to the face or Body, high or from under, are called the Wrath Cuts and may also be done with the crooked or straight edge from which reason the cuts are well named for the limbs that they will be cut to. In Rappier hereafter follows and remains that the cut is still basically a Wrath Cut or a Middle Cut and thus it is created with all four cuts. </p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 46v.jpg|3|lbl=46v.3|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|47r|jpg|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|1|lbl=47v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[12]</small> Further, one should note when one cuts one of the four cuts through the stated line, and he is High or Middle, thus should one always cut out to the next line to the displacing.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|2|lbl=47v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[13]</small> Thus in ''Zufechten'' I come into the Steer and cut a Middle Cut through his face strongly, at once I cut from my left through the under weakly on his right line, displacing against his hand.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|3|lbl=47v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[14]</small> Meanwhile, I have given here to you a general rule throughout the whole of Dussack fencing, thus will I now as before, set forth an example of the technique which without the togetherness of the guards and cuts, together with the Pulled cuts, namely deceiving, no defeat comes, for they are based on the cuts from the shortest explanation (which is necessary) and their counters.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 47v.jpg|4|lbl=47v.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[15]</small> '''High Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The High Cut breaks all other cuts with suppressing or extra length and always goes through the Watch or from the ''Luginslandt'' and is a blissful and still artful cut to use.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|1|lbl=48r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[16]</small> '''Wrath Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Wrath Cut is also from above, but in those from the first it is differentiated of those from straight from above, this goes however diagonal from the shoulder and is known as the correct Father Strike, Wrath Cut or also the Battle Cut for this reason then, he who is strongest is greatest amongst all.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|2|lbl=48r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[17]</small> '''Middle Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Middle Cut is an athwart cut wherein one should know as common.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|3|lbl=48r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[18]</small> '''Low Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Low Cut is a weak cut, but where he with cleverness will use it, it is very useful.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48r.jpg|4|lbl=48r.4}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|1|lbl=48v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[19]</small> '''Crooked Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Crooked is thus, grab around the grip well so that you have the Dussack crooked, thus if he cuts or not, so step immediately out and cut with the crooked edge, through the Diagonal Wrath or Middle Athwart Line.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|2|lbl=48v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[20]</small> '''Whacker'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Whacker is thus, in the onset cut a strong cut onto his displacement and in that it clashes, or rests thus wind the cut into a thrust over his displacement line, that's called the Whacker.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|3|lbl=48v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 49r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[21]</small> '''Buzzer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The Buzzer is thus, take hold of your grip crooked as the first figure here shows, in those cuts that he would give to you from somewhat on high, then cut through in a stroke from under and athwart to his arm, so that the Dussacks are both in the wind above, and again you shoot around to the displacement. It is or is called therefore a Buzzer, because of the sound from the fast rushing wind that it makes.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 48v.jpg|4|lbl=48v.4}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 49v.jpg|1|lbl=49v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[22]</small> '''Wind Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Wind Cut is thus when one would cut athwart well outside his right arm over his arm line, thus quickly in a rip, wind out again. You can do the Wind Cut through a High, Middle or Low Cut.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 49v.jpg|2|lbl=49v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[23]</small> '''Knock Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Knock Cut is here sufficiently clarified by examples.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 49v.jpg|3|lbl=49v.3}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|1|lbl=50r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[24]</small> '''Constrainer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Constrainer is a strong taking away from your left to his right it is with the Flat or the Long, also I wind a special technique afterwards about the Constrainer.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|2|lbl=50r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[25]</small> '''Short Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Short Cut is a throwing in from the left against or over his right, which will also be clarified afterwards in a special ''Stück''.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|3|lbl=50r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[26]</small> '''Failer Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark when you come near to him, and the both of you are standing high in the displacing, thus cut from his right shoulder a circle so soon as he is convinced and will strike, thus cut him beside the hilt to the head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50r.jpg|4|lbl=50r.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[27]</small> Now follow the techniques on the guards together with the cuts, and have diligence with the cuts when they again make you open, even though he doesn't seem far. While I amply teach next, but follow firstly the Quick Cut.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50v.jpg|1|lbl=50v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 51r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[28]</small> '''Quick Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark thus when you stand before one in the Bow, and he will not cut so pull upwards into the Watch as if you would cut from high especially if he does nothing, wind in the air and cut with the long edge from under to his right arm quickly and jerk the Dussack again around to your left shoulder, from there cut a defense strike through his right, to the arm or above the arm through to his face, and then cut Cross or a Driving Cut.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50v.jpg|2|lbl=50v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[29]</small> '''Item''' If he cuts from above in the Before, thus displace upwards towards your left and cut through quickly from your left to his right it is under or above the Dussack thus you come with your Dussack beside your right side, from there cut again athwart from under with the long edge strongly through his arm, or if he cuts against your strike so that your Dussack comes to your left shoulder, cut away directly from the over line.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 50v.jpg|3|lbl=50v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|1|lbl=51v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="3" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 52r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[30]</small> '''High Cut on the Steer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: Thus when you may reach him, in the on going, in the Bow thus cut a long cut through his displacement to the face and cut quickly to the displacing, upwards from outside against his weapon, right away work inside and outside to the Openings.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|2|lbl=51v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[31]</small> '''Item''' In every cut are three things to think about, that namely you provoke, take, and cut after or hit.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|3|lbl=51v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[32]</small> '''Example'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>He who stands before you in the Bow, now may you not be unmindful of striking to his advantage, thus he makes you rush while he after is not weakened, so do to him now thus, when one stands before you in the Bow, thus cut him the first through his Bow not that you would, but rather, with it you cut him where he is open, when he goes out to cut. and when he has cut, then you must suppress or ground his strike with a High Cut, as soon as you have cut the first the second is taken, then cut the third long after.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 51v.jpg|4|lbl=51v.4}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 52v.jpg|1|lbl=52v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[33]</small> '''Item''' Go at him with a cut and displace his strong cut with the Bow from under, the third, cut him after to the Openings, if he cuts, however without strength, then take his cut with a Suppressing strike and cut after to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 52v.jpg|2|lbl=52v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[34]</small> '''Item''' Take note when he goes out to strike, thus cut him after besides his hilt to the face and that must happen, while he has his Dussack in the air to strike.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|1|lbl=53r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[35]</small> '''Item''' Cut him a Buffalo Cut, as soon as he cuts after, thus displace and cut after him through to his forward limb and come quickly again in the displacing.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|2|lbl=53r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[36]</small> '''Item''' Cut him initially a long High Cut to his head near by his hilt and allow this quickly to run off besides his right, and cut a long cut after to his face, and the two cuts should go hand in hand.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|3|lbl=53r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 54r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[37]</small> '''A Good ''Stuck'' from the Steer how it follows'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If you encounter one who is in the Slice how this figure shows, thus step and cut from your right Crooked under his right arm through so that you connect near his knuckles with the crooked point, the other take him strongly away with the flat upwards through his right arm from your left, so that your weapon again flies around your head, with this thrust over his right arm to the face, if he defends this, thus cut him to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53r.jpg|4|lbl=53r.4}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53v.jpg|1|lbl=53v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[38]</small> '''Item''' In the onset cut in with long edge strongly through his face, so that your Dussack again shoots over your head athwart to the displacement from your right, step instantly and quickly with your left around his right and cut him Crooked over his right arm to the head if he defends, thus cut him forwards to the face or cut him Crooked to the left at the head.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 53v.jpg|2|lbl=53v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 54v.jpg|1|lbl=54v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 55r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[39]</small> '''Middle strike with the Throwing In'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' If you encounter one who is in the Slice or Straight Parrying how this figure shows. Thus send yourself in the Middle Guard to your left side and throw at him your crooked edge from outside over his right arm and Pull the long edge to your left, through his face, if he defends this, and he drives above you thus cut before him long to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 54v.jpg|2|lbl=54v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[40]</small> '''Item''' Mark when you encounter one who is in Straight parrying or in the Slice thus come in the ''Zufechten'' into the Side Guard on your left side, throw the half edge over his right arm to his face, the second proceeds from under with the long edge through his face. The third a Middel Cut after from your right, if one defends these thrown strikes, thus cut nimbly to the face.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 54v.jpg|3|lbl=54v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 55v.jpg|1|lbl=55v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[41]</small> But if one cuts to you when you thus stand in the Side Guard so take away the strike from your left with the Flat Instantly step with the left foot to his right side and thrust him over his right arm to the face, cut quickly after through his face or to the Next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 55v.jpg|2|lbl=55v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[42]</small> '''Constrainer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The first is a taking out from your left and a winding out with the Flat, the other is a Strong cut from your left through his face with the long edge with a twofold strike through the Cross.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 55v.jpg|3|lbl=55v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[43]</small> '''A Good ''Stuck'' from the Constrainer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark in ''Zufechten'' you come into the Slice, allow him not too close to you as soon as he would strike to you, thus pull under his strike, through to your left side avoid his striking through and cut quickly from your left, over his right arm, two high strikes to the head with this you go twice to him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56r.jpg|1|lbl=56r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[44]</small> '''Rose Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: In the ''Zufechten'' cut him from above outside his right arm, (go) under and through him, so that your Dussack comes around again in a Circle above your head, let it low and nimbly run out next to your left, cut him from your right to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56r.jpg|2|lbl=56r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[45]</small> '''Item''' Thrust him outside from over his right arm going under and through so that your Dussack again comes outside over his Arm grab with your left hand over your right arm on your incoming blade by the hilt, Pull to you, and to your right side, thus you have taken his Dussack.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56v.jpg|1|lbl=56v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[46]</small> '''Failer Strike'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark when you can come close to him and both of you are standing high in the displacement, thus cut from his right corner, fail with a circle, and then as soon as he witnesses this failing and will strike, then cut him beside the hilt to the head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56v.jpg|2|lbl=56v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[47]</small> '''Item''' When one cuts to you, thus yield with your displacement and allow his cut to fall, step and cut from outside as soon as his right arm falls through, then next through his face. See that you are nimble again in displacing.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 56v.jpg|3|lbl=56v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57r.jpg|1|lbl=57r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[48]</small> '''A ''Stuck'' on the left'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Cut him outside his left arm fail through that your Dussack comes to your low left side, as soon as he cuts, then cut with him together, ahead of the line to his face, step with the left well on his right.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57r.jpg|2|lbl=57r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[49]</small> '''Item''' Cut him failing through from outside his arm like before then next take him away with the Flat from your left through his right so that your Dussack flies above, step and cut ''Indes'' two wind strikes to his face, one into the other from your left to his right.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57r.jpg|3|lbl=57r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 58r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[50]</small> '''Wrath Strike'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark when you find someone in left Wrath Guard how this figure shows, thus come into Steer and thrust him to the face with displacing, that he must defend, thus cut him nimbly through the face the other is a High strike to the head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57v.jpg|1|lbl=57v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[51]</small> '''A Good Attack from the Steer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark thus in ''Zufechten'' that you come into the Steer against the left Wrath or a similar guard, thus cut the first Crooked in from your right from below with a step to, through to his left side the other also from your right from above so that your Dussack shoots around from your left, over your head, into the Plunge, instantly cut hard with the long edge from your lower left through the Scalp Line, and then a Middle Cut after or step with displacing to him.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 57v.jpg|2|lbl=57v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 58v.jpg|1|lbl=58v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[52]</small> '''A Good ''Stuck'' from the Steer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If you are approached by one who is in the Slice, thus step and cut Crooked from your right under and through his right arm so that you connect on his knuckles with the crooked point, the other, take him out strongly from your left with the Flat over his right arm, so that your weapon again flies around over your head and with your cut going over his right arm to his face, if he defends this, thus cut him to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 58v.jpg|2|lbl=58v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[53]</small> '''Low Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item: When you have warded a strike twice, thus catch his strike in the air on the Bow, ''Indes'' wrench with the short edge from below, to your right through his displacement, then at once Cut Crosswise through his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59r.jpg|1|lbl=59r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[54]</small> '''A ''Stuck'''''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark when one strikes over, Crooked to your head, thus set him off with your slice, from your right, grab with your left hand over your right down onto his right hand by the joints and drive with your hilt from under and break upwards.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59r.jpg|2|lbl=59r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[55]</small> '''Plunging to the Head'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Or when you thus have caught one's hand as described above, then heave upwards and go through under his right, stoop down to the ground and grab with your right hand and your Dussack around behind his Leg, how you may do in all Grabbing, heave upwards, thus he falls on his head.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59r.jpg|3|lbl=59r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59v.jpg|1|lbl=59v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[56]</small> '''Item''' Note in the ''Zufechten'', that you come with the left foot forwards hold the Dussack besides your right, grab the handle well so that you have the Dussack Crooked, ''Indes'' step cut then Crooked over his Bow Line, wrench downwards to your left side, step out with your right behind his right Strike then outside over his right arm to the face or to his left with a step out.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59v.jpg|2|lbl=59v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[57]</small> '''Item''' Mark thus when you stand in right Wrath Guard, thus step and cut the first from under through his left, the second also from under through his right, both Crooked, the third, from above through his left, the fourth also from above through his right so that your Dussack again stays over your head in the Plunge, the fifth a Middel Cut through his left, the sixth a High Cut.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 59v.jpg|3|lbl=59v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60r.jpg|1|lbl=60r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[58]</small> In ''Zufechten'' cut from your lower left, out to his right arm, as soon as he clashes, then thrust into his face, if he parries that, thus grab his Dussack in the Middle and take him downwards to your left side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60r.jpg|2|lbl=60r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[59]</small> '''Work for Running in'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark thus when you come close together, then work him high over his displacement firstly with a Crooked Cut over his displacement to the left ear.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60r.jpg|3|lbl=60r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60v.jpg|1|lbl=60v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[60]</small> '''Item''' If he displaces you, thus cut a Crooked Cut outside and over his right arm to the right ear If he displaces once again, thus cut Crooked under his arm to the face. The Fourth strike is a Thwart strike to his left ear from under with the long edge so that your hilt is well gripped, in these four strikes you should always be high with the hilt, above your head to the displacing.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60v.jpg|2|lbl=60v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 61r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[61]</small> '''Follow Several Good Rules from the Fencing in Bow'''<br/><br/></p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The first Rule is when someone strikes to you from the Bow, thus step with your left foot behind you right and follow with to his left and have instantly let your haft go above you Then when his strike clashes on your weapon Hoist the weapon(s) through his face, so that your Dussack flies above your head step and cut outside from your left over his right arm from this Rule are many nimble Lists to use with deception.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 60v.jpg|3|lbl=60v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 61v.jpg|1|lbl=61v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[62]</small> The Second Rule is thus when one strikes to you from above, thus drive with the Bow upwards against his strike, wind out his strike to your left side, thus come with your Dussack on your left shoulder wind after likewise with your Body and Dussack to your left side ''Indes'' step nimbly again to him and cut him outside over his right arm, pull the hilt nimbly upward to you and strike him through the face.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 61v.jpg|2|lbl=61v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|1|lbl=62r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[63]</small> The Third Rule is thus; When one would cut to you, thus Note however that you are not too close, and that you move out from his Cut, then Pull your weapon upwards to you and yield your forward foot back to the rear foot and out from his cut, and take then his strike with out displacing, as soon as his strike falls to the ground, so follow with a cut and with a step to him. Thus the attacker has been attacked instead.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|2|lbl=62r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[64]</small> The Fourth Rule, note then when one is weak to you on your Dussack thus drive out and cut a Buzzer from your right to his arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|3|lbl=62r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[65]</small> '''Item''' When one strikes to you on the strong, so wind the point upwards against his Dussack and wind in on his weak on your right side and cut to him a Buzzer from your left outwards to his arm or cut the Quick Cut. These are four good rules the better to mark, when you are Fighting in the Bow.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62r.jpg|4|lbl=62r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62v.jpg|1|lbl=62v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[66]</small> '''''Stück'' with the Bow'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Firstly mark when you meet one who is in the Bow, so send yourself into the Changer to your left, the right foot forwards. Step and thrust from under his displacement to the face or chest as soon as you find that you are in the After, so drive instantly and nimbly out with your hilt before the head and remain with the point at his body so that he must defend or strike, thus have care as soon as he goes on to strike, then step to his left and strike him besides his displacement line, this ''Stück'' is often on going how it is seen here in the Bow and Changer.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 62v.jpg|2|lbl=62v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|1|lbl=63r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[67]</small> '''Item''' If you are a Strong man, so come into Changer like before, cut his forward held Bow with the half edge from under and away from you, cut nimbly after to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|2|lbl=63r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[68]</small> '''Mark''' when one will wrench your Bow upwards, how it is taught next, thus wind out his wrenching to your left side with the hilt underneath, ''Indes'' cut nimbly and likewise with a line to the face, step out from his strike.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|3|lbl=63r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[69]</small> '''Mark''' when one however thrusts to your face, under your displacement line, how you were taught above, thus wind the thrust out, therewith you make open your face, as soon as he strikes to your opening, so drive under his strike close by his hand, between the both of your hands, and thrust him in the face with your hilt.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63r.jpg|4|lbl=63r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|1|lbl=63v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[70]</small> '''Breaking in above the Bow'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark in the ''Zufechten'' that you come with the left foot forwards, hold your Dussack beside your right, grip your handle well that you have your Dussack Crooked, instantly Step, cut Crooked over his Bow Line, wrench downwards to your left side, step out with your right around to his right. Strike then outside above his right arm high above to the head, wherein cut the next Crooked under his right arm to the face or to his left, with a step out.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|2|lbl=63v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[71]</small> '''Item''' When you cut outside over his right arm diagonally, how it is mentioned above, and he Drives high above you, thus step nimbly out and cut on the Crooked Line to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|3|lbl=63v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[72]</small> '''A Fast ''Stück'''''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' grab around the grip so that you have the Dussack crooked, how it is reported above. Thus Cut a wide springing high strike from your right, over the hands and over his Bow Line so that your right side comes well to his left side, throw a strike at him in a Squint again from below through the Low Line to his face so that your hand remains high, cut nimbly a Short Cut.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 63v.jpg|4|lbl=63v.4}}
 +
 
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64r.jpg|1|lbl=64r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[73]</small> '''Item''' When one stays in the Bow and allows his Dussack to hang downwards thus step and cut through from your right to the weak of his Dussack beneath his arm so that your Dussack comes out to your left side, ''Indes'' with the flat above his arm away from your left and cut long after to the opening by his oncoming hand.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64r.jpg|2|lbl=64r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[74]</small> '''The 6 Drivings'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The first Driving is thus, stay with the right foot forwards and then High strike and Low strike together so that the Dussack always flies around over your head to the Plunge.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|1|lbl=64v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[75]</small> '''The Second'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Stand with the right foot forward as in the above driving, cut from your left Shoulder over your right leg to the Opponent, through the right Strike Line from under and over together strongly through his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|2|lbl=64v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[76]</small> '''The Third'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Stand as before. Drive the Middle Cuts together through the Middle Line from the right and left.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|3|lbl=64v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[77]</small> '''The Fourth'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Is the Cross from above, together drive hard on the opponent's line.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 64v.jpg|4|lbl=64v.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[78]</small> '''The Fifth'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>This is two Low Cuts through the Cross, done together from under with the flat.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 65r.jpg|1|lbl=65r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[79]</small> '''The Sixth Driving'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Is the Double Changer, a choice cut, usually a hard one like from a battlesword. It is done thus:</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Stand with the right foot forward and strike the first cut from your upper right and through the opponent's strong Left Line, thus you come into the left Changer, wrench (cut) with the half edge again from under through the same Line, through which you are familiar with, and in the air change and cut from above from your left through his right Strike Line over to your right strongly, thus come to defense of your lower right side, then drive upwards through the same line you were just on, and change again in the air and cut then from your right through the opponents Left Line.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 65r.jpg|2|lbl=65r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | <p><small>[80]</small> Diligently cut the strikes once or more, one after another always through a line, twice namely once from above and again from below with the short edge, thus with this changing you can break the guards and strikes.</p>
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 65r.jpg|3|lbl=65r.3|p=1}} {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|65v|jpg|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsection end}}
 +
 
 +
{{master subsection begin
 +
| title = Rapier
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Manuscript]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Olivier Dupuis]] and [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[1]</small> '''Rappier Fencing'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>In Rappier there are 7 guards, namely:</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The Side Guard, from which you have five displacements, the first is cutting off, the other is suppressing, the third is going through, the fourth is hanging, and the fifth is taking out with long edge, from which each one has the cut, the thrust, and item, the ''Verfirsten'' cut.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69r.jpg|1|lbl=69r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[2]</small> '''Item''' The Changer has 4 displacements: the first is taking out with the short and long edge, item cutting off and suppressing with the half edge from which each one has a cut and thrust, then the Low Thrust and High Thrust, outside and inside cuts, and the Straight Cut.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69r.jpg|2|lbl=69r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[3]</small> The same goes for the right Ox, which has also 4 displacements, namely, hanging, suppressing, going through cutting off, together with the inside and outside cuts and from above.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The left Ox has three displacements, cutting off, suppressing, and taking out from below with the half edge.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Iron Gate has six displacements, suppressing, cutting off, going through, setting off, hanging, taking out with half edge.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Longpoint has three displacements cutting off, setting off, suppressing.
 +
 
 +
<p>Plow: from the Plow may you set off, simultaneously strike, take out, opening strike, double thrust, single thrust, deceptive thrust.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69r.jpg|3|lbl=69r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 70r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[4]</small> '''Side Guard'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>In the Side Guard send yourself thus; stand with your right foot forward, hold your weapon with the hilt near your right knee, the point before you to the earth, how this figure shows.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69v.jpg|1|lbl=69v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[5]</small> When you are thus in the Side Guard and one strikes or thrusts to you whether from below or above, thus attack with your blade well from you with the long edge on the strong of his blade, and cut his strike or thrust away from you, to his right side, and in this cutting off, step with backsteps from his strike, thus you come with your Rappier in the left Changer. Instantly step quickly further on to his left side and thrust from below to his face, thus that you stand in Longpoint, when one thrusts or strikes to you thus cut all thrusts or strikes downwards from you with opposition.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69v.jpg|2|lbl=69v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[6]</small> '''Item''' When you stand in this guard, how one cuts or thrusts at you from his right, thus cut away his blade from you to your left like before, thus you come into left Changer, in the clash of the blades, thus hold your hilt above you, and cut from above a straight Apilem or Scalp Cut through his face so that in this cut you come opposite with the hilt before the blade, that gives a freely seen cut through the Iron Gate, and rises from all the strikes with two Wrath Cuts from both sides through the cross with outstretched arms and far away from you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 69v.jpg|3|lbl=69v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[7]</small> '''Item''' Cut his strike or thrust out from your right to your left with the long edge like before, and allow your weapon to run over next to your left side so that the blade snaps around beside your left, into the left Ox and from there thrust over hand at his face while stepping out from your left, so that you now stand in Longpoint, from this cut also in the Side Guard or else the Changer.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|1|lbl=70v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[8]</small> '''Item''' Position yourself in the Side Guard like before, thus cut his strike or thrust from your right to your left like before, and wind your weapon beside your left in which the long edge cuts Instantly, before he can recover from your slicing off, thus cut with a defense strike over his weapon to his body, his legs, his hands or arms. And in this cut, then spring well to his left side with stepping after, thus you come into the Side Guard on the right.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|2|lbl=70v.2|p=1}}<br/>{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|3|lbl=70v.3|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[9]</small><ref name="missing section"/> </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 70v.jpg|4|lbl=70v.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[10]</small> The other displacement is Suppressing, which the cutting off is nearly equal, and almost like in the Iron Gate.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|1|lbl=71r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[11]</small> '''Going through'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' Thus when you stand then in the Side Guard, and one thrusts or cuts to you, then drive through with your blade and with his blade, that you strike out from your left to your right, so that the blade flies around again, besides your right into a High Thrust.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|2|lbl=71r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[12]</small> '''Item''' Proceed then as how it is taught and suppress his weapon to the ground with the long edge from your upper left, thrust him upwards, to the face and set him off again.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|3|lbl=71r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[13]</small> '''Item''' Thus if you are in the Side Guard and he thrusts or cuts to you, take out his weapon with your flat, and with your arm outstretched so that your weapon cuts around with the point at his face and runs over shooting around into left Ox, after this, cut around your head to his right thigh.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|4|lbl=71r.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[14]</small> '''Item''' Take out like before, and allow it to Fly around like before, and thrust him to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71r.jpg|5|lbl=71r.5}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[15]</small> '''Item''' Take out like before and allow your weapon to drive around your head and then cut him inside to his forward positioned thigh, thus you come again into left Changer, if he cuts or thrusts further, then set him off with the long edge, slice in at him through his weapon from your left through the Cross again at his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|1|lbl=71v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[16]</small> '''Item''' If you are thus in the Side Guard, and he thrusts then take him out with hanging and allow it to drive around your head and cut him inside to his body from your right.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|2|lbl=71v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[17]</small> '''Item''' If you are in the Side Guard, thus take him out with hanging and thrust over the hand to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|3|lbl=71v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[18]</small> '''Item''' Take him out with hanging and threaten to thrust him over the hand, but pull around again and cut outside to his right thigh.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|4|lbl=71v.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[19]</small> '''Item''' If you are in this guard, thus suppress his oncoming thrust or cut, from above onto his weapon, cut or thrust Long after.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|5|lbl=71v.5}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[20]</small> '''Item''' Slice with the long edge away from you, and cut in again through the Cross, or do the Flying thrust Long in the After.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 71v.jpg|6|lbl=71v.6}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[21]</small> Thus however if one wishes to use handworks on you, then Pull the weapon around your head and cut a Defense strike, through his left, then your weapon comes again correctly into the Changer, or Side Guard, as soon as he drives after, thus meet him with the previously taught work, then with the cuts you provoke him to attack, with this he loses his advantage, and you thus have an example of the previously taught work.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72r.jpg|1|lbl=72r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[22]</small> And it is to be Marked that out of this guard, four names or verses constitute:</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Firstly, Going through, Suppressing, Cutting off, hanging, and like techniques.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Second, attacking with your defense strike around every displacement.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Thirdly, the work stays mostly above the hands.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Item let the thrust fly and cut to the Thigh, and cut into the Cross again.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72r.jpg|2|lbl=72r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 73r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[23]</small> '''Changer'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' Take him out upwards, strongly from your left from under and gather your weapon in the air besides your left into Ox. Instantly step with your left foot around his right side, and throw him a thrust from under and through the Plow, to his right hip.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|1|lbl=72v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[24]</small> '''Item''' Take out his incoming thrust with the short edge from the Changer strongly, upwards, so that your weapon flies around in the air, into the right Ox, and Instantly throw him a thrust from under through the right Plow, to his groin or forward positioned thigh.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|2|lbl=72v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[25]</small> '''Mark''' If you are in left Changer, thus take him out with the Flat so that your weapon shoots around over your head, threaten him with the Heart Thrust, Pull and cut from your right through his forward positioned leg and thrust through the left Ox over hand to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|3|lbl=72v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[26]</small> '''Item''' Take him out with the short edge, how it is previously taught, and thrust him from above once to his face, thereupon a Cross Cut in the After.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|4|lbl=72v.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[27]</small> '''Item''' Take him out, upwards, strongly from you and allow it to quickly drive around the head and cut him outside to his right Thigh, then, a Suppressing Cut, long from your right, through his face and on his weapon.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 72v.jpg|5|lbl=72v.5}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[28]</small> '''Item''' Take him out with the short edge strongly upwards, and cut through from above inside to his hand, and thrust there after, over his hands to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 73v.jpg|1|lbl=73v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[29]</small> '''Item''' If one Thrusts or Cuts to you, thus slice it away with long edge, from your left to your right, cut or thrust in the After to which side you will, yet long from you it is from Below or Above, and set him off quickly again.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 73v.jpg|2|lbl=73v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[30]</small> '''Item''' When you stand in Changer, and one will cut or thrust to you thus drive upwards and displace with the long edge from below and spring well in with the left foot, and ''Indes'' grab his blade with the left reversed hand, under your blade on his hilt or pommel, and then thrust him with your pommel on his Joints, thus you take his weapon from his hand.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 73v.jpg|3|lbl=73v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 75r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[31]</small> '''Ox'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>When you thus stand in Ox, and one thrusts to your left, thus spring out from his thrust, to his left side, and thrust in at the same time with his, and wind the long edge against his weapon upwards to your left side, as soon as he pulls off his weapon, then cut through with the short edge from under his defense, and thrust him with the Heart Thrust.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74r.jpg|1|lbl=74r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[32]</small> '''Hanging'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' If one thrusts to your chest or face, so take this out from above with the short edge or Flat from your right, between you and he, out to your left side, so that your point is taken downwards to the ground. Instantly allow a thrust to run over the hand to his face take out also the cut between he and you, through the Hanging, and thrust like before.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74r.jpg|2|lbl=74r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[33]</small> '''Item''' If one cuts to your feet, then sink the point towards the ground and bar him with the Flat by setting off through the Bastion and thrust him over hand to the face, if one cuts or thrusts to your right thus wind the long edge against his weapon, and suppress his strike to the ground. Cut or thrust in the After.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74r.jpg|3|lbl=74r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[34]</small> '''Item''' Pay attention when he would thrust at you from below, where he has his hand outstretched to the thrust, then cut him through to the hand and thrust him to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|1|lbl=74v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[35]</small> '''Will your opponent not Attack'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Mark when one approaches you in the left Changer, and you stand in Ox, cut from your right from below, through his left to the face, so that your weapon runs around into the right Ox, [...]<ref name="missing section"/> and then thrust him to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|2|lbl=74v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[36]</small> '''Item''' Step with the left to him and thrust before him a Failer that goes through and outside to your left shoulder, that your weapon comes into left Ox, take out with the short edge to your right side, so that your Rappier next comes into right Ox and thrust him to the face, then cut him outside to the right shoulder.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|3|lbl=74v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[37]</small> '''Item''' If you are standing in Ox, and one will thrust to your right thus step with the left foot out from his strike to his right and follow with the right and thrust at the same time as him to the face, shoot forwards with the Iron Gate or lift your hilt above you and Grab both your blade and his blade, and wind his blade from your right to your left in a wrench Instantly step to his left and cut him through to the face besides your left and thrust him again over hand to the face.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 74v.jpg|4|lbl=74v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 75v.jpg|1|lbl=75v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[38]</small> '''Mark''' When one thrusts to you from below, so step with the left foot to his right side and set his thrust from your left against your right from above, between you and he, through to the Bastion, step and thrust him under his weapon into the groin.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 75v.jpg|2|lbl=75v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[39]</small> Further, when one thrusts from below at you, and you thus are standing in left Ox, then step with the left foot well onto his right like before, set off his thrust from your left downwards to your right, thus you stand in right Plow. Thrust him out from the right Plow upwards to his face, this he must defend, then step and thrust him with reversed hand under his arm to the face. Pull your hilt again to you, and cut through from your left a defense strike to his right shoulder.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 75v.jpg|3|lbl=75v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76r.jpg|1|lbl=76r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[40]</small> '''Item''' If one thrusts to your face or chest, then strongly take out the thrust from below, besides your left with short edge through to his right, so that your weapon runs around above your head and cut in from the outside to his right shoulder, if he bars your cut, then thrust him quickly over the hands to the face, if he doesn’t bar this thus you come through into Changer, if he thrusts further to you, then wind the hilt upwards and take out his thrust with the Flat through the Hanging, and thrust him over the hands, to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76r.jpg|2|lbl=76r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 77r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[41]</small> '''Mark''' When one thrusts at you from above, thus wind your hilt above you into left Ox, set off his thrust upwards, and when they connect, then thrust him inside to the face. Instantly allow your point to sink towards the ground, and allow the blade where by, to run through to your left, thrust over the hands to his face Pull your hilt upwards so that the blade runs off besides your right, and cut outside from your left through his right shoulder thus you shoot into the right Changer.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76v.jpg|1|lbl=76v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[42]</small> '''Item''' Set off his thrust how you were taught above, remain then in the Bind on his blade and Wind your blade above you against his travels, out to your left side, instantly have your hilt above you and cut from your right inside through to his right shoulder thus you come into the left Changer, if he thrusts further at you, then spring with the left foot well to his right side and thrust in from your Changer likewise with him, work further to him with the Iron Gate.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 76v.jpg|2|lbl=76v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 78r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[43]</small> '''Item''' Displace His thrusts like before, have your hilt above you in the left Ox, and take him out, with the short edge from your left through his right so that you correctly fly around your head into the right Ox cut Instantly a Third strike, downwards, through his left foot from your right, so that your weapon shoots into left Ox, take him out with the short edge, downwards from your left Ox, so that your weapon shoots through in running around again, into right Ox, allow quickly the right Ox, to run through, with this taking out besides your left, and thrust through than by a double, done over hand, come into the Iron Gate.</p>
 +
| {{paget|Page:MS A.4º.2|77v|jpg}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[44]</small> If overall, he would not Thrust, then when you stand in right Plow thus step with your left foot to him and thrust through to the outside of your left shoulder, so that your weapon comes into the left Ox, step with your right well to his right, and thrust him outside of his right arm Line Pull around your head, and cut him through his face, thus you come into the left Changer from there take him out with the short edge.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 78v.jpg|1|lbl=78v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[45]</small> '''Three Ongoing Thrusts from the left Plow from one side'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Thus if one approaches you in the Iron Gate or also in the left Plow, then thrust the first from the Plow outside of his right arm line so that your point on the right now runs off besides your left through into left Ox, thrust through from there quickly through your left Ox, inwards to his chest, allow instantly again the point to run off downwards and then through besides your left, and thrust the third from your left over your hand to the face, these three thrusts happen as one runs into the next, from one thrust.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 78v.jpg|2|lbl=78v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79r.jpg|1|lbl=79r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[46]</small> If one thrusts to you from above, wind off his thrust, upwards against your right into the Ox, step and thrust him outside and over his right arm line, to the face and in this thrust, then drive with your left hand from below.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79r.jpg|2|lbl=79r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[47]</small><ref name="missing section"/> </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79v.jpg|1|lbl=79v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 80r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[48]</small><ref name="missing section"/> </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79v.jpg|2|lbl=79v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p><small>[49]</small> <ref name="missing section"/>...Suppress upon from above, step and thrust on his blade above it, to the face, if he defends the thrust and drives high with his displacement, then thrust him above, on the Right Line if he displaces yet again the thrust, thus jerk your hilt upwards and thrust over the hands, from above over his displacement line, and cut him to the right leg.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 79v.jpg|3|lbl=79v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 80v.jpg|1|lbl=80v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[50]</small> '''Cutting off'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' Suppress his oncoming strike or thrust from above, suppress like before, but in this suppressing, thus allow your blade to rest, cross wise on his blade besides you, then in a flight, thrust or cut him again from the same side line.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 80v.jpg|2|lbl=80v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[51]</small> '''Item''' If you are in the Iron Gate, and one will thrust outside to your right arm, thus take this with the short edge downwards and out to your right side out so that the blade runs over, besides your right at the same time, into the right Ox, ''Indes'' also takes others out through a Running off from your right to your left, and thrust this same with quickness over the hand together with a step to him.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 80v.jpg|3|lbl=80v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|1|lbl=81r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[52]</small> '''Item''' If one approaches you in the Iron Gate, then thrust him from the right Plow, inside his blade from under jointly, to the face. Instantly have your hilt above you and mutate the under into an Overthrust, cut in with a step to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|2|lbl=81r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[53]</small> '''A Deceiving'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Mark''' If one allows you to bind first on his blade from your right, thus thrust his face from under and to the inside, over the hands.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|3|lbl=81r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[54]</small> '''Item''' If one thrusts to your right, thus suppress from your left against your right, thus you have come into the right Plow. Thrust him from the Plow upwards to the face, this he must defend, cut quickly in ''Indes'', a Low Cut from your right through his left and thrust him over the hands to his face.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81r.jpg|4|lbl=81r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81v.jpg|1|lbl=81v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[55]</small> '''Item''' If one approaches you in the Iron Gate and has bound on with you, then thrust in on his weapon upwards to the face with a running in. Instantly allow your weapon to run around besides your left and grab with the left hand in the middle of your blade and thrust him to the stomach.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81v.jpg|2|lbl=81v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[56]</small> '''Changing Thrusts and Mutating'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If you stand in the Iron Gate and so does your opponent, then thrust him outside and over his right arm, above the hand line, and in this thrust, allow your hilt to be well high, as soon as he wishes to defend against your thrust, thus allow your point to sink downwards, above your hand, and thrust under your arm quickly to the sky if he however travels, then thrust in again over the arm to the face, thus reverse the high thrust into a low thrust, and you may change into a cut when you want.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 81v.jpg|3|lbl=81v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[57]</small> '''The Ox and Plow's Merged Thrusts'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' If you encounter one in the Iron Gate, thus thrust him from the right Plow, inside his blade from under to his face, instantly have your hilt above and Mutate the Low into a High Thrust, cut to the next opening with a step to.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82r.jpg|1|lbl=82r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[58]</small> '''A Deceiving'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Mark''' when you have allowed one to be first in binding on your blade from your right, then thrust him from under, inside to his face, so that the Rappier runs around besides your right, the same as a Looping, but don't do this, instead thrust him again inside to his Body.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82r.jpg|2|lbl=82r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[59]</small> Pay attention when one drives his point high above you in ''Zufechten'', then act as if you may bind with him as soon as your point connects thus step and Low Cut his blade away with your left arm then thrust upwards and to the groin, if he pulls his blade however, thus guard yourself with hanging, and work to him over the hands or with taking out and cutting after.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82r.jpg|3|lbl=82r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|1|lbl=82v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[60]</small> '''Identical Thrusting in traveling after'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' Thus the both of your stand in the Iron Gate, then pay attention as soon as he will go away from his guard, thus step out from his Thrust and follow quickly with the point to the body from where he has gone, and thrust on the same line as him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|2|lbl=82v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[61]</small> '''Traveling After'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>This is a jolly and quick work in Rappier, by as much as he drives his defenses, and holds it somewhat besides his right, as soon as he goes away with the hilt, thus Thrust him quickly there on the same line from which he went.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|3|lbl=82v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[62]</small> '''After-cut from below'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If you are in the Iron Gate, and one thrusts to your left, thus suppress him from above. Instantly have the hilt above you into the left Ox and cut quickly with the short edge from below through his face or R. There after thrust through, to a Middle Cut above the hands.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 82v.jpg|4|lbl=82v.4}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[63]</small> '''Item''' If one thrusts at you, to you right, thus suppress from you to your right, thus you come into the right Plow, thrust him from the Plow upwards to the face, this he must defend, cut instantly and quickly a Low Cut from you right through his left and thrust him above the hands to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83r.jpg|1|lbl=83r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[64]</small> '''''Balgen'' in Rappier'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>''Balgen'' is an abridgement and the proper Core of both weapons: the Dussack and the Rappier put together, which is so understandable and properly divided and placed, that every one of the four cuts can only be cut long from you. May you well understand and usefully learn from it, whether he even taught a bad school rule, and firstly therein is taught the cuts are orderly placed, to and through the man, how the drawn lines reveal. Next then however; as such cuts are cut at you, and how you shall meet these with displacing and breaking, to the third, when he now also uses such displacing and how you should take up in that, the fourth and last part teaches, of those who run in or under.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83r.jpg|2|lbl=83r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83v.jpg|1|lbl=83v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[65]</small> '''Item''' From the dissimilar weapons that when thus he has a ''Knebel'' Pike and you only a Dagger or Rappier, and how you should run under with cuts and many secret moves therewith you engage your enemy and then you can take his weapon.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83v.jpg|2|lbl=83v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[66]</small> '''The First ''Balg'' Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Is done thus: stand with the right foot forward and cut from above and below with outstretched arm together and forth, always with the long edge through the opponent's left Wrath Line how the figure shows and mark when you will cut from above, thus distort the cut around again, into a strong Low Cut, upwards through the Forward Line with a full swing, wind then your hand in the air so that the short edge faces to the rear, and the sharp edge against the opponent, thus make a cut after your opportunity.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 83v.jpg|3|lbl=83v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84r.jpg|1|lbl=84r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[67]</small> '''The Second'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' Cut powerfully from your right from above like before, through the left Wrath Line, with outstretched arm so that your weapon comes to the left in the Middle Guard, from there a powerful Middle Cut through his face Thus you should make High or Low Cuts once or up to six times to his cuts.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84r.jpg|2|lbl=84r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[68]</small> '''The Third ''Balg'' Cut'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>The third is called the Cross through both Wrath Lines, cut then powerfully with outstretched arm from you, and such cuts you should always stand with the right foot forwards, and always a ''Balg'' Cut, that is a High or Low Cut of the Cross with powerful Middle Cuts made after.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84r.jpg|3|lbl=84r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[69]</small> '''Item''' Send yourself into the Longpoint to the displacing, if he cuts against your left to the head, thus catch his strike with the long edge and pull then around your head and cut him through to his right arm and thrust him above from your right to his face, if he cuts to your right thus displace and cut his face or through his body.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84v.jpg|1|lbl=84v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[70]</small> If he cuts quickly from both sides through the Cross or thrusts from both sides, then displace long from you and when he has done One, two, three four strikes, thus cut then with the ''radt'' powerfully always after strike for strike through the Cross and ''Balg'' Cuts how here follows:</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84v.jpg|2|lbl=84v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[71]</small> '''Mark''' If one cuts on you from his right against your left thus cut with a strong High Cut from your right thereon and cut nimbly again after from your right through his left where he is, under or above where you can work to him and you are soon again in the displacing.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 84v.jpg|3|lbl=84v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[72]</small> '''Item''' If one cuts on you the Cross Cuts, strike after strike, thus displace him with outstretched arms, one strike, four or five, and pay attention where he looks further to strike, thus cut in between his head and weapon on his strong and suppress in with a strike twice, cut then with the ''Radt'' Strike and Cross Cuts after.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85r.jpg|1|lbl=85r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[73]</small> '''Item''' If he cuts from below, the Middle or from above, thus you come to suppress them all and cut immediately after with the Cross or ''Balg'' Cuts.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85r.jpg|2|lbl=85r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[74]</small> If one displaces you and will not cut but wait on your cuts, then cut away his displacement from your left, he is from under or athwart, with that he is drawn away to cut immediately after he does this, thus suppress his strike from you with a strong Roof Strike on the strong of his blade the third cuts quickly after to the opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85r.jpg|3|lbl=85r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[75]</small> '''Rule'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Note when he does not want to cut at you, then you should also not meet him with the first strike, but rather show as if you intended to strike to him, then when he misjudges, thus translate with this same cut, it is from above or below, suppressing or cutting out. The same displacement, should one quickly cut after.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85v.jpg|1|lbl=85v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[76]</small> However where he is not provoked with a strike to counter, thus cut a Cross through his displacement or two Middle cuts against one another so that his blade is cut away, then must he cut, as soon as he cuts, thus takeout and away his cut with a counter cut, more to his strong thus as soon as you feel that he is soft, thus cut quickly to his body before he recovers, that is under or over.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 85v.jpg|2|lbl=85v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 86r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[77]</small></p>
 +
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|86r|jpg|blk=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 86v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[78]</small></p>
 +
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|86v|jpg|blk=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 87r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[79]</small></p>
 +
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|87r|jpg|blk=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 87v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[80]</small></p>
 +
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|87v|jpg|blk=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:MS A.4º.2 88r.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p><small>[81]</small></p>
 +
| {{paget|MS A.4º.2|88r|jpg|blk=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[82]</small> '''A Good ''Stuck'''''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Mark''' Thus when you must defend in the After, thus to you one comes with a Knebel pike in the air, over you, and you only have a Rappier or other similar single handed weapon, then hold the weapon athwart of your left foot on the earth, if he strikes a powerful diagonal, thus drive upwards with your weapon and spring to him under his strike, guard yourself in the spring with the head out from his strike and allow his strike to clash and stay on your weapon and grab quickly with the left hand on his staff, instantly cut nimble to his hands.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 88v.jpg|1|lbl=88v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[83]</small> '''Item''' If one thrusts on you and you have your weapon like is above taught, thus drive on and set off the thrust upwards above the head, if he pulls from your displacing and thrusts again, thus wind from above out of the Ox, his other thrust, again around out from and on to your left side with a Great spring to and grab his staff like before, on this lesson, may you defend against a long pike. But such a thing is not wise to use, especially against those who will signal their Pullings, where but one is Wrathful and is pressing on you, such techniques are altogether very desirable.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 88v.jpg|2|lbl=88v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89r.jpg|1|lbl=89r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[84]</small> '''Item''' You may also send yourself in a hurry into the Ox, and from there wind through the hangings, mark however, that you nimbly should rush, to him or under his weapon, than yours has more air than his in the width from you is less, you will beat him, thus if he will then spring and thrust at you, then cutaway his thrust with a strong Wrath Cut, if he defends this, thus spring on to him with your strike.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89r.jpg|2|lbl=89r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[85]</small> '''From the Cloak'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Mark''' When to you one would rush, thus wrap your Cloak around your arm if he cuts above at your head, thus drive his strike on your cloak and thrust instantly with his from under, to his stomach, or if you will not thrust to him, thus cut him through his feet, but if he cuts from under, thus fall with your cloak on it and thrust from above to his face. And before you with the cross, you can drive against all four endings of the strikes and thrusts.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89r.jpg|3|lbl=89r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89v.jpg|1|lbl=89v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p><small>[86]</small> '''Another'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>'''Item''' When one cuts or thrusts at you, thus displace his strike with the Rappier and again after he parries, thus fall with your cloak on his blade and hold onto him there, then cut or thrust in the meantime, nimbly, where you can get him, defend yourself again with the Cross.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89v.jpg|2|lbl=89v.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | <p><small>[87]</small> Item: Hold you cloak long and when he cuts at you, thus strike with the cape around his blade and spring to him with striking. Thus you yourself will fight.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89v.jpg|3|lbl=89v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsection end}}
 +
{{master end}}
 +
 
 +
== Temporary section break ==
 +
 
 +
{{master begin
 +
| title = ''Gründtliche Beschreibung der… Kunst des Fechtens'' (1570)
 +
| width = 100%
 +
}}
 +
{{master subsection begin
 +
| title = Introduction
 +
| width = 100%
 +
}}
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = Dedication
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Figures</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating}}<br/></p>
 +
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Cover.jpg|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>{{red|b=1|Thorough Descriptions of the free Knightly and}}''' Noble Art of Fencing, with various Custom'''ary Weapons, with many beautiful and useful illustrated Figures affected and presented.'''<br/><br/></p>
 +
 
 +
<p>{{red|By Joachim Meyer, Free-Fencer in Strasburg}}</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>YEAR 1570</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/6|1|lbl=Ttl}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Crest.jpg|center|400px]]
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/8|1|lbl=a2r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/8|2|lbl=a2r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/8|3|lbl=a2r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/9|1|lbl=a2v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/9|2|lbl=a2v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/10|1|lbl=a3r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/10|2|lbl=a3r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/10|3|lbl=a3r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/11|1|lbl=a3v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/11|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/12|1|lbl=a3v.2|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/12|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/13|1|lbl=a4v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/13|2|lbl=a4v.1}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
 +
 
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = Foreword
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Figures</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating}}<br/></p>
 +
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/14|1|lbl=b1r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' If one thrusts on you and you have your weapon like is above taught, thus drive on and set off the thrust upwards above the head, if he pulls from your displacing and thrusts again, thus wind from above out of the Ox, his other thrust, again around out from and on to your left side with a Great spring to and grab his staff like before, on this lesson, may you defend against a Long Pike. But such a thing is not wise to use, especially against those who will signal their Pullings, where but one is Wrathful and is pressing on you, such techniques are altogether very desirable.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 88v.jpg|2|lbl=88v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89r.jpg|1|lbl=89r.1|p=1}}
 
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' You may also send yourself in a hurry into the Ox, and from there wind through the hangings, mark however, that you nimbly should rush, to him or under his weapon, than yours has more air than his in the width from you is less, you will beat him, thus if he will then spring and thrust at you, then cutaway his thrust with a strong Wrath Cut, if he defends this, thus spring on to him with your strike.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/14|2|lbl=b1r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/15|1|lbl=b1v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89r.jpg|2|lbl=89r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''From the Cloak'''</p>
 
 
<p>'''Mark''' When to you one would rush, thus wrap your Cloak around your arm if he cuts above at your head, thus drive his strike on your cloak and thrust instantly with his from under, to his stomach, or if you will not thrust to him, thus cut him through his feet, but if he cuts from under, thus fall with your cloak on it and thrust from above to his face. And before you with the cross, you can drive against all four endings of the strikes and thrusts.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89r.jpg|3|lbl=89r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89v.jpg|1|lbl=89v.1|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/15|2|lbl=b1v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Another'''</p>
 
 
<p>'''Item''' When one cuts or thrusts at you, thus displace his strike with the Rappier and again after he parries, thus fall with your cloak on his blade and hold onto him there, then cut or thrust in the meantime, nimbly, where you can get him, defend yourself again with the Cross.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89v.jpg|2|lbl=89v.2}}
 
 
|-
 
| class="noline" |
 
| class="noline" | <p>Item: Hold you cloak long and when he cuts at you, thus strike with the cape around his blade and spring to him with striking. Thus you yourself will fight.</p>
 
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 89v.jpg|3|lbl=89v.3}}
 
 
|}
 
{{master subsection end}}
 
{{master end}}
 
 
== Temporary section break ==
 
 
{{master begin
 
| title = ''Gründtliche Beschreibung der… Kunst des Fechtens'' (1570)
 
| width = 100%
 
}}
 
{{master subsection begin
 
| title = Introduction
 
| width = 100%
 
}}
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = Dedication
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
|-
 
! <p>Figures</p>
 
! <p>{{rating}}<br/></p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
 
|-
 
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Cover.jpg|center|400px]]
 
| <p>{{red|b=1|Thorough Descriptions of the free Knightly and}}''' Noble Art of Fencing, with various Custom'''ary Weapons, with many beautiful and useful illustrated Figures affected and presented.'''<br/><br/></p>
 
 
<p>{{red|By Joachim Meyer, Free-Fencer in Strasburg}}</p>
 
 
<p>YEAR 1570</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/6|1|lbl=Ttl}}
 
 
|-
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Crest.jpg|center|400px]]
 
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/8|1|lbl=a2r.1}}
 
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/8|2|lbl=a2r.2}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/15|3|lbl=b1v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/16|1|lbl=b2r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/8|3|lbl=a2r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/16|2|lbl=b2r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/9|1|lbl=a2v.1}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/16|3|lbl=b2r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/17|1|lbl=b2v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 4,171: Line 5,423:
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/9|2|lbl=a2v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/10|1|lbl=a3r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/17|2|lbl=b2v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/18|1|lbl=b3r.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/18|2|lbl=b3r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/19|1|lbl=b3v.1|p=1}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
|
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/19|2|lbl=b3v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/10|2|lbl=a3r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/19|3|lbl=b3v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/20|1|lbl=b4r.1}}
 +
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/10|3|lbl=a3r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/11|1|lbl=a3v.1|p=1}}
+
|  
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/20|2|lbl=b4r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 4,188: Line 5,455:
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/11|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/12|1|lbl=a3v.2|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/20|3|lbl=b4r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/21|1|lbl=b4v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/12|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/13|1|lbl=a4v.1|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/21|2|lbl=b4v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/13|2|lbl=a4v.1}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/21|3|lbl=b4v.3}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 +
{{master subsection end}}
  
 +
{{master subsection begin
 +
| title = Sword
 +
| width = 100%
 +
}}
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
{{master subsubsection begin
  | title = Foreword
+
  | title = Introduction
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
 +
<section begin="credits1"/>
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
! <p>Figures</p>
 
! <p>Figures</p>
! <p>{{rating}}<br/></p>
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
+
<section end="credits1"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>'''Contents of the first Book on Fencing with the Sword, and how its description is ordered, and whereupon this Knightly Art’s foundations are laid.'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/14|1|lbl=b1r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|1|lbl=Ⅰ.1r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>As I intent to diligently and truly and to the best of my understanding and abilities describe the art of Fencing in the Knightly and Manly weapons that are currently used most often by us Germans, and because fencing with the sword is not just the source and origin of all other forms of fencing but, as experience shows and as is obvious, also the most artful and manly next to other weapons, I deem it necessary and good to begin with it and do so in brevity but also clarity as it is customary in other arts and disciplines.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|2|lbl=Ⅰ.1r.2}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/14|2|lbl=b1r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/15|1|lbl=b1v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>Firstly, list the terminology invented by masters of this art so that one can learn and comprehend the secrecy and speed of it all the quicker and easier. After that, explain these terms so that everyone may understand what is meant by them.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/15|2|lbl=b1v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|3|lbl=Ⅰ.1r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p>Then thirdly, achieve the ability to extend the art in your own right, and from your clarity attain and exude the proper judgement in Stance and Strikes so that Youth will not have to learn this art unguided and, because of your unspoken word, ill is wrought and they thus learn wrongly to the detriment of the art. Once achieved, we need your words and thoughts in this art, first from notes you would clarify, then onto subjects important to read in training, then to other subjects you want to develop further, so that the discipline of fencing grows on properly understood principles you have contributed to, rather than relying on mindless juggling, thus greater the difference between juggling and fencing will become, and the Knightly art of Fencing will grow from Warriors far and wide, particularly to Citizens at large, but beware the Juggler, to whom the unseemliest losses are and who is found everywhere in the world, until all are put away.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
|
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|4|lbl=.1r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|1|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.1|p=1}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/15|3|lbl=b1v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/16|1|lbl=b2r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>Fencing with the Sword is nothing other than a discipline, wherein your force strives together with your sword in placement so that one with the other, using care and agility, artfulness, delicacy and manlyness, are at need the same both in strikes and in other handwork one is obliged to, excepting when one is not in a serious situation, thus by such discipline one will be more dangerous and more skillful, and when needing to protect one’s body be more effective.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/16|2|lbl=b2r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|2|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>This can be advanced in three stages and be organized thus, namely as the Start, the Middle and the End, where the three stages each have one aim which you shall fence through, and must do one by one to advance, that you thereby know with which strikes or stances you will engage your counterpart and then frontally attack as you would in the Middle stage’s handwork, letting fly to work against the openings, keeping the initiative such that his attacks are preempted. The Last is as you are fulfilled and will, with harm neither inflicted nor received, withdraw.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|3|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.3}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/16|3|lbl=b2r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/17|1|lbl=b2v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>I call the Start pre-fencing, where one standing against another and he standing against you, have begun to fence.</p>
|
+
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/17|2|lbl=b2v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/18|1|lbl=b3r.1|p=1}}
+
<p>The Middle is the work or handwork, when one of the participants shall endure longer in the handwork than his opponent fencer, and displace in all withdrawals.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The End is the resolution, where one fencer shall withdraw without damage from his opponent and strike away if desired.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
|
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|4|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|1|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.1|p=1}}
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/18|2|lbl=b3r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/19|1|lbl=b3v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>The initial pre-fencing is the face off from the Stances to the strikes, which are of two kinds, namely the Lead Stances and the Secondary Stances, we start with the Lead Stances.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/19|2|lbl=b3v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|2|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>There are four Lead Stances, the Roof or Upper Guard, the Ox, the Fool, and the Plough. There are eight Secondary Stances, Wrathful Guard, Window Breaker, Long Point, Barrier Guard, Unicorn, Key, Iron Gate, Changer.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/19|3|lbl=b3v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|3|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>The strikes with the Sword are many, belonging to two groups, which are common to both the direct and indirect strikes which we shall name. The first group is named the Lead or Principal strikes, on which all other strikes are based, and which are four, Over, Under, Middle, and Wrathful strikes. The others are named the secondary or derivative strikes, which are twelve in number, namely the Glance, Curve, Short, Slide, Bounce: Single and Double, Blind, Wound, Crown, Knee Hollow, Plunge, and Change Strike.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/20|1|lbl=b4r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|4|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>Beyond these strikes come the proper Master Strikes, which we shall also name, from which all masterful and artful moves with the Sword are made and accomplished with varying grips, these are Wrath, Arc, Traverser, Glancer and Vertex which are all used when wanting to conclude and complete, and which I will describe to you. Just as I introduced pre-fencing, so I have clearly spoken and introduced the Strikes to you.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/20|2|lbl=b4r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|5|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p>The second or Handwork in the Middle Stage involves the greatest art, where all your withdrawals in the fight can be advances. Look not only to how one can use the sword in binding, Winding, Changing, Enticing, Following After, Cutting, Doubling, Flowing off to leave be or in whatever shape you’ve cut, Hewing, Advancing, Twitching and Jerking, Adjusting, Grappling, Charging In, Throwing, and End Wrestling. An important concept is Targetting, through which one must come to understand Man and Sword, and through which one comes to understand proper stance and footwork, and from which how one shall handle one’s point.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
|
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|6|lbl=.2r.6|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/25|1|lbl=Ⅰ.2v.1|p=1}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/20|3|lbl=b4r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/21|1|lbl=b4v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>That brings us to the end, which flows from the Middle, and has the greatest Practical use, by which one ends each case, from thereof Withdraw soundly, in order to report what happened, and so arrange it all in the first chapter of Sword Fighting, from the Master Principles onward, so on to officially profess more skill in this Weapon, and by using this Book you shall Teach the initiates, and so after shall this art drive on to become more useful at need, and shall from others range farther to be sufficiently retold.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/21|2|lbl=b4v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/25|2|lbl=Ⅰ.2v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" |  
+
| class="noline" | <p>Such input I have seen fit to make for purposes of clearer understanding, so that with this Book each onward going shall become easier to understand, thus easier to modify, and thus initially to learn, and thus I shall see such Knightly arts grow onward, and will now with the first Letter of this chapter, whose first purpose is to teach usefulness, instruct by moving on to present the Four Targets.</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/21|3|lbl=b4v.3}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/25|3|lbl=Ⅰ.2v.3}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
{{master subsection end}}
 
  
{{master subsection begin
 
| title = Sword
 
| width = 100%
 
}}
 
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
{{master subsubsection begin
  | title = Introduction
+
  | title = 1 - Of Man and His Divisions
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
<section begin="credits1"/>
 
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
Line 4,312: Line 5,575:
 
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
<section end="credits1"/>
+
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
| <p>'''Contents of the first Book on Fencing with the Sword, and how its description is ordered, and whereupon this Knightly Art’s foundations are laid.'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Of Man and His Divisions</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|1|lbl=Ⅰ.1r.1}}
+
 
 +
<p>Chapter 1</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>From One’s divisions one shall come to understand the Openings and Stances, to and from which one will fence, ongoing to grasping the Middle or Handwork which will be described in the course of this Book, even though at first I was willing to sit and describe this subject alone without any other considerations. Then we move on to examine Fencing in all its components and arts, to be at first known from lessons, then from there to be shown, and then onward to be handled, and you shall at first want to take care to demonstrate how it’s properly done, so that not only the Middle or Handwork is attained, but that the Openings shall be minded, from lessons thereon to note taking, and going forward I shall not leave my written lessons behind me to be forgotten.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/27|1|lbl=Ⅰ.3v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>As I intent to diligently and truly and to the best of my understanding and abilities describe the art of Fencing in the Knightly and Manly weapons that are currently used most often by us Germans, and because fencing with the sword is not just the source and origin of all other forms of fencing but, as experience shows and as is obvious, also the most artful and manly next to other weapons, I deem it necessary and good to begin with it and do so in brevity but also clarity as it is customary in other arts and disciplines.</p>
+
| <p>Now we will visualise a man in four quarters or parts, Above and Below and on both the Right and the Left. Beyond this and how you view yourself, I dare not describe further, but if you care to look, you see that humans are arranged in high and low and right and left parts. In order to better understand my meaning, examine the figure on the right side of the picture above.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|2|lbl=Ⅰ.1r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/27|2|lbl=Ⅰ.3v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Firstly, list the terminology invented by masters of this art so that one can learn and comprehend the secrecy and speed of it all the quicker and easier. After that, explain these terms so that everyone may understand what is meant by them.</p>
+
| <p>And if these four parts weren’t already addressed enough for one, against them the Ancient German Fencer will need to strike with the various strikes as they are known among us Germans at this time, so special in their Handywork with the Winding, these will fight the furthest and against the Greatest since all of humanity in common is divided in the above named four parts. We see how the the Upper Vertices meet, and Below how the Chin and Throat are relevant. Onward we see the Right and Left parts which are joined across the Ears, both sides are relevant, both Right and Left ears will be addressed.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|3|lbl=Ⅰ.1r.3}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/27|3|lbl=Ⅰ.3v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/28|1|lbl=Ⅰ.4r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Then thirdly, achieve the ability to extend the art in your own right, and from your clarity attain and exude the proper judgement in Stance and Strikes so that Youth will not have to learn this art unguided and, because of your unspoken word, ill is wrought and they thus learn wrongly to the detriment of the art. Once achieved, we need your words and thoughts in this art, first from notes you would clarify, then onto subjects important to read in training, then to other subjects you want to develop further, so that the discipline of fencing grows on properly understood principles you have contributed to, rather than relying on mindless juggling, thus greater the difference between juggling and fencing will become, and the Knightly art of Fencing will grow from Warriors far and wide, particularly to Citizens at large, but beware the Juggler, to whom the unseemliest losses are and who is found everywhere in the world, until all are put away.</p>
+
| <p>Be however you are, but don’t think that such divisions are too Childish to think about, like all things they can be improved upon, and so you must therefore respect their proper place, that while they can be furthered and presented alone, through these divisions all concepts to be learned in fencing can be grouped, and from one well and fountain they spring forth to flow. At the same time, Fencing is shown to be like nothing else, in that two persons with similar weapons can thus fight one another, whereby one can hurt the other through his skill or both will persevere to protect and defend themselves at need.</p>
|  
+
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/22|4|lbl=Ⅰ.1r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|1|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.1|p=1}}
+
<p>In addition my need is to know then how in all weapons such concepts can be understood in the short term and be shown and explained, and if not to be returned to, until the Person can explain the sections, so by them if the opposing fencer tries to mark one or another part, one knows with proper displacement how to smoothly move to secure themselves. Or if one or another intends to aim for an opening, he can also strive to undertake this strike correctly. Then each one shall probe to hit the four points, be met there, and have to guard against same, and thus must always be on Guard, ready to displace.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/28|2|lbl=Ⅰ.4r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>Fencing with the Sword is nothing other than a discipline, wherein your force strives together with your sword in placement so that one with the other, using care and agility, artfulness, delicacy and manlyness, are at need the same both in strikes and in other handwork one is obliged to, excepting when one is not in a serious situation, thus by such discipline one will be more dangerous and more skillful, and when needing to protect one’s body be more effective.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>The means to learn what follows from the Stances, Strikes, and Targets is undertaken here more easily, in that these descriptions and presentations are enough for one to flow on.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|2|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.2}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/28|3|lbl=Ⅰ.4r.3}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = 2 - Of the Sword and Its Divisions
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
! <p>Figures</p>
| <p>This can be advanced in three stages and be organized thus, namely as the Start, the Middle and the End, where the three stages each have one aim which you shall fence through, and must do one by one to advance, that you thereby know with which strikes or stances you will engage your counterpart and then frontally attack as you would in the Middle stage’s handwork, letting fly to work against the openings, keeping the initiative such that his attacks are preempted. The Last is as you are fulfilled and will, with harm neither inflicted nor received, withdraw.</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|3|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.3}}
+
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>I call the Start pre-fencing, where one standing against another and he standing against you, have begun to fence.</p>
+
| <p>'''Of the Sword and Its Divisions'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Chapter 2</p>
  
<p>The Middle is the work or handwork, when one of the participants shall endure longer in the handwork than his opponent fencer, and displace in all withdrawals.</p>
+
<p>Now we will clarify this and why it is done in fencing, namely how one or another are like the parts of one’s body which one strikes away from in knightly fashion or accordingly defend them at need. Just like the parts of the human are quickly understood, so it’s again apparent from noting why and how certain relative parts of the sword work against others to bring success, and similarly how you should know these labels or overviews before you try yourself likewise, so thus onward from nothing else than your Sword shall you cause communication, and meanwhile have wisdom not in only one device, but also shortly know cuts with the short edge, then with the long, then with the strong, and with the weak, then will you charge on to success from the Sword’s necessities and from heeding this Art’s known elements also have something to say.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|1|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.1}}
  
<p>The End is the resolution, where one fencer shall withdraw without damage from his opponent and strike away if desired.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/23|4|lbl=Ⅰ.1v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|1|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>We define the form and figure of the Sword’s parts as its pommel, point, cross or hilt, haft or grip, and the blade, about which, though without evaluation, we will now say several words.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|2|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The initial pre-fencing is the face off from the Stances to the strikes, which are of two kinds, namely the Lead Stances and the Secondary Stances, we start with the Lead Stances.</p>
+
| <p>The blade has basically two underlying divisions, where the first is the Strong and Weak, the other the short and long edges, those being the forward and trailing edges.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|2|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|3|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>There are four Lead Stances, the Roof or Upper Guard, the Ox, the Fool, and the Plough. There are eight Secondary Stances, Wrathful Guard, Window Breaker, Long Point, Barrier Guard, Unicorn, Key, Iron Door, Changer.</p>
+
| <p>The Strong of the sword is the name for the part running from the cross or hilt to the middle of the blade, the Weak is from the middle to and with the point or end itself, from which the long and short edges grow.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|3|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|4|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>The long edge is the full length of edge from the fingers onward, directed against your opponent, the short or half edge is the one nearest the thumb, between the thumb and index finger, first finger pointing at the fencer’s self, as if it is imitating the other’s weapon. We will speak as well of the spine of the sword, as shown in the previous illustration.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The strikes with the Sword are many, belonging to two groups, which are common to both the direct and indirect strikes which we shall name. The first group is named the Lead or Principal strikes, on which all other strikes are based, and which are four, Over, Under, Middle, and Wrathful strikes. The others are named the secondary or derivative strikes, which are twelve in number, namely the Glance, Curve, Short, Slide, Bounce: Single and Double, Blind, Wound, Crown, Knee Hollow, Plunge, and Change Strike.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|5|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|1|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|4|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.4}}
+
 
 +
|-
 +
| <p>From the overlying parts of the sword springs forths the correct total view, which is very useful in fencing, namely that the Sword is outwardly grouped in four parts and divisions, as is seen in the previous illustration.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|2|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Beyond these strikes come the proper Master Strikes, which we shall also name, from which all masterful and artful moves with the Sword are made and accomplished with varying grips, these are Wrath, Arc, Traverser, Glancer and Vertex which are all used when wanting to conclude and complete, and which I will describe to you. Just as I introduced pre-fencing, so I have clearly spoken and introduced the Strikes to you.</p>
+
| <p>The first to be named is the bind or haft, including pommel and cross, for charging, Wrenching, Grappling, Throwing, and of service in other work.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|5|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.5}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|3|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The second or Handwork in the Middle Stage involves the greatest art, where all your withdrawals in the fight can be advances. Look not only to how one can use the sword in binding, Winding, Changing, Enticing, Following After, Cutting, Doubling, Flowing off to leave be or in whatever shape you’ve cut, Hewing, Advancing, Twitching and Jerking, Adjusting, Grappling, Charging In, Throwing, and End Wrestling. An important concept is Targetting, through which one must come to understand Man and Sword, and through which one comes to understand proper stance and footwork, and from which how one shall handle one’s point.</p>
+
| <p>The second is the Strong, as was counted, used in Cutting, Winding, Impacting, and otherwise where the Strong is useful in fencing.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|4|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.4}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/24|6|lbl=Ⅰ.2r.6|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/25|1|lbl=Ⅰ.2v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>That brings us to the end, which flows from the Middle, and has the greatest Practical use, by which one ends each case, from thereof Withdraw soundly, in order to report what happened, and so arrange it all in the first chapter of Sword Fighting, from the Master Principles onward, so on to officially profess more skill in this Weapon, and by using this Book you shall Teach the initiates, and so after shall this art drive on to become more useful at need, and shall from others range farther to be sufficiently retold.</p>
+
| <p>The third part is the Middle, which lies between strong and weak on the halfway part and is used when needing to close in the changeful work, where it will be resorted to at every opportunity when needed.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/25|2|lbl=Ⅰ.2v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|5|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" | <p>Such input I have seen fit to make for purposes of clearer understanding, so that with this Book each onward going shall become easier to understand, thus easier to modify, and thus initially to learn, and thus I shall see such Knightly arts grow onward, and will now with the first Letter of this chapter, whose first purpose is to teach usefulness, instruct by moving on to present the Four Targets.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>The fourth is the Weak, through which Changing, Rushing, Slinging, and similar such will duly be used in fencing, of which in what follows there will be many examples and pieces.</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/25|3|lbl=Ⅰ.2v.3}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|6|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.6}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 4,394: Line 5,679:
  
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
{{master subsubsection begin
  | title = 1 - Of Man and His Divisions
+
  | title = 3 - Of the Stances or Guards
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
Line 4,404: Line 5,689:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Of Man and His Divisions</p>
+
| <p>'''Of the Stances or Guards'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Chapter 3</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>At all times and in all fencing, when wanting more ability and understanding, and in furthering and learning more of this Knightly art, the proper and basic elements are required in order to advance. Basically this is done because in fencing, one must fence such that One becomes one with one’s Sword, and although this was already stated correctly and sufficiently in the two previous chapters, so here in the third chapter, in order to clarify, it will be examined further, from which onward all fencing shall be fully known and further examined in three parts: the Start, Middle, and End as above was already stated.</p>
  
<p>Chapter 1</p>
+
<p>Onward from the Start, two basic underlying principles shall and must be attained, namely how from the Stances one shall execute the strikes, which will be named and counted, and how one thus comes to success will be clarified.</p>
  
<p>From One’s divisions one shall come to understand the Openings and Stances, to and from which one will fence, ongoing to grasping the Middle or Handwork which will be described in the course of this Book, even though at first I was willing to sit and describe this subject alone without any other considerations. Then we move on to examine Fencing in all its components and arts, to be at first known from lessons, then from there to be shown, and then onward to be handled, and you shall at first want to take care to demonstrate how it’s properly done, so that not only the Middle or Handwork is attained, but that the Openings shall be minded, from lessons thereon to note taking, and going forward I shall not leave my written lessons behind me to be forgotten.</p>
+
<p>Though the Guards or Stances are delicate, they are still advantageous positions for warding one’s entire body with the Sword, in which the fencer, as is often seen, will come before his opponent with proper placement, position, and stance, and so be unfound and last through the rushing by waiting through to advance onward, and immediately react to what’s coming and with advantage and wisened speed attack and strike against your opponent’s own stances, that he can go on striking without harming you, yet must give away his openings as he works against yours, and so he must either withdraw or strike away from his intended target, and so have his advantage minimised, his blade withdrawn and retreating, and you can then strike in your own efforts.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/27|1|lbl=Ⅰ.3v.1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Since the Stances or Guards have the four sections of ones body as their obvious origin, in that one is divided into four quarters, Over, Under, Left and Right, so also one’s opponent is divided and thus shall be encountered, as four Targets, and relative to them there are the four Primary Stances or Guards, from which all others originate and spring forth, which are the Ox, Plough, Roof and Fool, from which one comes to understand the secondaries which, in due order, one comes to deploy, which are the Wrathful Guard, Long Point, Changer, Close Guard, Iron Gate, Hanging Point, Key, and Unicorn.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Now we will visualise a man in four quarters or parts, Above and Below and on both the Right and the Left. Beyond this and how you view yourself, I dare not describe further, but if you care to look, you see that humans are arranged in high and low and right and left parts. In order to better understand my meaning, examine the figure on the right side of the picture above.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|7|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.7|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/31|1|lbl=Ⅰ.5v|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/27|2|lbl=Ⅰ.3v.2}}
 
  
|-
 
|
 
| <p>And if these four parts weren’t already addressed enough for one, against them the Ancient German Fencer will need to strike with the various strikes as they are known among us Germans at this time, so special in their Handywork with the Winding, these will fight the furthest and against the Greatest since all of humanity in common is divided in the above named four parts. We see how the the Upper Vertices meet, and Below how the Chin and Throat are relevant. Onward we see the Right and Left parts which are joined across the Ears, both sides are relevant, both right and Left ears will be addressed.</p>
 
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/27|3|lbl=Ⅰ.3v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/28|1|lbl=Ⅰ.4r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword B.png|center|400px]]
| <p>Be however you are, but don’t think that such divisions are too Childish to think about, like all things they can be improved upon, and so you must therefore respect their proper place, that while they can be furthered and presented alone, through these divisions all concepts to be learned in fencing can be grouped, and from one well and fountain they spring forth to flow. At the same time, Fencing is shown to be like nothing else, in that two persons with similar weapons can thus fight one another, whereby one can hurt the other through his skill or both will persevere to protect and defend themselves at need.</p>
+
| <p>'''Ox'''</p>
  
<p>In addition my need is to know then how in all weapons such concepts can be understood in the short term and be shown and explained, and if not to be returned to, until the Person can explain the sections, so by them if the opposing fencer tries to mark one or another part, one knows with proper displacement how to smoothly move to secure themselves. Or if one or another intends to aim for an opening, he can also strive to undertake this strike correctly. Then each one shall probe to hit the four points, be met there, and have to guard against same, and thus must always be on Guard, ready to displace.</p>
+
<p>The high parts are guarded with the Ox, which is two moded, Right and Left, thus one can stand in the Ox in two modes, namely the Right and Left modes.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/28|2|lbl=Ⅰ.4r.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>The right Ox will first be described, stand with your Left Foot forward, holding the Sword with the hilt next to your head, high and on the right side, so that your forward point is directed against your opponent’s face. For the Left Ox reverse this, namely stand with your Right Foot forward, hold your hilt near your head on its Left Side as said above.</p>
| class="noline" |
 
| class="noline" | <p>The means to learn what follows from the Stances, Strikes, and Targets is undertaken here more easily, in that these descriptions and presentations are enough for one to flow on.</p>
 
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/28|3|lbl=Ⅰ.4r.3}}
 
  
|}
+
<p>Thus you have been told of both Ox Guards or Stances, which is being shown by the Left Figure of illustration B above.</p>
{{master subsubsection end}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/33|1|lbl=Ⅰ.6v.1}}
  
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = 2 - Of the Sword and Its Divisions
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
| <p>'''Plough'''</p>
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
  
|-
+
<p>The low parts are guarded with the Plough, whose two modes are similar figures for two sides, the Right and the Left, and so are named the Right and Left Plough, and both will become for you nothing else than stabs outward from below.</p>
|
 
| <p>'''Of the Sword and Its Divisions'''</p>
 
  
<p>Chapter 2</p>
+
<p>The Right Plough is described as follows, stand with your right foot forward, hold your weapon with the hilt near your forward knee and your point pointing in your opponent’s face, as if you intend to stab him from below. While you are in the Right Plough, step forward with the Left foot and stand similarly to be in the Left Plough.</p>
  
<p>Now we will clarify this and why it is done in fencing, namely how one or another are like the parts of one’s body which one strikes away from in knightly fashion or accordingly defend them at need. Just like the parts of the human are quickly understood, so it’s again apparent from noting why and how certain relative parts of the sword work against others to bring success, and similarly how you should know these labels or overviews before you try yourself likewise, so thus onward from nothing else than your Sword shall you cause communication, and meanwhile have wisdom not in only one device, but also shortly know cuts with the short edge, then with the long, then with the strong, and with the weak, then will you charge on to success from the Sword’s necessities and from heeding this Art’s known elements also have something to say.</p>
+
<p>The Right Plough is shown by the figure on the Right of the above illustration.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|1|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/33|2|lbl=Ⅰ.6v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword C.png|center|400px]]
| <p>We define the form and figure of the Sword’s parts as its Pommel, Point, Cross or Hilt, Haft or Grip, and the Blade, about which, though without evaluation, we will now say several words.</p>
+
| <p>'''Roof'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|2|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>The Guard of the Roof, which is also known as the High Guard, is explained as follows. Stand with your Left Foot forward, hold your Sword high over your head so its point is directly above, consider the figure on the left of the image above, illustration C, which indicates how one can operate from above, that all strikes can be fenced from the Roof or High Guard, which is why this Guard is named the Roof.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The Blade has basically two underlying divisions, where the first is the Strong and Weak, the other the Short and Long edges, those being the forward and trailing edges.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/33|3|lbl=Ⅰ.6v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|1|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|3|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p>'''Fool'''</p>
| <p>The Strong of the Sword is the name for the part running from the Cross or Hilt to the middle of the blade, the Weak is from the middle to and with the point or end itself, from which the Long and Short edges grow.</p>
+
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|4|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.4}}
+
<p>Fool is my adaptation of the word Jester, a name which leaves so much to be desired, in that from this Stance no successful finishing strikes can be made, one just uses them to gain an opening against the opponent through displacements to block strikes, which can be used to measure a Foolish and naive person who is not ready for counterstrikes to be struck against them.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>This will now be described. Stand with the Left leg forward, hold your Sword with the point stretched out in front of you aimed at the ground in front of your forward foot, with the short edge above, the long edge below. Thus you stand in this Guard rightly, as you can see in the illustrated figure above on the right.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|2|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
| <p>The Long Edge is the full length of edge from the fingers onward, directed against your opponent, the Short or half edge is the one nearest the thumb, between the thumb and index finger, first finger pointing at the fencer’s self, as if it is imitating the other’s weapon. We will speak as well of the spine of the sword, as shown in the previous illustration.</p>
+
| <p>'''Wrathful Guard'''</p>
|  
+
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/29|5|lbl=Ⅰ.4v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|1|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.1|p=1}}
+
<p>The Wrathful Guard is known as such since the stance has a wrathful bearing, as will be shown. Stand with your left foot forward, hold your sword out from your right shoulder, so that the blade hangs behind you to threaten forward strikes, and mark this well, that all strikes out from the Guard of the Ox can be intercepted from the Wrathful stance, indeed leading from this stance shows unequal bearing from which One can entice onward, whereupon one can move quickly against the other as needed, as is shown by the Figure in illustration E (on the left).</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|3|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>From the overlying parts of the sword springs forths the correct total view, which is very useful in fencing, namely that the Sword is outwardly grouped in four parts and divisions, as is seen in the previous illustration.</p>
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|2|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.2}}
+
| <p>'''Long Point'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Stand with your Left foot forward, hold your Weapon with outstretched arms out in front of your face, so that you stand and point forward at your opponent’s face, and thus you stand in the Guard of the Long Point, which you can see in the picture in illustration A.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|4|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
| <p>The first to be named is the Bind or Haft, including Pommel and Cross, for charging, Wrenching, Grappling, Throwing, and of service in other work.</p>
+
| <p>'''Changer'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|3|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>This Guard shall now be fully described, stand with your Right foot forward, hold your weapon with the point or Weak stretched out from close at your side aimed at the ground, so that the short edge stands toward your opponent, such as can be seen from the right figure in illustration D above.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|1|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The second is the Strong, as was counted, used in Cutting, Winding, Impacting, and otherwise where the Strong is useful in fencing.</p>
+
| <p>'''Close Guard'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|4|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.4}}
+
 
 +
<p>To put yourself into this guard, stand with your Left foot forward, hold your sword close to your right with the point to the ground and the pommel above, and with the short edge against you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|2|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The third part is the Middle, which lies between strong and weak on the halfway part and is used when needing to close in the changeful work, where it will be resorted to at every opportunity when needed.</p>
+
| <p>'''Iron Gate'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|5|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.5}}
+
 
 +
<p>What the right Iron Gate is, which you will find out should you go farther onto Rapier Fencing, that while it is used in stabbing with the Sword as by us Germans, this guard is also easily deflected and sent to the ground. Although at this time it is used by the Italians and other nations, it covers like the Barrier Guard, and so of the Iron Gate no further report is therefore required.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|3|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" |  
+
|  
| class="noline" | <p>The fourth is the Weak, through which Changing, Rushing, Slinging, and similar such will duly be used in fencing, of which in what follows there will be many examples and pieces.</p>
+
| <p>There is a basic underlying division, and here I will shortly clarify both, and so will now describe the Iron Gate. Stand with your right foot forward, hold your sword with the grip in front of the knee, with straightly hanging arms, that your point stands upward out at your opponent’s face. In addition, keep your Sword in front of you to shut like an Iron Gate, and when you stand with feet wide and so come to lower your body, you can clear all strikes and stabs out and away from you.</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|6|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.6}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|4|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.4}}
 
 
|}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 
  
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = 3 - Of the Stances or Guards
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
+
| <p>However, the Barrier Guard is when you hold your Sword with crossed hands in front of you with the point at the ground, which is seen from the figure in illustration F.</p>
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|5|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
| <p>'''Hanging Point'''</p>
| <p>'''Of the Stances or Guards'''</p>
 
  
<p>Chapter 3</p>
+
<p>Since you’ll need to be in the correct Hanging Point during the work, look at the figure to the right of the above illustration. Even if the arms needn’t be as stretched as here will be shown, still put yourself into the named Guard. Stand with the right foot forward, hold your weapon with outstretched arms before you, so that the blade hangs somewhat toward the earth.</p>
  
<p>At all times and in all fencing, when wanting more ability and understanding, and in furthering and learning more of this Knightly art, the proper and basic elements are required in order to advance. Basically this is done because in fencing, one must fence such that One becomes one with one’s Sword, and although this was already stated correctly and sufficiently in the two previous chapters, so here in the third chapter, in order to clarify, it will be examined further, from which onward all fencing shall be fully known and further examined in three parts: the Start, Middle, and End as above was already stated.</p>
+
<p>This stance is very close to the Ox in similar form, only different in that in the Ox your arms are strongly held in high mode, but here shall be directly outstretched before your face, letting the Sword hang toward the Earth, therefore it is named Hanging Point.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/38|1|lbl=Ⅰ.9r.1}}
  
<p>Onward from the Start, two basic underlying principles shall and must be attained, namely how from the Stances one shall execute the strikes, which will be named and counted, and how one thus comes to success will be clarified.</p>
+
|-
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>'''Key'''</p>
  
<p>Though the Guards or Stances are delicate, they are still advantageous positions for warding one’s entire body with the Sword, in which the fencer, as is often seen, will come before his opponent with proper placement, position, and stance, and so be unfound and last through the rushing by waiting through to advance onward, and immediately react to what’s coming and with advantage and wisened speed attack and strike against your opponent’s own stances, that he can go on striking without harming you, yet must give away his openings as he works against yours, and so he must either withdraw or strike away from his intended target, and so have his advantage minimised, his blade withdrawn and retreating, and you can then strike in your own efforts.</p>
+
<p>The Key is shown by the left figure in illustration D, stand with your Left foot forward, and hold your Sword with the haft and crossed arms in front of your chest, so that the short edge lies on your Left Arm, and the point is aimed at your opponent’s face. Thus is this stance or guard rightly made.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/38|2|lbl=Ⅰ.9r.2}}
  
<p>Since the Stances or Guards have the four sections of ones body as their obvious origin, in that one is divided into four quarters, Over, Under, Left and Right, so also one’s opponent is divided and thus shall be encountered, as four Targets, and relative to them there are the four Primary Stances or Guards, from which all others originate and spring forth, which are the Ox, Plough, Roof and Fool, from which one comes to understand the secondaries which, in due order, one comes to deploy, which are the Wrathful Guard, Long Point, Changer, Close Guard, Iron Door, Hanging Point, Key, and Unicorn.</p>
+
|-
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/30|7|lbl=Ⅰ.5r.7|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/31|1|lbl=Ⅰ.5v|p=1}}
+
| <p>'''Unicorn'''</p>
  
 +
<p>Come into pre-fencing with your Left foot forward, wings out from both sides, as if you would stand in the forenamed Key guard, drive with crossed hands overhead on your Right, so that the point is aimed high above and outward, thus it is named Unicorn, and stand as shown by the figure on the Right of illustration E.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/38|3|lbl=Ⅰ.9r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword B.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Ox'''</p>
+
| <p>And thus are named the count of the Stances or Guards, and now all in the work phase will be fully and shortly examined. After this point in all fencing, you will Strike, Strive, Displace, or float to work for what you wish, and not remain in a stance, but always drive from one to the other, as one or the other must soon become afflicted, thus you especially must move on to keep the working initiative, and will lead out from one to another of the above cited stances, which I will clarify with a few words about the strikes through the lines or pathways.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/39|1|lbl=Ⅰ.9v.1}}
  
<p>The high parts are guarded with the Ox, which is two moded, Right and Left, thus one can stand in the Ox in two modes, namely the Right and Left modes.</p>
+
|-
 
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Cuts.png|center]]
<p>The right Ox will first be described, stand with your Left Foot forward, holding the Sword with the hilt next to your head, high and on the right side, so that your forward point is directed against your opponent’s face. For the Left Ox reverse this, namely stand with your Right Foot forward, hold your hilt near your head on its Left Side as said above.</p>
+
| <p>Firstly if you will execute the high or Vertex Strike, you will find yourself in three Stances, first in the start you will stand in the Roof, in the Middle in the Long Point, and end up in the Fool, so you have moved directly from above through the Line from A to E via three Guards or Stances. If you then drive farther on upward from below to displace with crossed hands, you will find yourself in three more Stances, at the start in the Iron Gate, in the Middle the Hanging Point, and in the end full above you in the Unicorn, then grip your Sword with the haft before your chest, so that the half edge lies on your left arm. Now you stand in the Key, and thus you come have onward and drove on along Line A and E from one stance into the other.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/39|2|lbl=Ⅰ.9v.2}}
<p>Thus you have been told of both Ox Guards or Stances, which is being shown by the Left Figure of illustration B above.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/33|1|lbl=Ⅰ.6v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Plough'''</p>
+
| <p>The other lines to consider are on the right where we will now examine two strikes. One is from the right Ox striking the high quarter, with the H - D line being addressed, the other is from the Left high part going to the right lower part, along the B - F line. How you will strike through these will be further described here, and then I will soon take you farther through all Strikes and Stances on both sides, both Right and Left, which will be fully described, and of this I will disclose all favourable methods shortly but will start by describing only one method.</p>
  
<p>The low parts are guarded with the Plough, whose two modes are similar figures for two sides, the Right and the Left, and so are named the Right and Left Plough, and both will become for you nothing else than stabs outward from below.</p>
+
<p>Firstly or initially move into the Wrathful Guard, from which also comes the strike’s name, that is the Wrathful Strike, which is named for its wrathful bearing and intent, then midway through the strike move into the Long Point, and at the end move into the Changer. Should you strike onward from here with the long edge, you will then go farther through three more Stances, which start with the Low Guard, onward through the middle with the Long Point, and end above you in the Unicorn, striking through the Line cited above.Thus from either side as you wish, you will start from the Changer and go through the Long Point into the Wrathful Guard.</p>
  
<p>The Right Plough is described as follows, stand with your right foot forward, hold your weapon with the hilt near your forward knee and your point pointing in your opponent’s face, as if you intend to stab him from below. While you are in the Right Plough, step forward with the Left foot and stand similarly to be in the Left Plough.</p>
+
<p>You can similarly strike out with your Sword from the Hanging Point, from which you drive over in front of you to move into the Guard of the Ox. Thus you find always, when taking the indicated Lines, one moves through them via at least three stances.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/39|3|lbl=Ⅰ.9v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|1|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.1|p=1}}
  
<p>The Right Plough is shown by the figure on the Right of the above illustration.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/33|2|lbl=Ⅰ.6v.2}}
+
|
 +
| <p>However it shall be a good Fencer who does not rush and who waits longer in his Stances, so that as soon as he can reach his opponent to attack, he can Fence onward to take the pre-named paths, as waiting longer allows many displacements from which one eventually can come to strike, as will be described below.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|2|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword C.png|center|400px]]
 
| <p>'''Roof'''</p>
 
 
<p>The Guard of the Roof, which is also known as the High Guard, is explained as follows. Stand with your Left Foot forward, hold your Sword high over your head so its point is directly above, consider the figure on the left of the image above, illustration C, which indicates how one can operate from above, that all strikes can be fenced from the Roof or High Guard, which is why this Guard is named the Roof.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/33|3|lbl=Ⅰ.6v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|1|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>The Stances are also very useful towards the divisions and openings, thus if one comes into a Stance without danger before Striking, he can soon be mindful of what path to take from pre-fencing. These then serve not just for careful and sensible changes from one Stance to the other, but also to entice the opponent, such that he will be made unable to know what you shall Fence with. Lastly this is also good and useful for all from here on, in that you will easily know and recognise your opponent’s part, and what he can safely fence with, and so thus oppose him more sensibly.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|3|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Fool'''</p>
+
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | <p>Now much has been said about this art’s start, namely the pre-fencing against your opponent, which faces off through the Stances to the Strikes. Now the rest of the art will follow and we will move onto other parts, and in due form onto the next chapter, which is Of The Strikes.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|4|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.4}}
  
<p>Fool is my adaptation of the word Jester, a name which leaves so much to be desired, in that from this Stance no successful finishing strikes can be made, one just uses them to gain an opening against the opponent through displacements to block strikes, which can be used to measure a Foolish and naive person who is not ready for counterstrikes to be struck against them.</p>
+
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
<p>This will now be described. Stand with the Left leg forward, hold your Sword with the Point stretched out in front of you aimed at the ground in front of your forward foot, with the short edge above, the long edge below. Thus you stand in this Guard rightly, as you can see in the illustrated figure above on the right.</p>
+
{{master subsubsection begin
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|2|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.2}}
+
| title = 4 - Of the Strikes
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Figures</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|start}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Wrathful Guard'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Of The Strikes'''</p>
  
<p>The Wrathful Guard is known as such since the stance has a wrathful bearing, as will be shown. Stand with your left foot forward, hold your sword out from your right shoulder, so that the blade hangs behind you to threaten forward strikes, and mark this well, that all strikes out from the Guard of the Ox can be intercepted from the Wrathful stance, indeed leading from this stance shows unequal bearing from which One can entice onward, whereupon one can move quickly against the other as needed, as is shown by the Figure in illustration E (on the left).</p>
+
<p>Chapter 4</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|3|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.3}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Now I come to write of the artful and free Knightly exersize, namely to the Strikes, which is a major Heading in Fencing in that the basics are given here, the number is told, each is described, and how they are executed to the full, will here be noted and told, and from here alone the friendly reader will afterward be reminded, that between the Sword Fighting times, when it was in custom for our forefathers and the ancients, and our time there is a great difference, in that not only was the point used, which is not the custom today, but of old much more of the Sword was used in the strikes, and they fenced sharply with both strikes and stabs, and thus shall I present this and other points of knowledge.</p>
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/41|1|lbl=Ⅰ.10v.1}}
| <p>'''Long Point'''</p>
 
 
 
<p>Stand with your Left foot forward, hold your Weapon with outstretched arms out in front of your face, so that you stand and point forward at your opponent’s face, and thus you stand in the Guard of the Long Point, which you can see in the picture in illustration A.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/35|4|lbl=Ⅰ.7v.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Changer'''</p>
+
| <p>However, as of now the Strikes with the Sword belong to two underlying principles, as in the direct and inverted strikes. The Direct strikes are named such as they strike against the opponent with the long edge and outstretched arms. There are four, the Over, Wrathful, Middle and Under Strikes, and from these all the others come forth, and in the world will still be found none conceived as such, and of them not one of these will be feebly grasped and deployed by you. These are named the Lead or Principal Strikes.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/41|2|lbl=Ⅰ.10v.2}}
<p>This Guard shall now be fully described, stand with your Right foot forward, hold your weapon with the point or Weak stretched out from close at your side aimed at the ground, so that the short edge stands toward your opponent, such as can be seen from the right figure in illustration D above.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|1|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Close Guard'''</p>
+
| <p>The inverted strikes are those where in the strike you turn your sword hand around so that you hit the opponent, not with the full or long edge, but somewhat with the short edge, flat, or engage at an angle. Face this with the Slide, Short, Crown, Glance, Arc, Traverse, Bounce, Blind, Wind, Knee Hollow, Plunge, and Changer Strikes.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/41|3|lbl=Ⅰ.10v.3}}
<p>To put yourself into this guard, stand with your Left foot forward, hold your sword close to your right with the point to the ground and the pommel above, and with the short edge against you.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|2|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Iron Door'''</p>
+
| <p>Thus you come to the four above cited Strikes, and from there the various strikes are named.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|1|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.1}}
<p>What the right Iron Door is, which you will find out should you go farther onto Rapier Fencing, that while it is used in stabbing with the Sword as by us Germans, this guard is also easily deflected and sent to the ground. Although at this time it is used by the Italians and other nations, it covers like the Barrier Guard, and so of the Iron Door no further report is therefore required.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|3|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>There is a basic underlying division, and here I will shortly clarify both, and so will now describe the Iron Door. Stand with your right foot forward, hold your sword with the grip in front of the knee, with straightly hanging arms, that your point stands upward out at your opponent’s face. In addition, keep your Sword in front of you to shut like an iron door, and when you stand with feet wide and so come to lower your body, you can clear all strikes and stabs out and away from you.</p>
+
| <p>Now from these both come five for further reading, as the Master Strikes will be named, not that one can thus fully use the weapon Rightly, and Master this art so soon, but that from them one can Master all proper artful elements which will be acted on from knowing them here, and thus you can Fence properly at need, and become an artfully striking Fencer, who retains all Master principles at the same time, and against whom nothing can be borne. These Strikes are Wrathful, Arc, Thwart, Glancer, and Vertex.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|4|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|2|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.2}}
 
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>However, the Barrier Guard is when you hold your Sword with crossed hands in front of you with the point at the ground, which is seen from the figure in illustration F.</p>
+
| <p>How all these are done I will show you in due order, and firstly speak of the Direct Strikes, of which the first will be the Over Strike.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/36|5|lbl=Ⅰ.8r.5}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|3|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Hanging Point'''</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>'''Over Strike'''</p>
  
<p>Since you’ll need to be in the correct Hanging Point during the work, look at the figure to the right of the above illustration. Even if the arms needn’t be as stretched as here will be shown, still put yourself into the named Guard. Stand with the right foot forward, hold your weapon with outstretched arms before you, so that the blade hangs somewhat toward the earth.</p>
+
<p>The Over Strike is a strong strike directly from Above, against your opponent’s head or scalp, therefore it is also called Vertex Strike.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|4|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.4}}
<p>This stance is very close to the Ox in similar form, only different in that in the Ox your arms are strongly held in high mode, but here shall be directly outstretched before your face, letting the Sword hang toward the Earth, therefore it is named Hanging Point.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/38|1|lbl=Ⅰ.9r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Cuts.png|center]]
| <p>'''Key'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Wrathful Strike'''</p>
  
<p>The Key is shown by the left figure in illustration D, stand with your Left foot forward, and hold your Sword with the haft and crossed arms in front of your chest, so that the short edge lies on your Left Arm, and the point is aimed at your opponent’s face. Thus is this stance or guard rightly made.</p>
+
<p>The Wrathful Strike is a serious strike from your Right Shoulder, against your opponent’s left ear, or through his face or chest, consider how it’s done through two lines, with the lines drawn through the upper right and crosswise overtop one another. This is the strongest beyond all others in that all one’s strength and manliness is laid against one’s opponent in fighting and fencing, therefore the ancients also named it Straight Strike or Father Strike. Along the considered lines you can move onwards, etc.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/38|2|lbl=Ⅰ.9r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|5|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.5}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
+
| <p>'''Middle or Diagonal Traverse Strike'''</p>
| <p>'''Unicorn'''</p>
 
  
<p>Come into pre-fencing with your Left foot forward, wings out from both sides, as if you would stand in the forenamed Key guard, drive with crossed hands overhead on your Right, so that the point is aimed high above and outward, thus it is named Unicorn, and stand as shown by the figure on the Right of illustration E.</p>
+
<p>The Middle or Traversing Strike can execute most effects the Wrathful Strike can, the difference is only that while the Wrathful Strike is a forceful high point, the Diagonal Traverse is traverses above, as shown in the Traverse line including both C and G. Such lines are also applicable to Dusack.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/38|3|lbl=Ⅰ.9r.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/43|1|lbl=Ⅰ.11v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword B.png|center|400px]]
| <p>And thus are named the count of the Stances or Guards, and now all in the work phase will be fully and shortly examined. After this point in all fencing, you will Strike, Strive, Displace, or float to work for what you wish, and not remain in a stance, but always drive from one to the other, as one or the other must soon become afflicted, thus you especially must move on to keep the working initiative, and will lead out from one to another of the above cited stances, which I will clarify with a few words about the strikes through the lines or pathways.</p>
+
| <p>'''Under Strike'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/39|1|lbl=Ⅰ.9v.1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>This you execute thusly, strike so that you move into the Right Ox (more is said about this in the next chapter) and thus can bring your opponent fencer into range, and step to strike from below traversing above into their left arm, while coming into position with the hilt high above your head, and thus complete. Regarding this, see the figures fighting against the left in the background of illustration B.</p>
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Cuts.png|center]]
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/43|2|lbl=Ⅰ.11v.2}}
| <p>Firstly if you will execute the high or Vertex Strike, you will find yourself in three Stances, first in the start you will stand in the Roof, in the Middle in the Long Point, and end up in the Fool, so you have moved directly from above through the Line from A to E via three Guards or Stances. If you then drive farther on upward from below to displace with crossed hands, you will find yourself in three more Stances, at the start in the Iron Door, in the Middle the Hanging Point, and in the end full above you in the Unicorn, then grip your Sword with the haft before your chest, so that the half edge lies on your left arm. Now you stand in the Key, and thus you come have onward and drove on along Line A and E from one stance into the other.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/39|2|lbl=Ⅰ.9v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The other lines to consider are on the right where we will now examine two strikes. One is from the right Ox striking the high quarter, with the H - D line being addressed, the other is from the Left high part going to the right lower part, along the B - F line. How you will strike through these will be further described here, and then I will soon take you farther through all Strikes and Stances on both sides, both Right and Left, which will be fully described, and of this I will disclose all favourable methods shortly but will start by describing only one method.</p>
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword G.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>'''Glancing Strike'''</p>
  
<p>Firstly or initially move into the Wrathful Guard, from which also comes the strike’s name, that is the Wrathful Strike, which is named for its wrathful bearing and intent, then midway through the strike move into the Long Point, and at the end move into the Changer. Should you strike onward from here with the Long edge, you will then go farther through three more Stances, which start with the Low Guard, onward through the middle with the Long Point, and end above you in the Unicorn, striking through the Line cited above.Thus from either side as you wish, you will start from the Changer and go through the Long Point into the Wrathful Guard.</p>
+
<p>The Glancing Strike is also a High strike, but has been so named in that one closes with a small glancing blow, which is done thus: put yourself in the Guard of the Roof or Wrath (as shown in the third chapter) with your left foot forward, from which you will be striking, and while striking be sure to wind your short edge against his strike, and hit with inverting hands at the same time as closing with him, step fully with your Right Foot toward his left side, and so quickly take his head, thus have you done it rightly, and will stand as shown by the figures fighting on the left side of illustration G.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/43|3|lbl=Ⅰ.11v.3}}
<p>You can similarly strike out with your Sword from the Hanging Point, from which you drive over in front of you to move into the Guard of the Ox. Thus you find always, when taking the indicated Lines, one moves through them via at least three stances.</p>
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/39|3|lbl=Ⅰ.9v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|1|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
| <p>However it shall be a good Fencer who does not rush and who waits longer in his Stances, so that as soon as he can reach his opponent to attack, he can Fence onward to take the pre-named paths, as waiting longer allows many displacements from which one eventually can come to strike, as will be described below.</p>
+
| <p>'''Arc Strike'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|2|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>This strike is described thus: stand in the Wrath Guard with your left foot forward, when your opponent strikes, step with your right foot fully away from his strike and against his left side, strike with the long edge and crossed hands against his strike, or between his pommel and blade, diagonally over his hands, and fully overshoot his arms to lay on the blade, as shown in illustration D by the figures on the upper right hand side.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/45|1|lbl=Ⅰ.12v.1}}
| <p>The Stances are also very useful towards the divisions and openings, thus if one comes into a Stance without danger before Striking, he can soon be mindful of what path to take from pre-fencing. These then serve not just for careful and sensible changes from one Stance to the other, but also to entice the opponent, such that he will be made unable to know what you shall Fence with. Lastly this is also good and useful for all from here on, in that you will easily know and recognise your opponent’s part, and what he can safely fence with, and so thus oppose him more sensibly.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|3|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" |  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword H.png|center|400px]]
| class="noline" | <p>Now much has been said about this art’s start, namely the pre-fencing against your opponent, which faces off through the Stances to the Strikes. Now the rest of the art will follow and we will move onto other parts, and in due form onto the next chapter, which is Of The Strikes.</p>
+
| <p>'''Thwart'''</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/40|4|lbl=Ⅰ.10r.4}}
 
  
|}
+
<p>You send yourself into the Thwarter thus: assume the primary stance of Wrathful Guard to the right (as shown in the previous chapter), that is you put your left foot forward and hold your sword over your right shoulder, as if you would strike a wrathful strike, and when your opponent strikes you from the roof or above, strike closely with your short edge, breaking against his strike from below, holding your hilt high above to displace near your head, and strike to close by stepping full onto his Left side, thus displacing and closing against the other as shown by the left background figures of illustration H. This can be executed to the left thus striking his right side with a changed point, in that you will strike against his right by engaging with the long edge.</p>
{{master subsubsection end}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/45|2|lbl=Ⅰ.12v.2}}
  
{{master subsubsection begin
+
<section begin="Kurtzhauw"/>
| title = 4 - Of the Strikes
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword B.png|center|400px]]
! <p>{{rating|start}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
+
| <p>'''Short Strike'''</p>
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
  
 +
<p>This is a secretive attack, and is described thus: when your opponent strikes you from above, stand as if you would respond with a Arc Strike, that is to bind his sword with the half edge, but let it fall and drive through under his sword, strike with the half edge and crossed arms over his right arm to hit his head, thus you have closed off his sword with the long edge, and accomplished the Short Strike, and stand as is shown by the smaller figure (mid background) on the left of illustration B fighting against the right.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/45|3|lbl=Ⅰ.12v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|1|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.1|p=1}}
 +
<section end="Kurtzhauw"/> <section begin="Glützhauw"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of The Strikes'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Slide Strike'''</p>
 
 
<p>Chapter 4</p>
 
 
 
<p>Now I come to write of the artful and free Knightly exersize, namely to the Strikes, which is a major Heading in Fencing in that the basics are given here, the number is told, each is described, and how they are executed to the full, will here be noted and told, and from here alone the friendly reader will afterward be reminded, that between the Sword Fighting times, when it was in custom for our forefathers and the ancients, and our time there is a great difference, in that not only was the point used, which is not the custom today, but of old much more of the Sword was used in the strikes, and they fenced sharply with both strikes and stabs, and thus shall I present this and other points of knowledge.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/41|1|lbl=Ⅰ.10v.1}}
 
  
 +
<p>The Slide Strike is described as follows: when you are attacked from above, hit with even or free hands against his strike, aiming at his upper left opening, let your blade’s midsection ride up his blade so that the short edge will swing over his hands and hit his head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|2|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.2}}
 +
<section end="Glützhauw"/><section begin="Prellhauw"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword K.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>'''Bounce Strike'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>This one is twofold, one the single, the other one named the double. The single is made thus: when your adversary strikes at you from above, meet his strike with a Zwerch, as soon as it connects, twitch the sword around the head, and strike from your left with the outward flat towards his ear, as shown by the large figures on the right hand side of Illustration K, so that the sword bounces back again, thus twitch it during the rebounding swing back around the head again, strike with the Zwerch towards the left, thus it is completed.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|3|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.3}}
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword I.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>Do the double thus: just as your adversary brings his sword in the air to work against you while closing in, place yourself in the right Ochs, twitch your sword around your head, and strike with the inward flat strongly against his blade from your right side so that your pommel touches your forearm during the strike, as it is depicted in the large picture in Illustration I, and can be seen on the left hand side. However, while striking step well around towards his left with your right foot, and as soon as it hits or connects, pull it upwards and wrench out simultaneously towards your left side and nimbly strike from the outside with inverted hands again towards the same opening, that is with the inverted flat when it strongly rebounds in a ricochet motion, thus you have done it right.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However, as of now the Strikes with the Sword belong to two underlying principles, as in the direct and inverted strikes. The Direct strikes are named such as they strike against the opponent with the long edge and outstretched arms. There are four, the Over, Wrathful, Middle and Under Strikes, and from these all the others come forth, and in the world will still be found none conceived as such, and of them not one of these will be feebly grasped and deployed by you. These are named the Lead or Principal Strikes.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|4|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|1|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/41|2|lbl=Ⅰ.10v.2}}
+
<section end="Prellhauw"/><section begin="Blendthauw"/>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p>'''Blind Strike'''</p>
  
 +
<p>Bind your opponent’s sword from your right side, wind through in the clash against his left side with your hilt or haft below, when your opponent tries to swipe away the winding, quickly move the weak with crossed hands from your right toward his left against his head, that is the forward point, wind your hands through again or twist out to your left with the half edge. Thus you have fully executed the Blind Strike, which can be made in many ways and from there further on in places.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|2|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.2}}
 +
<section end="Blendthauw"/><section begin="Windthauw"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword H.png|center|400px]]
| <p>The inverted strikes are those where in the strike you turn your sword hand around so that you hit the opponent, not with the full or long edge, but somewhat with the short edge, flat, or engage at an angle. Face this with the Slide, Short, Crown, Glance, Arc, Traverse, Bounce, Blind, Wind, Knee Hollow, Plunge, and Changer Strikes.</p>
+
| <p>'''Wound Strike'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/41|3|lbl=Ⅰ.10v.3}}
 
  
 +
<p>The Wound Strike is described as follows: if your opponent strikes from above, then strike against his sword with crossed hands from the left and below, so that your pommel sits under your right arm, and thus quick to glide, step strongly from him from your left side with your left foot, swing your sword’s pommel out farther in an arc toward your left side so that the swing moves your long edge over his right arm behind his pommel or hits atop his right arm, as is shown by the figure in the right side foreground of illustration H, and closely thereafter your sword flies out from close to your side, and again strikes against the hands through the cross, so it is done.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|3|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.3}}
 +
<section end="Windthauw"/><section begin="Kronhauw"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus you come to the four above cited Strikes, and from there the various strikes are named.</p>
+
| <p>'''Crown Strike'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|1|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.1}}
 
  
 +
<p>This you hold thus: when you stand in the Plough or in a similar stance (which are discussed in an earlier chapter) which allow stabs from below, and your opponent strikes at you from above, then drive above you with a high traversing cross, intercept his strike above on your riccasso or quillons, and as soon as he slides, bring your pommel up high and strike with the half edge behind his blade onto his head, thus you have rightly executed the Crown Strike.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|4|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.4}}
 +
<section end="Kronhauw"/><section begin="Kniechelhauw"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Now from these both come five for further reading, as the Master Strikes will be named, not that one can thus fully use the weapon Rightly, and Master this art so soon, but that from them one can Master all proper artful elements which will be acted on from knowing them here, and thus you can Fence properly at need, and become an artfully striking Fencer, who retains all Master principles at the same time, and against whom nothing can be borne. These Strikes are Wrathful, Arc, Thwart, Glancer, and Vertex.</p>
+
| <p>'''Knuckle Strike'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|2|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.2}}
+
 
 +
<p>This strike takes its name from the joint against which it is tried, and is completed thus: when at first you hold your hands high above your head, and your opponent is moving under his sword so his head is held between both arms, then strike with a traversing strike under his sword’s pommel, with a view to his knuckles or to the joints between hand and arm. If he holds his hands much too high, then strike with a rising traverse Strike from below up against the knob of his elbows, thus is it completed.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|1|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.1}}
 +
<section end="Kniechelhauw"/><section begin="Sturzhauw"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>How all these are done I will show you in due order, and firstly speak of the Direct Strikes, of which the first will be the Over Strike.</p>
+
| <p>'''Plunge Strike'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|3|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.3}}
 
  
 +
<p>Although this strike is an Over Strike, be aware that between one and the other lies a minor difference, from which comes this strike’s name of Plunge Strike, that one strikes through by plungeing from above, and that the point comes against one’s opponent’s face from the Ox, and can thus be executed from the start or pre-fencing.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|2|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.2}}
 +
<section end="Sturzhauw"/><section begin="Wechselhauw"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Over Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Change Strike'''</p>
 
 
<p>The Over Strike is a strong strike directly from Above, against your opponent’s head or scalp, therefore it is also called Vertex Strike.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|4|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.4}}
 
  
 +
<p>The Change Strike is nothing other than changing from one side to the other, from above to below and back again, before striking your opponent, thus make it so.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|3|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.3}}
 +
<section end="Wechselhauw"/><section begin="Schneller"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Cuts.png|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Wrathful Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Rusher or Twitch-hit'''</p>
 
 
<p>The Wrathful Strike is a serious strike from your Right Shoulder, against your opponent’s left ear, or through his face or chest, consider how it’s done through two lines, with the lines drawn through the upper right and crosswise overtop one another. This is the strongest beyond all others in that all one’s strength and manliness is laid against one’s opponent in fighting and fencing, therefore the ancients also named it Straight Strike or Father Strike. Along the considered lines you can move onwards, etc.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/42|5|lbl=Ⅰ.11r.5}}
 
  
 +
<p>Rusher or twitch-hit(?) is basically a thing which is actually not a strike, but if the strike should be rushed it will be completed in the middle or full work when one has engaged, namely from above or on both sides or from below against your opponent with the flat or outer part of the blade, let the weapon snatch or rush inward in a swing over or under his blade.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|4|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.4}}
 +
<section end="Schneller"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Middle or Diagonal Traverse Strike'''</p>
+
|  
 
+
|
<p>The Middle or Traversing Strike can execute most effects the Wrathful Strike can, the difference is only that while the Wrathful Strike is a forceful high point, the Diagonal Traverse is traverses above, as shown in the Traverse line including both C and G. Such lines are also applicable to Dusack.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/43|1|lbl=Ⅰ.11v.1}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|5|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/50|1|lbl=Ⅰ.15r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword B.png|center|400px]]
+
| class="noline" |
| <p>'''Under Strike'''</p>
+
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/50|2|lbl=Ⅰ.15r.2}}
  
<p>This you execute thusly, strike so that you move into the Right Ox (more is said about this in the next chapter) and thus can bring your opponent fencer into range, and step to strike from below traversing above into their left arm, while coming into position with the hilt high above your head, and thus complete. Regarding this, see the figures fighting against the left in the background of illustration B.</p>
+
|}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/43|2|lbl=Ⅰ.11v.2}}
+
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = 5 - Of Displacing
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword G.png|center|400px]]
+
! <p>Figures</p>
| <p>'''Glancing Strike'''</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
  
<p>The Glancing Strike is also a High strike, but has been so named in that one closes with a small glancing blow, which is done thus: put yourself in the Guard of the Roof or Wrath (as shown in the third chapter) with your left foot forward, from which you will be striking, and while striking be sure to wind your short edge against his strike, and hit with inverting hands at the same time as closing with him, step fully with your Right Foot toward his left side, and so quickly take his head, thus have you done it rightly, and will stand as shown by the figures fighting on the left side of illustration G.</p>
+
|-
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/43|3|lbl=Ⅰ.11v.3}}
+
|
 +
| <p>'''Of Displacing, a useful concept'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Chapter 5</p>
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
 
| <p>'''Arc Strike'''</p>
 
  
<p>This strike is described thus: stand in the Wrath Guard with your left foot forward, when your opponent strikes, step with your right foot fully away from his strike and against his left side, strike with the long edge and crossed hands against his strike, or between his pommel and blade, diagonally over his hands, and fully overshoot his arms to lay on the blade, as shown in illustration D by the figures on the upper right hand side.</p>
+
<p>Fencing is based on two prerequisite parts, namely first on the Strikes which you initially put against your opponent, with the other being displacement, which is how you judge and work off of your opponent’s Strikes, and you do not do this weakly. How you accomplish the Strikes and the elements of striving has already been sufficiently clarified, because displacing, or how one properly meets every opposing strike with your weapon and therewith put them away at need so as not to have your body injured, cannot be learned without first learning the Strikes. Because you have now learned the Strikes you can approach the subject of how you displace those Strikes, and come to learn and understand these just as the Strikes have now been heeded and cannot be dismissed, and will be solidified from noting and treating the basics with special care. Be first aware that the parries are twofold, the first is without any particular advantage and is resorted to only for blocking parries from which you cannot do more with your weapon in that you oppose your opponent’s strike to avoid being damaged, but then seek not to damage him, but only to withdraw as you wish without being injured by him.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/45|1|lbl=Ⅰ.12v.1}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/50|3|lbl=Ⅰ.15r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|1|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword H.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Thwart'''</p>
+
| <p>When you are forced to these parries with force and strong bearing, see that you steady yourself by stepping back, and thus be able to come into the “Before” again with advantage from the parry, to this Liechtenauer did speak.</p>
  
<p>You send yourself into the Thwarter thus: assume the primary stance of Wrathful Guard to the right (as shown in the previous chapter), that is you put your left foot forward and hold your sword over your right shoulder, as if you would strike a wrathful strike, and when your opponent strikes you from the roof or above, strike closely with your short edge, breaking against his strike from below, holding your hilt high above to displace near your head, and strike to close by stepping full onto his Left side, thus displacing and closing against the other as shown by the left background figures of illustration H. This can be executed to the left thus striking his right side with a changed point, in that you will strike against his right by engaging with the long edge.</p>
+
:Before displacing guard yourself.<br/>Place yourself for advantage.
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/45|2|lbl=Ⅰ.12v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|2|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.2}}
  
<section begin="Kurtzhauw"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword B.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Short Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>With which he didn’t completely warn against parrying, namely that you should teach only strikes and how to damage, as was told above. When you will succeed from displacing, it does much, thus you should displace stoutly. Thus it is used not only to return strikes, on the other hand it also keeps an eye on preventing his strikes from moving in closely, so that no more fencing can then be built or similarly be attempted without problem.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|3|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.3}}
  
<p>This is a secretive attack, and is described thus: when your opponent strikes you from above, stand as if you would respond with a Arc Strike, that is to bind his sword with the half edge, but let it fall and drive through under his sword, strike with the half edge and crossed arms over his right arm to hit his head, thus you have closed off his sword with the long edge, and accomplished the Short Strike, and stand as is shown by the smaller figure (mid background) on the left of illustration B fighting against the right.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/45|3|lbl=Ⅰ.12v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|1|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>However, to be more useful I will with one stroke put forward Strikes and Displacing here, and only teach you how you will need to displace such strikes, which also need to be shown as two points. First how you will intercept and put away your opponent’s strike, or set it aside in one blow, then second when you meet his advancing weapon and rush in with one blow to his body.</p>
<section end="Kurtzhauw"/> <section begin="Glützhauw"/>
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|4|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.4}}
 +
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Slide Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>The second Art of displacing is when you parry and injure your opponent with one strike, which the ancients undertook with special praise, from which these spoken words grew: a proper fencer parries not, as his opponent strikes so he too strikes, as his opponent steps so he too steps, as his opponent stabs so he too stabs.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|1|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.1}}
  
<p>The Slide Strike is described as follows: when you are attacked from above, hit with even or free hands against his strike, aiming at his upper left opening, let your blade’s midsection ride up his blade so that the short edge will swing over his hands and hit his head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|2|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.2}}
 
<section end="Glützhauw"/><section begin="Prellhauw"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword K.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Bounce Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>Of the first shall you now know, that the Oberhau impairs all other strikes as in the Wrath, Middle or Diagonal, and Under Strike, from above it blocks down below you, from this know when to spring against his strikes, and close to his strikes which he releases with strength so that you then rightly engage, his weapon thus weakened that you then can strike another full to his body before he can rightly take it. As the Oberhau blocks all secondary strikes down from above, so will it drive off all from the Wrath or Diagonal strike, and thus it also takes the Under with strong placing, and be there with help from stepping out with the Oberhau above one’s self.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|2|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.2}}
  
<p>This one is twofold, one the single, the other one named the double. The single is made thus: when your adversary strikes at you from above, meet his strike with a Zwerch, as soon as it connects, twitch the sword around the head, and strike from your left with the outward flat towards his ear, as shown by the large figures on the right hand side of Illustration K, so that the sword bounces back again, thus twitch it during the rebounding swing back around the head again, strike with the Zwerch towards the left, thus it is completed.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|3|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.3}}
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword I.png|center|400px]]
 
| <p>Do the double thus: just as your adversary brings his sword in the air to work against you while closing in, place yourself in the right Ochs, twitch your sword around your head, and strike with the inward flat strongly against his blade from your right side so that your pommel touches your forearm during the strike, as it is depicted in the large picture in Illustration I, and can be seen on the left hand side. However, while striking step well around towards his left with your right foot, and as soon as it hits or connects, pull it upwards and wrench out simultaneously towards your left side and nimbly strike from the outside with inverted hands again towards the same opening, that is with the inverted flat when it strongly rebounds in a ricochet motion, thus you have done it right.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/46|4|lbl=Ⅰ.13r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|1|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>When however two similar strikes come together thus with your orderly stepping, in that you step a little before or after the other, so that it’s placed in an eyeblink, then you bring up your displacement. This displacement is brought on with the principal and direct strikes, the other displacement however is when you closely displace and engage, then hit with the countering strikes, as in the Glance, Slide, Crown and Traverse strikes, and with them then complete, thus have you heard above about clearing every strike.</p>
<section end="Prellhauw"/><section begin="Blendthauw"/>
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|3|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.3}}
 +
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Blind Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>Then such countering strikes are taken onward from there as foundations, so that with close displacement comes hitting. However, because I should not backtrack, but direct you to more understanding and knowledge, I will give an example of displacing with the Zwerchhau.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|4|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.4}}
  
<p>Bind your opponent’s sword from your right side, wind through in the clash against his left side with your hilt or haft below, when your opponent tries to swipe away the winding, quickly move the weak with crossed hands from your right toward his left against his head, that is the forward point, wind your hands through again or twist out to your left with the half edge. Thus you have fully executed the Blind Strike, which can be made in many ways and from there further on in places.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|2|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.2}}
 
<section end="Blendthauw"/><section begin="Windthauw"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword H.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''Wound Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>Place yourself into the Wrathful Guard, if you are then struck from above, then step with the right foot forward against your opponent’s side, and strike with a traverse to that side, short cut a high traverse to close in with it, thus that you take his strike onto the strong of your blade, catching it near your quillons and, with the farther end of your sword, hit his left ear, thus have you thus closely displaced and hit with a second.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|1|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.1}}
  
<p>The Wound Strike is described as follows: if your opponent strikes from above, then strike against his sword with crossed hands from the left and below, so that your pommel sits under your right arm, and thus quick to glide, step strongly from him from your left side with your left foot, swing your sword’s pommel out farther in an arc toward your left side so that the swing moves your long edge over his right arm behind his pommel or hits atop his right arm, as is shown by the figure in the right side foreground of illustration H, and closely thereafter your sword flies out from close to your side, and again strikes against the hands through the cross, so it is done.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|3|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.3}}
 
<section end="Windthauw"/><section begin="Kronhauw"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Crown Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>The other strikes, which still can be hit with further displacement, as in with the Short Strike and feinting etc. will not be reckoned into fencing, especially since only accident or chances will be given that way, and One thus leads one on to provoke, operating wrathfully, and drive from one’s advantage, which often times cannot be done without danger, and so because of this no other displacement will be shown.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|2|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.2}}
  
<p>This you hold thus: when you stand in the Plough or in a similar stance (which are discussed in an earlier chapter) which allow stabs from below, and your opponent strikes at you from above, then drive above you with a high traversing cross, intercept his strike above on your riccasso or quillons, and as soon as he slides, bring your pommel up high and strike with the half edge behind his blade onto his head, thus you have rightly executed the Crown Strike.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/48|4|lbl=Ⅰ.14r.4}}
 
<section end="Kronhauw"/><section begin="Kniechelhauw"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Knuckle Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Handwork'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>All in the first part of fencing up until now, both the Stances and Strikes, were sufficiently and properly done, and from thus we come ahead, that you come to your opponent as equals under the sword, and so first push one’s self to strive seriously, so that you drive against him accurately and forcefully into the Middle work such as Misleading, Following After, Changing, Doubling, Hitting After, setting the Prize thus as the goal all Fencers work toward and wish to attain and keep with quick work.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|3|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.3}}
 +
 
  
<p>This strike takes its name from the joint against which it is tried, and is completed thus: when at first you hold your hands high above your head, and your opponent is moving under his sword so his head is held between both arms, then strike with a traversing strike under his sword’s pommel, with a view to his knuckles or to the joints between hand and arm. If he holds his hands much too high, then strike with a rising traverse Strike from below up against the knob of his elbows, thus is it completed.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|1|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.1}}
 
<section end="Kniechelhauw"/><section begin="Sturzhauw"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Plunge Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>Because it doesn’t start off fully and immediately, where you neither close nor safely attack, then from there on the largest art lies, which is fully grasped here in this chapter of handwork. Since similar things must happen in various ways, on this you’ll have advice in every special word and way, which will be through lessons, and from there through demonstration you shall fully draw clearly and rightly how it is done and understood.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|4|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.4}}
  
<p>Although this strike is an Over Strike, be aware that between one and the other lies a minor difference, from which comes this strike’s name of Plunge Strike, that one strikes through by plungeing from above, and that the point comes against one’s opponent’s face from the Ox, and can thus be executed from the start or pre-fencing.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|2|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.2}}
 
<section end="Sturzhauw"/><section begin="Wechselhauw"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
| <p>'''Change Strike'''</p>
+
| <p>And now stands the whole Handwork applied in binding or staying, Travelling After, Cutting, Chopping Down, Walking Around, Misleading, Flowing Off, Putting Away, Displacing, Twitching, Doubling, Overturning, Capturing, Avoiding, Circling, Channeling, Winding, Winding Through, Changing, Changing Through, Cutting Away, Hand Punching, Shooting Ahead, Hanging, Moving Out, Blocking, Adjusting, Grappling, Closing, etc.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|1|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.1}}
  
<p>The Change Strike is nothing other than changing from one side to the other, from above to below and back again, before striking your opponent, thus make it so.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|3|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.3}}
 
<section end="Wechselhauw"/><section begin="Schneller"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Rusher or Twitch-hit'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Binding, Staying, Feeling.'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>These are names for when the swords are in contact with each other. Staying is two moded, firstly when the swords stop each other, watch what One wants to fence with then and where you can attack your opponent if you will. Then there is the other with which one sends strikes, when you set yourself as if you sought to recover from a strike, only to slash quickly and come inward again with the short edge, thus back to the Before to strike with the long edge. Now mark the word “feeling” which means so much, as it therewith sends or finds, you will become aware how hard or soft on your sword he is, etc.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|2|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.2}}
  
<p>Rusher or twitch-hit(?) is basically a thing which is actually not a strike, but if the strike should be rushed it will be completed in the middle or full work when one has engaged, namely from above or on both sides or from below against your opponent with the flat or outer part of the blade, let the weapon snatch or rush inward in a swing over or under his blade.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|4|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.4}}
 
<section end="Schneller"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|  
+
| <p>'''Travelling After'''</p>
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/49|5|lbl=Ⅰ.14v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/50|1|lbl=Ⅰ.15r.1|p=1}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>This is an especially good handwork, and therein the need and will to know will be raised if you want to rise and become a Master at low cost, thus conduct yourself in Travelling After: When your opponent starts to move his sword above or below himself so as to prepare to strike, you rush at his targets and thus preemptively intercept his Strike, which then can be joined against as you come to want or need, with this one fences and sweeps away with your strike. Since you soon require better understanding, I will clarify this to you with an example.</p>
| class="noline" |
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|3|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.3}}
| class="noline" |
 
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/50|2|lbl=Ⅰ.15r.2}}
 
 
 
|}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 
  
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = 5 - Of Displacing
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
|
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
+
| <p>When one fences against you, take on whatever part his sword takes, if leading first in the right Ox, that is in the high right quarter, thus you shall take off as soon as he changes his sword from there to the other side or off to seek a strike, move similarly and strike after it with cunning, and of course you’ll need to pick a strike and target, against which you close and soon you’ll want your displacement. However if he fences out of the Low Guard, thus mark that as soon as he drives out, (he fences from either left or right side), follow cunningly under his sword from below with the long edge and strike the next opening.</p>
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
+
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|4|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|1|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of Displacing, a useful concept'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Slicing'''</p>
  
<p>Chapter 5</p>
+
<p>Is a fundamental element of proper handwork, when you rush from your opponent with quick and agile blows, you can block and impede him better with no other move than with the slice, which you, though you will treasure it in all instances as special as here, will hold in reserve. You must however complete the slices thus: after you entangle your opponent’s sword with the bind, you shall strive thereon, feel if he would withdraw or flow off from the bind, as soon as he flows off, drive against him with the long edge on his arm, thrust the strong or quillons from you in the effort, let fly, and as he himself seeks to retrieve, strike then to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|2|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.2}}
  
<p>Fencing is based on two prerequisite parts, namely first on the Strikes which you initially put against your opponent, with the other being displacement, which is how you judge and work off of your opponent’s Strikes, and you do not do this weakly. How you accomplish the Strikes and the elements of striving has already been sufficiently clarified, because displacing, or how one properly meets every opposing strike with your weapon and therewith put them away at need so as not to have your body injured, cannot be learned without first learning the Strikes. Because you have now learned the Strikes you can approach the subject of how you displace those Strikes, and come to learn and understand these just as the Strikes have now been heeded and cannot be dismissed, and will be solidified from noting and treating the basics with special care. Be first aware that the parries are twofold, the first is without any particular advantage and is resorted to only for blocking parries from which you cannot do more with your weapon in that you oppose your opponent’s strike to avoid being damaged, but then seek not to damage him, but only to withdraw as you wish without being injured by him.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/50|3|lbl=Ⅰ.15r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|1|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>'''Slashing Around'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Is named from hitting around with the sword, when you have bound from your right against his left, from this bind leave off again, strike or rush around to the other side.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|3|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>When you are forced to these parries with force and strong bearing, see that you steady yourself by stepping back, and thus be able to come into the “Before” again with advantage from the parry, to this Liechtenauer did speak.</p>
+
| <p>'''Flowing Off'''</p>
  
:Before displacing guard yourself.<br/>Place yourself for advantage.
+
<p>On whichever hand you bind on your opponent’s sword, so move while retrieving your hand, and let yourself flow off below you with the half edge, and twitch under to bring your riccasso high overhead to strike, and drive such to both sides.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|2|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|4|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>With which he didn’t completely warn against parrying, namely that you should teach only strikes and how to damage, as was told above. When you will succeed from displacing, it does much, thus you should displace stoutly. Thus it is used not only to return strikes, on the other hand it also keeps an eye on preventing his strikes from moving in closely, so that no more fencing can then be built or similarly be attempted without problem.</p>
+
| <p>'''Misleading'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|3|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>Remember this: when you show your intent, as if you mean to fence to one of your opponent’s openings, absolutely do not do so, but instead slash the strike unto another opening, to which you should come properly without injury, and thus Misleading enables many moves, such as facing with the Glancer Strike, Hacking, Flying, Beckoning, Off Flowing, Twitch, Circle and others. In addition, Misleading is not only performed with the sword, but also by presenting various initial stances, which are not yet more techniques, because techniques are the fencer’s distinction, toward which you direct yourself throughout fencing at every single distinction and habit which then shall be set upon with wrath. This quickly clears hands fenced slowly, thus Misleading likewise requires forms which will be directed in the work.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/57|1|lbl=Ⅰ.18v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However, to be more useful I will with one stroke put forward Strikes and Displacing here, and only teach you how you will need to displace such strikes, which also need to be shown as two points. First how you will intercept and put away your opponent’s strike, or set it aside in one blow, then second when you meet his advancing weapon and rush in with one blow to his body.</p>
+
| <p>'''Flying Off'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/51|4|lbl=Ⅰ.15v.4}}
+
 
 +
<p>Withdrawing thus is shown: when you in either pre-fencing or full work strike at your opponent’s opening, but he drives to intercept your strike in the air, do not allow him to put his blade onto your sword, but twitch off the strike with one flight in the air to another opening, which will work very well against this, follow only after your sword and your body will not come to be hurt.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/57|2|lbl=Ⅰ.18v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The second Art of displacing is when you parry and injure your opponent with one strike, which the ancients undertook with special praise, from which these spoken words grew: a proper fencer parries not, as his opponent strikes so he too strikes, as his opponent steps so he too steps, as his opponent stabs so he too stabs.</p>
+
| <p>'''Setting Aside'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|1|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.1}}
 
  
|-  
+
<p>Now in all Fencing moves, as above were shown, two things are necessary, namely strikes, and strikes which clear or displace with the sword. So mark that this handwork is the proper clearing or displacing, with which you won’t address the strikes badly and not strike onward again, but move at the same time to address his opening during the withdrawal. As you come during pre-fencing into the Changer, and as he strikes to you then from Above, drive upward with the long edge against his strike, and step at the same time with your right foot against his left and offset him, then as soon as he glides, wind the short edge, and rush at him against his head.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Of the first shall you now know, that the Oberhau impairs all other strikes as in the Wrath, Middle or Diagonal, and Under Strike, from above it blocks down below you, from this know when to spring against his strikes, and close to his strikes which he releases with strength so that you then rightly engage, his weapon thus weakened that you then can strike another full to his body before he can rightly take it. As the Oberhau blocks all secondary strikes down from above, so will it drive off all from the Wrath or Diagonal strike, and thus it also takes the Under with strong placing, and be there with help from stepping out with the Oberhau above one’s self.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/57|3|lbl=Ⅰ.18v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|1|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|2|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>When however two similar strikes come together thus with your orderly stepping, in that you step a little before or after the other, so that it’s placed in an eyeblink, then you bring up your displacement. This displacement is brought on with the principal and direct strikes, the other displacement however is when you closely displace and engage, then hit with the countering strikes, as in the Glance, Slide, Crown and Traverse strikes, and with them then complete, thus have you heard above about clearing every strike.</p>
+
| <p>'''Slinging'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|3|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>Is nothing other than how you let a strike fly in a Sling to your opponent’s head, for this put yourself in the Fool’s guard, and pull your sword back though close to your right, step with your right foot to your opponent while pulling your sword back to you, and sling your strike to his head. This Slinging Strike shall fly out even like a stone is thrown from a sling, whatever more you need note on Slinging you will find described in sections after here.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|2|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Then such countering strikes are taken onward from there as foundations, so that with close displacement comes hitting. However, because I should not backtrack, but direct you to more understanding and knowledge, I will give an example of displacing with the Zwerchhau.</p>
+
| <p>'''Twitching'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/52|4|lbl=Ⅰ.16r.4}}
+
 
 +
<p>Twitching is one very good handwork with which you can masterly mislead your opponent, and which shall be operated thus: After you have bound against your opponent with the long edge or have struck in to an opening, handily twitch over yourself again as if you want to strike to the other side, however don’t drive ahead, but handily execute the strike with the short edge again onto the point, from which you are exited.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|3|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Place yourself into the Wrathful Guard, if you are then struck from above, then step with the right foot forward against your opponent’s side, and strike with a traverse to that side, short cut a high traverse to close in with it, thus that you take his strike onto the strong of your blade, catching it near your quillons and, with the farther end of your sword, hit his left ear, thus have you thus closely displaced and hit with a second.</p>
+
| <p>'''Doubling'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|1|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.1}}
+
 
 +
<p>Is a strike or move made double in this wise: Strike first from your right to his ear, as then when the swords glide together, thrust your sword’s pommel through under your right arm, driving at the same time out with both arms, and hit him with the the short edge behind his blade onto his head. This handwork will therefore be called Doubling, because through it a double or twofold strike will be accomplished, first with long and then with short edge.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|4|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The other strikes, which still can be hit with further displacement, as in with the Short Strike and feinting etc. will not be reckoned into fencing, especially since only accident or chances will be given that way, and One thus leads one on to provoke, operating wrathfully, and drive from one’s advantage, which often times cannot be done without danger, and so because of this no other displacement will be shown.</p>
+
| <p>'''Inverting'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|2|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.2}}
+
 
 +
<p>Inverting is: bind onto your opponent’s sword against his left, and just as the pommel moves under your right arm, thrust through, if he at the same time would come at your head in a strike against your right, push your blade or arms from you with crossed hands so as to ward him below you so that he cannot work onward, however make your required space to work.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|1|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Handwork'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Clipping'''</p>
  
<p>All in the first part of fencing up until now, both the Stances and Strikes, were sufficiently and properly done, and from thus we come ahead, that you come to your opponent as equals under the sword, and so first push one’s self to strive seriously, so that you drive against him accurately and forcefully into the Middle work such as Misleading, Following After, Changing, Doubling, Hitting After, setting the Prize thus as the goal all Fencers work toward and wish to attain and keep with quick work.</p>
+
<p>Clipping is two moded, the first is when you, as just now was told, come at him in a flip his arm or blade, thus stopping his blade or arm with quillons stiff under you, and under this let the blade Clip to his head.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|3|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|2|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.2}}
  
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p>However, the other is where he closes to you with a Loop under him, retreat with the left foot towards his right, and at the same time reach over his right arm with the pommel above, pull back under yourself, and let the sword edge come under his blade to clip against his head, such that your hands come to cross over each other.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|3|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Because it doesn’t start off fully and immediately, where you neither close nor safely attack, then from there on the largest art lies, which is fully grasped here in this chapter of handwork. Since similar things must happen in various ways, on this you’ll have advice in every special word and way, which will be through lessons, and from there through demonstration you shall fully draw clearly and rightly how it is done and understood.</p>
+
| <p>'''Feinting'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/53|4|lbl=Ⅰ.16v.4}}
 
  
 +
<p>Feinting can be wanted each time, however it will be useful and resorted to properly and in the suitable time which only the advancing fencer knows, thereby you will effect a false strike with advantage, that you seek to attain another from there, and take it soon. When you strike at one opening, and your opponent would displace you, don’t pull the strike but let it flow off nicely, and strike to another opening, as in this example. In advancing come into the right Wrath, and as soon as you can reach him, step and strike at the left ear unto his sword, however in the strike, even and then pull it, thus lift the pommel and let the blade miss and flow off near his left, and twitch over the head, as to then strike him on the other side, out over his right arm to his head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|4|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.4}}
 +
<section begin="Zirckel"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
| <p>And now stands the whole Handwork applied in binding or staying, Travelling After, Cutting, Chopping Down, Walking Around, Misleading, Flowing Off, Putting Away, Displacing, Twitching, Doubling, Overturning, Capturing, Avoiding, Circling, Channeling, Winding, Winding Through, Changing, Changing Through, Cutting Away, Hand Punching, Shooting Ahead, Hanging, Moving Out, Blocking, Adjusting, Grappling, Closing, etc.</p>
+
| <p>'''Circle'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|1|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.1}}
 
  
 +
<p>When you stand in the bind before your opponent, and both you and he drive the swords foreward in the air overhead, but neither will give away an opening to the other, then the Circle is an especially good work model at need which you will execute thus: Strike with the half edge and crossed hands from above toward his right side forward through above, so that both your hands stay overhead, but in striking cross your right hand boldly over your left, thereby you will want to reach or graze his right ear with the half edge, the sword thus clips him with your arms under yourself, then step with the right foot to take on his right side or to bring yourself back, and strike a direct splitting strike to his head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/61|1|lbl=Ⅰ.20v.1}}
 +
<section end="Zirckel"/><section begin="Rinde"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Binding, Staying, Feeling.'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Rounds'''</p>
 
 
<p>These are names for when the swords are in contact with each other. Staying is two moded, firstly when the swords stop each other, watch what One wants to fence with then and where you can attack your opponent if you will. Then there is the other with which one sends strikes, when you set yourself as if you sought to recover from a strike, only to slash quickly and come inward again with the short edge, thus back to the Before to strike with the long edge. Now mark the word “feeling” which means so much, as it therewith sends or finds, you will become aware how hard or soft on your sword he is, etc.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|2|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.2}}
 
  
 +
<p>The rounds are two things, Single and Double. The single round is when you twitch off your sword from your opponent’s blade or opening in a swing overhead, and let fly over in the air so that you make a round circle. The double round is this: when you so twitch strongly off from his sword, that it goes over your head two times in full swing overhead, one time to each side, thus both single and double rounds are very serviceable also to Leading On, such that you will see and drive farther onward.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/61|2|lbl=Ⅰ.20v.2}}
 +
<section end="Rinde"/><section begin="Winden"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Travelling After'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Winding'''</p>
  
<p>This is an especially good handwork, and therein the need and will to know will be raised if you want to rise and become a Master at low cost, thus conduct yourself in Travelling After: When your opponent starts to move his sword above or below himself so as to prepare to strike, you rush at his targets and thus preemptively intercept his Strike, which then can be joined against as you come to want or need, with this one fences and sweeps away with your strike. Since you soon require better understanding, I will clarify this to you with an example.</p>
+
<p>The word Winding is known in good German as Twisting, whose work shall be done thus: when you have bound onto your opponent’s sword from your right against his left, then hold fast in the bind and wind the far part of your blade inward against his head, and then again out. So that you will be told how to always stay stiff onto his sword in the bind, such will be shown in this example.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|3|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.3}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/61|3|lbl=Ⅰ.20v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|1|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>When one fences against you, take on whatever part his sword takes, if leading first in the right Ox, that is in the high right quarter, thus you shall take off as soon as he changes his sword from there to the other side or off to seek a strike, move similarly and strike after it with cunning, and of course you’ll need to pick a strike and target, against which you close and soon you’ll want your displacement. However if he fences out of the Low Guard, thus mark that as soon as he drives out, (he fences from either left or right side), follow cunningly under his sword from below with the long edge and strike the next opening.</p>
+
| <p>Strike once from the Roof, thus binding from your right with a hard traverse onto his sword, and just as it connects, thrust your pommel through under your right arm, and wind the short edge thus in a rush inward against his head, in this all but stay with the edge hard against his sword, if he would beware of the rush and displace, or if you feel that he will fall down to your openings from above, then pull the pommel from under your arm again to your left above you, and hit him again with the short edge through the traverse to his left ear.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|2|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.2}}
 +
<section end="Winden"/><section begin="Durchwinden"/>
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/55|4|lbl=Ⅰ.17v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|1|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>'''Winding Through'''</p>
  
 +
<p>If you bind with a Traverse Strike, as was described before here, wind the short edge inward against your opponent’s head, then step through under it with the right foot between you and him, against your opponent’s right side, and wind through at the same time with your hilt under your blade from your left side, and drive him with your pommel winding out over your right arm, step back with the right foot, and travel at the same time from your right side out under him, and slash in with the long edge to the head, thus have you not only wound through, but also wrenched over with the pommel.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|3|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.3}}
 +
<section end="Durchwinden"/><section begin="Wechseln"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Slicing'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Changes'''</p>
  
<p>Is a fundamental element of proper handwork, when you rush from your opponent with quick and agile blows, you can block and impede him better with no other move than with the slice, which you, though you will treasure it in all instances as special as here, will hold in reserve. You must however complete the slices thus: after you entangle your opponent’s sword with the bind, you shall strive thereon, feel if he would withdraw or flow off from the bind, as soon as he flows off, drive against him with the long edge on his arm, thrust the strong or quillons from you in the effort, let fly, and as he himself seeks to retrieve, strike then to the next opening.</p>
+
<p>A skilled fencer will have Changes, so then be skilled at such and only Change at the right time, and only when you need, and not give away your openings without cause. However he who will be experienced in fencing will need the knowledge of Changes, for is it an artful work and belongs to fencing with all this, that while it only works against the sword and not against the body, the Changes are many. Change in opening from one side to the other, change before the attack from one stance to another.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|2|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|4|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.4}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Slashing Around'''</p>
+
| <p>Remember in the attacks to change through against the strikes, thus in the pre-fencing strike from your right a direct Wrath or High strike against your opponent’s left side, strike him against the sword and not to his body, thus let the point flit under his sword with crossed hands with the strike, step and strike in to the other high target, see however that you carefully ensure that he does not attack or set upon you by following after, to this in the beginning come into the Long Point, and stretch likewise long from you, if he strikes at your sword, and will hit out or wind, then let the point drop under yourself through sinking, and work him to the other side, if he swipes after and will displace, then change through again, bite onward again to another opening or work to stand yet rightly, then after you can strike.</p>
 
+
|  
<p>Is named from hitting around with the sword, when you have bound from your right against his left, from this bind leave off again, strike or rush around to the other side.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|5|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|1|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|3|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.3}}
+
<section end="Wechseln"/><section begin="Abschneiden"/>
 
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Flowing Off'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Slicing Off'''</p>
  
<p>On whichever hand you bind on your opponent’s sword, so move while retrieving your hand, and let yourself flow off below you with the half edge, and twitch under to bring your riccasso high overhead to strike, and drive such to both sides.</p>
+
<p>Slicing Off shall you drive thus: Hold the sword with outstretched arms long from you, or sink into the Fool’s guard, strike your opponent then with a long strike from you, and thus slice away from you to both sides with the long edge, so as long as you keep your advantage, that you onward will come to work properly at need.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/56|4|lbl=Ⅰ.18r.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|2|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Misleading'''</p>
+
| <p>In Slicing Off travelling after is also advantageous when done together with the slice, thus concerning this Liechtenauer spoke in a quote.</p>
  
<p>Remember this: when you show your intent, as if you mean to fence to one of your opponent’s openings, absolutely do not do so, but instead slash the strike unto another opening, to which you should come properly without injury, and thus Misleading enables many moves, such as facing with the Glancer Strike, Hacking, Flying, Beckoning, Off Flowing, Twitch, Circle and others. In addition, Misleading is not only performed with the sword, but also by presenting various initial stances, which are not yet more techniques, because techniques are the fencer’s distinction, toward which you direct yourself throughout fencing at every single distinction and habit which then shall be set upon with wrath. This quickly clears hands fenced slowly, thus Misleading likewise requires forms which will be directed in the work.</p>
+
:Slice off the hardened,<br/>driven from both.
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/57|1|lbl=Ⅰ.18v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|3|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Flying Off'''</p>
+
| <p>That is cut the hard strike off from you from both sides. Apart than this, Slicing Off will be described more only after here in examples and other defenses.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|4|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.4}}
<p>Withdrawing thus is shown: when you in either pre-fencing or full work strike at your opponent’s opening, but he drives to intercept your strike in the air, do not allow him to put his blade onto your sword, but twitch off the strike with one flight in the air to another opening, which will work very well against this, follow only after your sword and your body will not come to be hurt.</p>
+
<section end="Abschneiden"/><section begin="Hendtrucken"/>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/57|2|lbl=Ⅰ.18v.2}}
 
 
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Setting Aside'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Hand Hitting'''</p>
  
<p>Now in all Fencing moves, as above were shown, two things are necessary, namely strikes, and strikes which clear or displace with the sword. So mark that this handwork is the proper clearing or displacing, with which you won’t address the strikes badly and not strike onward again, but move at the same time to address his opening during the withdrawal. As you come during pre-fencing into the Changer, and as he strikes to you then from Above, drive upward with the long edge against his strike, and step at the same time with your right foot against his left and offset him, then as soon as he glides, wind the short edge, and rush at him against his head.</p>
+
<p>Hand Hitting is almost the same as the Slice to the arm, of which is told above, and not otherwise shown, how to be done with the Over and Under cuts, unless you run one through with oafish hitting, so drive him under his strike with the Crown or other high displacement, or go under yourself by hanging, and catch his sword on your blade’s flat, and thus you come under his sword, yet pay attention when when he with his strike goes off from your defense again over you, that you follow after him with the strong of your sword, and take him with the hilt from below to drive the strong, that you trap him with both the strong and your blade, thrust at him with the hilt above you, and strike long against the opening.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/57|3|lbl=Ⅰ.18v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|1|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|5|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|1|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.1|p=1}}
 
+
<section end="Hendtrucken"/><section begin="Verschieben"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Slinging'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Deflecting'''</p>
 
 
<p>Is nothing other than how you let a strike fly in a Sling to your opponent’s head, for this put yourself in the Fool’s guard, and pull your sword back though close to your right, step with your right foot to your opponent while pulling your sword back to you, and sling your strike to his head. This Slinging Strike shall fly out even like a stone is thrown from a sling, whatever more you need note on Slinging you will find described in sections after here.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|2|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.2}}
 
  
 +
<p>When you stand in the right wrath, and you will be struck at, let the blade hang behind you, and send your hanging blade over your head and under his blade, that you catch his strike on your flat, and your thumbs stand broad across your hilt under you, to then wind or otherwise further work as you want, whatever you can best take onward.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|2|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.2}}
 +
<section end="Verschieben"/><section begin="Hengen"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Twitching'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Hanging'''</p>
 
 
<p>Twitching is one very good handwork with which you can masterly mislead your opponent, and which shall be operated thus: After you have bound against your opponent with the long edge or have struck in to an opening, handily twitch over yourself again as if you want to strike to the other side, however don’t drive ahead, but handily execute the strike with the short edge again onto the point, from which you are exited.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|3|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.3}}
 
  
 +
<p>From the preceeding, Hanging is to be understood clearly, this you do thusly: When you stand in the Plough and your opponent strikes to you, drive your grip above you so that the blade hangs somewhat toward the ground, and take his strike thus on your blade’s flat, to then work with Winding to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|3|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.3}}
 +
<section end="Hengen"/><section begin="Außreissen"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Doubling'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Wrenching Out'''</p>
 
 
<p>Is a strike or move made double in this wise: Strike first from your right to his ear, as then when the swords glide together, thrust your sword’s pommel through under your right arm, driving at the same time out with both arms, and hit him with the the short edge behind his blade onto his head. This handwork will therefore be called Doubling, because through it a double or twofold strike will be accomplished, first with long and then with short edge.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/58|4|lbl=Ⅰ.19r.4}}
 
  
 +
<p>If you bind once from your right, overturn your sword in the bind, and pull out to your left side, so that you both stand close together in the meeting, thus endevour that you can come at him with the pommel from below and wrench over yourself, or you rush him from Above to grapple over the arm with the pommel, or to whatever way the winding wants to happen, then wrench out underneath, that you thereafter come farther to hear more.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|4|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.4}}
 +
<section end="Außreissen"/><section begin="Sperren"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Inverting'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Blocking'''</p>
 
 
<p>Inverting is: bind onto your opponent’s sword against his left, and just as the pommel moves under your right arm, thrust through, if he at the same time would come at your head in a strike against your right, push your blade or arms from you with crossed hands so as to ward him below you so that he cannot work onward, however make your required space to work.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|1|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.1}}
 
  
 +
<p>Mark when one stands before you in the Changer or Fool’s guard, and cunningly drop with long edge upon his blade, and just as he glides or pulls, cross over your hands, and block him so that he can’t come out, or when he strikes in front of you, drop with crossed hands onto the blade and block him.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|1|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.1}}
 +
<section end="Sperren"/><section begin="Verstüllen"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Clipping'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Forestalling'''</p>
 
 
<p>Clipping is two moded, the first is when you, as just now was told, come at him in a flip his arm or blade, thus stopping his blade or arm with quillons stiff under you, and under this let the blade Clip to his head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|2|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.2}}
 
  
 +
<p>Forestalling shall be driven thus: if one comes working unto you with all sorts of actions against the four targets, and strives then to move overhead, drop a cut onto his arm or his sword and let him not come further, especially not where he wants to, thus follow after him with the cut hard on his arm, and forestall thus his advance that he can’t work on, and as soon as you see your opportunity, thrust out with your edge and let fly to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|2|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.2}}
 +
<section end="Verstüllen"/><section begin="Ubergreiffen"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However, the other is where he closes to you with a Loop under him, retreat with the left foot towards his right, and at the same time reach over his right arm with the pommel above, pull back under yourself, and let the sword edge come under his blade to clip against his head, such that your hands come to cross over each other.</p>
+
| <p>'''Overgripping'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|3|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.3}}
 
  
 +
<p>Overgripping is thus: Strike from your right to his upper left opening, however in the strike grip with the fingers out over the cross or hilt while holding the thumb on the haft, then with the left hand raise the pommel and slash in with hanging blade over or behind his displacement to the head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|3|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.3}}
 +
<section end="Ubergreiffen"/><section begin="Einlauffen"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Feinting'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Charging In'''</p>
  
<p>Feinting can be wanted each time, however it will be useful and resorted to properly and in the suitable time which only the advancing fencer knows, thereby you will effect a false strike with advantage, that you seek to attain another from there, and take it soon. When you strike at one opening, and your opponent would displace you, don’t pull the strike but let it flow off nicely, and strike to another opening, as in this example. In advancing come into the right Wrath, and as soon as you can reach him, step and strike at the left ear unto his sword, however in the strike, even and then pull it, thus lift the pommel and let the blade miss and flow off near his left, and twitch over the head, as to then strike him on the other side, out over his right arm to his head.</p>
+
<p>Charging In is nothing other than a charge in under your sword, that both swords come together, beyond this belong grappling and throwing, so that you from here on will attain understanding, will I retain all until now, and now move on to the third section of my list.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/59|4|lbl=Ⅰ.19v.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|4|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.4}}
<section begin="Zirckel"/>
+
<section end="Einlauffen"/>
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>'''Circle'''</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>What the dear reader heard only up until now, on knowing how to engage your opponent with the strikes, moving also through the middle where you will want to come further in the handwork without damage, is meanwhile however not enough without the third, which will be making a good withdrawal. Thus I will give you proper and clear direction in Withdrawing in the following chapter.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|1|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.1}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
<p>When you stand in the bind before your opponent, and both you and he drive the swords foreward in the air overhead, but neither will give away an opening to the other, then the Circle is an especially good work model at need which you will execute thus: Strike with the half edge and crossed hands from above toward his right side forward through above, so that both your hands stay overhead, but in striking cross your right hand boldly over your left, thereby you will want to reach or graze his right ear with the half edge, the sword thus clips him with your arms under yourself, then step with the right foot to take on his right side or to bring yourself back, and strike a direct splitting strike to his head.</p>
+
{{master subsubsection begin
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/61|1|lbl=Ⅰ.20v.1}}
+
| title = 6 - Of the Withdrawal
<section end="Zirckel"/><section begin="Rinde"/>
+
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
! <p>Figures</p>
| <p>'''Rounds'''</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
  
<p>The rounds are two things, Single and Double. The single round is when you twitch off your sword from your opponent’s blade or opening in a swing overhead, and let fly over in the air so that you make a round circle. The double round is this: when you so twitch strongly off from his sword, that it goes over your head two times in full swing overhead, one time to each side, thus both single and double rounds are very serviceable also to Leading On, such that you will see and drive farther onward.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/61|2|lbl=Ⅰ.20v.2}}
 
<section end="Rinde"/><section begin="Winden"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Winding'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Of the Withdrawal'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Chapter 6</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>If, as has been said, one has started, and in nearly half the efforts is rebuffed in every action, thus indeed making all the same all a bad end, thus come back to the before and do it well, not to execute and downfall, and observe how daily, that now with this you shall not be opposed in fencing, that afterwards you will go on grasping this and have safety after hitting, with honour’s first test at last, which one would then overcome, thus I with this will show and clarify how the withdrawal shall be done.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|2|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.2}}
  
<p>The word Winding is known in good German as Twisting, whose work shall be done thus: when you have bound onto your opponent’s sword from your right against his left, then hold fast in the bind and wind the far part of your blade inward against his head, and then again out. So that you will be told how to always stay stiff onto his sword in the bind, such will be shown in this example.</p>
+
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/61|3|lbl=Ⅰ.20v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|1|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>This then will be heeded in particular, that after every attack always know the three wisdoms of withdrawing, either at first before your opponent, or at the last after him, or even at the same time with him. If you would withdraw before him then exert yourself, that you drive out before you with the most wary moves, that he must shoot to drive high, just as he would then see what you would employ in front, strike through at the same time as the withdrawing stroke, and drive on away as you will then first be wary.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|3|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Strike once from the Roof, thus binding from your right with a hard traverse onto his sword, and just as it connects, thrust your pommel through under your right arm, and wind the short edge thus in a rush inward against his head, in this all but stay with the edge hard against his sword, if he would beware of the rush and displace, or if you feel that he will fall down to your openings from above, then pull the pommel from under your arm again to your left above you, and hit him again with the short edge through the traverse to his left ear.</p>
+
| <p>If you would withdraw after him, mark that this will be seen as two different concepts, firstly when you wait for your Opponent’s withdrawal, thus when he strikes away, that you cunningly follow after his withdrawal above his blade. The second is when you stall with faking, as if you would withdraw before him, however handle your strike artfully indeed and guardingly behind, thereby when he rushes against you, you strike a false strike to him and decline, so that you cover your weapon against him and can strike to an opening. However, when you want to withdraw at the same time as him, then place yourself that you can cover his blade by stepping out and away from the strike, and when he strikes away on his right, you will be on his left, where however he strikes from his left, you step out at his right, and at the same time as him, strike in.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|2|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.2}}
 
<section end="Winden"/><section begin="Durchwinden"/>
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Winding Through'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|4|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|1|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.1|p=1}}
  
<p>If you bind with a Traverse Strike, as was described before here, wind the short edge inward against your opponent’s head, then step through under it with the right foot between you and him, against your opponent’s right side, and wind through at the same time with your hilt under your blade from your left side, and drive him with your pommel winding out over your right arm, step back with the right foot, and travel at the same time from your right side out under him, and slash in with the long edge to the head, thus have you not only wound through, but also wrenched over with the pommel.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|3|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.3}}
 
<section end="Durchwinden"/><section begin="Wechseln"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>'''Changes'''</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>While you will bring all this with you, in this section you will be instructed on his point, such that enough can and will be retained.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|2|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.2}}
  
<p>A skilled fencer will have Changes, so then be skilled at such and only Change at the right time, and only when you need, and not give away your openings without cause. However he who will be experienced in fencing will need the knowledge of Changes, for is it an artful work and belongs to fencing with all this, that while it only works against the sword and not against the body, the Changes are many. Change in opening from one side to the other, change before the attack from one stance to another.</p>
+
|}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|4|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.4}}
+
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = 7 - A Lesson in Stepping
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
|
+
! <p>Figures</p>
| <p>Remember in the attacks to change through against the strikes, thus in the pre-fencing strike from your right a direct Wrath or High strike against your opponent’s left side, strike him against the sword and not to his body, thus let the point flit under his sword with crossed hands with the strike, step and strike in to the other high target, see however that you carefully ensure that he does not attack or set upon you by following after, to this in the beginning come into the Long Point, and stretch likewise long from you, if he strikes at your sword, and will hit out or wind, then let the point drop under yourself through sinking, and work him to the other side, if he swipes after and will displace, then change through again, bite onward again to another opening or work to stand yet rightly, then after you can strike.</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
|
+
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/62|5|lbl=Ⅰ.21r.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|1|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.1|p=1}}
+
 
<section end="Wechseln"/><section begin="Abschneiden"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Slicing Off'''</p>
+
| <p>'''A Lesson in Stepping'''</p>
  
<p>Slicing Off shall you drive thus: hold the sword with outstretched arms long from you, or sink into the Fool’s guard, strike your opponent then with a long strike from you, and thus slice away from you to both sides with the long edge, so as long as you keep your advantage, that you onward will come to work properly at need.</p>
+
<p>Chapter 7</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|2|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>Here a wisdom is now particularly needed, one not yet practiced in fencing, thus I will report on stepping and onward show that nothing is relied on as much as one step and, if one already is upon that reliance, that such a one marks what is said if he would learn well, in that as this is relied on so much, so it will be gained by experience as all artful fencing is to be gained. Where the proper steps are not used, the ancient Fencer commented and covered this as stated in his twelth rule:</p>
|
 
| <p>In Slicing Off travelling after is also advantageous when done together with the slice, thus concerning this Liechtenauer spoke in a quote.</p>
 
  
:Slice off the hardened,<br/>driven from both.
+
:He who steps after striking<br/>deserves less joy in his art.
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|3|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|3|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>That is cut the hard strike off from you from both sides. Apart than this, Slicing Off will be described more only after here in examples and other defenses.</p>
+
| <p>That is that every strike must have its own step which shall occur at the same time as the strike, if you would do otherwise with the elements which you resort to, then step too early or too late, thus it happens around your play, and you thus bring yourself around your strike, thus learn to make the steps right so that your opponent cannot work as he really wants, bringing on a stop, particularly so that you upset his grounding or place as it were. In attacking now let yourself mark this, and position yourself as if you would make large and far steps, but actually stay closer with your feet correct, and attack him. So much is then built on from here. Since all of this must be learned and used in fencing, this must be known.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|4|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.4}}
 
<section end="Abschneiden"/><section begin="Hendtrucken"/>
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Hand Hitting'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|4|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/68|1|lbl=Ⅰ.24r.1|p=1}}
  
<p>Hand Hitting is almost the same as the Slice to the arm, of which is told above, and not otherwise shown, how to be done with the Over and Under cuts, unless you run one through with oafish hitting, so drive him under his strike with the Crown or other high displacement, or go under yourself by hanging, and catch his sword on your blade’s flat, and thus you come under his sword, yet pay attention when when he with his strike goes off from your defense again over you, that you follow after him with the strong of your sword, and take him with the hilt from below to drive the strong, that you trap him with both the strong and your blade, thrust at him with the hilt above you, and strike long against the opening.</p>
 
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/63|5|lbl=Ⅰ.21v.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|1|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.1|p=1}}
 
<section end="Hendtrucken"/><section begin="Verschieben"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
| <p>'''Deflecting'''</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>The steps are done in three different ways, firstly backward and forward, what these are can’t be clarified much as one namely steps to or from someone. The other ones are the steps to the sides which are delineated through a triangle, namely thus: Stand in a straight line with your right foot before your opponent, and with the left behind the right step toward his left, this is the first. The second which is done double you do thus: Step as before with the right foot against his left, then follow with the left behind the right somewhat to the side to his left, and then again with the right farther to his left. The third type is the broken or stolen steps, these are accomplished thus, stand yourself as if you would step forward with your right foot, but as and when you go low, then step back with it behind the other foot. Since these are the same as described in Rapier, I will thus leave it for now.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/68|2|lbl=Ⅰ.24r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
 +
 
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = 8 - Of Before, After, During, and ''Indes''
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Figures</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p>'''Of Before, After, During, and Just As'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Chapter 8</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>Up until now the proper Leading parts of all Fencing with the Sword, how many they were, how you named them, and how they shall be made and accomplished were actually clarified in good order, that from them now you can drive from your place as it were, and bring these elements into play.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|1|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.1}}
  
<p>When you stand in the right wrath, and you will be struck at, let the blade hang behind you, and send your hanging blade over your head and under his blade, that you catch his strike on your flat, and your thumbs stand broad across your hilt under you, to then wind or otherwise further work as you want, whatever you can best take onward.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|2|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.2}}
 
<section end="Verschieben"/><section begin="Hengen"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Hanging'''</p>
+
| <p>Meanwhile however your opponent has observed this as well, so be prepared, that you too can oppose all such, that is from noting how you know first with what opportunities you can approach him, then evaluate the opportunity and use it appropriately in the fight, which you practice daily, but at all times know that no element will ever be as good as intended, which is to be useful in the fight, if it is off track and not to proper time.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|2|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.2}}
  
<p>From the preceeding, Hanging is to be understood clearly, this you do thusly: When you stand in the Plough and your opponent strikes to you, drive your grip above you so that the blade hangs somewhat toward the ground, and take his strike thus on your blade’s flat, to then work with Winding to the next opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|3|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.3}}
 
<section end="Hengen"/><section begin="Außreissen"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Wrenching Out'''</p>
+
| <p>Thus because of this pay attention in all three parts to all things, namely in pre-fencing or the onset, in the middle or handwork, and following thereafter in withdrawing, to the Before, During, After, and Just As, which if not heeded will be of no help in fencing.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|3|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.3}}
  
<p>If you bind once from your right, overturn your sword in the bind, and pull out to your left side, so that you both stand close together in the meeting, thus endevour that you can come at him with the pommel from below and wrench over yourself, or you rush him from Above to grapple over the arm with the pommel, or to whatever way the winding wants to happen, then wrench out underneath, that you thereafter come farther to hear more.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/64|4|lbl=Ⅰ.22r.4}}
 
<section end="Außreissen"/><section begin="Sperren"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Blocking'''</p>
+
| <p>The Before is so named as you attack the opponent with your strikes first and then drive forward that he cannot come to his intended target, so you must displace with care, as he wants to shoot before you do.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|4|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.4}}
  
<p>Mark when one stands before you in the Changer or Fool’s guard, and cunningly drop with long edge upon his blade, and just as he glides or pulls, cross over your hands, and block him so that he can’t come out, or when he strikes in front of you, drop with crossed hands onto the blade and block him.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|1|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.1}}
 
<section end="Sperren"/><section begin="Verstüllen"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Forestalling'''</p>
+
| <p>The During is when both you and your opponent bring forth your strikes at the same time, which is also a part of the expression “Just As”.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|5|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.5}}
  
<p>Forestalling shall be driven thus: if one comes working unto you with all sorts of actions against the four targets, and strives then to move overhead, drop a cut onto his arm or his sword and let him not come further, especially not where he wants to, thus follow after him with the cut hard on his arm, and forestall thus his advance that he can’t work on, and as soon as you see your opportunity, thrust out with your edge and let fly to the next opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|2|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.2}}
 
<section end="Verstüllen"/><section begin="Ubergreiffen"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Overgripping'''</p>
+
| <p>The After is, however, when you withdraw from your opponent as was outlined above, where you cannot accomplish your objective, in that between Before and After a stand off changes and ends, so that soon your opponent and soon again you, become the same. Whichever is in the After, that is striving so that he always must displace, shall think of the words “Just As”, and thereon not forget, that through them the Before will again be achieved, that he then can withdraw without damage, however he who does not pay attention to this, if he too soon undertakes to strive to you, will indeed never learn to fence well.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|6|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.6|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/70|1|lbl=Ⅰ.25r.1|p=1}}
  
<p>Overgripping is thus: Strike from your right to his upper left opening, however in the strike grip with the fingers out over the cross or hilt while holding the thumb on the haft, then with the left hand raise the pommel and slash in with hanging blade over or behind his displacement to the head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|3|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.3}}
 
<section end="Ubergreiffen"/><section begin="Einlauffen"/>
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Charging In'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Just As'''</p>
  
<p>Charging In is nothing other than a charge in under your sword, that both swords come together, beyond this belong grappling and throwing, so that you from here on will attain understanding, will I retain all until now, and now move on to the third section of my list.</p>
+
<p>The expression “Just As” has much meaning in that its origin is from the latin word “Intus” and is taken into fencing as such, which is applied in the Winding and similar work, however that this seem not only thus, you must hear what follows.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/65|4|lbl=Ⅰ.22v.4}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/70|2|lbl=Ⅰ.25r.2}}
<section end="Einlauffen"/>
+
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" | <p>What the dear reader heard only up until now, on knowing how to engage your opponent with the strikes, moving also through the middle where you will want to come further in the handwork without damage, is meanwhile however not enough without the third, which will be making a good withdrawal. Thus I will give you proper and clear direction in Withdrawing in the following chapter.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>The expression “Intus” and what it means I will let remain Latin, however the expression “Indes” (Just As) is a good German expression and has in itself an important meaning to handy application, that one always and quickly take care, as in when you at first slash to the left, to then at the same time observe the opening to the right, then thirdly on to make sure that you attain the observed opening, where or with what actions you want to come unto it, that you don’t then make openings for your opponent and take damage. Thus retain the meaning of “Just As” so that you observe sharply, which can be much observing and undertaking, also seek to learn faking to your opponent sufficiently, since he needs to have senses in his part, and similarly what Openings you will bring, and where you will be open. Then in all these things to which the expression “Just As” has meaning, stands the whole art of fencing (as Liechtenauer said) and where you don’t undertake such to carefully and securely drive all strikes, will you advance lightly to your damage, as then all fencers will observe, which one thus overpowers and (as one said) tops out and nullifies as wanted.</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|1|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.1}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/70|3|lbl=Ⅰ.25r.3}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 5,182: Line 6,488:
  
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
{{master subsubsection begin
  | title = 6 - Of the Withdrawal
+
  | title = 9 - A Guide to the Elements
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
Line 5,193: Line 6,499:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of the Withdrawal'''</p>
+
| <p>'''A Guide to the Elements, how you can and shall be successful from the elements previously clarified.'''</p>
  
<p>Chapter 6</p>
+
<p>Chapter 9</p>
  
<p>If, as has been said, one has started, and in nearly half the efforts is rebuffed in every action, thus indeed making all the same all a bad end, thus come back to the before and do it well, not to execute and downfall, and observe how daily, that now with this you shall not be opposed in fencing, that afterwards you will go on grasping this and have safety after hitting, with honour’s first test at last, which one would then overcome, thus I with this will show and clarify how the withdrawal shall be done.</p>
+
<p>While up till now all these cited and clarified elements are actually nothing other than a start and elementary part of all Fencing with swords and shall be taken as such, then note how and when I sieze various elements from here before showing with what ease these shall be undertaken. Now you must retain all writings in your thoughts and memory, also know thoroughly what each and every art and distinction is, thus you will come to write a fully correct word, that from here on serviceable and heeded letters will flow orderly one to another from the quill. Thus shall you also retain the previously clarified elements, and that way you realise as often as you come to fence with someone, you will fail with anything other than this, thus success will come from taking note. However, just like every letter cannot be applied to each and every word, thus it is also impossible to undertake all the previously cited elements in every engagement.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|2|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/71|1|lbl=Ⅰ.25v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>This then will be heeded in particular, that after every attack always know the three wisdoms of withdrawing, either at first before your opponent, or at the last after him, or even at the same time with him. If you would withdraw before him then exert yourself, that you drive out before you with the most wary moves, that he must shoot to drive high, just as he would then see what you would employ in front, strike through at the same time as the withdrawing stroke, and drive on away as you will then first be wary.</p>
+
| <p>Therefore you shall pay attention, as the situation requires, to how your opponent poses against you, and also observe the person, if they are quick or slow, large or small, and then know how to apply your work to him and how to oppose him. Just as every full fight, as was indicated above, is divided into three parts, namely the Pre-Fencing, the Middle, and the Withdrawal, these three parts are clarified in due order, and what is advised in every undertaking, thus in the beginning your first need is various strikes through the stances, with which you will best engage and overtake your opponent as intended, and in the first phase when you engage and close to him, or maybe come to be under his sword, then forward you must have still more moves with which to bring the part to its conclusion, which you then learn from the second section of this book, namely the Handwork, that you force ahead to all four openings, and he then cannot come to do damaging work to you, or similarly as when you have made it sufficiently ineffective.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|3|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.3}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/71|2|lbl=Ⅰ.25v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|1|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>If you would withdraw after him, mark that this will be seen as two different concepts, firstly when you wait for your Opponent’s withdrawal, thus when he strikes away, that you cunningly follow after his withdrawal above his blade. The second is when you stall with faking, as if you would withdraw before him, however handle your strike artfully indeed and guardingly behind, thereby when he rushes against you, you strike a false strike to him and decline, so that you cover your weapon against him and can strike to an opening. However, when you want to withdraw at the same time as him, then place yourself that you can cover his blade by stepping out and away from the strike, and when he strikes away on his right, you will be on his left, where however he strikes from his left, you step out at his right, and at the same time as him, strike in.</p>
+
| <p>And in order to bring the engagement to its end, you must lastly add more letters to this word, and seek onward to the third section of this book, how the engagement shall be ended, and you withdraw without damage, or your opponent allowed one.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|2|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/66|4|lbl=Ⅰ.23r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|1|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>Because of this see that you then force the Middle Work, that you first come to withdraw though defense, as then much will be learned in various engagements, or you incite so that he strikes you away and then at the same time you strike over his sword while stepping out, and justifiably want to take and claim your withdrawal. So that with this you will understand it entirely, I will present an entire engagement in all three parts.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|3|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" | <p>While you will bring all this with you, in this section you will be instructed on his point, such that enough can and will be retained.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>In the pre-fencing come into the right Changer, pay attention that as soon as his sword shows bearing to strike, then before him nimbly strike through above you, and strike with a Traverse from your right at the same time as his, in the strike step on to his left side, if he drives his strike directly at your head, then hit with your Traverse to his left ear, however mark that he doesn’t strike straight to your head by winding his strike with the long edge against your Traverse in the displacement, thus pull the strike with a long Traverse nimbly to his right ear, step just then with your left foot to his right, now you have attacked out of the change with two traverse strikes to each side over against the other. This you take now from the first part to this attack. Forward you will step on to Middle work, then bring yourself to the other part thus, if he slashes from your sword over to the other side, then move after him with a cut against his arm, hit with the strong of your blade, or with your hilt in a jerk away from you, just as he still threatens from the thrust, and still has not yet reached you, then drive to rush out with crossed arms and slash him with the short edge over his right arm to his head; and so that when he reaches you from the thrust, but where he stops you and sweeps away through displacing, then let your sword fly off again, and traverse to his left ear while you step away with your left foot; or where he doesn’t go off or slash around, but stays with the cut or long edge outward, then loop your sword so that your half edge comes at his, ride his sword thus on your right side, but just then let it clip off into the air, so that your hands come together again crosswise high over your head, to then slash him as before, as he reaches from the ride with the short edge over his head, step back following with the left foot, and strike a high traversing middle strike with the long edge from your right to his half, and just as it glides, then pull off to your right with a high strike. Thus you see now how there’s always one part after the other, the application and ordering through must be conceived and executed together, which makes up an entire part of Fencing. Lastly mark here also that the entire engagement can be completed in two or three strikes, where you rush to engage in the first strike, and with the second strike off again and in this strike commit either to the first or last meeting, which needs to be undertaken correctly, or you will lead on there to a third strike. Namely engage with the first, follow after with a second, but when the proper time such must be shown, that you have something worth saying, then mark how one speaks such that you will learn yourself, after which you will learn all other parts in fencing and here on retain your lessons with diligence.</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|2|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.2}}
+
| class="noline" |  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|4|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.4|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf|73|lbl=Ⅰ.26v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 5,220: Line 6,532:
  
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
{{master subsubsection begin
  | title = 7 - A Lesson in Stepping
+
  | title = 10 - How One Shall Fence to the Four Openings
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
Line 5,230: Line 6,542:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
| <p>'''A Lesson in Stepping'''</p>
+
| <p>'''How one shall fence to the four Openings'''</p>
  
<p>Chapter 7</p>
+
<p>Chapter 10</p>
  
<p>Here a wisdom is now particularly needed, one not yet practiced in fencing, thus I will report on stepping and onward show that nothing is relied on as much as one step and, if one already is upon that reliance, that such a one marks what is said if he would learn well, in that as this is relied on so much, so it will be gained by experience as all artful fencing is to be gained. Where the proper steps are not used, the ancient Fencer commented and covered this as stated in his twelth rule:</p>
+
<p>While up until now, artful reader, my attentive clarification of all servicable elements of sword fighting, such that each would be seriously raised by diligent practice, will be sufficient guide to understand all parts set after here, therefore I will now go forward to show, in one Stance after another, how one will behave therein and also how all fencing from it shall be. While forward you will come to judge all your strikes and actions from or against Man’s four divisions, following on you must similarly be prepared to address the four openings, necessary to go on to the onset of Fencing from the stances. That I properly report on this part, I will now set out and give the following example:</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/75|1|lbl=Ⅰ.27v.1}}
:He who steps after striking<br/>deserves less joy in his art.
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|3|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>That is that every strike must have its own step which shall occur at the same time as the strike, if you would do otherwise with the elements which you resort to, then step too early or too late, thus it happens around your play, and you thus bring yourself around your strike, thus learn to make the steps right so that your opponent cannot work as he really wants, bringing on a stop, particularly so that you upset his grounding or place as it were. In attacking now let yourself mark this, and position yourself as if you would make large and far steps, but actually stay closer with your feet correct, and attack him. So much is then built on from here. Since all of this must be learned and used in fencing, this must be known.</p>
+
| <p>In the pre-fencing when you come near to your opponent, then strike out in front of him from your right, through his face one time, twice, thrice, so that in the third strike before him (see that you keep your left foot forward) come into the long point, from there let the forward part of your blade flow off to your left, and just then with your blade level and sinking below you, pull back under it with your grip above you, step and strike first from your right against his left ear, as soon as the strike hits on, then quickly twitch to fly off again, and strike the second from below diagonally against his right arm, however in this strike keep your cross high over your head, and step to him with your left foot a little to his right together with your strike from below, and hit on with this as well, should you nimbly move your sword over you to your right, and thus from your right strike to his lower left opening, as the right is pulled or hit then twitch off again to over your head, and strike the fourth seriously against his right ear, from then traverse over and pull out. The first four Strikes shall be nimble and quick from one opening to another for your steps to be successful.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/67|4|lbl=Ⅰ.23v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/68|1|lbl=Ⅰ.24r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/75|2|lbl=Ⅰ.27v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/76|1|lbl=Ⅰ.28r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" |  
+
|  
| class="noline" | <p>The steps are done in three different ways, firstly backward and forward, what these are can’t be clarified much as one namely steps to or from someone. The other ones are the steps to the sides which are delineated through a triangle, namely thus: Stand in a straight line with your right foot before your opponent, and with the left behind the right step toward his left, this is the first. The second which is done double you do thus: Step as before with the right foot against his left, then follow with the left behind the right somewhat to the side to his left, and then again with the right farther to his left. The third type is the broken or stolen steps, these are accomplished thus, stand yourself as if you would step forward with your right foot, but as and when you go low, then step back with it behind the other foot. Since these are the same as described in Rapier, I will thus leave it for now.</p>
+
| <p>However while in the onset there are three ways for your Sword or sword’s blade to hit and touch, firstly with the long edge as was already taught, then with the Short, and lastly with the flat, therefore observe that you can also slash handily to all four openings with the short edge as well as you did before with the long, then still at the last with the flat, and similarly to what was shown before now with the half edge, fly freely from one opening to another, namely with the inward flat to the right, and slash with the outward (that is with reversed or inverted flat to his left).</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/68|2|lbl=Ⅰ.24r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/76|2|lbl=Ⅰ.28r.2}}
  
|}
+
|-
{{master subsubsection end}}
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Segno.png|center]]
 +
| <p>However if you would become practiced in this, then you shall always change with the first strike, and when you first strike to his upper left opening, and then the second is to his lower right opening, and then further as taught above (as is shown by the outer digits in the printed figure), then you shall again strike first to his lower left, then a second to his upper right, and then further as the second set of digits in the previous figure show. The next strike is first struck to his upper right then to his lower left, then further as shown by the third set. The last strike is first struck to his right, then further as is shown by the inner digits, and first learn this as instructed with the long then with the half edge, then lastly with the flat as judged into the work. When you can do such, then follow ahead to the next part, namely that you must understand the four openings before the strikes just taught can be retained, or onward your sword’s blade will be held off and you will be repulsed with better countering strikes, these are thus the two Main Elements of Fencing, the Origins from which all other elements flow forth, onward follows the third, a large element which is and is named the Practice. One comes to the Practice thus: when you can lead your strikes from the stances to all of Man’s divisions, which in the First part of fencing must be taken in the Before thus into the work, and yet your opponent is the same, and is also nimble in the Second stage of displacing, working off or stopping you and your strikes, so that you cannot reach your chosen destination for your strikes, then we come thus to the Third part which is the Practice, which is the most cunning, and teach it as you did the strikes where you were aware, that while every point can be futile or pointless, twitch off closely and nimbly from there to strike again onward, or feint over to let it go off and then lead on to another opening. When he also displaces himself, then twitch off yourself as well, and thus let fly from one opening to another so long and much as you are able to reach to a hit. However, so that such lessons will be marked and understood , I will demonstrate with a few good examples so that my objective will be simply and distinctly taught, presented, and set out, with which the goodly Reader will sufficiently judge all secondary and ongoing elements, and thus can take understanding from it in the Middle work thus:</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/76|3|lbl=Ⅰ.28r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/77|1|lbl=Ⅰ.28v.1|p=1}}
  
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = 8 - Of Before, After, During, and ''Indes''
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
|
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
+
| <p>When you have struck as taught above in the Pre-Fencing, and have closed in the strike, then let the first and second hit on hard as above, then don’t let the third hit on, but twitch nimbly then hit off again in a backward flight, so that the fourth can thus hit on quickly.</p>
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/77|2|lbl=Ⅰ.28v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Of Before, After, During, and Just As'''</p>
+
| <p>Note: Hit the first and twitch the second and the third in a quick flight, and let the fourth hit, still likewise launch the first and second bites to the Openings, and indeed twitch them off again and then lead into the next target, in this disengagement you can and also should attack with the first, changing off to things taught before in the numbered lessons, namely that you now twitch and feint from this then to another, and meanwhile still have care and attention where he would engage your own openings, that you then soon be on his sword with a bind, from this twitching now move farther on to Flowing Off and Missing and the like. Thus when you would lead a strike to the man’s now known sections, and yet then take care that he displaces such strikes, then don’t twitch off again, but (in that he is unaware of your observance) then close by the same side miss to let it fully flow off on over and strike nimbly to another opening, being first on the outside right (what you led with). Example:</p>
 
+
|  
<p>Chapter 8</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/77|3|lbl=Ⅰ.28v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/78|1|lbl=Ⅰ.29r.1|p=1}}
 
 
<p>Up until now the proper Leading parts of all Fencing with the Sword, how many they were, how you named them, and how they shall be made and accomplished were actually clarified in good order, that from them now you can drive from your place as it were, and bring these elements into play.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|1|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Meanwhile however your opponent has observed this as well, so be prepared, that you too can oppose all such, that is from noting how you know first with what opportunities you can approach him, then evaluate the opportunity and use it appropriately in the fight, which you practice daily, but at all times know that no element will ever be as good as intended, which is to be useful in the fight, if it is off track and not to proper time.</p>
+
| <p>As you have rebounded through the out stretching to the strikes as was taught above, then step and strike high from your right against his left ear, as soon as he clears this, nimbly let your blade sink below you with the half edge near your left side, and then pull your pommel and grip above you, and nimbly strike to his right ear with the short edge, so that your hands become crossed in this strike.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|2|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/78|2|lbl=Ⅰ.29r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Thus because of this pay attention in all three parts to all things, namely in pre-fencing or the onset, in the middle or handwork, and following thereafter in withdrawing, to the Before, During, After, and Just As, which if not heeded will be of no help in fencing.</p>
+
| <p>Note: Let the first hit hard against his left ear, nimbly let the second flow off missing near his right as instructed before, and hit deep to his left ear, thus onto it nimbly (whereas you hit the first hard unto him) as well, letting it flow off to both sides, and still attack on to the next target as it opens, all these diagonally and with crossed arms as was taught, also against each other single and double, judged in the work against your need and opportunity. Then farther, as was taught, drive the blade in the full work first with the long edge then with the short, and also with the flat, against his sides in full flight to the high and low openings.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|3|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.3}}
 
 
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The Before is so named as you attack the opponent with your strikes first and then drive forward that he cannot come to his intended target, so you must displace with care, as he wants to shoot before you do.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/78|3|lbl=Ⅰ.29r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/79|1|lbl=Ⅰ.29v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|4|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The During is when both you and your opponent bring forth your strikes at the same time, which is also a part of the expression “Just As”.</p>
+
| <p>In the first attack strike a long downstrike to his left ear, just as he glides then twitch both hands above you, so that your pommel will be under your right arm as you thrust through to him above you, and strike handily from below with the long edge to his left, just then step to him with your left foot behind your right and come through this strike to bring your grip high over your head. Onward again first strike an understrike with the long edge to his low opening while advancing your right foot, twitch handily near your right above you again, and strike the second from above also to his left while backstepping with your left behind your right as before, from which you will stand guarded behind your blade.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|5|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.5}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/79|2|lbl=Ⅰ.29v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword C.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>Note: twitch with a high strike from the right with the half edge to his left, but in the air cross over your hands and slash with the half edge to his left ear, as is shown by the top two figures in illustration C, twitch your hands again thus crosswise over you, and slash again with a traverse from below to his left ear, then again onward strike the traverse from below to his left with an advance step, twitch nimbly near your left above you, and thrust through in this off-twitch with your pommel under your right arm, and quickly again with crossed arms from your high right into his left, in this way slash with the flat below and above on the one side, that goes to both sides, and mark when you will slash to the lower right opening, which will be with the flat, long or short, then your hands will cross, but when you slash to his hight righ opening, then your hands will not always be crossed, from here mark the following example:</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The After is, however, when you withdraw from your opponent as was outlined above, where you cannot accomplish your objective, in that between Before and After a stand off changes and ends, so that soon your opponent and soon again you, become the same. Whichever is in the After, that is striving so that he always must displace, shall think of the words “Just As”, and thereon not forget, that through them the Before will again be achieved, that he then can withdraw without damage, however he who does not pay attention to this, if he too soon undertakes to strive to you, will indeed never learn to fence well.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/79|3|lbl=Ⅰ.29v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/80|1|lbl=Ⅰ.30r.1|p=1}}
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/69|6|lbl=Ⅰ.24v.6|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/70|1|lbl=Ⅰ.25r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Just As'''</p>
+
| <p>Thus in advancing shoot through before him and slash with the half edge from your left to his right ear, without crossing your hands, but with your pommel staying out toward your left, twitch nimbly overhead to your right, and crossing your hands over in the air, slash with crossed hands to his lower right opening from your left, in all moves keep your pommel full behind your blade, stepping double steps out to your right, thus you can both slash with the flech and with the long edge, from below and above, near your right, as I taught you before, that you shall twitch and turn the strikes from one opening to another, thus you shall twitch and address both high and low openings on one side. Basically, when you drive a strike to his high openings, and notice that he does not strike, but your sword drives on to engage, see that you then not let your strike hit on, but lead your strike to his low opening, but where he does get under the strike, then drive your strike ahead against the strong of his blade. From this work grows winding at the Sword, namely when you have bound onto his sword from your right against his left, then stay stay hard on his blade, thrust your pommel through under your right arm unseen to him, stay thus forward on his sword, and then pull your pommel out again and wind your short edge out to his head. Thus you again find three edges and the flat, namely the outward and inward long edge, also the outward and inward short edge, and similarly the inward and outward flat, all on both sides.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/80|2|lbl=Ⅰ.30r.2}}
  
<p>The expression “Just As” has much meaning in that its origin is from the latin word “Intus” and is taken into fencing as such, which is applied in the Winding and similar work, however that this seem not only thus, you must hear what follows.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/70|2|lbl=Ⅰ.25r.2}}
 
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| class="noline" |  
 
| class="noline" |  
| class="noline" | <p>The expression “Intus” and what it means I will let remain Latin, however the expression “Indes” (Just As) is a good German expression and has in itself an important meaning to handy application, that one always and quickly take care, as in when you at first slash to the left, to then at the same time observe the opening to the right, then thirdly on to make sure that you attain the observed opening, where or with what actions you want to come unto it, that you don’t then make openings for your opponent and take damage. Thus retain the meaning of “Just As” so that you observe sharply, which can be much observing and undertaking, also seek to learn faking to your opponent sufficiently, since he needs to have senses in his part, and similarly what Openings you will bring, and where you will be open. Then in all these things to which the expression “Just As” has meaning, stands the whole art of fencing (as Liechtenauer said) and where you don’t undertake such to carefully and securely drive all strikes, will you advance lightly to your damage, as then all fencers will observe, which one thus overpowers and (as one said) tops out and nullifies as wanted.</p>
+
| class="noline" | <p>Thus you understand that the third part of fencing is nothing other than the right Practice, as was reported above, the first two Lead parts in fencing, which will be taught though Practice, where you change at every opportunity, namely in the first Lead Part with the stances and strikes, flowing off, changing through, flying off, and letting miss. That such strikes can be trapped with displacement and clearing, likewise in the second Lead Part, displacement, teach the Practice of how you displace, follow after him, cut, punch, etc. Therewith you will end the strikes that he sends to you, or at the least prevent them from reaching their intended destination. And that is the sum of all Practice, namely that you firstly engage your opposing fencer through the stances, with manly strikes and without damage to your target, by showing cunning and agile misleading as can be shown, and after you then engage him to break through with the obligatory or similar handwork, from which you either securely withdraw at your pleasure, or where he must retreat from you and you follow ahead after him. Since going forward such Practice will be needed and extended in many arts to be the same both in name and in fencing, as you found fully described before here in the handwork chapter, I will now drive further to describe fencing from the stances.</p>
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/70|3|lbl=Ⅰ.25r.3}}
+
| class="noline" |  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/80|3|lbl=Ⅰ.30r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/81|1|lbl=Ⅰ.30v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 5,315: Line 6,615:
  
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
{{master subsubsection begin
  | title = 9 - A Guide to the Elements
+
  | title = 11 - Fencing from the Stances
 
  | width = 90em
 
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
Line 5,321: Line 6,621:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
! <p>Figures</p>
 
! <p>Figures</p>
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
+
! <p>{{rating|start}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A Guide to the Elements, how you can and shall be successful from the elements previously clarified.'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Fencing from the Stances'''</p>
  
<p>Chapter 9</p>
+
<p>Chapter 11</p>
  
<p>While up till now all these cited and clarified elements are actually nothing other than a start and elementary part of all Fencing with swords and shall be taken as such, then note how and when I sieze various elements from here before showing with what ease these shall be undertaken. Now you must retain all writings in your thoughts and memory, also know thoroughly what each and every art and distinction is, thus you will come to write a fully correct word, that from here on serviceable and heeded letters will flow orderly one to another from the quill. Thus shall you also retain the previously clarified elements, and that way you realise as often as you come to fence with someone, you will fail with anything other than this, thus success will come from taking note. However, just like every letter cannot be applied to each and every word, thus it is also impossible to undertake all the previously cited elements in every engagement.</p>
+
<p>Since much now concerns the Stances, I will thus not keep you long in each for the same reason they were given still only half composed, but going onward, since you will need to know, when you present your sword and (while you are twitching off the guard he aimed to you) you would strike, as soon as you come out from the farthest point (where you have begun to pull back your sword), then from here on you should lead your sword against him again with agility, like how it will be handled from the Guard of the Roof, the Guard through which you bring about the Downstrike. Thus when you move to the Downstrike (to do such) you will then in the outermost point of this move come to be in the guard named Roof, you can now not only (just as you seek to strike) strike then and thus drive ahead with your Downstrike, but can also persist to stay. This is the reason, namely just that you not yet undertake any strike unplanned, but even as soon you have allowed the same considered strike to be drawn against them, you should now lead the strike on from even from here so that as you stay for only an eyeblink at the obvious outermost point, so consider ahead if your chosen strike can either still be led usably to fulfillment, or if through it you can attain a better opportunity applicable elsewhere, where you thus change to a second strike accordingly at the outermost point and thus conclude the Downstrike which you have drawn out with a Traverse. This is the underlying reason for the development of the Stances and is why you stay while in one Guard: to see what the other will take ahead (and then rightly know how to overtake his chosen part) and prevent such just by being certain to see here what his chosen part will be, and such waiting is a great art and experience. Because you now need to know onward how to engage your opponent’s oncoming strikes from the Roof with your Sword, I have set the following examples both of when he would strike, or stay and not strike.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/71|1|lbl=Ⅰ.25v.1}}
+
|  
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/81|2|lbl=Ⅰ.30v.2|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf|82|lbl=Ⅰ.31r|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Therefore you shall pay attention, as the situation requires, to how your opponent poses against you, and also observe the person, if they are quick or slow, large or small, and then know how to apply your work to him and how to oppose him. Just as every full fight, as was indicated above, is divided into three parts, namely the Pre-Fencing, the Middle, and the Withdrawal, these three parts are clarified in due order, and what is advised in every undertaking, thus in the beginning your first need is various strikes through the stances, with which you will best engage and overtake your opponent as intended, and in the first phase when you engage and close to him, or maybe come to be under his sword, then forward you must have still more moves with which to bring the part to its conclusion, which you then learn from the second section of this book, namely the Handwork, that you force ahead to all four openings, and he then cannot come to do damaging work to you, or similarly as when you have made it sufficiently ineffective.</p>
+
| <p>'''The First Part'''</p>
|  
+
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/71|2|lbl=Ⅰ.25v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|1|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.1|p=1}}
+
<p>And firstly when you come before your opponent and, while striking out or otherwise pulling your sword back (to downstrike) to bring it high above you, he strikes just then to your left at your head, then burst full away from his strike against his left and somewhat toward him, and strike with an outward flat against his incoming strike to meet his sword strongly on the strong so that the forward part of your blade will swing inward over his sword to his head, which is then certainly hit. When you slash at the same time as him and your sword comes to be over his, to hit or not on his strike, then twitch your sword off over yourself again, and strike diagonally upward from below to his right arm, in this strike step out with your left foot full against his right side and arc yourself with your head fully behind your sword’s blade, from there nimbly twitch again upward and flit the short edge to his left ear, if you see that he will wipe against this, then don’t let the impact fail or flow off, but soon cross your hands in the air (the right over the left) and slash him with the short edge deep to his right ear and then traverse over and pull out. Mark here when he would nimbly follow after the Understrike just taught and thus would be hard onto the roof so that you can’t come to flow off, then pay attention just then if he would twitch off from your sword, then follow after him with a cut to the arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/83|1|lbl=Ⅰ.31v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>And in order to bring the engagement to its end, you must lastly add more letters to this word, and seek onward to the third section of this book, how the engagement shall be ended, and you withdraw without damage, or your opponent allowed one.</p>
+
| <p>'''The Second Part'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|2|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>However if he strikes at your left from below, then step quickly out to his left and strike with the long edge onto the strong of his sword, as soon as your sword moves or glides on his, twitch your sword high above yourself again and slash down with the short edge quickly and deeply to his left ear while stepping forward out to his left, he will then want to rush to displace and then drive above against it, so then strike nimbly with the long edge over again to his right ear and in this slashover step full against his right like before, yet stay with the cross high over your head, and mark as soon as he slashes over then fall further with a cut to his arm, if he is not hurt by this but would evade your work, then follow after him (staying on his arm), and when he makes the smallest extraction, then let fly to another opening and strike him away from you.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Because of this see that you then force the Middle Work, that you first come to withdraw though defense, as then much will be learned in various engagements, or you incite so that he strikes you away and then at the same time you strike over his sword while stepping out, and justifiably want to take and claim your withdrawal. So that with this you will understand it entirely, I will present an entire engagement in all three parts.</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/83|2|lbl=Ⅰ.31v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/84|1|lbl=Ⅰ.32r.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|3|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" |  
+
|  
| class="noline" | <p>In the pre-fencing come into the right Changer, pay attention that as soon as his sword shows bearing to strike, then before him nimbly strike through above you, and strike with a Traverse from your right at the same time as his, in the strike step on to his left side, if he drives his strike directly at your head, then hit with your Traverse to his left ear, however mark that he doesn’t strike straight to your head by winding his strike with the long edge against your Traverse in the displacement, thus pull the strike with a long Traverse nimbly to his right ear, step just then with your left foot to his right, now you have attacked out of the change with two traverse strikes to each side over against the other. This you take now from the first part to this attack. Forward you will step on to Middle work, then bring yourself to the other part thus, if he slashes from your sword over to the other side, then move after him with a cut against his arm, hit with the strong of your blade, or with your hilt in a jerk away from you, just as he still threatens from the thrust, and still has not yet reached you, then drive to rush out with crossed arms and slash him with the short edge over his right arm to his head; and so that when he reaches you from the thrust, but where he stops you and sweeps away through displacing, then let your sword fly off again, and traverse to his left ear while you step away with your left foot; or where he doesn’t go off or slash around, but stays with the cut or long edge outward, then loop your sword so that your half edge comes at his, ride his sword thus on your right side, but just then let it clip off into the air, so that your hands come together again crosswise high over your head, to then slash him as before, as he reaches from the ride with the short edge over his head, step back following with the left foot, and strike a high traversing middle strike with the long edge from your right to his half, and just as it glides, then pull off to your right with a high strike. Thus you see now how there’s always one part after the other, the application and ordering through must be conceived and executed together, which makes up an entire part of Fencing. Lastly mark here also that the entire engagement can be completed in two or three strikes, where you rush to engage in the first strike, and with the second strike off again and in this strike commit either to the first or last meeting, which needs to be undertaken correctly, or you will lead on there to a third strike. Namely engage with the first, follow after with a second, but when the proper time such must be shown, that you have something worth saying, then mark how one speaks such that you will learn yourself, after which you will learn all other parts in fencing and here on retain your lessons with diligence.</p>
+
| <p>'''The Third Part'''</p>
| class="noline" |
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/72|4|lbl=Ⅰ.26r.4|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf|73|lbl=Ⅰ.26v.1|p=1}}
 
  
|}
+
<p>However, if he strikes to your right as you come to be in the High Guard, then step nimbly with your left foot to his right out of his strike, and at the same time fall from above with the long edge onto the strong of his sword and, just as you fall on his sword, thrust your pommel under your right arm, so that you slash at his head with crossed hands fully over or near his sword, if he drives above against your right then let the half edge nearly flow off and step under it full out to his left side, and strike with the long edge directly to his head from above, but twitch nimbly upward again and slash with a traverse from below to his left ear with an off set with your left foot, and then strike him away from you.</p>
{{master subsubsection end}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/84|2|lbl=Ⅰ.32r.2}}
  
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = 10 - How One Shall Fence to the Four Openings
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword G.png|center|400px]]
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
+
| <p>'''The Fourth Part'''</p>
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
  
|-
+
<p>Mark in Pre-Fencing when you have come to hold your sword high above in the guard of the Roof to beware that he not then rush to strike, so that you can stay in the Before, cross your hands over your head, (the right over the left) so that it appears as if you would stab to his face, step under this toward him with your right foot and twitch your sword then to your left over your head and strike him thus with the short edge through a crafty traverse from your right to his left ear, twitch nimbly back off again and drive against his lower right opening with a long traverse, let it not stay but twitch above you again in the same flight and let the third flow off deep to his left ear with the short edge, and slash the short edge again with crossed hands into to his right ear, as soon as this hits, step back with the left foot and strike with the long edge from below to his left arm to be as shown by the figure fighting against the right in the left background of illustration G above, mark here when you step off in this Understrike if he would strike to your lower left opening, then step to him with your left foot and fall with crossed hands and the short edge onto his sword, strike him thus an Understrike as shown in the other figure fighting against the right in the just considered picture. Now mark further just as he then pulls his sword over himself again, then pull your sword with crossed hands full to your left and, just as he slashes again, take his oncoming strike from your left against his right with your outward flat, high traverse out strongly so that your sword flies overhead in full flight and your hands cross over each other in the air while your sword flies, then step full against his right, but still keep your hands high and let the half edge flow off in a twitch near his right ear (as this hits or grazes), and just then strike long with an off step. I have described this part in particular as still many good moves can be taken and be fought from here, therefore you should learn not just this alone, but think forward with diligence. Thus I will describe yet another part with a different start.</p>
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>'''How one shall fence to the four Openings'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/84|3|lbl=Ⅰ.32r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/86|1|lbl=Ⅰ.33r.1|p=1}}
 
 
<p>Chapter 10</p>
 
 
 
<p>While up until now, artful reader, my attentive clarification of all servicable elements of sword fighting, such that each would be seriously raised by diligent practice, will be sufficient guide to understand all parts set after here, therefore I will now go forward to show, in one Stance after another, how one will behave therein and also how all fencing from it shall be. While forward you will come to judge all your strikes and actions from or against Man’s four divisions, following on you must similarly be prepared to address the four openings, necessary to go on to the onset of Fencing from the stances. That I properly report on this part, I will now set out and give the following example:</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/75|1|lbl=Ⅰ.27v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>In the pre-fencing when you come near to your opponent, then strike out in front of him from your right, through his face one time, twice, thrice, so that in the third strike before him (see that you keep your left foot forward) come into the long point, from there let the forward part of your blade flow off to your left, and just then with your blade level and sinking below you, pull back under it with your grip above you, step and strike first from your right against his left ear, as soon as the strike hits on, then quickly twitch to fly off again, and strike the second from below diagonally against his right arm, however in this strike keep your cross high over your head, and step to him with your left foot a little to his right together with your strike from below, and hit on with this as well, should you nimbly move your sword over you to your right, and thus from your right strike to his lower left opening, as the right is pulled or hit then twitch off again to over your head, and strike the fourth seriously against his right ear, from then traverse over and pull out. The first four Strikes shall be nimble and quick from one opening to another for your steps to be successful.</p>
+
| <p>'''A Second'''</p>
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/75|2|lbl=Ⅰ.27v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/76|1|lbl=Ⅰ.28r.1|p=1}}
 
  
|-  
+
<p>In the pre-fencing when you come into the Roof or High Guard, then let your blade sink down in front of you, as before, to your left side, and twitch over your head, step and strike a high traversing Middle Strike with the long edge against his left to his neck or throat, as soon as he withdraws, then twitch again over the head, and strike a second high Middle Strike traversing from your left against his right, again at his throat, as soon as it glides then strike the third, a high strike with the long edge direct from above. These three strikes shall go from one to another in a nimble flight. If you want more room then raise your pommel above to your left side, twitch thus overhead, and take your flat or short edge near your left from below through to his right against your right in a wrench out above him, so that your blade again flies over in the air, and strike with the half edge from above down with crossed hands feinting over near his right ear, you can reach further with the short edge by stepping ahead, thus let it engage and strike a strong wrath strike to his left side and following strike away from him. This is indeed a serious and strong sequence in that, since you have the Before, he can only defend.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>However while in the onset there are three ways for your Sword or sword’s blade to hit and touch, firstly with the Long edge as was already taught, then with the Short, and lastly with the flat, therefore observe that you can also slash handily to all four openings with the short edge as well as you did before with the long, then still at the last with the flat, and similarly to what was shown before now with the half edge, fly freely from one opening to another, namely with the inward flat to the right, and slash with the outward (that is with reversed or inverted flat to his left).</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/86|2|lbl=Ⅰ.33r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/87|1|lbl=Ⅰ.33v.1|p=1}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/76|2|lbl=Ⅰ.28r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Segno.png|center]]
 
| <p>However if you would become practiced in this, then you shall always change with the first strike, and when you first strike to his upper left opening, and then the second is to his lower right opening, and then further as taught above (as is shown by the outer digits in the printed figure), then you shall again strike first to his lower left, then a second to his upper right, and then further as the second set of digits in the previous figure show. The next strike is first struck to his upper right then to his lower left, then further as shown by the third set. The last strike is first struck to his right, then further as is shown by the inner digits, and first learn this as instructed with the long then with the half edge, then lastly with the flat as judged into the work. When you can do such, then follow ahead to the next part, namely that you must understand the four openings before the strikes just taught can be retained, or onward your sword’s blade will be held off and you will be repulsed with better countering strikes, these are thus the two Main Elements of Fencing, the Origins from which all other elements flow forth, onward follows the third, a large element which is and is named the Practice. One comes to the Practice thus: when you can lead your strikes from the stances to all of Man’s divisions, which in the First part of fencing must be taken in the Before thus into the work, and yet your opponent is the same, and is also nimble in the Second stage of displacing, working off or stopping you and your strikes, so that you cannot reach your chosen destination for your strikes, then we come thus to the Third part which is the Practice, which is the most cunning, and teach it as you did the strikes where you were aware, that while every point can be futile or pointless, twitch off closely and nimbly from there to strike again onward, or feint over to let it go off and then lead on to another opening. When he also displaces himself, then twitch off yourself as well, and thus let fly from one opening to another so long and much as you are able to reach to a hit. However, so that such lessons will be marked and understood , I will demonstrate with a few good examples so that my objective will be simply and distinctly taught, presented, and set out, with which the goodly Reader will sufficiently judge all secondary and ongoing elements, and thus can take understanding from it in the Middle work thus:</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/76|3|lbl=Ⅰ.28r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/77|1|lbl=Ⅰ.28v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>'''Breaking the Roof Stance or Guard'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>If you are aware that after striking outward one can, in a little flight up over the head, stay in the Guard of the Roof, then come in the pre-fencing into the Guard of the Key, from there raise both hands thus crosswise over your head, and at the same time step to him with your right foot, and while stepping strike with the short edge near your right thigh strongly from below through your opponent’s Vertex line up above you, so that the sword is above your head, flying off with an upstrike from your left to your right, keep your hands high in the displacement, just as it connects then step nimbly with your right foot to his left and strike with the short edge in a swing to his left ear. From there upstrike twice with a walk, follow the slash with a traverse to his right ear, and just then step at the same time with your right foot backward to your left, thus the Traverse goes deeper. When this happens you can strike as soon as he does.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/87|2|lbl=Ⅰ.33v.2}}
| <p>When you have struck as taught above in the Pre-Fencing, and have closed in the strike, then let the first and second hit on hard as above, then don’t let the third hit on, but twitch nimbly then hit off again in a backward flight, so that the fourth can thus hit on quickly.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/77|2|lbl=Ⅰ.28v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Note: hit the first and twitch the second and the third in a quick flight, and let the fourth hit, still likewise launch the first and second bites to the Openings, and indeed twitch them off again and then lead into the next target, in this disengagement you can and also should attack with the first, changing off to things taught before in the numbered lessons, namely that you now twitch and feint from this then to another, and meanwhile still have care and attention where he would engage your own openings, that you then soon be on his sword with a bind, from this twitching now move farther on to Flowing Off and Missing and the like. Thus when you would lead a strike to the man’s now known sections, and yet then take care that he displaces such strikes, then don’t twitch off again, but (in that he is unaware of your observance) then close by the same side miss to let it fully flow off on over and strike nimbly to another opening, being first on the outside right (what you led with). Example:</p>
+
| <p>Or if he comes ahead to you going high, then pay attention then if he will go to the low guard, then follow him nimbly with two strong understrikes from both sides out of whatever guard or stance suits you, just as long as you strike nimbly from below. One to the other with the half edge in a nimble walk from both sides deep to the head, after this bind nimbly into his blade, if he goes off then follow after. If he stays then wind, wrench out and make your work onward to the next.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/87|3|lbl=Ⅰ.33v.3}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/77|3|lbl=Ⅰ.28v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/78|1|lbl=Ⅰ.29r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
| <p>As you have rebounded through the out stretching to the strikes as was taught above, then step and strike high from your right against his left ear, as soon as he clears this, nimbly let your blade sink below you with the half edge near your left side, and then pull your pommel and grip above you, and nimbly strike to his right ear with the short edge, so that your hands become crossed in this strike.</p>
+
| <p>'''Wrath Guard'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/78|2|lbl=Ⅰ.29r.2}}
 
  
|-
+
<p>When at the onset you come into the Wrath Guard, then step as soon as you can reach him and strike a quick Wrath Strike, which he must defend from, to his left ear. Nimbly follow the strike over with an Under Strike against his lower right opening, thus you have now attacked. Under this as and when he is reached for work and the arms show he will strike, then fall low with your sword onto his arm and behind his charge so that he can not come to work, as he will then not be able to rightly defend from this, then thrust to him with an incomplete shove from yourself, that he likewise shows that he would fall, and meanwhile slash to the next opening that you know you have, but if he reaches this and strikes you off, then be there again with the cut or displacement, and fall against his strike on the blade, if he goes off the blade again, then cut him on the arm again, but if he stays on your sword then thrust his sword aside with your hilt and nimbly let your sword fly again to the next opening and swing to him after your need. Thus now you shall fight with all elements of the sword to the body, and from the body to the sword, but where he would twitch or flow off from you, then always use the cut for help, and where you can’t cut, then there can be no useful fencing, but where you can do it rightly, then swing to him as you will. He who can break the cut himself, you will find less, but he who cannot rightly lead the cut will soon be broken.</p>
|
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/89|1|lbl=Ⅰ.34v.1}}
| <p>Note: let the first hit hard against his left ear, nimbly let the second flow off missing near his right as instructed before, and hit deep to his left ear, thus onto it nimbly (whereas you hit the first hard unto him) as well, letting it flow off to both sides, and still attack on to the next target as it opens, all these diagonally and with crossed arms as was taught, also against each other single and double, judged in the work against your need and opportunity. Then farther, as was taught, drive the blade in the full work first with the long edge then with the short, and also with the flat, against his sides in full flight to the high and low openings.</p>
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/78|3|lbl=Ⅰ.29r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/79|1|lbl=Ⅰ.29v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword L.png|center|400px]]
| <p>In the first attack strike a long downstrike to his left ear, just as he glides then twitch both hands above you, so that your pommel will be under your right arm as you thrust through to him above you, and strike handily from below with the long edge to his left, just then step to him with your left foot behind your right and come through this strike to bring your grip high over your head. Onward again first strike an understrike with the long edge to his low opening while advancing your right foot, twitch handily near your right above you again, and strike the second from above also to his left while backstepping with your left behind your right as before, from which you will stand guarded behind your blade.</p>
+
| rowspan="2" | <p>If you stand in the right Wrath stance and your opponent strikes from his right to your left, then with a step of your right foot drive with displacement under his blade and over your head, and catch his strike on your flat with your thumb underneath, and the blade hanging below you somewhat to the ground, but as soon as in glides then step with the left foot to his right side, and wind the short edge under his sword inward to his head, as shown by the small middle figures in illustration L. When you have wound, then hold your sword with the short edge on his, and wrench the sword out following against your right above you, as shown by the small middle figures in illustration F, thus that your hands complete the wrench high in the air and crossed over, and slash in (keeping your hands high) with an inwinding flat to his lower right opening, as soon as he swipes against it in displacement, then don’t pull but twitch high again and strike a glide strike to his left ear, but in this strike let the blade swing in deep over your hands and fence quickly away from him.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/79|2|lbl=Ⅰ.29v.2}}
+
| rowspan="2" |
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/89|2|lbl=Ⅰ.34v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|1|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword C.png|center|400px]]
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
| <p>Note: twitch with a high strike from the right with the half edge to his left, but in the air cross over your hands and slash with the half edge to his left ear, as is shown by the top two figures in illustration C, twitch your hands again thus crosswise over you, and slash again with a traverse from below to his left ear, then again onward strike the traverse from below to his left with an advance step, twitch nimbly near your left above you, and thrust through in this off-twitch with your pommel under your right arm, and quickly again with crossed arms from your high right into his left, in this way slash with the flat below and above on the one side, that goes to both sides, and mark when you will slash to the lower right opening, which will be with the flat, long or short, then your hands will cross, but when you slash to his hight righ opening, then your hands will not always be crossed, from here mark the following example:</p>
 
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/79|3|lbl=Ⅰ.29v.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/80|1|lbl=Ⅰ.30r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
| <p>Thus in advancing shoot through before him and slash with the half edge from your left to his right ear, without crossing your hands, but with your pommel staying out toward your left, twitch nimbly overhead to your right, and crossing your hands over in the air, slash with crossed hands to his lower right opening from your left, in all moves keep your pommel full behind your blade, stepping double steps out to your right, thus you can both slash with the flech and with the long edge, from below and above, near your right, as I taught you before, that you shall twitch and turn the strikes from one opening to another, thus you shall twitch and address both high and low openings on one side. Basically, when you drive a strike to his high openings, and notice that he does not strike, but your sword drives on to engage, see that you then not let your strike hit on, but lead your strike to his low opening, but where he does get under the strike, then drive your strike ahead against the strong of his blade. From this work grows winding at the Sword, namely when you have bound onto his sword from your right against his left, then stay stay hard on his blade, thrust your pommel through under your right arm unseen to him, stay thus forward on his sword, and then pull your pommel out again and wind your short edge out to his head. Thus you again find three edges and the flat, namely the outward and inward long edge, also the outward and inward short edge, and similarly the inward and outward flat, all on both sides.</p>
+
| <p>If your counterpart strikes to you from above, then step and strike to him from your right with a high traversing Middle Strike, thus also through and away from his long edge strike in flight so that your blade flies over with the half edge against his left ear but, as soon as you near it, flow off and twitch over your head from your right to your left, step and slash him with an inverted flat from your left to his right ear, high traversing through the middle line shown on the larger figure on the right of illustration A.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/80|2|lbl=Ⅰ.30r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|2|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" |  
+
|  
| class="noline" | <p>Thus you understand that the third part of fencing is nothing other than the right Practice, as was reported above, the first two Lead parts in fencing, which will be taught though Practice, where you change at every opportunity, namely in the first Lead Part with the stances and strikes, flowing off, changing through, flying off, and letting miss. That such strikes can be trapped with displacement and clearing, likewise in the second Lead Part, displacement, teach the Practice of how you displace, follow after him, cut, punch, etc. Therewith you will end the strikes that he sends to you, or at the least prevent them from reaching their intended destination. And that is the sum of all Practice, namely that you firstly engage your opposing fencer through the stances, with manly strikes and without damage to your target, by showing cunning and agile misleading as can be shown, and after you then engage him to break through with the obligatory or similar handwork, from which you either securely withdraw at your pleasure, or where he must retreat from you and you follow ahead after him. Since going forward such Practice will be needed and extended in many arts to be the same both in name and in fencing, as you found fully described before here in the handwork chapter, I will now drive further to describe fencing from the stances.</p>
+
| <p>If it happens that he would not strike, then place yourself into the right Wrath stance and drive over your forward thigh thus: Stay standing with your left foot planted and strike seriously from your right over your left leg into the left Changer, from there travel over yourself again with the short edge through the strike line which you just travelled through from above so that your sword comes to your right shoulder again. Do this then once or thrice and, at the last when you see your opportunity, then drive the short edge in a move from your left above in the air over yourself and let it snap over thus into an upstrike to his lower right opening with your third step, and as this is then pulled right, then slash a deep one again with the short edge over your hand to his left ear, in this let your pommel snap full upward, thus letting it go deeper, then twitch over again and drive a strike to his lower right opening with two forward steps, and then as such is pulled right, then slash again over your hand with the short edge to his left ear, in this let your pommel snap upward thus making it go deeper, twitch over again and drive a strike to his right, yet still soon traverse again to his left with a back step and then pull out.</p>
| class="noline" |
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|3|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.3}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/80|3|lbl=Ⅰ.30r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/81|1|lbl=Ⅰ.30v.1|p=1}}
 
 
 
|}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 
  
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = 11 - Fencing from the Stances
 
| width = 90em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
|
! <p>{{rating|start}}<br/>by [[Mike Rasmusson]]</p>
+
| <p>In the pre-fencing strike into the the right Wrath and, as soon as your opponent goes off, then raise your hands high over your head and let your point shoot forward toward his face as if you would stab, but twitch off again and slash with inverted hands or reversed flat from your lower right out to his left ear or arm together with a retreating step. If he then strikes from above at the same time as you, then nimbly twitch over after the swords meet and slash diagonally deep to his upper right opening with an inward flat so that your hands become crossed, yet then pull out to yourself again as if you would strike to his left but don’t, rather twitch off again without engaging and strike thus with the short edge in a circle to his right ear so that the short edge grazes his ear. During this keep your hands high above you and step around with the circle then step back and strike a direct vertex strike to his head, then twitch nimbly upward again with a high traversing cross. That is, come over your head into the Crown, from there traverse to both sides, the first on the right with the long edge, the other to the left with the short edge, keeping your thumb always under the ricasso, and pull off.</p>
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
+
|
 +
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|4|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/91|1|lbl=Ⅰ.35v.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Fencing from the Stances'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Rule'''</p>
  
<p>Chapter 11</p>
+
<p>When you stand in the Right or Left Wrath, and one strikes to you from below committing to your right or left opening, then strike high outward with the long edge and, just as it engages, then shoot the point on his sword inward to his face, just then drive off with your hands and work to the next opening with elements of going before or after.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/91|2|lbl=Ⅰ.35v.2}}
<p>Since much now concerns the Stances, I will thus not keep you long in each for the same reason they were given still only half composed, but going onward, since you will need to know, when you present your sword and (while you are twitching off the guard he aimed to you) you would strike, as soon as you come out from the farthest point (where you have begun to pull back your sword), then from here on you should lead your sword against him again with agility, like how it will be handled from the Guard of the Roof, the Guard through which you bring about the Downstrike. Thus when you move to the Downstrike (to do such) you will then in the outermost point of this move come to be in the guard named Roof, you can now not only (just as you seek to strike) strike then and thus drive ahead with your Downstrike, but can also persist to stay. This is the reason, namely just that you not yet undertake any strike unplanned, but even as soon you have allowed the same considered strike to be drawn against them, you should now lead the strike on from even from here so that as you stay for only an eyeblink at the obvious outermost point, so consider ahead if your chosen strike can either still be led usably to fulfillment, or if through it you can attain a better opportunity applicable elsewhere, where you thus change to a second strike accordingly at the outermost point and thus conclude the Downstrike which you have drawn out with a Traverse. This is the underlying reason for the development of the Stances and is why you stay while in one Guard: to see what the other will take ahead (and then rightly know how to overtake his chosen part) and prevent such just by being certain to see here what his chosen part will be, and such waiting is a great art and experience. Because you now need to know onward how to engage your opponent’s oncoming strikes from the Roof with your Sword, I have set the following examples both of when he would strike, or stay and not strike.</p>
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/81|2|lbl=Ⅰ.30v.2|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf|82|lbl=Ⅰ.31r|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''The First Part'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Left Wrath Stance'''</p>
  
<p>And firstly when you come before your opponent and, while striking out or otherwise pulling your sword back (to downstrike) to bring it high above you, he strikes just then to your left at your head, then burst full away from his strike against his left and somewhat toward him, and strike with an outward flat against his incoming strike to meet his sword strongly on the strong so that the forward part of your blade will swing inward over his sword to his head, which is then certainly hit. When you slash at the same time as him and your sword comes to be over his, to hit or not on his strike, then twitch your sword off over yourself again, and strike diagonally upward from below to his right arm, in this strike step out with your left foot full against his right side and arc yourself with your head fully behind your sword’s blade, from there nimbly twitch again upward and flit the short edge to his left ear, if you see that he will wipe against this, then don’t let the impact fail or flow off, but soon cross your hands in the air (the right over the left) and slash him with the short edge deep to his right ear and then traverse over and pull out. Mark here when he would nimbly follow after the Understrike just taught and thus would be hard onto the roof so that you can’t come to flow off, then pay attention just then if he would twitch off from your sword, then follow after him with a cut to the arm.</p>
+
<p>When at the onset you come into the Left Wrath stance, then drive over the right thigh, as above with the left, one strike, two, three, yet then step and strike from your low left out strongly through your right upward, so that your sword flies over in the air in an upstrike toward your right, then twitch over your head and strike a strong traverse to his left ear, onward quickly crosswise and high traverse to all four openings: to his left over the hand, be it high or low, that is reversed or inverted with the hand, and on his right with an inward flat, that is under the hand.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/83|1|lbl=Ⅰ.31v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/91|3|lbl=Ⅰ.35v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Cuts.png|center]]
| <p>'''The Second Part'''</p>
+
| <p>'''With the Ox'''</p>
  
<p>However if he strikes at your left from below, then step quickly out to his left and strike with the long edge onto the strong of his sword, as soon as your sword moves or glides on his, twitch your sword high above yourself again and slash down with the short edge quickly and deeply to his left ear while stepping forward out to his left, he will then want to rush to displace and then drive above against it, so then strike nimbly with the long edge over again to his right ear and in this slashover step full against his right like before, yet stay with the cross high over your head, and mark as soon as he slashes over then fall further with a cut to his arm, if he is not hurt by this but would evade your work, then follow after him (staying on his arm), and when he makes the smallest extraction, then let fly to another opening and strike him away from you.</p>
+
<p>I hope you have taken and judged how you will apply your strikes and elements against your opponent’s four openings with sufficient guidance from the parts taught up to now, also how at times how you should apply a wind, cut, note the flowing off, circle, and flying off with stepping, which are not counted alone as such from this, indeed pre-fencing from all other stances shall also be understood. So now, because the Ox is an especially good stance to engage your opponent, I will give a short lesson and rules on how you shall engage your opponent in the Before, rush, and force displacement from it.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|1|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.1}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/83|2|lbl=Ⅰ.31v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/84|1|lbl=Ⅰ.32r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
| <p>And mark now the first, that you have four available attacks from either side, driven forth through the four leading lines as was explained and made apparent in the initial chapter, the lines being the correct paths for all strikes which would be driven and struck from you to your opponent.</p>
| <p>'''The Third Part'''</p>
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|2|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.2}}
 
 
<p>However, if he strikes to your right as you come to be in the High Guard, then step nimbly with your left foot to his right out of his strike, and at the same time fall from above with the long edge onto the strong of his sword and, just as you fall on his sword, thrust your pommel under your right arm, so that you slash at his head with crossed hands fully over or near his sword, if he drives above against your right then let the half edge nearly flow off and step under it full out to his left side, and strike with the long edge directly to his head from above, but twitch nimbly upward again and slash with a traverse from below to his left ear with an off set with your left foot, and then strike him away from you.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/84|2|lbl=Ⅰ.32r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword G.png|center|400px]]
 
| <p>'''The Fourth Part'''</p>
 
 
<p>Mark in Pre-Fencing when you have come to hold your sword high above in the guard of the Roof to beware that he not then rush to strike, so that you can stay in the Before, cross your hands over your head, (the right over the left) so that it appears as if you would stab to his face, step under this toward him with your right foot and twitch your sword then to your left over your head and strike him thus with the short edge through a crafty traverse from your right to his left ear, twitch nimbly back off again and drive against his lower right opening with a long traverse, let it not stay but twitch above you again in the same flight and let the third flow off deep to his left ear with the short edge, and slash the short edge again with crossed hands into to his right ear, as soon as this hits, step back with the left foot and strike with the long edge from below to his left arm to be as shown by the figure fighting against the right in the left background of illustration G above, mark here when you step off in this Understrike if he would strike to your lower left opening, then step to him with your left foot and fall with crossed hands and the short edge onto his sword, strike him thus an Understrike as shown in the other figure fighting against the right in the just considered picture. Now mark further just as he then pulls his sword over himself again, then pull your sword with crossed hands full to your left and, just as he slashes again, take his oncoming strike from your left against his right with your outward flat, high traverse out strongly so that your sword flies overhead in full flight and your hands cross over each other in the air while your sword flies, then step full against his right, but still keep your hands high and let the half edge flow off in a twitch near his right ear (as this hits or grazes), and just then strike long with an off step. I have described this part in particular as still many good moves can be taken and be fought from here, therefore you should learn not just this alone, but think forward with diligence. Thus I will describe yet another part with a different start.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/84|3|lbl=Ⅰ.32r.3|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/86|1|lbl=Ⅰ.33r.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>The first of two is when you approach against your opponent with the Plunge Strike, which plunges as you hold your point toward him, and hold it steady (as was taught above) so that your thrust is obviously indicated, from which as soon as you can reach your opponent to attack, be it from below or above, wrathful or high traverse, as is shown through the lines, you will now attack through them from one side striking either high traverse or diagonally against him, be it with long or short edge or with the flat. This you bring on forcefully and nimbly Before him, and must force unto him so that he can not come to other work without your leave, then if he would soon try to work against you, then you will already be at his throat with travelling after, cuts, hits, and similar work following, with which you let no work be accomplished, thus now from this lesson’s elementary basis, an example of how to judge this in both attacking and travelling after will be given:</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|3|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword K.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>In the pre-fencing when you have come into the guard of the Ox through a plunge, then strike (as soon as you can reach him) a serious and forceful Wrath Strike from your right to his left ear with a long right foot step, as soon as the strike touches or hits, then almost twitch off again and strike over against his left arm, also with the long edge, but with this strike step with your left foot to his right and take your head out to the side behind your blade, just then he may be ready either to strike or otherwise with his sword stretched out ahead to displace, so at first let your blade hang behind you from your right arm, and meanwhile twitch your grip over your head to your right and take his blade (he is stretched out from striking or displacing) with your long edge or flat and strongly and forcefully high traverse out from your right to his left so that you break out fully with your blade, and in this outward stride let your blade fly above again in a traverse over your head against his left ear, from there twitch your sword over your head again and strike a strong strike swinging in to his right ear with the flat outward, in a flat strike as shown by the larger figure on the right hand side of illustration K, also mark diligently that you step fully out with the left foot to his right side in this strike, from this flatstrike or Bounce Strike twitch your sword high over your head, keeping your hands high, and let the blade fly over with the long edge to his right arm, and yet don’t impact, but traverse nimbly to his left ear while stepping back with the right foot, and sign off. This play, when you have arranged it thus, gives you thus the cut held (as taught above) in reserve, with which you can make more room, either in fencing the full play, or onward in taking another part.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''A Second'''</p>
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|4|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/93|1|lbl=Ⅰ.36v.1|p=1}}
 
 
<p>In the pre-fencing when you come into the Roof or High Guard, then let your blade sink down in front of you, as before, to your left side, and twitch over your head, step and strike a high traversing Middle Strike with the long edge against his left to his neck or throat, as soon as he withdraws, then twitch again over the head, and strike a second high Middle Strike traversing from your left against his right, again at his throat, as soon as it glides then strike the third, a high strike with the long edge direct from above. These three strikes shall go from one to another in a nimble flight. If you want more room then raise your pommel above to your left side, twitch thus overhead, and take your flat or short edge near your left from below through to his right against your right in a wrench out above him, so that your blade again flies over in the air, and strike with the half edge from above down with crossed hands feinting over near his right ear, you can reach further with the short edge by stepping ahead, thus let it engage and strike a strong wrath strike to his left side and following strike away from him. This is indeed a serious and strong sequence in that, since you have the Before, he can only defend.</p>
 
|
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/86|2|lbl=Ⅰ.33r.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/87|1|lbl=Ⅰ.33v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Breaking the Roof Stance or Guard'''</p>
+
| <p>Note that in the onset when you can reach your opponent from the Ox, as was just taught, then twitch your sword over your head and slash a strong and well aimed high traverse from your right with the flat outward to his left ear, yet from there twitch over your head and slash with an outward flat from the other side, also high traversing here. After these two strikes fence to what you think is a good opportunity. Thus you can always attack crosswise and against each other, which also leads out of fencing.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/93|2|lbl=Ⅰ.36v.2}}
<p>If you are aware that after striking outward one can, in a little flight up over the head, stay in the Guard of the Roof, then come in the pre-fencing into the Guard of the Key, from there raise both hands thus crosswise over your head, and at the same time step to him with your right foot, and while stepping strike with the short edge near your right thigh strongly from below through your opponent’s Vertex line up above you, so that the sword is above your head, flying off with an upstrike from your left to your right, keep your hands high in the displacement, just as it connects then step nimbly with your right foot to his left and strike with the short edge in a swing to his left ear. From there upstrike twice with a walk, follow the slash with a traverse to his right ear, and just then step at the same time with your right foot backward to your left, thus the Traverse goes deeper. When this happens you can strike as soon as he does.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/87|2|lbl=Ⅰ.33v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Or if he comes ahead to you going high, then pay attention then if he will go to the low guard, then follow him nimbly with two strong understrikes from both sides out of whatever guard or stance suits you, just as long as you strike nimbly from below. One to the other with the half edge in a nimble walk from both sides deep to the head, after this bind nimbly into his blade, if he goes off then follow after. If he stays then wind, wrench out and make your work onward to the next.</p>
+
| <p>At times you can also, as opportunity allows, attack seriously from one side high traversing to the other, and this on one side somewhat with the long edge, on the other with the short edge or flat. At the last thus also mark where one would be rushed in this guard, so that you cannot bring any element into the before, then shoot forward just then into his face with a step forward in the long point, and in this shooting forward turn the long edge against his oncoming strike and, as soon as you engage, wind on his sword to the next opening.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/87|3|lbl=Ⅰ.33v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/93|3|lbl=Ⅰ.36v.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword E.png|center|400px]]
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword C.png|center|400px]]
| <p>'''Wrath Guard'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Unicorn'''</p>
  
<p>When at the onset you come into the Wrath Guard, then step as soon as you can reach him and strike a quick Wrath Strike, which he must defend from, to his left ear. Nimbly follow the strike over with an Under Strike against his lower right opening, thus you have now attacked. Under this as and when he is reached for work and the arms show he will strike, then fall low with your sword onto his arm and behind his charge so that he can not come to work, as he will then not be able to rightly defend from this, then thrust to him with an incomplete shove from yourself, that he likewise shows that he would fall, and meanwhile slash to the next opening that you know you have, but if he reaches this and strikes you off, then be there again with the cut or displacement, and fall against his strike on the blade, if he goes off the blade again, then cut him on the arm again, but if he stays on your sword then thrust his sword aside with your hilt and nimbly let your sword fly again to the next opening and swing to him after your need. Thus now you shall fight with all elements of the sword to the body, and from the body to the sword, but where he would twitch or flow off from you, then always use the cut for help, and where you can’t cut, then there can be no useful fencing, but where you can do it rightly, then swing to him as you will. He who can break the cut himself, you will find less, but he who cannot rightly lead the cut will soon be broken.</p>
+
<p>Note: Come into the pre-fencing with your left foot forward and strike upward from your right with the short edge, one time, twice, through in front of your face, and the third time stay in the long point with your sword thus stretched out in front of you, turn the long edge above you toward your right so that your pommel goes through under your right arm and your hands cross over one another, drive thus upward with crossed hands, thus you stand in the Unicorn, as was told of before, from then strike ahead (seeing that your left foot stays forward) with two consecutive upstrikes, the first from your right, the other from your left, both hard upward near his body so that in the second upstrike your hands cross over again as before. Drive thus nimbly upward flying off again into the Unicorn, raise your left foot somewhat up, then soon set it quickly down again, with such faking and displays you pull him in so that he then strikes to your left opening, yet just as he strikes then let your blade sink down in front of you, and then twitch your sword over your head, strike thus with the long edge high traversing from your right (with an advancing step of the same foot) against his oncoming strike, such that you catch his strike in the high traverse on the strong of your sword, as soon as the swords glide together, then burst with your right foot still forward against his left side, and raise your sword above you rushing a bit from his blade. Yet while you (as was told) drive a bit above you, then thrust your pommel through under your right arm so that your hands become crossed, quickly and nimbly with an inward flat oe short edge (with the next intended step out to his left) behind his sword to his head, as the small figures on the left side of illustration C show, you thus expose your left opening, he will rush to do the same, thus do no more then pull your pommel out from under your right arm again, and wind your sword into the long point so that your long edge turns to stand against his blade, thus you stand in direct displacement, as is shown by the other smaller figures in the same illustration,</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/89|1|lbl=Ⅰ.34v.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/95|1|lbl=Ⅰ.37v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword L.png|center|400px]]
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
| rowspan="2" | <p>If you stand in the right Wrath stance and your opponent strikes from his right to your left, then with a step of your right foot drive with displacement under his blade and over your head, and catch his strike on your flat with your thumb underneath, and the blade hanging below you somewhat to the ground, but as soon as in glides then step with the left foot to his right side, and wind the short edge under his sword inward to his head, as shown by the small middle figures in illustration L. When you have wound, then hold your sword with the short edge on his, and wrench the sword out following against your right above you, as shown by the small middle figures in illustration F, thus that your hands complete the wrench high in the air and crossed over, and slash in (keeping your hands high) with an inwinding flat to his lower right opening, as soon as he swipes against it in displacement, then don’t pull but twitch high again and strike a glide strike to his left ear, but in this strike let the blade swing in deep over your hands and fence quickly away from him.</p>
+
| <p>or when you have crossed the half edge inward toward his head with crossed hands, so that you have given an opening on your left side, if he rushes (as described before) to fence the same way, then keep your hands crossed, pull your head full to the right, and shoot to him with your blade fully over his, the closer to his hilt the better, thus wrench his blade out to your left, as is shown by the small figures on the right hand side of illustration D, and, when this wrench out comes near your left side, drive out with your hands and slash over them with the hald edge deep to his left ear, after which you come nimbly with your long edge onto his sword after pulling out at your pleasure.</p>
| rowspan="2" |  
+
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/89|2|lbl=Ⅰ.34v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|1|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.1|p=1}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/95|2|lbl=Ⅰ.37v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/96|1|lbl=Ⅰ.38r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword I.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>Or when you thus come to be in the Unicorn in front of your opponent, then mark Just As he strikes from above to let your blade drive over your head and bind on his sword from your right high traversing to your left and, as soon as he goes off above from this, then let your blade snap over again so that your right hand comes over your left and fall forward to his arms with the short edge and crossed hands while he is still driving off, as is shown by the outermost figures on the right hand of illustration I, then thrust away forcefully out from your left side with your hilt and strike nimbly when he shows his next opening, or follow after him until you can have your advantage.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/96|2|lbl=Ⅰ.38r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword A.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
| <p>If your counterpart strikes to you from above, then step and strike to him from your right with a high traversing Middle Strike, thus also through and away from his long edge strike in flight so that your blade flies over with the half edge against his left ear but, as soon as you near it, flow off and twitch over your head from your right to your left, step and slash him with an inverted flat from your left to his right ear, high traversing through the middle line shown on the larger figure on the right of illustration A.</p>
+
| <p>Note when you have flown out to both sides and come into the Unicorn above you, if your opponent then strikes from his right to the left of your head, then step with your right foot toward his left well away from his strike, and then drop onto the strong of his sword (such that your hands stay crosswise) with the short edge above. This requires an offstep every time which shall be completed at the same time as his oncoming strike, and just as the swords glide together in this way, just then let the short edge snap off again up from his sword, and hit him with it over his hands to his head, after this strike with the long edge and an outstep. From this Unicorn you can also fence and attack rightly and well with the understrike and the thwart, as many good plays shall also go onward similarly when you consider it afterward.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|2|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/96|3|lbl=Ⅰ.38r.3|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>If it happens that he would not strike, then place yourself into the right Wrath stance and drive over your forward thigh thus: Stay standing with your left foot planted and strike seriously from your right over your left leg into the left Changer, from there travel over yourself again with the short edge through the strike line which you just travelled through from above so that your sword comes to your right shoulder again. Do this then once or thrice and, at the last when you see your opportunity, then drive the short edge in a move from your left above in the air over yourself and let it snap over thus into an upstrike to his lower right opening with your third step, and as this is then pulled right, then slash a deep one again with the short edge over your hand to his left ear, in this let your pommel snap full upward, thus letting it go deeper, then twitch over again and drive a strike to his lower right opening with two forward steps, and then as such is pulled right, then slash again over your hand with the short edge to his left ear, in this let your pommel snap upward thus making it go deeper, twitch over again and drive a strike to his right, yet still soon traverse again to his left with a back step and then pull out.</p>
+
| <p>'''Key'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|3|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>This guard is named the Key since all other elements and stances can be broken from this stance just as well as that which can happen from others where you will actually need more force to do so than in this one, and since a key is a small instrument which, without particular effort or force, can enter a big strong castle where otherwise a man must use great force, thus from this weak stance (as it may seem) all other elements will be broken artfully and delicately without special effort, and basically that’s the story. In the pre-fencing put yourself in this guard and, even as how to fence in such forms as the Unicorn was told before, it stands against your opponent’s guards, left or right, high or low, thus stab to him from the Key before yourself directly to his face into the Long Point, the stab of which he (if he doesn’t want to be hit) must defend from. On whichever side he then hits out from, then let your blade then swipe away with intent as he hits out to it, drive over your head and strike him to the same side that he struck out from, if he swipes after it, then don’t let it hit, but let it fly off to another opening, and strike away from him as he seeks for another opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/97|1|lbl=Ⅰ.38v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>In the pre-fencing strike into the the right Wrath and, as soon as your opponent goes off, then raise your hands high over your head and let your point shoot forward toward his face as if you would stab, but twitch off again and slash with inverted hands or reversed flat from your lower right out to his left ear or arm together with a retreating step. If he then strikes from above at the same time as you, then nimbly twitch over after the swords meet and slash diagonally deep to his upper right opening with an inward flat so that your hands become crossed, yet then pull out to yourself again as if you would strike to his left but don’t, rather twitch off again without engaging and strike thus with the short edge in a circle to his right ear so that the short edge grazes his ear. During this keep your hands high above you and step around with the circle then step back and strike a direct vertex strike to his head, then twitch nimbly upward again with a high traversing cross. That is, come over your head into the Crown, from there traverse to both sides, the first on the right with the long edge, the other to the left with the short edge, keeping your thumb always under the ricasso, and pull off.</p>
+
| <p>Don’t go to other stances with your opponent, but force them out from you by striking, if he strikes just then from above or from below, from the right or from the left, then mark just as he strikes in, then shoot your Long Point in front of you into his face, and at the same time as shooting forward twist your long edge against his oncoming strike, when you have caught his strike on the strong of your long edge, then stay hard on his blade and wind in nimbly outward to his head, but if he goes nimbly off from your sword striking to the other side, then strike or rush him (while his sword is still driving out) to his head or arms, hurry soon after this to bind again on his sword and think of travelling after, slices, wrenches out, and misleading.</p>
|  
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/97|2|lbl=Ⅰ.38v.2}}
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/90|4|lbl=Ⅰ.35r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/91|1|lbl=Ⅰ.35v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Rule'''</p>
+
| <p>Basically from this forward Guard you fence elements in the Before and shall attack through it, thus you can take off to the elements to which one breaks the High Guard acting from this Key.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/97|3|lbl=Ⅰ.38v.3}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
 +
| <p>'''Hanging Point'''</p>
  
<p>When you stand in the Right or Left Wrath, and one strikes to you from below committing to your right or left opening, then strike high outward with the long edge and, just as it engages, then shoot the point on his sword inward to his face, just then drive off with your hands and work to the next opening with elements of going before or after.</p>
+
<p>In the pre-fencing strike forcefully from your left above you through toward his face in a sweep, once, twice, and the third time don’t let your sword swing out before your face but twist it into the Hanging Point, as shown on the right hand side of figure F and as taught before, and do this a number of times until you see your opportunity to attack with an element, but if your opponent strikes to you during this (while you stand thus in the Hanging Point) from above, or high traverse, or from below to your fingers, or against your head on the left, then step soon out to your left with the left foot behind the right, and twitch at the same time as he strikes, your sword thus hangs from above you against your right shoulder, from here step and strike at the same time as him left to his head, pull the pommel hard to your inward arm in this strike onto the flat, then swing your blade on forcefully to his head. hold your pommel thus hard on your arm and wrench thus out above you with outstretched blade to your left, let this wrench thus fly over your head and traverse strike strong to his left.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/91|2|lbl=Ⅰ.35v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/99|1|lbl=Ⅰ.39v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Left Wrath Stance'''</p>
+
| <p>But if he strikes to your right side from above, then catch his strike on your blade’s flat and step out to his right, or stay with your blade (just as the blades have struck together) on the side and wind the short edge inwards to his head, twist nimbly with the sword into the Long Point from the wind, such that you smite his after work away from you, but if he fences in to you from below your blade to your right ear, away from what happens, then twist yet again into the long point with the long edge below, thus setting aside his blade, yet while you displace at the same time also step nimbly with the left foot to his right and thrust your pommel (just as the parry is about to engage) through under your right arm, thus raise your sword high with crossed hands, and hit again nimbly upward with the half edge to his right ear, if he displaces this then let the blade flow off near your right, and step back again with your left foot and meanwhile with your back step strike a forceful middle strike, traverse over to his left ear or arm, then pull out. What would be fenced further is easily taken onward from here.</p>
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/99|2|lbl=Ⅰ.39v.2}}
<p>When at the onset you come into the Left Wrath stance, then drive over the right thigh, as above with the left, one strike, two, three, yet then step and strike from your low left out strongly through your right upward, so that your sword flies over in the air in an upstrike toward your right, then twitch over your head and strike a strong traverse to his left ear, onward quickly crosswise and high traverse to all four openings: to his left over the hand, be it high or low, that is reversed or inverted with the hand, and on his right with an inward flat, that is under the hand.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/91|3|lbl=Ⅰ.35v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword Cuts.png|center]]
+
|  
| <p>'''With the Ox'''</p>
+
| <p>'''Iron Gate'''</p>
  
<p>I hope you have taken and judged how you will apply your strikes and elements against your opponent’s four openings with sufficient guidance from the parts taught up to now, also how at times how you should apply a wind, cut, note the flowing off, circle, and flying off with stepping, which are not counted alone as such from this, indeed pre-fencing from all other stances shall also be understood. So now, because the Ox is an especially good stance to engage your opponent, I will give a short lesson and rules on how you shall engage your opponent in the Before, rush, and force displacement from it.</p>
+
<p>This Iron Gate is actually (as said above) the Barrier Guard, from which you fence thus: if he strikes one from above, then drive thus out with crossed hands and catch his strike on the strong of your blade, just as he then takes his sword off your blade from this strike, then strike him (while his arms pull over himself) with a forceful upstrike to his arms, as soon as he tries to clear off then fence to his head.</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|1|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/100|1|lbl=Ⅰ.40r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>And mark now the first, that you have four available attacks from either side, driven forth through the four leading lines as was explained and made apparent in the initial chapter, the lines being the correct paths for all strikes which would be driven and struck from you to your opponent.</p>
+
|
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|2|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.2}}
+
| <p>Note: Displace his high strike as before, and just as the swords glide together then wind the short edge nimbly inward to his right ear, then wind again to his left side nimbly over him with your pommel through below, and with a back step strike long to the left of his head. However where he would fence to you from below, then fall from above with the long edge onto his sword into the Long Point. The Iron Gate or Barrier Guard breaks out the Key, namely stab toward his face forcing him above himself, and then fence after him (just as he drives overhead) from below.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/100|2|lbl=Ⅰ.40r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The first of two is when you approach against your opponent with the Plunge Strike, which plunges as you hold your point toward him, and hold it steady (as was taught above) so that your thrust is obviously indicated, from which as soon as you can reach your opponent to attack, be it from below or above, wrathful or high traverse, as is shown through the lines, you will now attack through them from one side striking either high traverse or diagonally against him, be it with long or short edge or with the flat. This you bring on forcefully and nimbly Before him, and must force unto him so that he can not come to other work without your leave, then if he would soon try to work against you, then you will already be at his throat with travelling after, cuts, hits, and similar work following, with which you let no work be accomplished, thus now from this lesson’s elementary basis, an example of how to judge this in both attacking and travelling after will be given:</p>
+
| <p>'''Close Guard'''</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|3|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.3}}
+
 
 +
<p>From the Close Guard you will fence into the Arc Strike; as you have been struck to an opening when you hold yourself in the right Close Guard, then step springing with your right foot to his left well away from his strike, and strike with crossed hands above and behind his blade to his head, twitch nimbly (where you don’t want to wrench out to your left) above him with crossed hands and hit strongly with the outward flat from below to his left ear; however where he won’t strike, then fence such as you will learn from the Middle Guard following this.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/100|3|lbl=Ⅰ.40r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword K.png|center|400px]]
 
| <p>In the pre-fencing when you have come into the guard of the Ox through a plunge, then strike (as soon as you can reach him) a serious and forceful Wrath Strike from your right to his left ear with a long right foot step, as soon as the strike touches or hits, then almost twitch off again and strike over against his left arm, also with the long edge, but with this strike step with your left foot to his right and take your head out to the side behind your blade, just then he may be ready either to strike or otherwise with his sword stretched out ahead to displace, so at first let your blade hang behind you from your right arm, and meanwhile twitch your grip over your head to your right and take his blade (he is stretched out from striking or displacing) with your long edge or flat and strongly and forcefully high traverse out from your right to his left so that you break out fully with your blade, and in this outward stride let your blade fly above again in a traverse over your head against his left ear, from there twitch your sword over your head again and strike a strong strike swinging in to his right ear with the flat outward, in a flat strike as shown by the larger figure on the right hand side of illustration K, also mark diligently that you step fully out with the left foot to his right side in this strike, from this flatstrike or Bounce Strike twitch your sword high over your head, keeping your hands high, and let the blade fly over with the long edge to his right arm, and yet don’t impact, but traverse nimbly to his left ear while stepping back with the right foot, and sign off. This play, when you have arranged it thus, gives you thus the cut held (as taught above) in reserve, with which you can make more room, either in fencing the full play, or onward in taking another part.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/92|4|lbl=Ⅰ.36r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/93|1|lbl=Ⅰ.36v.1|p=1}}
+
| <p>'''Middle Guard'''</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>You will learn of the Middle Guard later with the Dusack, whereas that will be done with one hand, here you shall place yourself in it with two hands. Then even if in the beginning I was not well disposed to set this here, I can indeed (since from nothing else can the Ward of the Roses be taught onward) otherwise not go forward, then mark when one comes ahead to you so that his sword is stretched out before him in the long point or else driving in direct displacement, then drive with your blade around in a circle from the middle guard right over around his, so that you come right back to the same middle guard with your blade, from there swing the weak forcefully out to him over his arm to his head, or as he then (just as you would would drive over his blade through the roses) meanwhile would fall from above down to your opening, then take his blade outward with the half edge, namely on the second time you come to be in the middle guard, then as quickly as he has not yet come to reach your opening, you come around just then with the Roses, with which you have enough time to come to the described out, after this you still take him outward, then let flow over in a curve in the air over your head (by which you mislead him) through a circle to the next opening.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/101|1|lbl=Ⅰ.40v.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Note that in the onset when you can reach your opponent from the Ox, as was just taught, then twitch your sword over your head and slash a strong and well aimed high traverse from your right with the flat outward to his left ear, yet from there twitch over your head and slash with an outward flat from the other side, also high traversing here. After these two strikes fence to what you think is a good opportunity. Thus you can always attack crosswise and against each other, which also leads out of fencing.</p>
+
| <p>Or as you have struck to the left into the Middle Guard in pre-fencing, and your counterpart strikes below this to you from above, then step well out from his strike to his right side, and throw your short edge above or outside his right arm to his head, and in this throw in let your blade shoot well in, either to his head or above both his arms, then nimbly twitch your sword upward again and strike him strongly with the long edge from your left above to his right arm, from there fence to him onward as with previous and following elements at your pleasure, and meanwhile since the Roses can also be fenced rightly from the Long Point, just as I set forth the previous element, I will describe it with the Long Point as well thus:</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/93|2|lbl=Ⅰ.36v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/101|2|lbl=Ⅰ.40v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>At times you can also, as opportunity allows, attack seriously from one side high traversing to the other, and this on one side somewhat with the long edge, on the other with the short edge or flat. At the last thus also mark where one would be rushed in this guard, so that you cannot bring any element into the before, then shoot forward just then into his face with a step forward in the long point, and in this shooting forward turn the long edge against his oncoming strike and, as soon as you engage, wind on his sword to the next opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/93|3|lbl=Ⅰ.36v.3}}
 
 
|-
 
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword C.png|center|400px]]
 
| <p>'''Unicorn'''</p>
 
 
<p>Note, come into the pre-fencing with your left foot forward and strike upward from your right with the short edge, one time, twice, through in front of your face, and the third time stay in the long point with your sword thus stretched out in front of you, turn the long edge above you toward your right so that your pommel goes through under your right arm and your hands cross over one another, drive thus upward with crossed hands, thus you stand in the Unicorn, as was told of before, from then strike ahead (seeing that your left foot stays forward) with two consecutive upstrikes, the first from your right, the other from your left, both hard upward near his body so that in the second upstrike your hands cross over again as before. Drive thus nimbly upward flying off again into the Unicorn, raise your left foot somewhat up, then soon set it quickly down again, with such faking and displays you pull him in so that he then strikes to your left opening, yet just as he strikes then let your blade sink down in front of you, and then twitch your sword over your head, strike thus with the long edge high traversing from your right (with an advancing step of the same foot) against his oncoming strike, such that you catch his strike in the high traverse on the strong of your sword, as soon as the swords glide together, then burst with your right foot still forward against his left side, and raise your sword above you rushing a bit from his blade. Yet while you (as was told) drive a bit above you, then thrust your pommel through under your right arm so that your hands become crossed, quickly and nimbly with an inward flat oe short edge (with the next intended step out to his left) behind his sword to his head, as the small figures on the left side of illustration C show, you thus expose your left opening, he will rush to do the same, thus do no more then pull your pommel out from under your right arm again, and wind your sword into the long point so that your long edge turns to stand against his blade, thus you stand in direct displacement, as is shown by the other smaller figures in the same illustration,</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/95|1|lbl=Ⅰ.37v.1}}
 
 
|-
 
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword D.png|center|400px]]
 
| <p>or when you have crossed the half edge inward toward his head with crossed hands, so that you have given an opening on your left side, if he rushes (as described before) to fence the same way, then keep your hands crossed, pull your head full to the right, and shoot to him with your blade fully over his, the closer to his hilt the better, thus wrench his blade out to your left, as is shown by the small figures on the right hand side of illustration D, and, when this wrench out comes near your left side, drive out with your hands and slash over them with the hald edge deep to his left ear, after which you come nimbly with your long edge onto his sword after pulling out at your pleasure.</p>
 
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/95|2|lbl=Ⅰ.37v.2|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/96|1|lbl=Ⅰ.38r.1|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|1|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword I.png|center|400px]]
 
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword I.png|center|400px]]
| <p>Or when you thus come to be in the Unicorn in front of your opponent, then mark Just As he strikes from above to let your blade drive over your head and bind on his sword from your right high traversing to your left and, as soon as he goes off above from this, then let your blade snap over again so that your right hand comes over your left and fall forward to his arms with the short edge and crossed hands while he is still driving off, as is shown by the outermost figures on the right hand of illustration I, then thrust away forcefully out from your left side with your hilt and strike nimbly when he shows his next opening, or follow after him until you can have your advantage.</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/96|2|lbl=Ⅰ.38r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|2|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Note when you have flown out to both sides and come into the Unicorn above you, if your opponent then strikes from his right to the left of your head, then step with your right foot toward his left well away from his strike, and then drop onto the strong of his sword (such that your hands stay crosswise) with the short edge above. This requires an offstep every time which shall be completed at the same time as his oncoming strike, and just as the swords glide together in this way, just then let the short edge snap off again up from his sword, and hit him with it over his hands to his head, after this strike with the long edge and an outstep. From this Unicorn you can also fence and attack rightly and well with the understrike and the thwart, as many good plays shall also go onward similarly when you consider it afterward.</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/96|3|lbl=Ⅰ.38r.3|p=1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|3|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Key'''</p>
+
|  
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|4|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.4}}
<p>This guard is named the Key since all other elements and stances can be broken from this stance just as well as that which can happen from others where you will actually need more force to do so than in this one, and since a key is a small instrument which, without particular effort or force, can enter a big strong castle where otherwise a man must use great force, thus from this weak stance (as it may seem) all other elements will be broken artfully and delicately without special effort, and basically that’s the story. In the pre-fencing put yourself in this guard and, even as how to fence in such forms as the Unicorn was told before, it stands against your opponent’s guards, left or right, high or low, thus stab to him from the Key before yourself directly to his face into the Long Point, the stab of which he (if he doesn’t want to be hit) must defend from. On whichever side he then hits out from, then let your blade then swipe away with intent as he hits out to it, drive over your head and strike him to the same side that he struck out from, if he swipes after it, then don’t let it hit, but let it fly off to another opening, and strike away from him as he seeks for another opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/97|1|lbl=Ⅰ.38v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword H.png|center|400px]]
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Don’t go to other stances with your opponent, but force them out from you by striking, if he strikes just then from above or from below, from the right or from the left, then mark just as he strikes in, then shoot your Long Point in front of you into his face, and at the same time as shooting forward twist your long edge against his oncoming strike, when you have caught his strike on the strong of your long edge, then stay hard on his blade and wind in nimbly outward to his head, but if he goes nimbly off from your sword striking to the other side, then strike or rush him (while his sword is still driving out) to his head or arms, hurry soon after this to bind again on his sword and think of travelling after, slices, wrenches out, and misleading.</p>
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|5|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.5}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/97|2|lbl=Ⅰ.38v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Basically from this forward Guard you fence elements in the Before and shall attack through it, thus you can take off to the elements to which one breaks the High Guard acting from this Key.</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/97|3|lbl=Ⅰ.38v.3}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|1|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
+
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword N.png|center|400px]]
| <p>'''Hanging Point'''</p>
+
|  
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|2|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.2}}
<p>In the pre-fencing strike forcefully from your left above you through toward his face in a sweep, once, twice, and the third time don’t let your sword swing out before your face but twist it into the Hanging Point, as shown on the right hand side of figure F and as taught before, and do this a number of times until you see your opportunity to attack with an element, but if your opponent strikes to you during this (while you stand thus in the Hanging Point) from above, or high traverse, or from below to your fingers, or against your head on the left, then step soon out to your left with the left foot behind the right, and twitch at the same time as he strikes, your sword thus hangs from above you against your right shoulder, from here step and strike at the same time as him left to his head, pull the pommel hard to your inward arm in this strike onto the flat, then swing your blade on forcefully to his head. hold your pommel thus hard on your arm and wrench thus out above you with outstretched blade to your left, let this wrench thus fly over your head and traverse strike strong to his left.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/99|1|lbl=Ⅰ.39v.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>But if he strikes to your right side from above, then catch his strike on your blade’s flat and step out to his right, or stay with your blade (just as the blades have struck together) on the side and wind the short edge inwards to his head, twist nimbly with the sword into the Long Point from the wind, such that you smite his after work away from you, but if he fences in to you from below your blade to your right ear, away from what happens, then twist yet again into the long point with the long edge below, thus setting aside his blade, yet while you displace at the same time also step nimbly with the left foot to his right and thrust your pommel (just as the parry is about to engage) through under your right arm, thus raise your sword high with crossed hands, and hit again nimbly upward with the half edge to his right ear, if he displaces this then let the blade flow off near your right, and step back again with your left foot and meanwhile with your back step strike a forceful middle strike, traverse over to his left ear or arm, then pull out. What would be fenced further is easily taken onward from here.</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/99|2|lbl=Ⅰ.39v.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|3|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Iron Door'''</p>
+
|  
 
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|4|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|1|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.1|p=1}}
<p>This Iron Door is actually (as said above) the Barrier Guard, from which you fence thus: if he strikes one from above, then drive thus out with crossed hands and catch his strike on the strong of your blade, just as he then takes his sword off your blade from this strike, then strike him (while his arms pull over himself) with a forceful upstrike to his arms, as soon as he tries to clear off then fence to his head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/100|1|lbl=Ⅰ.40r.1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Note, displace his high strike as before, and just as the swords glide together then wind the short edge nimbly inward to his right ear, then wind again to his left side nimbly over him with your pommel through below, and with a back step strike long to the left of his head. However where he would fence to you from below, then fall from above with the long edge onto his sword into the Long Point. The Iron Door or Barrier Guard breaks out the Key, namely stab toward his face forcing him above himself, and then fence after him (just as he drives overhead) from below.</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/100|2|lbl=Ⅰ.40r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|2|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Close Guard'''</p>
+
|  
 
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|3|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.3}}
<p>From the Close Guard you will fence into the Arc Strike; as you have been struck to an opening when you hold yourself in the right Close Guard, then step springing with your right foot to his left well away from his strike, and strike with crossed hands above and behind his blade to his head, twitch nimbly (where you don’t want to wrench out to your left) above him with crossed hands and hit strongly with the outward flat from below to his left ear; however where he won’t strike, then fence such as you will learn from the Middle Guard following this.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/100|3|lbl=Ⅰ.40r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Middle Guard'''</p>
 
 
<p>You will learn of the Middle Guard later with the Dusack, whereas that will be done with one hand, here you shall place yourself in it with two hands. Then even if in the beginning I was not well disposed to set this here, I can indeed (since from nothing else can the Ward of the Roses be taught onward) otherwise not go forward, then mark when one comes ahead to you so that his sword is stretched out before him in the long point or else driving in direct displacement, then drive with your blade around in a circle from the middle guard right over around his, so that you come right back to the same middle guard with your blade, from there swing the weak forcefully out to him over his arm to his head, or as he then (just as you would would drive over his blade through the roses) meanwhile would fall from above down to your opening, then take his blade outward with the half edge, namely on the second time you come to be in the middle guard, then as quickly as he has not yet come to reach your opening, you come around just then with the Roses, with which you have enough time to come to the described out, after this you still take him outward, then let flow over in a curve in the air over your head (by which you mislead him) through a circle to the next opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/101|1|lbl=Ⅰ.40v.1}}
 
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Or as you have struck to the left into the Middle Guard in pre-fencing, and your counterpart strikes below this to you from above, then step well out from his strike to his right side, and throw your short edge above or outside his right arm to his head, and in this throw in let your blade shoot well in, either to his head or above both his arms, then nimbly twitch your sword upward again and strike him strongly with the long edge from your left above to his right arm, from there fence to him onward as with previous and following elements at your pleasure, and meanwhile since the Roses can also be fenced rightly from the Long Point, just as I set forth the previous element, I will describe it with the Long Point as well thus:</p>
+
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/101|2|lbl=Ⅰ.40v.2}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|4|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|1|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|1|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.1}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|2|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.2}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword I.png|center|400px]]
+
| rowspan="3" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword M.png|center|400px]]
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|2|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.2}}
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|3|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.3}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|
+
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|4|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.4}}
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|3|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|4|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.4}}
+
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|5|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/108|1|lbl=Ⅰ.44r.1|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword H.png|center|400px]]
+
| class="noline" |
|  
+
| class="noline" |  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/102|5|lbl=Ⅰ.41r.5}}
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/108|2|lbl=Ⅰ.44r.2}}
 +
 
 +
|}
 +
{{master subsubsection end}}
  
 +
{{master subsubsection begin
 +
| title = Part Three
 +
| width = 120em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
|  
+
! <p>Figures</p>
|  
+
! <p>{{rating|B|Complete Translation (from the Lund)}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|1|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.1}}
+
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 +
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Version]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A..2)}}</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword N.png|center|400px]]
 
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|2|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.2}}
+
| <p>'''Sword Fencing'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Firstly will each one of the actions in Fencing be divided into three parts which are particularly good to note. In the Sword this is namely attacking, followed by the withdrawal or other than to the first to reach it, send your attacks through the Guards and Hew like they follow afterwards here, however to the other parts and the middle work, this will be reprinted with the handworks, and a mixture of convenient cuts. Onwards to the last, or the withdrawal, how orderly each one will hereafter be diligently written and taught.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|3|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword F.png|center|400px]]
+
|  
 +
| <p>Secondly one should note the Vor and Nach (Before and After), Weak and Strong. The Before is when you drive with your Stücken so that he cannot come to his senses, especially by positioning yourself close, and how he defends before your Stücken and these same would like to break and bar, with this, he runs off the Vor to you.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/104|4|lbl=Ⅰ.42r.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|1|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>The after is, when you have been rushed upon by your opponent how it is reported next and above. Thus you should respond ''Indes'' quickly with convenient work, with this, you are strongest on his Stücken, when you lay on with your work in the Vor, and in this you are crowded so that you must displace him after, thus is a constant changing with the Vor and Nach, now you have it, then he does. But he who does not pay attention to it, he will nonetheless never learn to fence.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|2|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>'''Divisions of the sword to the Weak and Strong'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>The Sword is firstly divided in two parts, namely from the grip to the middle of the blade which is known as the Strong, from the middle to the most forward, is the Weak furthermore is the sword divided in four parts how the figure below this shows.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|3|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.3}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p>With the inward part, that is the haft, and [with it] the work with the pommel and cross and haft will be understood, in the next part, thereafter will the work with cutting and pushing and what belongs to the Strong be understood, to the third part of the sword should be noted the alterable work of the Weak and Strong after opportunity and liking. Which alone is extremely weak for you to work properly to the Openings.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/105|4|lbl=Ⅰ.42v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|1|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.1|p=1}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|400px|center]]
 +
| <p>'''Hard and Soft'''</p>
 +
 +
<p>Thus you shall mark in the binding of the swords, as you shall feel if he has become hard or soft in the bind, with the cut.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|2|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.2}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| rowspan="3" | [[File:Meyer 1570 Sword M.png|center|400px]]
+
| <p>Item: If he is yet again, strong or weak, and is usually more watchful of the weak binding before the strong, how hereafter in the fencing it can be seen. With this however the sword fencing and the following written stuck is more understandable thus as I explain my ''Zedel'' according to the rules, as I want the words to have understanding so I have named the order; the Beginning, Middle and End.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|3|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.3}}
 
 
|-
 
 
|  
 
|  
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|4|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.4}}
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
|
+
| <p>'''Follow the Sword ''Zedel'''''</p>
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/106|5|lbl=Ⅰ.43r.5|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/108|1|lbl=Ⅰ.44r.1|p=1}}
 
 
 
|-
 
| class="noline" |
 
| class="noline" |
 
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/108|2|lbl=Ⅰ.44r.2}}
 
 
 
|}
 
{{master subsubsection end}}
 
 
 
{{master subsubsection begin
 
| title = Part Three
 
| width = 120em
 
}}
 
{| class="master"
 
|-
 
! <p>Figures</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|B|Complete Translation (from the Lund)}}<br/>by [[Kevin Maurer]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meyer)|1570 Edition]]{{edit index|Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Michael Chidester]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)|Lund Version]]{{edit index|Joachim Meyers Fäktbok (MS A.4º.2)}}</p>
 
 
 
|-
 
|
 
| <p>'''Sword Fencing'''</p>
 
 
 
<p>Firstly will each one of the actions in Fencing be divided into three parts which are particularly good to note. In the Sword this is namely attacking, followed by the withdrawal or other than to the first to reach it, send your attacks through the Guards and Hew like they follow afterwards here, however to the other parts and the middle work, this will be reprinted with the handworks, and a mixture of convenient cuts. Onwards to the last, or the withdrawal, how orderly each one will hereafter be diligently written and taught.</p>
 
|
 
|
 
 
 
|-
 
|
 
| <p>Secondly one should note the Vor and Nach (Before and After), Weak and Strong. The Before is when you drive with your Stücken so that he cannot come to his senses, especially by positioning yourself close, and how he defends before your Stücken and these same would like to break and bar, with this, he runs off the Vor to you.</p>
 
|
 
|
 
 
 
|-
 
|
 
| <p>The after is, when you have been rushed upon by your opponent how it is reported next and above. Thus you should respond ''Indes'' quickly with convenient work, with this, you are strongest on his Stücken, when you lay on with your work in the Vor, and in this you are crowded so that you must displace him after, thus is a constant changing with the Vor and Nach, now you have it, then he does. But he who does not pay attention to it, he will nonetheless never learn to fence.</p>
 
|
 
|
 
 
 
|-
 
|
 
| <p>'''Divisions of the sword to the Weak and Strong'''</p>
 
 
 
<p>The Sword is firstly divided in two parts, namely from the grip to the middle of the Blade which is known as the Strong, from the middle to the most forward, is the Weak furthermore is the sword divided in four parts how the figure below this shows.</p>
 
|
 
|
 
 
 
|-
 
|
 
| <p>With the inward part, that is the haft, and [with it] the work with the pommel and cross and haft will be understood, in the next part, thereafter will the work with cutting and pushing and what belongs to the Strong be understood, to the third part of the sword should be noted the alterable work of the Weak and Strong after opportunity and liking. Which alone is extremely weak for you to work properly to the Openings.</p>
 
|
 
|
 
 
 
|-
 
| rowspan="2" | [[File:MS A.4º.2 06v.jpg|400px|center]]
 
| <p>'''Hard and Soft'''</p>
 
 
 
<p>Thus you shall mark in the binding of the swords, as you shall feel if he has become hard or soft in the bind, with the cut.</p>
 
|
 
|
 
 
 
|-
 
| <p>Item: If he is yet again, strong or weak, and is usually more watchful of the weak binding before the strong, how hereafter in the fencing it can be seen. With this however the Sword fencing and the following written stuck is more understandable thus as I explain my Zedel according to the rules, as I want the words to have understanding so I have named the order; the Beginning, Middle and End.</p>
 
|
 
|
 
 
 
|-
 
|
 
| <p>'''Follow the Sword Zedel'''</p>
 
  
 
<p>'''The Four Main guards'''</p>
 
<p>'''The Four Main guards'''</p>
Line 5,833: Line 7,006:
 
| <p>'''The Eight Secondary Guards'''</p>
 
| <p>'''The Eight Secondary Guards'''</p>
  
<p>Long-point, Iron-door, Hanging Point, Speak-window, Key, Side Guard, Barrier Guard, Wrath Guard</p>
+
<p>Long Point, Iron Gate, Hanging Point, Speak-window, Key, Side Guard, Barrier Guard, Wrath Guard</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
Line 5,841: Line 7,014:
 
| <p>'''The Five Master-Cuts'''</p>
 
| <p>'''The Five Master-Cuts'''</p>
  
<p>Wrath Cut, Crooked cut, Thwart Cut, Squinter cut, Scalper</p>
+
<p>Wrath Cut, Crooked Cut, Thwart Cut, Squinter Cut, Scalper</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
Line 5,849: Line 7,022:
 
| <p>'''The Six Covert Cuts'''</p>
 
| <p>'''The Six Covert Cuts'''</p>
  
<p>Blinding cut, Bouncing cut, Short cut, Knuckle cut, Clashing cut, Wind cut</p>
+
<p>Blinding Cut, Bouncing cut, Short Cut, Knuckle Cut, Clashing Cut, Wind Cut</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,080: Line 7,253:
 
<p>The Circle also comes from the Crooked Cuts and is a particularly good technique for deception, compared to others, because it does not just run off, unlike other deceptive techniques, like ablauffen and the like, but rather when one does it correctly and strikes the Circle very hard with the short edge in running by.</p>
 
<p>The Circle also comes from the Crooked Cuts and is a particularly good technique for deception, compared to others, because it does not just run off, unlike other deceptive techniques, like ablauffen and the like, but rather when one does it correctly and strikes the Circle very hard with the short edge in running by.</p>
  
<p>This Stück goes thus, (after you have come under his sword in the attack) when your stay in the bind, and drive your sword over the head, as soon as he gives a little room, so that he is not binding on the sword, but rather drives his sword then high above you, then cross your hands in the air, and cut from above with the short edge thus put crosswise, down to his right ear, so that whether your Blade hits or not, it runs around in a circle by his right arm, and in this keep your hands high above your head, as soon as he slips after the Circle, then step with your left foot well on to his right side, and cut in at his head with the Long edge, over his right arm, behind his blade, take your body and head well away from his strike with a step to your left side.</p>
+
<p>This Stück goes thus, (after you have come under his sword in the attack) when your stay in the bind, and drive your sword over the head, as soon as he gives a little room, so that he is not binding on the sword, but rather drives his sword then high above you, then cross your hands in the air, and cut from above with the short edge thus put crosswise, down to his right ear, so that whether your blade hits or not, it runs around in a circle by his right arm, and in this keep your hands high above your head, as soon as he slips after the Circle, then step with your left foot well on to his right side, and cut in at his head with the long edge, over his right arm, behind his blade, take your body and head well away from his strike with a step to your left side.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/115|2|lbl=Ⅰ.47v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/115|2|lbl=Ⅰ.47v.2}}
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,120: Line 7,293:
 
| <p>Cut Crooked to his Flat<br/>And you will Weaken the Master</p>
 
| <p>Cut Crooked to his Flat<br/>And you will Weaken the Master</p>
  
<p>This is a lesson how you shall weaken one's incoming strike, and goes thus. In Zufechten pay attention when he cuts in at you from his right, then step well out from his strike and cut with crossed hands and the Long edge onto the strong of his sword's blade, on the Flat, thereby you weaken him, so that he can barely recover for another strike, then before he recovers you are on his head with winding and flicking.</p>
+
<p>This is a lesson how you shall weaken one's incoming strike, and goes thus. In Zufechten pay attention when he cuts in at you from his right, then step well out from his strike and cut with crossed hands and the long edge onto the strong of his sword's blade, on the Flat, thereby you weaken him, so that he can barely recover for another strike, then before he recovers you are on his head with winding and flicking.</p>
  
 
<p>The Counter you should mark that when one meets you with a crooked cut, to your on coming strike, to weaken you, then change through nimbly under his blade and work to his side from which he sent his Crooked cut.</p>
 
<p>The Counter you should mark that when one meets you with a crooked cut, to your on coming strike, to weaken you, then change through nimbly under his blade and work to his side from which he sent his Crooked cut.</p>
Line 6,180: Line 7,353:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The Pommel deception, you shall remember<br/>With Flicking and Quickening you will vex him</p>
+
| <p>The pommel deception, you shall remember<br/>With Flicking and Quickening you will vex him</p>
  
 
<p>This is when you cut in with a Crooked Cut to his strong, if he opposes or displaces high, then wind through below with the pommel, and act as if you would grab over with the pommel, as I have already taught; and before he realizes it, then quickly flick the short edge back in at him, again on the same line, to whichever side you first did the Crooked Cut.</p>
 
<p>This is when you cut in with a Crooked Cut to his strong, if he opposes or displaces high, then wind through below with the pommel, and act as if you would grab over with the pommel, as I have already taught; and before he realizes it, then quickly flick the short edge back in at him, again on the same line, to whichever side you first did the Crooked Cut.</p>
Line 6,276: Line 7,449:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>The First Squinter goes thus; when you are in the Zufechten, then note as soon as he goes out to strike to your left, then position yourself as if you would strike at the same time to him, do not complete this, but rather turn your Sword in the air so that your hand comes crosswise, and then cut in from above to his right with the short edge and crossed arms, at the same time as him, so that his Blade comes also to his right, or falls by your Right, however, step well with the left foot to his right side.</p>
+
| <p>The First Squinter goes thus; when you are in the Zufechten, then note as soon as he goes out to strike to your left, then position yourself as if you would strike at the same time to him, do not complete this, but rather turn your Sword in the air so that your hand comes crosswise, and then cut in from above to his right with the short edge and crossed arms, at the same time as him, so that his blade comes also to his right, or falls by your right, however, step well with the left foot to his right side.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|2|lbl=21v.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS A.4º.2 21v.jpg|2|lbl=21v.2}}
Line 6,329: Line 7,502:
 
| <p><br/></p>
 
| <p><br/></p>
  
<p>Item: If an opponent comes before you who will gladly bind long on to you from above or sends his first stroke long at you from the Roof, then when you are near to him or have come to him, slash through before him, up and out to your left, so that your sword's blade shoots around over your head in the Plunge to his left, ''Indes'' allow your sword to snap around back over your head, the right hand over the left and strike in at his right ear with the short edge at the same time as his strike, how it is taught above, do this correctly and step well there to him thus you will hit. So then this Stück is only on going, if he displaces however and drives out how he then (when he will displace) must drive out, at once pull around your head and cut him with the Long Edge from below athwart to his Left radial forearm, close to his pommel to the wrist. Of these two openings, one will be apparent to you. Pull your Hilt again upwards around your head and cut long with a strong cut to his upper left head, in these three strikes, step well with both your feet, in a double, step around his left side, thus the cuts go on well, this a good and earnest Stück, when you will seek to send it home.</p>
+
<p>Item: If an opponent comes before you who will gladly bind long on to you from above or sends his first stroke long at you from the Roof, then when you are near to him or have come to him, slash through before him, up and out to your left, so that your sword's blade shoots around over your head in the Plunge to his left, ''Indes'' allow your sword to snap around back over your head, the right hand over the left and strike in at his right ear with the short edge at the same time as his strike, how it is taught above, do this correctly and step well there to him thus you will hit. So then this Stück is only on going, if he displaces however and drives out how he then (when he will displace) must drive out, at once pull around your head and cut him with the long edge from below athwart to his Left radial forearm, close to his pommel to the wrist. Of these two openings, one will be apparent to you. Pull your hilt again upwards around your head and cut long with a strong cut to his upper left head, in these three strikes, step well with both your feet, in a double, step around his left side, thus the cuts go on well, this a good and earnest Stück, when you will seek to send it home.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/127|1|lbl=Ⅰ.53v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/127|1|lbl=Ⅰ.53v.1}}
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,626: Line 7,799:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Similarly when you come with the thwart strike against one another over-handed, it is with the long, short or flat. When you do these four cuts and have learned to strike also to the four openings, thus learn also pulling, threatening, failing and then know the same from these following writings; step and cut to his upper left opening, but do not let this hit, rather when you come merely on his sword with this strike, then pull off again to a flight, and strike him to his lower right opening and cut or strike still to him the first confidently to his upper openings to the left, thus you may pull and fail with them to all 4 openings Crosswise and athwart above, also your benefit is to learn the Circle cut, this is an Over and under cut together on one side, short and long and with the flat from such is known in the first assault, cut a long High cut to his left ear, and when this clashes thus pull both cuts upwards so that your Pommel comes through under your right, and cut with the long edge from under to his left. Step ''Indes'' with your left foot behind yours and come with the hilt high above your head. And still again then cut the first an undercut with the Long edge to his lower opening with a step to of your right foot, quickly pull upwards besides your right and cut the other from above to his left, with a back-step of your left foot behind your right, so that you stand covered behind your blade.</p>
+
| <p>Similarly when you come with the thwart strike against one another over-handed, it is with the long, short or flat. When you do these four cuts and have learned to strike also to the four openings, thus learn also pulling, threatening, failing and then know the same from these following writings; step and cut to his upper left opening, but do not let this hit, rather when you come merely on his sword with this strike, then pull off again to a flight, and strike him to his lower right opening and cut or strike still to him the first confidently to his upper openings to the left, thus you may pull and fail with them to all 4 openings Crosswise and athwart above, also your benefit is to learn the Circle cut, this is an Over and under cut together on one side, short and long and with the flat from such is known in the first assault, cut a long High cut to his left ear, and when this clashes thus pull both cuts upwards so that your pommel comes through under your right, and cut with the long edge from under to his left. Step ''Indes'' with your left foot behind yours and come with the hilt high above your head. And still again then cut the first an undercut with the long edge to his lower opening with a step to of your right foot, quickly pull upwards besides your right and cut the other from above to his left, with a back-step of your left foot behind your right, so that you stand covered behind your blade.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,663: Line 7,836:
 
| <p>Do not rely too much on the Crown,<br/>You will tend to get harm and shame from it</p>
 
| <p>Do not rely too much on the Crown,<br/>You will tend to get harm and shame from it</p>
  
<p>Note when you displace with the horizontal cross guard, high up over your head, that is called the Crown. When you see that an opponent will run under your High Cut with the Crown, then do not let your High Cut actually connect, but rather pull the cut from him, that he drives out in vain, and cut with the long edge a middle cut athwart to his arm or wrist, this same thing thus you mark that when one who will gladly drive out and displace high, thus conduct yourself with comportment like you would cut high, do not complete this, but rather strike nimbly around to the lower openings with the Thwart, using flat or long edge or behind his arms to the ears you have it known.</p>
+
<p>Note when you displace with the horizontal cross guard, high up over your head, that is called the Crown. When you see that an opponent will run under your High Cut with the Crown, then do not let your High Cut actually connect, but rather pull the cut from him, that he drives out in vain, and cut with the long edge a Middle Cut athwart to his arm or wrist, this same thing thus you mark that when one who will gladly drive out and displace high, thus conduct yourself with comportment like you would cut high, do not complete this, but rather strike nimbly around to the lower openings with the Thwart, using flat or long edge or behind his arms to the ears you have it known.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/141|3|lbl=Ⅰ.60v.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/141|3|lbl=Ⅰ.60v.3}}
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,682: Line 7,855:
 
| <p>Strike powerfully through with the Long point<br/>Therewith hold off all hard dangers</p>
 
| <p>Strike powerfully through with the Long point<br/>Therewith hold off all hard dangers</p>
  
<p>Stand with the left foot forwards and strike him from your right through his face, that the half edge goes forth once to four times nimbly one after another, thus you drive on to him, then attack to him from under and whether it is with Zwerch or Long edge, mark when you thus have slashed up to him, thus take heed when he strikes at you from above and from his right side, then wind him by slashing out your long edge against his blade so that it stays somewhat athwart, your point upwards and to his left. step at once with the left foot to his left and thrust the pommel instantly under your arm, cut in with the short edge with skidding behind his blade to his head step likewise with your right foot after and around his left and jerk the pommel again therefore, so that you stand with the sword in the Zwerch or in Hanging point.</p>
+
<p>Stand with the left foot forwards and strike him from your right through his face, that the half edge goes forth once to four times nimbly one after another, thus you drive on to him, then attack to him from under and whether it is with Zwerch or long edge, mark when you thus have slashed up to him, thus take heed when he strikes at you from above and from his right side, then wind him by slashing out your long edge against his blade so that it stays somewhat athwart, your point upwards and to his left. step at once with the left foot to his left and thrust the pommel instantly under your arm, cut in with the short edge with skidding behind his blade to his head step likewise with your right foot after and around his left and jerk the pommel again therefore, so that you stand with the sword in the Zwerch or in Hanging point.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/141|4|lbl=Ⅰ.60v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/142|1|lbl=Ⅰ.61r.1|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/141|4|lbl=Ⅰ.60v.4|p=1}} {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/142|1|lbl=Ⅰ.61r.1|p=1}}
Line 6,689: Line 7,862:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>'''Item''' When one cuts a High cut to you from his right, thus capture him in the air with an opposing cut, striking out, from your right, with the long edge in that when it connects, thus strike around with the Zwerch to his left Ear, this goes also to both sides. Mark when you thus have laid on in the long-point, then you have the setting off to the 4 windings, which goes to all sides, namely if he cuts from above, thus strike from under on his sword, and if he remains bound hard search instantly with winding flicking. Note also instantly and feel when he will go away thus at once when he goes away around to strike, thus flick at him from above over his arm with wound blade, that the long edge smartly stays against his blade, cut nimbly around with the flat against the upper quadrants to the next opening, if its seen that as soon as you again are on his blade, he cuts at you from above, thus bar him from above it is with setting off or setting on, thus as often as it clashes so you are nimbly attentive to the next opening.</p>
+
| <p>'''Item''' When one cuts a High cut to you from his right, thus capture him in the air with an opposing cut, striking out, from your right, with the long edge in that when it connects, thus strike around with the Zwerch to his left Ear, this goes also to both sides. Mark when you thus have laid on in the Long Point, then you have the setting off to the 4 windings, which goes to all sides, namely if he cuts from above, thus strike from under on his sword, and if he remains bound hard search instantly with winding flicking. Note also instantly and feel when he will go away thus at once when he goes away around to strike, thus flick at him from above over his arm with wound blade, that the long edge smartly stays against his blade, cut nimbly around with the flat against the upper quadrants to the next opening, if its seen that as soon as you again are on his blade, he cuts at you from above, thus bar him from above it is with setting off or setting on, thus as often as it clashes so you are nimbly attentive to the next opening.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,697: Line 7,870:
 
| <p>'''Another Stuck'''</p>
 
| <p>'''Another Stuck'''</p>
  
<p>Strike the opponent powerfully through his face, upwards step through the strike after to your opponent with your right foot and leave your sword slide around and set him the first in his chest, Zwerch his arms defend yourself with the strong over your hands, and mark in this, then as soon as he makes his sword too wide in the Long-point, thus lay on with the point outside and over his arm.</p>
+
<p>Strike the opponent powerfully through his face, upwards step through the strike after to your opponent with your right foot and leave your sword slide around and set him the first in his chest, Zwerch his arms defend yourself with the strong over your hands, and mark in this, then as soon as he makes his sword too wide in the Long Point, thus lay on with the point outside and over his arm.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,703: Line 7,876:
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Longsword O.jpg|center|400px]]
 
| [[File:Meyer 1570 Longsword O.jpg|center|400px]]
| <p>'''Item''' Strike out before him and allow your sword to fly above besides your left, step and cut from your right from under at his arm, if he displaces this, thus wind and go through with the Grip and cast with your pommel outwards over his right arm, let go with your left hand from your grip, and grab therewith your blade to help the right, cut him with the long edge on his head.</p>
+
| <p>'''Item''' Strike out before him and allow your sword to fly above besides your left, step and cut from your right from under at his arm, if he displaces this, thus wind and go through with the grip and cast with your pommel outwards over his right arm, let go with your left hand from your grip, and grab therewith your blade to help the right, cut him with the long edge on his head.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/142|2|lbl=Ⅰ.61r.2}}
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/142|2|lbl=Ⅰ.61r.2}}
 
|  
 
|  
Line 6,711: Line 7,884:
 
| <p>The Blind-cut you should let rebound<br/>Cast around the Thwart, have diligence to the flicking</p>
 
| <p>The Blind-cut you should let rebound<br/>Cast around the Thwart, have diligence to the flicking</p>
  
<p>Slash him with the Long-point in his face, step and pull your sword around your head and strike with the inside flat from your right to his left through the middle line, take your head well out and wind around nimbly again on his Sword with the outside flat also to his left ear.</p>
+
<p>Slash him with the Long Point in his face, step and pull your sword around your head and strike with the inside flat from your right to his left through the middle line, take your head well out and wind around nimbly again on his sword with the outside flat also to his left ear.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/142|3|lbl=Ⅰ.61r.3}}
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/142|3|lbl=Ⅰ.61r.3}}
 
|  
 
|  
Line 9,884: Line 11,057:
 
| <p>'''Another, how you should strike him from above down through his staff, and tear out, and strike with one hand.'''<br/><br/></p>
 
| <p>'''Another, how you should strike him from above down through his staff, and tear out, and strike with one hand.'''<br/><br/></p>
  
<p>In the approach place yourself in the Upper Guard to the left, that is, so that the fore end or longer part of your staff stands up over your left shoulder, and thus step toward him with your left foot forward; if he thrusts toward your face or chest, then spring well away from his thrust toward his right side, and strike down from above with your staff (which you should be holding fast in both hands) full through on the middle of his staff, so that through this blow you come into the Right Lower Guard; from this (where he would further thrust to your face) tear with the half edge up toward your left shoulder again. While you tear upward like this, give your staff a swing with your left hand, and in this swing let go of the staff with your left hand, and strike with one hand from your right over across toward his temple. The upper blow should quickly happen together with the tear, as soon and while this blow connects, then grip your staff with your left hand again, and bring it back into the straight defence.</p>
+
<p>In the approach place yourself in the Upper Guard to the left, that is, so that the fore end or longer part of your staff stands up over your left shoulder, and thus step toward him with your left foot forward; if he thrusts toward your face or chest, then spring well away from his thrust toward his right side, and strike down from above with your staff (which you should be holding fast in both hands) full through on the middle of his staff, so that through this blow you come into the right Lower Guard; from this (where he would further thrust to your face) tear with the half edge up toward your left shoulder again. While you tear upward like this, give your staff a swing with your left hand, and in this swing let go of the staff with your left hand, and strike with one hand from your right over across toward his temple. The upper blow should quickly happen together with the tear, as soon and while this blow connects, then grip your staff with your left hand again, and bring it back into the straight defence.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/401|1|lbl=Ⅲ.18v.1}}
 
| {{section|Page:Gründtliche Beschreibung der Kunst des Fechtens (Joachim Meÿer) 1570.pdf/401|1|lbl=Ⅲ.18v.1}}
  
Line 10,676: Line 11,849:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Jens P. Kleinau]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Jens P. Kleinau]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|Rostock Manuscript]]{{edit index|Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|Rostock Manuscript]]{{edit index|Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
Line 10,771: Line 11,944:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-
 
|-
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Thomas Carrillo]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Thomas Carrillo]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|Rostock Manuscript]]{{edit index|Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|Rostock Manuscript]]{{edit index|Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
Line 10,840: Line 12,013:
 
|-
 
|-
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>5e Or allow a thrust to run though an undercut to the right hip. Or parry with a barring zornhauw from above downwards. Immediately<ref name="indes"/> thrust to his face. If he wards it, then cut a middle cut to his stomach and then step and cut long to his right with a step off.</p>
+
| <p>5e Or allow a thrust to run though an undercut to the right hip. Or parry with a barring zornhauw from above downwards. Immediately<ref name="indes"/> thrust to his face. If he wards it, then cut a Middle Cut to his stomach and then step and cut long to his right with a step off.</p>
  
 
<p>''hip-thrust''</p>
 
<p>''hip-thrust''</p>
Line 10,963: Line 12,136:
 
| Constrain to the right, thrust left you will fence
 
| Constrain to the right, thrust left you will fence
 
|-  
 
|-  
| get through from the right, bring behind with the middle cut
+
| get through from the right, bring behind with the Middle Cut
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
| Constrainer breaks what the buffalo thrusts or hits (or, hits or thrusts)
 
| Constrainer breaks what the buffalo thrusts or hits (or, hits or thrusts)
Line 11,192: Line 12,365:
 
|-
 
|-
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Item: Take away his thrust with the changer, let it travel around your head and threaten a thrust to his right. Don’t let it connect, instead hit him to the left. When one lies in the change before you, then cut from your right shoulder towards his opening. Thwart across onto his sword, so he can’t come to complete parrying. He must leave openings above and below, giving you room to stay and cut. Just take heed of the traveling after.</p>
+
| <p>Item: Take away his thrust with the Changer, let it travel around your head and threaten a thrust to his right. Don’t let it connect, instead hit him to the left. When one lies in the change before you, then cut from your right shoulder towards his opening. Thwart across onto his sword, so he can’t come to complete parrying. He must leave openings above and below, giving you room to stay and cut. Just take heed of the traveling after.</p>
  
 
<p>''Traveling after''</p>
 
<p>''Traveling after''</p>
Line 11,199: Line 12,372:
 
|-
 
|-
 
|  
 
|  
| <p>Another; if one lies in the changer, then thrust from your right side from below to his body, thus he must defend or be hit, then he leaves room for you to thrust or cut his lower left opening.</p>
+
| <p>Another; if one lies in the Changer, then thrust from your right side from below to his body, thus he must defend or be hit, then he leaves room for you to thrust or cut his lower left opening.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Var.82 119r.png|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Var.82 119r.png|3|lbl=-}}
  
Line 11,316: Line 12,489:
 
| <p>'''A play from the boar'''</p>
 
| <p>'''A play from the boar'''</p>
  
<p>The play written after is a breaking of the changer.</p>
+
<p>The play written after is a breaking of the Changer.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:MS Var.82 121r.png|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:MS Var.82 121r.png|4|lbl=-}}
  
Line 11,384: Line 12,557:
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-
 
|-
! <p>Figures</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating}}<br/></p>
 
! <p>{{rating}}<br/></p>
 
! <p>[[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|Rostock Manuscript]]{{edit index|Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
 
! <p>[[Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)|Rostock Manuscript]]{{edit index|Fechtbuch zu Ross und zu Fuss (MS Var.82)}}<br/>Transcribed by [[Dierk Hagedorn]]</p>
Line 11,469: Line 12,642:
 
{{sourcebox
 
{{sourcebox
 
  | work        = 1570 Figures
 
  | work        = 1570 Figures
  | authors    = [[Tobias Stimmer]]
+
  | authors    = [[Hans Christoff Stimmer]]
 
  | source link = https://digital.ub.uni-leipzig.de/object/viewid/0000009663
 
  | source link = https://digital.ub.uni-leipzig.de/object/viewid/0000009663
 
  | source title= Universitätsbibliothek Leipzig
 
  | source title= Universitätsbibliothek Leipzig

Latest revision as of 14:29, 29 October 2024

Joachim Meyer
Born ca. 1537
Basel, Germany
Died 24 February 1571 (aged 34)
Schwerin, Germany
Spouse(s) Appolonia Ruhlman
Occupation
Citizenship Strasbourg
Patron
  • Georg Johann Ⅰ
  • Otto von Solms
  • Johann Casimir
  • Johann Albrecht
Movement Freifechter
Influences
Influenced
Genres Fencing manual
Language Early New High German
Notable work(s) Gründtliche Beschreibung der... Kunst des
Fechtens
(1570)
Manuscript(s)
First printed
english edition
Forgeng, 2006
Concordance by Michael Chidester
Translations
Signature Joachim Meyer sig.jpg

Joachim Meyer (ca. 1537 - 1571)[1] was a 16th century German cutler, Freifechter, and fencing master. He was the last major figure in the tradition of the German grand master Johannes Liechtenauer, and in the later years of his life he devised at least four distinct and quite extensive fencing manuals. Meyer's writings incorporate both the traditional Germanic technical syllabus and contemporary systems that he encountered in his travels, including Italian rapier fencing. In addition to his fencing practice, Meyer was a Burgher and a master cutler.[2]

Meyer was born in Basel,[3] where he presumably apprenticed as a cutler. He writes in his books that he traveled widely in his youth, most likely a reference to the traditional Walz that journeyman craftsmen were required to take before being eligible for mastery and membership in a guild. Journeymen were often sent to stand watch and participate in town and city militias (a responsibility that would have been amplified for the warlike cutlers' guild), and Meyer learned a great deal about foreign fencing systems during his travels. It's been speculated by some fencing historians that he trained specifically in the Bolognese school of fencing, but this doesn't stand up to closer analysis.[4]

Records show that by 4 June 1560 he had settled in Strasbourg, where he married Appolonia Ruhlman (Ruelman)[1] and was granted the rank of master cutler. His interests had already moved beyond smithing, however, and in 1561, Meyer's petition to the City Council of Strasbourg for the right to hold a Fechtschule was granted. He would repeat this in 1563, 1566, 1567 and 1568;[5] the 1568 petition is the first extant record in which he identifies himself as a fencing master.

Meyer probably wrote his first manuscript (MS Bibl. 2465) in 1561 for Georg Johann Ⅰ, Count Palatine of Veldenz,[6] and his second (MS A.4º.2) in 1568 for Otto (later Count of Solms-Sonnewalde).[7] Both of these manuscripts contain a series of lessons on training with long sword, dusack, and rapier; the 1561 also covers dagger, polearms, and armored fencing. His third manuscript (MS Var.82), written between 1563 and 1571 and containing a dedication at the end to Heinrich, Count of Eberstein, is of a decidedly different nature. Like many fencing manuscripts from the previous century, it is an anthology of treatises by a number of prominent German masters including Sigmund ain Ringeck, pseudo-Peter von Danzig, and Martin Syber, and also includes a brief outline by Meyer himself on a system of rapier fencing based on German Messer teachings.

Finally, on 24 February 1570, Meyer completed an enormous treatise entitled Gründtliche Beschreibung, der freyen Ritterlichen unnd Adelichen kunst des Fechtens, in allerley gebreuchlichen Wehren, mit vil schönen und nützlichen Figuren gezieret und fürgestellet ("A Thorough Description of the Free, Chivalric, and Noble Art of Fencing, Showing Various Customary Defenses, Affected and Put Forth with Many Handsome and Useful Drawings"); it was dedicated to Johann Casimir, Count Palatine of Simmern,[6] and illustrated at the workshop of Hans Christoff Stimmer. It contains all of the weapons of the 1561 and '68 manuscripts apart from fencing in armor, and dramatically expands his teachings on each.

Unfortunately, Meyer's writing and publication efforts incurred significant debts (about 300 crowns), which Meyer pledged to repay by Christmas of 1571.[1] Late in 1570, Meyer accepted the position of Fechtmeister to Duke Johann Albrecht of Mecklenburg at his court in Schwerin. There Meyer hoped to sell his book for a better price than was offered locally (30 florins). Meyer sent his books ahead to Schwerin, and left from Strasbourg on 4 January 1571 after receiving his pay. He traveled the 800 miles to Schwerin in the middle of a harsh winter, arriving at the court on 10 February 1571. Two weeks later, on 24 February, Joachim Meyer died. The cause of his death is unknown, possibly disease or pneumonia.[5]

Antoni Rulman, Appolonia’s brother, became her legal guardian after Joachim’s death. On 15 May 1571, he had a letter written by the secretary of the Strasbourg city chamber and sent to the Duke of Mecklenburg stating that Antoni was now the widow Meyer’s guardian; it politely reminded the Duke who Joachim Meyer was, Meyer’s publishing efforts and considerable debt, requested that the Duke send Meyer’s personal affects and his books to Appolonia, and attempted to sell some (if not all) of the books to the Duke.[1]

Appolonia remarried in April 1572 to another cutler named Hans Kuele, bestowing upon him the status of Burgher and Meyer's substantial debts. Joachim Meyer and Hans Kuele are both mentioned in the minutes of Cutlers' Guild archives; Kuele may have made an impression if we can judge that fact by the number of times he is mentioned. It is believed that Appolonia and either her husband or her brother were involved with the second printing of his book in 1600. According to other sources, it was reprinted yet again in 1610 and in 1660.[8][9]

Contents

Treatises

Joachim Meyer's writings are preserved in three manuscripts prepared in the 1560s: the 1561 MS Bibl. 2465 (Munich), dedicated to Georg Johannes von Veldenz; the 1563-68 MS A.4º.2 (Lund), dedicated to Otto von Solms; and the MS Var. 82 (Rostock), which includes notes on the teachings of Stephan Heinrich von Eberstein and which Meyer may have still been working at the time of his death in 1571. The former two manuscripts are substantially similar in text and organization, and it seems clear that the Munich was the basis for the much shorter Lund.

Dwarfing these works is the massive book he published in 1570 entitled Gründtliche Beschreibung der ...Kunst des Fechtens ("A Thorough Description of the... Art of Fencing"), dedicated to Johann Kasimir von Pfalz-Simmern. Meyer's writings purport to teach the entire art of fencing, something that he claimed had never been done before, and encompass a wide variety of teachings from disparate sources and traditions. To achieve this goal, Meyer seems to have constructed his treatises as a series of progressive lessons, describing a process for learning to fence rather than merely outlining the underlying theory or listing the techniques. In keeping with this, he illustrates his techniques with depictions of fencers in courtyards using training weapons such as two-handed foils, wooden dusacks, and rapiers with ball tips.

The first section of Meyer's teachings is devoted to the long sword (the sword in two hands), the traditional centerpiece of the Liechtenauer tradition which Meyer describes as the foundational weapon of his system, and this section devotes the most space to fundamentals like stance and footwork. His long sword system draws upon the teachings of Freifechter Andre Paurenfeyndt (via Christian Egenolff's reprint) and Liechtenauer glossators Sigmund ain Ringeck and Lew, as well as using terminology otherwise unique to the brief Recital of Martin Syber. Not content merely to compile these teachings as his contemporary Paulus Hector Mair was doing, Meyer sought to update—even reinvent—them in various ways to fit the martial climate of the late sixteenth century, including adapting many techniques to accommodate the increased weight and momentum of a greatsword and modifying others to use beats with the flat and winding slices in place of thrusts to comply with street-fighting laws in German cities (and the rules of the Fechtschule).

The second section is designed to address newer weapons gaining traction in German lands, the dusack and the rapier, and thereby find places for them in the German tradition. His early Munich and Lund manuscripts present a more summarized syllabus of techniques for these weapons, while his printed book goes into greater depth and is structured more in the fashion of lesson plans.[10] Meyer's dusack system, designed for the broad-bladed sabers that spread into German lands from Eastern Europe in the 16th century,[11] combines the old Messer teachings of Johannes Lecküchner and the dusack teachings of Andre Paurenfeyndt with other unknown systems (some have speculated that they might include early Polish or Hungarian saber systems). His rapier system, designed for the lighter single-hand swords spreading north from Iberian and Italian lands, seems again to be a hybrid creation, integrating both the core teachings of the 15th century thrust-centruc Liechtenauer tradition as well as components that are characteristic of the various regional Mediterranean fencing systems (including, perhaps, teachings derived from the treatise of Achille Marozzo). Interestingly, Meyer's rapier teachings in the Rostock seem to represent an attempt to unify these two weapon systems, outlining a method for rapier fencing that includes key elements of his dusack teachings; it is unclear why this method did not appear in his book, but given the dates it may be that they represent his final musings on the weapon, written in the time between the completion of his book in 1570 and his death a year later.

The third section is omitted from the Lund manuscript but present in the Munich and the 1570, and covers dagger, wrestling, and various pole weapons; to this, the Munich adds a short section on armored fencing. His dagger teachings, designed primarily for urban self-defense, seem to be based in part on the writings of Bolognese master Achille Marozzo,[12] but also include much unique content of unknown origin (perhaps the anonymous dagger teachings in his Rostock manuscript). His staff material makes up the bulk of this section, beginning with the short staff, which, like Paurenfeyndt, he uses as a training tool for various pole weapons (and possibly also the greatsword), and then moving on to the halberd before ending with the long staff (representing the pike). As with the dagger, the sources Meyer based his staff teachings on are largely unknown.

To view the sword, dusack, and rapier teachings of the Munich and Lund manuscripts side-by-side and study the overlaps and differences, see Joachim Meyer/Manuscript Comparison.

Temporary section break

Temporary section break

Additional Resources

The following is a list of publications containing scans, transcriptions, and translations relevant to this article, as well as published peer-reviewed research.

References

  1. 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 Dupuis, Olivier. Joachim Meyer, escrimeur libre, bourgeois de Strasbourg (1537 ? - 1571). In Maîtres et techniques de combat. Dijon: AEDEH, 2006.
  2. Naumann, Robert. Serapeum. Vol. 5. T.O. Weigel, 1844. pp 53-59.
  3. According to his wedding certificate.
  4. The influence of Achilles Marozzo's printed treatise is, however, apparent in the rapier illustrations of his 1561 manuscript and the dagger plays in his book.
  5. 5.0 5.1 Van Slambrouck, Christopher. "The Life and Work of Joachim Meyer". Meyer Frei Fechter Guild, 2010. Retrieved 29 January 2010.
  6. 6.0 6.1 Though as a prince of the Wittelsbach dynasty, he was addressed by the loftiest titles held by the family: Count Palatine of the Rhine and Duke of Bavaria.
  7. Norling, Roger. "The history of Joachim Meyer’s fencing treatise to Otto von Solms". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 14 February 2015.
  8. Schaer, Alfred. Die altdeutschen fechter und spielleute: Ein beitrag zur deutschen culturgeschichte. K.J. Trübner, 1901. p 76.
  9. Pollock, W. H., Grove, F. C., and Prévost, C. Fencing. London and Bombay: Longmans, Green, and co, 1897. pp 267-268.
  10. Roberts, James. "System vs Syllabus: Meyer’s 1560 and 1570 sidesword texts". Hroarr.com, 2014. Retrieved 14 February 2015.
  11. Roger Norling. "The Dussack - a weapon of war". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 6 October 2015.
  12. Norling, Roger. "Meyer and Marozzo dagger comparison". Hroarr.com, 2012. Retrieved 15 February 2015.
  13. Up to this point, the text matches the Lund manuscript, folia 6r to 7r.
  14. Note: this translation could be interpreted to mean “so that your half edge slides downward [presumably on his blade], hitting his right shoulder”. Meyer used the words mit Glitschen = to slither, to slide, to glide, to move with sliding.
  15. A number in the margin refers to the illustration in page number 13.
  16. The text starts matching the Lund manuscript again here (beginning on folio 7v), continuing until the Figures.
  17. Note: The Lund also mentions “the figure above” yet that figure does not appear in the Lund! Here it does, and it could be a representation of Meyer himself?
  18. The "l" appears to be written over another letter, perhaps a "b".
  19. Note: here I have included this line for clarity from Dr. Forgeng’s 1568 Lund translation: “Therefore every fighter shall know as has been said above, for when two good fighters come together, whoever thinks quicker triumphs quicker.”
  20. Note: the image shows the opponent on the left in Barrier Guard with point to the ground, hence Meyer’s advice to “take his blade away from the ground”.
  21. 21.0 21.1 21.2 21.3 Torn page on left.
  22. 22.0 22.1 Torn page on right.
  23. To help illuminate the connections to Liechtenauer's teachings, I've added the verse numbers used in the Johannes Liechtenauer article and the various glosses to Kevin's translation. I've also added a few footnotes, and included my initials to distinguish them from Kevin's notes. Note all the verses in this section are found in Christian Egenolff's 1531 edition of Andre Paurenfeyndt's treatise—except the "First Rhyme", verses 17-20. ~Michael Chidester
  24. Note: the interpretation here is a generalized summary found in the 1570 at Ⅰ.45v—46r
  25. These two lines are a paraphrase of verse 77 of Liechtenauer's Zedel. ~MCC
  26. This rhyming section is reminiscent of the eight-line Indes poem found in several of the 15th century glosses (despite not being part of Liechtenauer's Zedel), but only the last two lines are the same. ~MCC
  27. This rhyme found in Egenolph's 1531 Frankfurt edition of Pauernfeindt, page 4v.
  28. Unclear.
  29. This rhyme found in Egenolph's 1531 Frankfurt edition of Pauernfeindt, page 7r.
  30. Note: gesechen = may be gesehen ENHG
  31. Unclear.
  32. This is a reference to Liechtenauer verses 56 and 79. ~MCC
  33. Liechtenauer verse 57. ~MCC
  34. This is the fourth of Paurnfeyndt's Twelve Rules for the Beginner Fencer, found on page 4r of Egenolff 1531. This is particularly odd because the first line comes from Egenolff, but the second line seems to be from Liechtenauer verse 11, which the rule was based on. The version in the fourth rule is Der darff sich kunst nit frewen. ~MCC
  35. The above text appears somewhat synonymous with pages 44-45 of the Lund Dussack section, except that in the Lund Meyer says there are 12 cuts and yet here he says there are 16.
  36. This text also appears in the Lund pg 45, yet there Meyer gave an alternate name to the Watch guard as Luginslandt, here he does not mention Luginslandt. Additionally, Meyer does not include the Blind Cut in the Lund, yet here he does and it also appears in 1570 Dussack. In addition, here Meyer names the Slice and the Bow as guards. Yet in the 1560 he lists them with the guards but says they are the two parrys. Here he gives a separate paragraph about these two.
  37. Above text also appears in Lund 47v.1.
  38. The translation for this paragraph is incomplete. The missing part says something like "thus trap his hand as is drawn here, step behind him, and". ~MCC
  39. Lund 57v.1 Zornhau.
  40. The first paragraph “A good attack from the Steer” is synonymous in the 1560 57v.2. Last two paragraphs here are not found there.
  41. Unclear.
  42. Found in Lund 60v.1.
  43. Abrauschen = to shoot off.
  44. The second rule omits this sentence found in the Lund, “so that your Dussack comes onto your left shoulder”, and rather Meyer says here, “lift simultaneously your body together with the Dussack to your left side”. Then the Lund synonymously says “turn your body well after your Dussack upon your left side”.
  45. These two paragraphs found in Lund 61v.1 and 62r.1; with above noted differences.
  46. The 4th rule and other paragraph synonymous with Lund 62r.2, 62r.3
  47. The Counter to the Bow is synonymous with Lund 62v.1, except that here Meyer added the target of striking besides his parry to the face, ad also changed last line to read: “This technique often works as has been shown previously in the Bow”, while in the Lund he says “This technique often works as has been shown previously in the Bow and Change.” So he omitted the word Wechsel or Changer here.
  48. It refers to the picture set at the page with the number 31.
  49. Found in Lund 63r.1 63r.2 63r.3.
  50. Above paragraph “Breaking in over the Bow” is found in Lund 63v.1. Here Meyer added schenkel (thigh), also he added another line to the next; “zum gesicht das dein versatzung hoch pleibt” The third paragraph here is not found in the Lund.
  51. First paragraph here found as last and separate para in 63v.1 Lund. Meyer changed words here on the last line of the second paragraph from hand to haft, “so that your haft remains high”.
  52. Durcken Zug = this may mean Turkish Cut. A slice using a drawing motion, usually with a curved blade.
  53. Kniebugen = crook of knee, bend of knee.
  54. These descriptions differ in wording from the Lund.
  55. Apicem id from Latin: Apex Cut or a Scalp Cut; as also used in the Lund.
  56. Possible translation of anckell: “back of head”, as the image clearly shows a strike there.
  57. Curious typographical sign.
  58. Unclear.
  59. Note: The first paragraph of Two Constrainers appears in Lund 55v.1, but it does not include second paragraph found here from left steer.
  60. This paragraph is from Lund 56r.1, but is titled there: "a Good Stuck from the Constrainer"; here Meyer calls it an “Example”.
  61. The Rose Cut's first paragraph above is found in the Lund 56r.2, but the 2nd paragraph here is not found in Lund.
  62. Feler hau description here is mostly synonymous with the Lund 50r.1, but here Meyer ends with “how it is reported in the Boch hau”, which is not found in the Lund.
  63. Synonymous with Lund 56v.3.
  64. Synonymous with Lund 57r.1.
  65. Synonymous with Lund 57r.2.
  66. Unclear.
  67. Arbeit im einlauffen from Lund 60r.2; last 3 lines do not appear in Lund. Item etc.
  68. The isolated “s” seems a mistake and not the beginning of an unfinished word.
  69. The Drivings also appear in Lund 64v.1 – 65r.1.
  70. Note this line is missing from 6th driving here, but found in Lund 65r.1: sonderlich einem starcken zum schlachtschwert, "particularly for someone who is strong with a Battlesword".
  71. Note: The handwriting appears closer together with less spacing between sentences and words, so that maybe the author had a lot to share and yet was bound to limit the page space used? Appears Crammed together more.
  72. Unclear.
  73. Unclear.
  74. This paragraph here is from Lund 76v.1.
  75. These paragraphs found in Lund 77v.1 and 78v.1. These paragraphs found in Lund Rapier prior to this poem: Drei Lauffende Stich auss dem linken Pflug von einer seitten.
  76. Paragraph found in Lund 78v.2.
  77. From Lund 79r.1.
  78. Unclear.
  79. Gleich einer Rinder = like a Rinde or Looping technique.
  80. Found in Lund 81v.2, 82r.1, and 82r.2; changed Last line of first para 81v.2, added “den undern in obern”, the lower into the upper. 82r.1 paragraph title ox and plow different: den ochsen und pflug ineinander stechen to new Den ochsen und pflug zusamen stechen. The Ox and Plow thrusting into one another, changed to Thrusting the Ox and Plow together.
  81. This paragraph found in Lund pg 81 but without para title as above and no image. Angehest changed to mogest; several other changes with word additions. Part of paragraph titled: A Deceiving.
  82. 82.0 82.1 82.2 82.3 82.4 82.5 82.6 Section of translation missing. ~MCC
  83. Handwriting appears to change here, first use of umlauted a and also the lower case g are different here, overall may be a new penman. Definitely a different person's handwriting!
  84. Second and third paragraphs here are from Lund 72v.1, 72v.2 and titled there as Change.
  85. Note: This is found in Lund 73v.3.
  86. Sprungsweise translates to “by leaping” “by skipping” drei schrit = 3 steps.
  87. In the last Stuck, Meyer actually gives units of measurement i.e., 3 schrit, a shritt is an obsolete unit of measurement roughly equal to 75 cm or 29.5 inches, so that 3 schritt would equal roughly 90 inches or 7.5 feet. Meyer also uses 2 shoe lengths, and then actually uses the word Klaffter which was: “derived from the span of a man's outstretched arms and was traditionally about 1.80 meters or 5.9 feet” (Wikipedia).
  88. Unclear.
  89. Unclear.
  90. Kelen = throat, Ancken = back of neck/head.
  91. Uchsen = armpit (grimms), Koll = Head.
  92. Ancken = back of head/neck.
  93. Offenern Schulen- this word is synonymous with the Fechtschulen, “Offenen” basically means public or Open schools. See Wassmansdorff, many original examples.
  94. Genick=neck, fingerlössen=finger severing, Mauss=ball of the hand below thumb.. Schlöff=may be Swiss variation of schläfe or temple.
  95. Ceci fait suite à la page de gauche
  96. 96.0 96.1 96.2 orig. dolchen; all instances of "dagger" in this document are dolchen excepy when footnoted.
  97. orig. ararmschirleinn
  98. orig. stichen, "thrust"/"stab" (context dependent); instances of stabbing that use other verbs will be footnoted.
  99. orig. Armschiene - seemingly a part of the armour
  100. orig. geordinirtt
  101. orig. schießen; see here
  102. orig. findt
  103. orig. spis
  104. orig. schwertt
  105. orig. sebell
  106. 106.0 106.1 orig. kempff degen; it can mean either “combat sword” or “combat dagger” (Source 1, Source 2). See here for a painting with kempffdegen in its caption
  107. 107.0 107.1 orig. Anngreiffen; "attacking" or "grappling"; cf. angreifen
  108. orig. zimlich
  109. alt. "endure"
  110. Ittem has many potential meanings: "further", "likewise", "the same as", and also simply as a means of 'bullet-pointing' numerous items. I've found that "likewise" works as an apt translation most of the time, but for clarity I will leave it untranslated. See this article.
  111. orig. noch eines Idenn woll gefalen
  112. orig. Reren; cf. Rohre/Röhre
  113. orig. lest
  114. orig. Schranckenn
  115. orig. dringen/thringen; refers to pressing one's point into an opponent['s armour/mail], cf. modern sense of "pushing through a crowd". See this glossary for more information
  116. orig. donerschlag; a strike with the hilt of the longsword while holding the blade
  117. orig. vnnd las Inn vorverthobenn; messy ink makes it difficult to transcribe; possible alt. "and read above beforehand"
  118. A blunt strike, as opposed to a cut or slice. See here.
  119. orig. versezen; alt. "parrying"
  120. Unclear.
  121. orig. ansezen; most likely means "pinned", "planted" (in the sense of placing your weapon or hand against an opponent, in a grappling sense); alt. "attacking" (cf. modern ansetzen). See this glossary for more information
  122. orig. erlang
  123. see nachreissen
  124. 124.0 124.1 124.2 124.3 124.4 124.5 124.6 orig. stehenn; often coupled with ansezen in this section; alt. "stand against"
  125. orig. uchsen
  126. orig. Gelenck. Refers to joints in armour, but also body parts - in the context of armoured fencing, it is most likely referring to the joints in the armour
  127. orig. greifest
  128. 128.0 128.1 128.2 128.3 orig. brich
  129. orig. anbrichen
  130. 130.00 130.01 130.02 130.03 130.04 130.05 130.06 130.07 130.08 130.09 130.10 130.11 orig. stos
  131. orig. goch
  132. 132.0 132.1 132.2 132.3 132.4 132.5 132.6 orig. schlag
  133. 133.0 133.1 133.2 see absetzen
  134. orig. drissel; cf. thrissel
  135. orig. schlag dein beidt vnder dein Recht achsell. From interpretation, the word schlag here doesn't make much sense: it's possible that beidt was intended to be said or written as bindt, as in "put your grip under your right shoulder".
  136. orig. Achsell
  137. 137.0 137.1 see Ringen
  138. 138.0 138.1 see arbeiten
  139. 139.0 139.1 139.2 139.3 139.4 139.5 orig. streich, cf. schlag
  140. 140.0 140.1 140.2 140.3 140.4 140.5 140.6 140.7 orig. inndes
  141. alt. "attacks"
  142. orig. last Er dür die seitten
  143. 143.0 143.1 orig. Ring; alt. lists
  144. orig. vergesezsten
  145. 145.0 145.1 145.2 see abzucken
  146. orig. fies
  147. 147.0 147.1 see gleich
  148. unclear transcription; possibly nim, ergo "take the weight"
  149. Unclear.
  150. orig. zwerchs
  151. 151.0 151.1 orig. degen; see kempffdegen
  152. orig. hawen. A cut or slice, as opposed to a blunt strike. See see here.
  153. 153.0 153.1 153.2 orig. bickell; most likely referring to the artificial, "mason's hammer", pickaxe shape of the crossguard in armoured fencing
  154. orig. klos
  155. orig. Stuck
  156. orig. knefftiglich, interpreted as krefftiglich
  157. orig. verfelen - described earlier in 1561 as a feint whereby you wait for your opponent to react to a strike, then change the direction of the strike
  158. orig. entgehenn
  159. orig. faren/auffaren; cf. fahren
  160. originally transcribed as knefftiglich, but krefftiglich (lit. "powerfully") seems more likely, in my opinion
  161. orig. gerecht; possible mistranscription/misspelling of gemecht, lit. "groin" or "genitals"
  162. 162.0 162.1 162.2 orig. las dein bindt fahren, lit. "let your grip drive"; alt. "release your grip and drive"
  163. Possibly "hauberk"(?).
  164. 164.0 164.1 orig. ausnemen; alt. "take out [the blade with a parry]"; "deflect"(?)
  165. orig. verzoblen; cf. verzögern
  166. lit. oben hutt; contrast Oberhutt
  167. orig. heutt; possible verb form of hutt
  168. orig. überwegest
  169. 169.0 169.1 orig. schlagen. Probably means "place" in this context.
  170. orig. sez; no accompanying adposition but I assume he means ansezen
  171. listen
  172. orig. Bundtschlag, lit. "grip strike"
  173. orig. fertt
  174. orig. wie nechst
  175. orig. oder Aber fus gesicht, lit. or but foot face, possible alt. "or his foot or face"
  176. orig. wendt
  177. orig. Reüb
  178. orig. geschmidt, lit. smithed. Possibly misspelling of Geschmeidt, which means "jewellery" - perhaps slang for gemecht ("genitals)".
  179. orig. steßen
  180. orig. abgewünnen
  181. Note that he uses the word degen but seems to refer to the aforementioned "threefold" dagger, which he referred to using the word dolchen.
  182. orig. feder
  183. orig. spietzen
  184. Reference in the left margin to picture on page 61.
  185. orig. auf dz schlos am Rucken; alt. "clasp of the back"
  186. orig. Wappenrock
  187. Unclear whether die refers to the dagger or the heart, here
  188. orig. kurz halbenn; alt. "short edge"
  189. orig. concordiren
  190. This word overwrites an initial die.
  191. The first 10 lines of this paragraph are shorter of 30% than the last four, as if there is a left place here for a picture or a diagram.
  192. The second letter looks a bit like a “b” but it is nonsense. It can be also considered like a small capital “e”.
  193. The first letter corrected from “w” by cancelling the first bow of the letter.
  194. The first letter could also read as an “l", but “b” seems more probable here.
  195. The first letter corrected from “b” by overwriting.
  196. The ink is a bit blurred, particularly in the beginning of the word which results in an ambiguous reading; stucken would be more plausible in this context but does not fit with the appearance of the first couple of letters at all.
  197. The writer first wrote hawst but the “s” has been cancelled afterwards.
  198. Recte: und.
  199. The writer first wrote arms but the final “s” has been cancelled afterwards.
  200. The letter “s” has ben cancelled just before the word den.
  201. Above the letter “i” a large circle is drawn as it is used to mark the letter “u”.
  202. Doubling of the word seitten, considered as a mistake and corrected here as the first finished a line.
  203. Setzen has been written afterwards just under ver- and looks like a catchword; however, the following page does not start with the same word. It could be a mistake of the scribe.
  204. An abbreviation sign at the end of the word tends to signify that it should be expanded to hawen, but it has been cancelled.
  205. The “h” is writen above a “e”.
  206. Unclear reading. The word has been corrected, possibly from zu, which, however, cannot be definitely affirmed.
  207. The words und oder after this word are cancelled.
  208. At this place is a sign that commonly indicates a line break or an end of a paragraph. Here, however, the following text continues in the same line.
  209. The first letter appears to be a cancelled “t”; however the reading remains ambiguous.
  210. The end of this word, sicht is inserted below the line at the right, like a catchword. However, the following written page, fol. 23r, does not start with the same word. Could be a mistake by the scribe or a clue for a missing page.
  211. After this word a large circle is drawn and its only meaning seems to complete the line to the right and avoid a big default in the right alignment.
  212. The letter “d” is cancelled just before the “b” of this word.
  213. The initial letter “b” is written above another letter, maybe a “g”.
  214. This first two letters are written above the letter “k”.
  215. A letter “b” or “l” has been written after this word but has ben cancelled.
  216. The first letter seems to superscribe an initial “I”.
  217. The writer firstly wrote an “m” as a final letter and subsequently cancelled the last leg to get an “n”.
  218. The final letter “t” is written above the line, in replacement for a previously cancelled letter.
  219. This word is written above a previous one, which is unreadable now.
  220. The first letters are difficult to make out due to a (water?) damage.
  221. The first letter of this word has been written above another, now illegible one.
  222. A letter “h” was written in the second position to begin with but cancelled afterwards.
  223. The first letter is curiously composed, but seems to have been readen as a "v".
  224. The second letter has been canceled and corrected by "o" above the line.
  225. The original text is derholhalben derhalben, which seems to be an unnecessary repetition.
  226. Doubling of the word handt, a probable mistake as the first is written a the end of the line. Same mistake as 17r.
  227. Doubling of the words den andern, probable mistake, only it is conserved here.
  228. A lone letter "h" is writen here, perhaps a beginning for “hew”, which was finally written after the digit “4”. Corrected in this edition.
  229. This sentence can be found in the printed book: « und merck wann du zur rechten undern Blöß schlechst, es sey flech, lang oder kurtz » (plate XXIXv from the 1570 edition)
  230. The third letter “h” was cancelled by overwriting it with an “l”.
  231. The letter “a” is crossed out in the beginning of the word.
  232. The first letter was first written in lower case but was corrected with an upper-case letter.
  233. Unclear reading. It appears as if the scribe first intended to write “halber” but noticed his error in the middle of the word. The reverse may be true also.
  234. The "R." has been inserted at the end of the line afterwards.
  235. Right of this place a large blank space remains until the end of the line.
  236. The written put a "n" between sch and enckel and canceled it.
  237. Linck and seitten are reversed in the manuscript but superscribed with “1” and “2” respectively in order to indicate the correct order.
  238. Corrected from Im, the first stroke of the “m” has been cancelled.
  239. Spitz uber- is clearly copied twice, this is probably an eye-skip.
  240. Correction done on sticht by canceling the last letter.
  241. This entire paragraph is justified on the right by a vertical line, unique in the manuscript.
  242. Corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  243. Corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  244. The "st" ligature is inverted.
  245. Typo, should be "wolt, könne".
  246. Originally printed "abzutzest", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  247. Originally printed "verhauren", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  248. The "t" is inverted.
  249. Ⅲ.47v indicates that this was printed "erbangen" and needed to be corrected to "erlangen", but that's not true in any copy available for consult.
  250. Originally printed "mim", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  251. Originally printed "Higur", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  252. Originally printed "Fellen", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  253. Originally printed "gem" (with an inverted g), but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  254. Originally printed "allo", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  255. Originally printed "Atm", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  256. The first 't' is inverted.
  257. Terminal 'e' is inverted.
  258. Originally printed "bleiden", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  259. Originally printed "klnie", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  260. Originally printed "duch", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  261. The second "e" is inverted.
  262. Originally printed "fein", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  263. Originally printed "behendig ich", but corrected on Ⅲ.47v.
  264. Misnumbered 87r.
  265. 265.00 265.01 265.02 265.03 265.04 265.05 265.06 265.07 265.08 265.09 265.10 265.11 265.12 265.13 265.14 265.15 265.16 265.17 265.18 265.19 265.20 265.21 265.22 265.23 265.24 265.25 265.26 265.27 265.28 265.29 265.30 265.31 indes
  266. palm up
  267. Illegible deletion.
  268. oberhauw
  269. ‘right’ is originally written, ‘left’ is written above it
  270. short edge
  271. “Degen”, lit. dagger, could either refer to a sword or dagger.
  272. short edge
  273. Unleserliche Streichung. Illegible deletion.
  274. Unleserliche gestrichen Einfügung oberhalb der Zeile. Crossed out illegible insertion above the line.
  275. Die Schlaufe des »h« trägt ein Diärese. The loop of the “h” carries a diaeresis.
  276. Korrigiert aus »mitelhauw«. Corrected from “mitelhauw”.
  277. Leicht unleserlich. Slightly illegible.
  278. Überschriebens »vom«. Overwritten “vom”.
  279. Inserted by means of a special mark.
  280. Word inserted next to the text.
  281. Inserted nest to the text.
  282. Zwei Worte am Seitenrand nachgetragen. Two words inserted at the margin.
  283. Wort am Seitenrand nachgetragen. Word inserted at the margin.